0% found this document useful (0 votes)

260 views

At Commands Reference Guide r0

Uploaded by

xzthanhzx

Available Formats

Download as PDF, TXT or read online on Scribd

0% found this document useful (0 votes)

260 views

At Commands Reference Guide r0

Uploaded by

xzthanhzx

Available Formats

Download as PDF, TXT or read online on Scribd

You are on page 1/ 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

GM862-QUAD, GM862-QUAD-PY, GE862-GPS, GE863-QUAD, GE863-PY, GE863-GPS, GE864-QUAD, GE864-PY, GC864-QUAD and GC864-PY 80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

Contents
1 2 3 INTRODUCTION................................................................................................................5
1.1 Scope Of Document ...............................................................................................................5

APPLICABLE DOCUMENTS ............................................................................................5 AT COMMAND ..................................................................................................................6

3.1 3.2 Definitions ...............................................................................................................................6 AT Command Syntax .............................................................................................................7

3.2.1 String Type Parameters....................................................................................................................8 3.2.2 Command Lines................................................................................................................................8 3.2.2.1 +CME ERROR: - ME Error Result Code ......................................................................................9 3.2.2.2 +CMS ERROR - Message Service Failure Result Code........................................................... 11 3.2.3 Information Responses And Result Codes.................................................................................... 12 3.2.4 Command Response Time-Out ..................................................................................................... 13 3.2.5 Command Issuing Timing .............................................................................................................. 15 3.2.6 Factory Profile And User Profiles .................................................................................................. 15 3.2.7 AT Command Availability Table..................................................................................................... 17

3.3 3.4 3.5

Backward Compatibility.......................................................................................................24
#SELINT - Select Interface Style ................................................................................................... 25 Last Command Automatic Repetition ............................................................................................ 26

3.3.1 3.4.1

Repeating A Command Line................................................................................................26 SELINT 0................................................................................................................................27

3.5.1 Hayes Compliant AT Commands .................................................................................................. 27 3.5.1.1 Generic Modem Control............................................................................................................. 27 3.5.1.2 DTE - Modem Interface Control................................................................................................. 34 3.5.1.3 Call Control ................................................................................................................................ 42 3.5.1.4 Modulation Control..................................................................................................................... 46 3.5.1.5 Compression Control ................................................................................................................. 47 3.5.1.6 Break Control ............................................................................................................................. 48 3.5.1.7 S Parameters ............................................................................................................................. 49 3.5.2 ETSI GSM 07.07 AT Commands................................................................................................... 55 3.5.2.1 General ...................................................................................................................................... 55 3.5.2.2 Call Control ................................................................................................................................ 57 3.5.2.3 Network Service Handling ......................................................................................................... 62 3.5.2.4 Mobile Equipment Control ......................................................................................................... 82 3.5.2.5 Mobile Equipment Errors ......................................................................................................... 102 3.5.2.6 Voice Control ........................................................................................................................... 103 3.5.2.7 Commands For GPRS............................................................................................................. 105 3.5.2.8 Commands For Battery Charger.............................................................................................. 114 3.5.3 ETSI GSM 07.05 AT Commands for SMS and CBS ................................................................... 116 3.5.3.1 General Configuration.............................................................................................................. 116 3.5.3.2 Message Configuration............................................................................................................ 119 3.5.3.3 Message Receiving And Reading............................................................................................ 123 3.5.3.4 Message Sending And Writing ................................................................................................ 134 3.5.4 FAX Class 1 AT Commands........................................................................................................ 139 3.5.4.1 General Configuration.............................................................................................................. 139

page 2 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3.5.4.2 Transmission/Reception Control.............................................................................................. 140 3.5.4.3 Serial Port Control ................................................................................................................... 142 3.5.5 Custom AT Commands ............................................................................................................... 143 3.5.5.1 General Configuration AT Commands .................................................................................... 143 3.5.5.2 FTP AT Commands ................................................................................................................. 171 3.5.5.3 Enhanced Easy GPRS Extension AT Commands................................................................ 176 3.5.5.4 Easy Camera Management AT Commands ......................................................................... 191 3.5.5.5 E-mail Management AT Commands ....................................................................................... 198 3.5.5.6 Easy Scan Extension AT Commands ................................................................................... 204 3.5.5.7 Jammed Detect & Report AT Commands ............................................................................... 214 3.5.5.8 Easy Script Extension - Python Interpreter, AT Commands................................................. 216 3.5.5.9 GPS AT Commands Set.......................................................................................................... 220

3.6

SELINT 1..............................................................................................................................228

3.6.1 Hayes Compliant AT Commands ................................................................................................ 228 3.6.1.1 Generic Modem Control........................................................................................................... 228 3.6.1.2 DTE - Modem Interface Control............................................................................................... 235 3.6.1.3 Call Control .............................................................................................................................. 243 3.6.1.4 Modulation Control................................................................................................................... 247 3.6.1.5 Compression Control ............................................................................................................... 248 3.6.1.6 Break Control ........................................................................................................................... 249 3.6.1.7 S Parameters ........................................................................................................................... 250 3.6.2 ETSI GSM 07.07 AT Commands................................................................................................. 255 3.6.2.1 General .................................................................................................................................... 255 3.6.2.2 Call Control .............................................................................................................................. 257 3.6.2.3 Network Service Handling ....................................................................................................... 262 3.6.2.4 Mobile Equipment Control ....................................................................................................... 282 3.6.2.5 Mobile Equipment Errors ......................................................................................................... 302 3.6.2.6 Voice Control ........................................................................................................................... 303 3.6.2.7 Commands For GPRS............................................................................................................. 304 3.6.2.8 Commands For Battery Charger.............................................................................................. 312 3.6.3 ETSI GSM 07.05 AT Commands for SMS and CBS ................................................................... 314 3.6.3.1 General Configuration.............................................................................................................. 314 3.6.3.2 Message Configuration............................................................................................................ 317 3.6.3.3 Message Receiving And Reading............................................................................................ 322 3.6.3.4 Message Sending And Writing ................................................................................................ 332 3.6.4 FAX Class 1 AT Commands........................................................................................................ 337 3.6.4.1 General Configuration.............................................................................................................. 337 3.6.4.2 Transmission/Reception Control.............................................................................................. 338 3.6.4.3 Serial Port Control ................................................................................................................... 340 3.6.5 Custom AT Commands ............................................................................................................... 341 3.6.5.1 General Configuration AT Commands .................................................................................... 341 3.6.5.2 FTP AT Commands ................................................................................................................. 370 3.6.5.3 Enhanced Easy GPRS Extension AT Commands................................................................ 375 3.6.5.4 Easy Camera Management AT Commands ......................................................................... 390 3.6.5.5 E-mail Management AT Commands ....................................................................................... 397 3.6.5.6 Easy Scan Extension AT Commands ................................................................................... 403 3.6.5.7 Jammed Detect & Report AT Commands ............................................................................... 413 3.6.5.8 Easy Script Extension - Python Interpreter, AT Commands................................................. 415 3.6.5.9 GPS AT Commands Set.......................................................................................................... 419

3.7

SELINT 2..............................................................................................................................427
Hayes Compliant AT Commands ................................................................................................ 427

3.7.1

page 3 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3.7.1.1 Generic Modem Control........................................................................................................... 427 3.7.1.2 DTE - Modem Interface Control............................................................................................... 434 3.7.1.3 Call Control .............................................................................................................................. 442 3.7.1.4 Modulation Control................................................................................................................... 446 3.7.1.5 Compression Control ............................................................................................................... 447 3.7.1.6 Break Control ........................................................................................................................... 448 3.7.1.7 S Parameters ........................................................................................................................... 449 3.7.2 ETSI GSM 07.07 AT Commands................................................................................................. 454 3.7.2.1 General .................................................................................................................................... 454 3.7.2.2 Call Control .............................................................................................................................. 457 3.7.2.3 Network Service Handling ....................................................................................................... 462 3.7.2.4 Mobile Equipment Control ....................................................................................................... 478 3.7.2.5 Mobile Equipment Errors ......................................................................................................... 496 3.7.2.6 Voice Control ........................................................................................................................... 497 3.7.2.7 Commands For GPRS............................................................................................................. 498 3.7.2.8 Commands For Battery Charger.............................................................................................. 506 3.7.3 ETSI GSM 07.05 AT Commands for SMS and CB services ....................................................... 507 3.7.3.1 General Configuration.............................................................................................................. 507 3.7.3.2 Message Configuration............................................................................................................ 510 3.7.3.3 Message Receiving And Reading............................................................................................ 514 3.7.3.4 Message Sending And Writing ................................................................................................ 522 3.7.4 FAX Class 1 AT Commands........................................................................................................ 527 3.7.4.1 General Configuration.............................................................................................................. 527 3.7.4.2 Transmission/Reception Control.............................................................................................. 528 3.7.4.3 Serial Port Control ................................................................................................................... 530 3.7.5 Custom AT Commands ............................................................................................................... 532 3.7.5.1 General Configuration AT Commands .................................................................................... 532 3.7.5.2 FTP AT Commands ................................................................................................................. 556 3.7.5.3 Enhanced Easy GPRS Extension AT Commands................................................................ 561 3.7.5.4 Easy Camera Management AT Commands ......................................................................... 573 3.7.5.5 Email Management AT Commands......................................................................................... 578 3.7.5.6 Easy Scan Extension AT Commands ................................................................................... 584 3.7.5.7 Jammed Detect & Report AT Commands ............................................................................... 594 3.7.5.8 Easy Script Extension - Python interpreter, AT Commands ................................................. 596 3.7.5.9 GPS AT Commands Set.......................................................................................................... 601 3.7.5.10 SAP AT Commands Set ...................................................................................................... 609

4 5

List of acronyms ..........................................................................................................612 Document Change Log ................................................................................................614

page 4 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

1 INTRODUCTION
1.1 Scope Of Document
To describe all AT commands implemented on the following Telit wireless modules:

Model GM862-QUAD-PY GM862-QUAD GE863-QUAD GE863-PY GM862-QUAD-PY GM862-QUAD GM862-GPS GE863-QUAD GE863-PY GE863-GPS GE864-QUAD GE864-PY GC864-QUAD GC864-PY

P/N 3990250656 3990250655 3990250653 3990250654 3990250658 3990250659 3990250657 3990250662 3990250661 3990250660 3990250648 3990250650 3990250675 3990250676

N NO OT TE E:: T Th hiis sd do oc cu um me en ntt iis ss sttr riic cttlly yr re effe er rr re ed d tto o tth he ea ab bo ov ve ep pr ro od du uc ctts s.. IItts sh hiig gh hlly y r e c o m m e n d e d t o d o u b l e c h e c k t h e P / N o f y o u r G M 8 6 2 o r G M 8 6 3 p r o d u c t recommended to double check the P/N of your GM862 or GM863 product,, b be effo or re e a an ny y a as ss so oc ciia attiio on n tto o tth er re en nc ce es s hiis s d do oc cu um me en ntt,, s siin nc ce e tth he er re e a ar re e d diiffffe b e t w e e n P / N ( e s . a d d i t i o n a l f u n c t i o n s l i k e C M U X a n d S A P ) . between P/N (es. additional functions like CMUX and SAP).

2 APPLICABLE DOCUMENTS
a) b) c) ETSI GSM 07.07 specification and rules ETSI GSM 07.05 specification and rules Hayes standard AT command set

page 5 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3 AT COMMAND
The Telit wireless module family can be driven via the serial interface using the standard AT commands 1. The Telit wireless module family is compliant with: 1. Hayes standard AT command set, in order to maintain the compatibility with existing SW programs. 2. ETSI GSM 07.07 specific AT command and GPRS specific commands. 3. ETSI GSM 07.05 specific AT commands for SMS (Short Message Service) and CBS (Cell Broadcast Service) 4. FAX Class 1 compatible commands Moreover Telit wireless module family supports also Telit proprietary AT commands for special purposes. In the following is described how to use the AT commands with the Telit wireless module family.

3.1 Definitions
The following syntactical definitions apply: <CR> Carriage return character, is the command line and result code terminator character, which value, in decimal ASCII between 0 and 255,is specified within parameter S3. The default value is 13. <LF> Linefeed character, is the character recognised as line feed character. Its value, in decimal ASCII between 0 and 255, is specified within parameter S4. The default value is 10. The line feed character is output after carriage return character if verbose result codes are used (V1 option used ) otherwise, if numeric format result codes are used (V0 option used) it will not appear in the result codes. <...> [...] Name enclosed in angle brackets is a syntactical element. They do not appear in the command line. Optional subparameter of a command or an optional part of TA information response is enclosed in square brackets. Brackets themselves do not appear in the command line. When subparameter is not given in AT commands which have a Read command, new value equals to its previous value. In AT commands which do not store the values of any of their subparameters, and so have not a Read command, which are called action type commands, action should be done on the basis of the recommended default setting of the subparameter.

The AT is an ATTENTION command and is used as a prefix to other parameters in a string. The AT command combined with other parameters can be set up in the communications package or typed in manually as a command line instruction.

page 6 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3.2 AT Command Syntax

The syntax rules followed by Telit implementation of either Hayes AT commands, GSM commands and FAX commands are very similar to those of standard basic and extended AT commands. A special command (#SELINT, see 3.3.1) has been introduced in order to have an AT interface very close to the standard one. There are two types of extended command: Parameter type commands. This type of commands may be set (to store a value or values for later use), read (to determine the current value or values stored), or tested (to determine ranges of values supported). Each of them has a test command (trailing =?) to give information about the type of its subparameters; they also have a Read command (trailing ?) to check the current values of subparameters. Action type commands. This type of command may be executed or tested. executed to invoke a particular function of the equipment, which generally involves more than the simple storage of a value for later use tested to determine: (if the command #SELINT=0 or #SELINT=1 has been issued, see 3.3.1) if subparameters are associated with the action, the ranges of subparameters values that are supported; if the command has no subparameters, issuing the correspondent Test command (trailing =?) raises the result code ERROR. Note: issuing the Read command (trailing ?) causes the command to be executed. (if the command #SELINT=2 has been issued, see 3.3.1) whether or not the equipment implements the Action Command (in this case issuing the correspondent Test command - trailing =? - returns the OK result code), and, if subparameters are associated with the action, the ranges of subparameters values that are supported. Action commands dont store the values of any of their possible subparameters. Moreover: (for #SELINT=0 or #SELINT=1 only) An enhanced test command (trailing =??) has been introduced to maintain backward compatibility for those commands whose subparameters changed the range of possible values from version to version. (for #SELINT=2 only) The response to the Test Command (trailing =?) may be changed in the future by Telit to allow the description of new values/functionalities (for #SELINT=2 only)

page 7 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

If all the subparameters of a parameter type command +CMD (or #CMD or $CMD) are optional, issuing AT+CMD=<CR> (or AT#CMD=<CR> or AT$CMD=<CR>) causes the OK result code to be returned and the previous values of the omitted subparameters to be retained.

3.2.1 String Type Parameters

A string, either enclosed between quotes or not, is considered to be a valid string type parameter input. According to V25.ter space characters are ignored on the command line and may be used freely for formatting purposes, unless they are embedded in numeric or quoted string constants; therefore a string containing a space character has to be enclosed between quotes to be considered a valid string type parameter (e.g. typing AT+COPS=1,0,A1 is the same as typing AT+COPS=1,0,A1; typing AT+COPS=1,0,A BB is different from typing AT+COPS=1,0,A BB). When #SELINT=0 (or 1) mode is selected, a string not enclosed between quotes is changed in upper case (e.g. mickey become MICKEY), while a string enclosed between quotes is case sensitive. When #SELINT=2 mode is selected, a string enclosed between quotes is case sensitive. A small set of commands requires always to write the input string parameters within quotes: this is explicitly reported in the specific descriptions.

3.2.2 Command Lines

A command line is made up of three elements: the prefix, the body and the termination character. The command line prefix consists of the characters AT or at, or, to repeat the execution of the previous command line, the characters A/ or a/. The termination character may be selected by a user option (parameter S3), the default being <CR>. The basic structures of the command line are: ATCMD1<CR> where AT is the command line prefix, CMD1 is the body of a basic command (nb: the name of the command never begins with the character +) and <CR> is the command line terminator character ATCMD2=10<CR> where 10 is a subparameter AT+CMD1;+CMD2=, ,10<CR> These are two examples of extended commands (nb: the name of the command always begins with the character + 2). They are delimited with semicolon. In the second command the subparameter is omitted. +CMD1?<CR> This is a Read command for checking current subparameter values +CMD1=?<CR> This is a test command for checking possible subparameter values

The set of proprietary AT commands differentiates from the standard one because the name of each of them begins with either @, #, $ or *. Proprietary AT commands follow the same syntax rules as extended commands

page 8 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

These commands might be performed in a single command line as shown below: ATCMD1 CMD2=10+CMD1;+CMD2=, ,10;+CMD1?;+CMD1=?<CR> anyway it is always preferable to separate into different command lines the basic commands and the extended commands; furthermore it is suggested to avoid placing several action commands in the same command line, because if one of them fails, then an error message is received but it is not possible to argue which one of them has failed the execution. If command V1 is enabled (verbose responses codes) and all commands in a command line has been performed successfully, result code <CR><LF>OK<CR><LF> is sent from the TA to the TE, if subparameter values of a command are not accepted by the TA or command itself is invalid, or command cannot be performed for some reason, result code <CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF> is sent and no subsequent commands in the command line are processed. If command V0 is enabled (numeric responses codes), and all commands in a command line has been performed successfully, result code 0<CR> is sent from the TA to the TE, if sub-parameter values of a command are not accepted by the TA or command itself is invalid, or command cannot be performed for some reason, result code 4<CR> and no subsequent commands in the command line are processed. In case of errors depending on ME operation, ERROR (or 4) response may be replaced by +CME ERROR: <err> or +CMS ERROR: <err>. Note: The command line buffer accepts a maximum of 80 characters. If this number is exceeded none of the commands will be executed and TA returns ERROR.

3.2.2.1 +CME ERROR: - ME Error Result Code

This is NOT a command, it is the error response to +Cxxx GSM 07.07 commands. Syntax: AT+CME ERROR:<err> Parameter: <err> - error code can be either numeric or verbose.The possible values of <err> are reported in the table:

Numeric Format 0 1 2 3 4 5 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17

Verbose Format phone failure No connection to phone phone-adaptor link reserved operation not allowed operation not supported PH-SIM PIN required SIM not inserted SIM PIN required SIM PUK required SIM failure SIM busy SIM wrong incorrect password SIM PIN2 required

page 9 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

Numeric Format Verbose Format 18 SIM PUK2 required 20 memory full 21 invalid index 22 not found 23 memory failure 24 text string too long 25 invalid characters in text string 26 dial string too long 27 invalid characters in dial string 30 no network service 31 network timeout 32 network not allowed - emergency calls only 40 network personalization PIN required 41 network personalization PUK required 42 network subset personalization PIN required 43 network subset personalization PUK required 44 service provider personalization PIN required 45 service provider personalization PUK required 46 corporate personalization PIN required 47 corporate personalization PUK required Easy CAMERA related errors: 50 Camera not found 51 Camera Initialization Error 52 Camera not Supported 53 No Photo Taken 54 NET BUSY...Camera TimeOut 55 Camera Error General purpose error: 100 unknown GPRS related errors to a failure to perform an Attach: 103 Illegal MS (#3)* 106 Illegal ME (#6)* 107 GPRS service not allowed (#7)* 111 PLMN not allowed (#11)* 112 Location area not allowed (#12)* 113 Roaming not allowed in this location area (#13)* GPRS related errors to a failure to Activate a Context and others: 132 service option not supported (#32)* 133 requested service option not subscribed (#33)* 134 service option temporarily out of order (#34)* 148 unspecified GPRS error 149 PDP authentication failure 150 invalid mobile class Network survey errors: 257 Network survey error (No Carrier)* 258 Network survey error (Busy)* 259 Network survey error (Wrong request)* 260 Network survey error (Aborted)* Easy GPRS related errors: 400 generic undocumented error 401 wrong state 402 wrong mode 403 context already activated 404 stack already active

page 10 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

Numeric Format Verbose Format 405 activation failed 406 context not opened 407 cannot setup socket 408 cannot resolve DN 409 timeout in opening socket 410 cannot open socket 411 remote disconnected or timeout 412 connection failed 413 tx error 414 already listening FTP related errors: 420 ok 421 connect 422 disconnect 423 error 424 wrong state 425 can not activate 426 can not resolve name 427 can not allocate control socket 428 can not connect control socket 429 bad or no response from server 430 not connected 431 already connected 432 context down 433 no photo available 434 can not send photo *(values in parentheses are GSM 04.08 cause codes)

3.2.2.2 +CMS ERROR - Message Service Failure Result Code

This is NOT a command, it is the error response to +Cxxx GSM 07.05 commands Syntax: AT+CMS ERROR:<err> Parameter: <err> - error code can be either numeric or verbose. The <err> values are reported in the table:
Numeric Format 0...127 128...255 300 301 302 303 304 305 310 311 312 313 314 Verbose Format GSM 04.11 Annex E-2 values GSM 03.40 sub clause 9.2.3.22 values ME failure SMS service of ME reserved operation not allowed operation not supported invalid PDU mode parameter invalid text mode parameter SIM not inserted SIM PIN required PH-SIM PIN required SIM failure SIM busy

page 11 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

315 316 317 318 320 321 322 330 331 332 340 500

SIM wrong SIM PUK required SIM PIN2 required SIM PUK2 required memory failure invalid memory index memory full SMSC address unknown no network service network timeout no +CNMA acknowledgement expected unknown error

3.2.3 Information Responses And Result Codes

The TA response, in case of verbose response format enabled, for the previous examples command line could be as shown below: information response to +CMD1? information response to +CMD1=? final result code <CR><LF>+CMD1:2,1,10<CR><LF> <CR><LF>+CMD1(0-2),(0,1),(0-15)<CR><LF> <CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Moreover there are other two types of result codes: result codes that inform about progress of TA operation (e.g. connection establishment CONNECT) result codes that indicate occurrence of an event not directly associated with issuance of a command from TE (e.g. ring indication RING).

Here the basic result codes according to ITU-T V25Ter recommendation Result Codes Numeric form 0 1 2 3 4 6 7 8 Verbose form OK CONNECT RING NO CARRIER ERROR NO DIALTONE BUSY NO ANSWER

page 12 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3.2.4 Command Response Time-Out

Every command issued to the Telit modules returns a result response if response codes are enabled (default). The time needed to process the given command and return the response varies from command to command and may depend also from the network on which the command may interact. As a result every command is provided with a proper timeout time, if this time elapses without any result from the operation, then an ERROR response can be reported as if the operation was not successful and the operation is anyway terminated. The timeout time is quite short for commands that imply only internal set up commands, but may be very long for command that interact with the network (or even a set of Networks). The default timeout is 100 ms for all the commands that have no interaction with the network or upper software layers. In the table below are listed all the commands whose timeout differs from the default 100 ms and their effective timeout is reported: Command +CBST +CR +CRC +CRLP +CSCS +CEER +CGMI +CGMM +CGMR +CGSN +CIMI +CNUM +CREG +COPS +CLCK @CLCK +CPWD +CLIP +CLIR +CCFC +CCWA +CHLD +CUSD +CAOC +CSSN +CLCC +CPAS +CPIN +CSQ +CPBS Time-Out (Seconds) 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 5 5 5 5 20 20 20 5 180 180 180 180 180 180 180 20 20 180 20 20 20 5 20 5 5

page 13 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

Command +CPBR +CPBF +CPBW +CALM +CRSL +CLVL +CMUT +CACM +CAMM +CPUC +CMEE +VTS +GMI +GMM +GMR +GSN I3 I4 I5 +CSMS +CPMS +CMGF +CSCA +CSMP +CSDH +CSAS +CRES +CNMI +CMGS +CMSS +CMGW +CMGD +CMGR +CMGL #CAP #SRS #SRP #STM #PCT #SHDN #QTEMP #SGPO #GGPI #MONI #CGMI

Time-Out (Seconds) 20 20 20 5 5 5 5 20 20 20 5 20 5 5 5 20 5 5 5 5 5 5 20 5 5 5 5 5 180 / 5 for prompt> 180 5 / 5 for prompt> 5 5 5 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 5

page 14 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

Command #CGMM #CGMR #CGSN #CIMI +CGACT +CGATT +CGDATA +CGDCONT +CGPADDR +CGQMIN +CGQREQ

Time-Out (Seconds) 5 5 20 5 180 180 20 20 20 20 20

3.2.5 Command Issuing Timing

The chain Command -> Response shall always be respected and a new command must not be issued before the module has terminated all the sending of its response result code (whatever it may be). This applies especially to applications that sense the OK text and therefore may send the next command before the complete code <CR><LF>OK<CR><LF> is sent by the module. It is advisable anyway to wait for at least 20ms between the end of the reception of the response and the issue of the next AT command. If the response codes are disabled and therefore the module does not report any response to the command, then at least the 20ms pause time shall be respected. During command mode, due to hardware limitations, under severe CPU load the serial port can loose some characters if placed in autobauding at high speeds. Therefore if you encounter this problem fix the baud rate with +IPR command.

3.2.6 Factory Profile And User Profiles

The Telit wireless modules stores the values set by several commands as profiles in the internal non volatile memory (NVM), allowing to remember this setting even after power off. There are two user customizable profiles and one factory profile in the NVM of the device: by default the device will start with user profile 0 equal to factory profile. For backward compatibility each profile is divided into two sections, one base section which was historically the one that was saved and restored in early releases of code, and the extended section which includes all the remaining values. The &W command is used to save the actual values of both sections of profiles into the NVM user profile. Commands &Y and &P are both used to set the profile to be loaded at start-up. &Y instructs the device to load at start-up only the base section. &P instructs the device to load at start-up the full profile: base + extended sections. The &F command resets to factory profile values only the command of the base section of profile, while the &F1 resets to factory profile values the full set of base + extended section commands.

page 15 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

The values set by some other particular commands are stored in NVM outside the profile, either without any &W/&Y/&P/&F issues, or through custom commands #SKTSAV and #ESAV; they have only one saved value, always restored at start-up. The values set by following commands are stored in the profile base section:
GSM DATA MODE: AUTOBAUD: COMMAND ECHO: RESULT MESSAGES: VERBOSE MESSAGES: EXTENDED MESSAGES: FLOW CONTROL OPTIONS: CTS (C106) OPTIONS: DSR (C107) OPTIONS: DTR (C108) OPTIONS: DCD (C109) OPTIONS: RI (C125) OPTIONS: POWER SAVING: DEFAULT PROFILE: S REGISTERS: CHARACTER FORMAT: +CBST +IPR E Q V X &K, +IFC &B &S &D &C \R +CFUN &Y0 S0;S1;S2;S3;S4;S5;S7;S12;S25;S30;S38 +ICF

The values set by following commands are stored in the profile extended section:
+CRC, +ILRR, +CRLP, +CSMP, +CSSN, +CRSL, +CREG, +CMGF, #QSS, #CAP, #CODEC #STM, #NITZ, +FCLASS, +CR, +CNMI, +CSDH, +CUSD, +CMUT, +CLIP, +CCWA, #ACAL, #HFMICG, #SHFEC, #SHFSD, #SKIPESC +DR, +CSNS, +CMEE, +CSCB, +CALM, +CAOC, +CLIR, +CLVL, #SMOV, #HSMICG, #SRS, #SRP #I2S1

The values set by following commands are always stored in NVM, independently from the profile (unique values):
#SELINT, +COPS, +CGQMIN, #BND, +CGCLASS, +CGQREQ, #COPSMODE, +CGDCONT, #DIALMODE

The values set by following commands are stored in NVM on demand, independently from the profile:
#USERID, #PASSW, #DSTO, #SKTTO, #SKTCT saved with #SKTSAV command and reset with #SKTRST command. #ESMTP, #EADDR, #EPASSW saved with #ESAV command and reset with #ERST command. #PKTSZ, #SKTSET

#EUSER,

page 16 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3.2.7 AT Command Availability Table

The following table show the AT command set and the applicability/backward compatibility matrix on the Telit wireless module family.
GE864QUAD & GC864QUAD GC864PY & GE864PY

COMMAND

GM862QUAD

GM862QUADPY

GM862GPS

GE863- GE863GE863QUAD QUAD-PY GPS

Function

SEL SEL SEL 0 1 2 Page Page Page 25 26 27 27 28 28 29 29 29 30 30 30 30 31 31 31 31 32 32 32 32 33 33 33 33 33 34 34 35 35 36 36 37 37 37 38 39 39 40 40 40 25 26 228 228 229 229 229 230 230 231 231 231 231 231 232 232 232 232 233 233 233 233 234 234 234 234 235 235 236 236 237 237 238 238 239 239 240 240 241 241 242 25 26 427 427 428 428 428 429 429 430 430 430 430 430 431 431 431 431 432 432 432 432 433 433 433 433 434 434 435 435 436 436 437 437 438 438 438 439 440 442 444

#SELINT A/ &F Z +FCLASS &Y &P &W &Z &N +GMI +GMM +GMR +GCAP +GSN &V &V0 &V1 &V3 &V2 \V +GCI %L %Q L M E Q V X I &C &D \Q &K &S \R +IPR +IFC +ILRR +ICF

Backward Compatibility Select Interface Style Repeating A Command Line Last Command Automatic Repetition Hayes AT Commands - Generic Modem Control Set To Factory-Defined Configuration Soft Reset Select Active Service Class Designate A Default Reset Basic Profile Designate A Default Reset Full Profile Store Current Configuration Store Telephone Number In The Module Internal Phonebook Display Internal Phonebook Stored Numbers Manufacturer Identification Model Identification Revision Identification Capabilities List Serial Number Display Current Configuration & Profile Display Current Configuration & Profile Display S Registers Values Display S Registers Values Display Last Connection Statistics Single Line Connect Message Country Of Installation Line Signal Level Line Quality Speaker Loudness Speaker Mode Hayes AT Commands - DTE-Modem Interface Control Command Echo Quiet Result Codes Response Format Extended Result Codes Identification Information Data Carrier Detect (DCD) Control Data Terminal Ready (DTR) Control Standard Flow Control Flow Control Data Set Ready (DSR) Control Ring (RI) Control Fixed DTE Interface Rate DTE-Modem Local Flow Control DTE-Modem Local Rate Reporting DTE-Modem Character Framing

page 17 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
COMMAND
GM862QUAD GM862QUADPY GM862GPS GE863- GE863GE863QUAD QUAD-PY GPS GE864QUAD & GC864QUAD GC864PY & GE864PY

Function

SEL SEL SEL 0 1 2 Page Page Page 42 44 44 44 45 45 45 45 46 46 47 47 48 48 48 49 50 50 50 51 51 52 52 52 53 53 55 55 55 55 56 56 NA 57 57 58 59 59 60 61 61 62 62

D T P A H O &G &Q +MS %E +DS +DR \B \K \N S0 S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S7 S12 S25 S30 S38 +CGMI +CGMM +CGMR +CGSN +CSCS +CIMI +CMUX +CHUP +CBST +CRLP +CR +CEER +CRC +CSNS +CVHU +CNUM +COPN

Hayes AT Commands - Call Control Dial Tone Dial Pulse Dial Answer Disconnect Return To On Line Mode Guard Tone Sync/Async Mode Hayes AT Commands - Modulation Control Modulation Selection Line Quality Monitor And Auto Retrain Or Fallback/Fallforward Hayes AT Commands - Compression Control Data Compression Data Compression Reporting Hayes AT Commands - Break Control Transmit Break To Remote Break Handling Operating Mode Hayes AT Commands - S Parameters Number Of Rings To Auto Answer Ring Counter Escape Character Command Line Termination Character Response Formatting Character Command Line Editing Character Connection Completion Time-Out Escape Prompt Delay Delay To DTR Off Disconnect Inactivity Timer Delay Before Forced Hang Up ETSI GSM 07.07 - General Request Manufacturer Identification Request Model Identification Request Revision Identification Request Product Serial Number Identification Select TE Character Set Request International Mobile Subscriber Identity (IMSI) Multiplexing Mode ETSI GSM 07.07 - Call Control Hang Up Call Select Bearer Service Type Radio Link Protocol Service Reporting Control Extended Error Report Cellular Result Codes Single Numbering Scheme Voice Hang Up Control ETSI GSM 07.07 - Network Service Handling Subscriber Number Read Operator Names

243 245 245 245 246 246 246 246 247 247 248 248 249 249 249 250 251 251 251 252 252 253 253 253 254 254 255 255 255 255 256 256

444 444 444 445 445 445 442 444 446 446 447 447 448 448 448 449 449 450 450 450 451 451 452 452 452 453 454 454 454 454 455 455

NA 455 257 257 258 259 259 260 261 261 262 262 457 457 458 458 459 460 460 461 462 462

NA: Not Available

page 18 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
COMMAND +CREG +COPS +CLCK @CLCK +CPWD +CLIP +CLIR +CCFC +CCWA +CHLD +CUSD +CAOC +CLCC +CSSN +CCUG +CPAS +CFUN +CPIN +CSQ +CIND +CMER +CPBS +CPBR +CPBF +CPBW +CCLK +CALA +CRSM +CALM +CRSL +CLVL +CMUT +CACM +CAMM +CPUC +CLAC +CCID +CMEE +VTS +VTD +CGCLASS +CGATT +CGREG +CGDCONT +CGQMIN +CGQREQ +CGACT +CGPADDR
GM862QUAD GM862QUADPY GM862GPS GE863- GE863GE863QUAD QUAD-PY GPS GE864QUAD & GC864QUAD GC864PY & GE864PY

Function

SEL SEL SEL 0 1 2 Page Page Page 62 64 66 68 69 70 71 72 73 75 76 77 78 79 80 82 82 83 86 87 89 90 91 92 92 93 94 96 97 98 98 99 99 100 100 NA 101 102 103 103 105 105 106 107 107 109 110 111 262 264 266 268 269 270 271 272 273 275 276 277 278 279 280 282 282 283 286 287 289 290 291 292 292 293 294 296 297 298 298 299 299 300 300 NA 301 302 303 303 304 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 462 464 465 NA 466 467 468 469 470 472 472 474 474 475 476 478 478 479 482 483 485 486 486 487 488 489 489 491 492 492 493 493 494 494 495 495 NA 496 497 497 503 498 504 500 504 498 498 501

Network Registration Report Operator Selection Facility Lock/ Unlock Facility Lock/ Unlock Change Facility Password Calling Line Identification Presentation Calling Line Identification Restriction Call Forwarding Number And Conditions Call Waiting Call Holding Services Unstructured Supplementary Service Data Advice Of Charge List Current Calls SS Notification Closed User Group Supplementary Service Control ETSI GSM 07.07 - Mobile Equipment Control Phone Activity Status Set Phone Functionality Enter PIN Signal Quality Indicator Control Mobile Equipment Event Reporting Select Phonebook Memory Storage Read Phonebook Entries Find Phonebook Entries Write Phonebook Entry Clock Management Alarm Management Restricted SIM Access Alert Sound Mode Ringer Sound Level Loudspeaker Volume Level Microphone Mute Control Accumulated Call Meter Accumulated Call Meter Maximum Price Per Unit And Currency Table Available AT commands Read ICCID (Integrated Circuit Card Identification) ETSI GSM 07.07 - Mobile Equipment Errors Report Mobile Equipment Error ETSI GSM 07.07 - Voice Control DTMF Tones Transmission Tone Duration ETSI GSM 07.07 - Commands For GPRS GPRS Mobile Station Class GPRS Attach Or Detach GPRS Network Registration Status Define PDP Context Quality Of Service Profile (Minimum Acceptable) Quality Of Service Profile (Requested) PDP Context Activate Or Deactivate Show PDP Address

page 19 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
COMMAND +CGDATA +CBC +CSMS +CPMS +CMGF +CSCA +CSMP +CSDH +CSCB +CSAS +CRES +CNMI +CMGL @CMGL +CMGR @CMGR +CMGS +CMSS +CMGW +CMGD +FMI +FMM +FMR +FTS +FRS +FTM +FRM +FTH +FRH +FLO +FPR +FDD #CGMI #CGMM #CGMR #CGSN #CIMI #CCID #CAP #SRS #SRP #STM #PCT
GM862QUAD GM862QUADPY GM862GPS GE863- GE863GE863QUAD QUAD-PY GPS GE864QUAD & GC864QUAD GC864PY & GE864PY

Function

SEL SEL SEL 0 1 2 Page Page Page 111 114 116 117 118 119 119 120 121 122 122 123 126 128 130 131 134 135 136 137 139 139 139 140 140 140 141 141 141 142 142 142 143 143 143 143 143 NA 144 144 145 146 146 311 312 314 315 316 317 318 318 319 320 320 322 325 327 328 330 332 333 334 335 337 337 337 338 338 338 339 339 339 340 340 340 341 341 341 341 341 NA 342 342 343 344 345 502 506 507 508 509 510 510 511 511 512 513 514 517 NA 519 NA 522 523 524 526 527 527 527 528 528 528 529 529 529 530 530 530 532 532 532 532 532 533 533 533 534 535 535

Enter Data State ETSI GSM 07.07 - Commands For Battery Charger Battery Charge ETSI GSM 07.05 - General Configuration Select Message Service Preferred Message Storage Message Format ETSI GSM 07.05 - Message Configuration Service Center Address Set Text Mode Parameters Show Text Mode Parameters Select Cell Broadcast Message Types Save Settings Restore Settings ETSI GSM 07.05 - Message Receiving And Reading New Message Indications To Terminal Equipment List Messages List Messages Read Message Read Message ETSI GSM 07.05 - Message Sending And Writing Send Message Send Message From Storage Write Message To Memory Delete Message FAX AT Commands - General Configuration Manufacturer ID Model ID Revision ID FAX AT Commands - Transmission/Reception Control Stop Transmission And Pause Wait For Receive Silence Transmit Data Modulation Receive Data Modulation Transmit Data With HDLC Framing Receive Data With HDLC Framing FAX AT Commands - Serial Port Control Select Flow Control Specified By Type Select Serial Port Rate Double Escape Character Replacement Control Custom AT Commands - General Configuration Manufacturer Identification Model Identification Revision Identification Product Serial Number Identification International Mobile Subscriber Identity (IMSI) Read ICCID (Integrated Circuit Card Identification) Change Audio Path Select Ringer Sound Select Ringer Path Signaling Tones Mode Display PIN Counter

page 20 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
COMMAND #SHDN #WAKE #QTEMP #SGPO #GGPI #GPIO #I2S1 #E2SMSRI #ADC #DAC #VAUX #CBC #AUTOATT #MSCLASS #MONI #SERVINFO #COPSMODE #QSS #DIALMODE #ACAL #ECAM #SMOV #CODEC #SHFEC #HFMICG #HSMICG #SHFSD #/ #NITZ #BND #AUTOBND #SKIPESC #E2ESC #GAUTH #RTCSTAT #FTPTO #FTPOPEN #FTPCLOSE #FTPPUT #FTPPUTPH #FTPGET #FTPTYPE #FTPMSG #FTPDELE #FTPPWD #FTPCWD #FTPLIST #USERID #PASSW #PKTSZ #DSTO #SKTTO #SKTSET
GM862QUAD GM862QUADPY GM862GPS GE863- GE863GE863QUAD QUAD-PY GPS GE864QUAD & GC864QUAD GC864PY & GE864PY

Function

SEL SEL SEL 0 1 2 Page Page Page 147 147 148 148 149 150 151 152 153 153 154 155 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 161 162 163 163 164 165 165 166 166 166 167 168 168 169 170 170 171 171 171 172 172 173 173 174 174 174 174 175 176 176 177 177 178 179 345 345 346 347 347 348 350 350 351 352 353 353 354 354 355 357 358 358 359 360 360 361 362 363 363 364 364 365 365 366 366 367 368 368 369 370 370 370 371 371 372 372 373 373 373 373 374 375 375 376 376 377 378 536 536 537 NA NA 537 539 539 540 541 541 542 543 543 543 545 NA 546 546 547 548 549 549 550 550 551 551 551 552 552 553 553 554 554 555 556 556 556 557 557 558 558 559 559 559 559 560 561 561 562 562 563 563

Software Shut Down Wake From Alarm Mode Query Temperature Overflow Set General Purpose Output General Purpose Input General Purpose Input/Output Pin Control Set PCM Output For Channel 1 SMS Ring Indicator Analog/Digital Converter Input Digital/Analog Converter Control Auxiliary Voltage Pin Output Battery and Charger Status Auto-Attach Property Multislot Class Control Cell Monitor Serving Call Information +COPS Mode Query SIM Status ATD Dialing Mode Automatic Call Extended Call Monitoring SMS Overflow Audio Codec Handsfree Echo Canceller Handsfree Microphone Gain Handset Microphone Gain Set Headset Sidetone Repeat Last Command Network Timezone Select Band Automatic Band Selection Skip Escape Sequence Escape Sequence Guard Time PPP-GPRS Connection Authentication Type RTC Status Custom AT Commands - FTP FTP Time-Out FTP Open FTP Close FTP Put FTP Put Photo FTP Get FTP Type FTP Read Message FTP Delete FTP Print Working Directory FTP Change Working Directory FTP List Custom AT Commands - Enhanced Easy GPRS Extension Authentication User ID Authentication Password Packet Size Data Sending Time-Out Socket Inactivity Time-Out Socket Definition

page 21 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
COMMAND #SKTOP #QDNS #SKTCT #SKTSAV #SKTRST #GPRS #SKTD #SKTL @SKTL #E2SLRI #FRWL #CAMON #CAMOFF #CAMEN #SELCAM #CAMRES #CAMCOL #CAMQUA #CMODE #CAMZOOM #CAMTXT #TPHOTO #RPHOTO #OBJL #OBJR #ESMTP #EADDR #EUSER #EPASSW #SEMAIL #EMAILACT #EMAILD #ESAV #ERST #EMAILMSG #CSURV #CSURVC #CSURVU #CSURVUC #CSURVB #CSURVBC #CSURVF #CSURVNLF #CSURVEXT #JDR
GM862QUAD GM862QUADPY GM862GPS GE863- GE863GE863QUAD QUAD-PY GPS GE864QUAD & GC864QUAD GC864PY & GE864PY

Function

SEL SEL SEL 0 1 2 Page Page Page 180 180 181 181 182 182 183 185 187 189 189 191 191 191 192 192 193 193 194 194 195 195 196 196 197 198 198 199 200 200 201 202 203 203 203 204 206 209 210 211 211 212 212 213 214 379 379 380 380 381 381 382 384 386 388 388 390 390 390 391 391 392 392 393 393 394 394 395 395 396 397 397 398 399 399 400 401 402 402 402 403 405 408 409 410 410 411 411 412 413 564 565 565 566 566 567 568 569 NA 571 571 NA NA 573 573 574 574 574 575 575 575 576 576 576 577 578 578 579 579 580 581 582 583 583 583 584 587 590 591 591 592 592 593 593 594

Socket Open Query DNS Socket TCP Connection Time-Out Socket Parameters Save Socket Parameters Reset GPRS Context Activation Socket Dial Socket Listen Socket Listen Socket Listen Ring Indicator Firewall Setup Custom AT Commands - Easy Camera Management Camera ON Camera OFF Camera ON/OFF Camera Model Camera Resolution Camera Colour Mode Camera Photo Quality Camera Exposure Camera Zoom Camera Time/Date Overprint Camera Take Photo Camera Read Photo Object List Object Read Custom AT Commands - E-Mail Management E-mail SMTP Server E-mail Sender Address E-mail Authentication User Name E-mail Authentication Password E-mail Sending With GPRS Context Activation E-mail GPRS Context Activation E-mail Sending Email Parameters Save E-mail Parameters Reset SMTP Read Message Custom AT Commands - Easy Scan Extension Network Survey Network Survey (Numeric Format) Network Survey Of User Defined Channels Network Survey Of User Defined Channels (Numeric Format) BCCH Network Survey BCCH Network Survey (Numeric Format) Network Survey Format <CR><LF> Removing On Easy Scan Commands Family Extended Network Survey Jammed Detect & Report AT commands Jammed Detect & Report 4 Custom AT Commands - Easy Script Extension - Python Interpreter

Python is a registered trademark of the Python Software Foundation.

page 22 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06
COMMAND #WSCRIPT #ESCRIPT #RSCRIPT #LSCRIPT #DSCRIPT #REBOOT #CMUXSCR $GPSP $GPSR $GPSD $GPSSW $GPSAT $GPSAV $GPSAI $GPSAP $GPSNMUN $GPSACP $GPSSAV $GPSRST #RSEN #RSM: #RSM #RSS
GM862QUAD GM862QUADPY GM862GPS GE863- GE863GE863QUAD QUAD-PY GPS GE864QUAD & GC864QUAD GC864PY & GE864PY

Function

SEL SEL SEL 0 1 2 Page Page Page 216 217 218 218 219 219 NA 220 220 221 221 221 222 222 223 224 225 226 227 NA NA NA NA 415 416 417 417 418 418 NA 419 419 420 420 420 421 421 422 422 424 425 426 NA NA NA NA 596 597 597 598 599 599 599 601 601 602 602 602 603 603 604 605 606 607 608 609 609 610 611

Write Script Select Active Script Read Script List Script Names Delete Script Reboot CMUX Script Enable Custom AT Commands - GPS Application GPS Controller power management GPS Reset GPS Device Type Set GPS Software Version GPS Antenna Type Definition GPS Antenna Supply Voltage Readout GPS Antenna Current Readout GPS Antenna Protection Unsolicited GPS NMEA Data Configuration GPS Actual Position Information Save GPS Parameters Configuration Restore Default GPS Parameters Custom AT Commands - SAP Remote SIM Enable Remote SIM Message (Unsolicited) Remote SIM Message Command Remote SIM Status Command

page 23 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3.3 Backward Compatibility

There are some slight modifications amongst the AT interfaces of Telit products. In order to keep backward compatibility and on the same time to give the opportunity to the customer to get competitor compatibility, Telit modules offer the specific command #SELINT to switch the behavior of the device and its AT command interface. It is up to the user to select the AT interface he prefers. The following table shows which AT commands interface can be applied and is default for the specific product: Product
GM862-QUAD (3990250655) GM862-QUAD-PY (3990250656) GE863-QUAD (3990250653&) GE863-PY (3990250654) GM862-QUAD (3990250659) GM862-QUAD-PY (3990250658) GM862-GPS (3990250657) GE863-QUAD (3990250662) GE863-PY (3990250661) GE863-GPS (3990250660) GE864-QUAD (3990250648) GE864-PY (3990250650) GC864-QUAD (3990250675) GC864-PY (3990250676)

#SELINT=0 (default) (default)

#SELINT=1 (default) (default) (default) (default) (default) (default)

#SELINT=2

(default) (default) (default) (default) (default) (default)

page 24 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3.3.1 #SELINT - Select Interface Style

#SELINT - Select Interface Style Set command sets the AT command interface style depending on AT#SELINT[=<v>] parameter <v>. Parameter: <v> - AT command interface 0 - switches the AT command interface of the products, to the GM862GSM and GM862-GPRS interface style 1 - switches the AT command interface of the products, to the GM862PCS, PYTHON, QUAD-PY, TRIZIUM and GE863-QUAD, PY interface style 2 - switches the AT command interface style of the product, to the new products like GE864, GC864 and the GPS products 5 Note: If parameter is omitted then the behavior of Set command is the same as read command Read command reports the current interface style. Test command reports the available range of values for parameter <v>. Its suggested to reboot the module after every #SELINT setting.

AT#SELINT? AT#SELINT=? Note

Under the #SELINT=2, all the new functionalities like CMUX, SAP are available. Moreover, all the AT commands have been improved according to the ETSI specifications.

page 25 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3.4 Repeating A Command Line

3.4.1 Last Command Automatic Repetition
A/ - Last Command Automatic Repetition If the prefix A/ or a/ is issued, the MODULE immediately execute once A/ again the body of the preceding command line. No editing is possible and no termination character is necessary. A command line may be repeated multiple times through this mechanism, if desired. If A/ is issued before any command line has been executed, the preceding command line is assumed to have been empty (that results in an OK result code). This command works only at fixed IPR. Note: issuing the custom command AT#/ causes the last command to be executed again too; moreover it doesnt need a fixed IPR. V25ter

Reference

page 26 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3.5 SELINT 0
3.5.1 Hayes Compliant AT Commands
3.5.1.1Generic Modem Control
3.5.1.1.1 &F - Set To Factory-Defined Configuration
&F - Set To Factory-Defined Configuration Execution command sets the configuration parameters to default values AT&F[<value>] specified by manufacturer; it takes in consideration hardware configuration switches and other manufacturer-defined criteria. Parameter: <value>: 0 - just the factory profile base section parameters are considered. 1 - either the factory profile base section and the extended section are considered (full factory profile). Note: if parameter <value> is omitted, the command has the same behavior as AT&F0 V25ter.

Reference

3.5.1.1.2 Z - Soft Reset

Z - Soft Reset ATZ[<n>] Execution command loads the base section of the specified user profile and the extended section of the default factory profile. Parameter: <n> 0..1 - user profile number Note: any call in progress will be terminated. Note: if parameter <n> is omitted, the command has the same behaviour as ATZ0. V25ter.

Reference

page 27 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3.5.1.1.3 +FCLASS - Select Active Service Class

+FCLASS - Select Active Service Class Set command sets the wireless module in specified connection mode (data, AT+FCLASS=<n> fax, voice), hence all the calls done afterwards will be data or voice. Parameter: <n> 0 - data 1 - fax class 1 8 - voice Read command returns the current configuration value of the parameter <n>. Test command returns all supported values of the parameters <n>. GSM 07.07

AT+FCLASS? AT+FCLASS=? Reference

3.5.1.1.4 &Y - Designate A Default Reset Basic Profile

&Y - Designate A Default Reset Basic Profile Execution command defines the basic profiles which will be loaded on AT&Y[<n>] startup. Parameter: <n> 0..1 - profile (default is 0): the wireless module is able to store 2 complete configurations (see command &W). Note: differently from command Z<n>, which loads just once the desired profile, the one chosen through command &Y will be loaded on every startup. Note: if parameter is omitted, the command has the same behaviour as AT&Y0

page 28 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3.5.1.1.5 &P - Designate A Default Reset Full Profile

&P - Designate A Default Reset Full Profile Execution command defines which full profile will be loaded on startup. AT&P[<n>] Parameter: <n> 0..1 profile number: the wireless module is able to store 2 full configurations (see command &W). Note: differently from command Z<n>, which loads just once the desired profile, the one chosen through command &P will be loaded on every startup. Note: if parameter is omitted, the command has the same behaviour as AT&P0 Telit Specifications

Reference

3.5.1.1.6 &W - Store Current Configuration

&W - Store Current Configuration Execution command stores on profile <n> the complete configuration of the AT&W[<n>] device. Parameter: <n> 0..1 - profile Note: if parameter is omitted, the command has the same behaviour of AT&W0.

3.5.1.1.7 &Z - Store Telephone Number In The Module Internal Phonebook

page 29 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

&Z - Store Telephone Number In The Wireless Module Internal Phonebook Note: to delete the record <n> the command AT&Z<n>=<CR> must be issued. Note: the records in the module memory can be viewed with the command AT&N, while the telephone number stored in the record n can be dialed by giving the command ATDS=<n>.

3.5.1.1.8 &N - Display Internal Phonebook Stored Numbers

&N - Display Internal Phonebook Stored Numbers Execution command returns the telephone number stored at the <n> AT&N[<n>] position in the internal memory. Parameter: <n> - phonebook record number Note: if parameter <n> is omitted then all the internal records are shown.

3.5.1.1.9 +GMI - Manufacturer Identification

+GMI - Manufacturer Identification Execution command returns the manufacturer identification. AT+GMI Note: this is one of the commands whose output differs depending on the last #SELINT setting. V.25ter

Reference

3.5.1.1.10 +GMM - Model Identification

+GMM - Model Identification Execution command returns the model identification. AT+GMM Reference V.25ter

3.5.1.1.11

+GMR - Revision Identification

+GMR - Revision Identification Execution command returns the software revision identification. AT+GMR Reference V.25ter

page 30 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3.5.1.1.12 +GCAP - Capabilities List

+GCAP - Capabilities List Execution command returns the equipment supported command set list. AT+GCAP Where: +CGSM: GSM ETSI command set +FCLASS: Fax command set +DS: Data Service common modem command set +MS: Mobile Specific command set Reference V.25ter

3.5.1.1.13 +GSN - Serial Number

+GSN - Serial Number Execution command returns the device board serial number. AT+GSN Reference Note: The number returned is not the IMSI, it is only the board number V.25ter

3.5.1.1.14 &V - Display Current Configuration & Profile

&V - Display Current Configuration & Profile Execution command returns some of the base configuration AT&V parameters settings. Note: this is one of the commands whose output differs depending on the last #SELINT setting.

3.5.1.1.15

&V0 - Display Current Configuration & Profile

&V0 - Display Current Configuration & Profile Execution command returns all the configuration parameters settings. AT&V0 Note: this command is the same as &V, it is included only for backwards compatibility. Note: this is one of the commands whose output differs depending on the last #SELINT setting.

page 31 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3.5.1.1.16 &V1 - Display S Registers Values

&V1 - Display S Registers Values Execution command returns the value of the S registers in decimal and AT&V1 hexadecimal value in the format: REG DEC HEX <reg0> <dec> <hex> <reg1> <dec> <hex> ... where <regn> - S register number (0..38) <dec> - current value in decimal notation <hex> - current value in hexadecimal notation

3.5.1.1.17 &V3 - Display S Registers Values

&V3 - Display S Registers Values Execution command returns the value of the S registers in decimal and AT&V3 hexadecimal value in the format: REG DEC HEX <reg0> <dec> <hex> <reg1> <dec> <hex> ... where <regn> - S register number (0..38) <dec> - current value in decimal notation <hex> - current value in hexadecimal notation

3.5.1.1.18

&V2 - Display Last Connection Statistics

&V2 - Display Last Connection Statistics Execution command returns the last connection statistics & connection AT&V2 failure reason.

3.5.1.1.19 \V - Single Line Connect Message

\V - Single Line Connect Message Execution command set single line connect message. AT\V<n> Parameter: <n> 0 - off 1 - on

page 32 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3.5.1.1.20 +GCI - Country Of Installation

+GCI - Country Of Installation Set command selects the installation country code according to AT+GCI=<code> ITU-T.35 Annex A. Parameter: <code> 59 - it currently supports only the Italy country code Read command reports the currently selected country code. Test command reports the supported country codes. V25ter.

AT+GCI? AT+GCI=? Reference

3.5.1.1.21 %L - Line Signal Level

%L - Line Signal Level It has no effect and is included only for backward compatibility with landline AT%L modems

3.5.1.1.22 %Q - Line Quality

%Q - Line Quality AT%Q It has no effect and is included only for backward compatibility with landline modems

3.5.1.1.23

L - Speaker Loudness

L - Speaker Loudness It has no effect and is included only for backward compatibility with landline ATL<n> modems

3.5.1.1.24 M - Speaker Mode

M - Speaker Mode ATM<n> It has no effect and is included only for backward compatibility with landline modems

page 33 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3.5.1.2 DTE - Modem Interface Control

3.5.1.2.1 E - Command Echo
E - Command Echo Set command enables/disables the command echo. ATE[<n>] Parameter: <n> 0 - disables command echo 1 - enables command echo (factory default) , hence command sent to the device are echoed back to the DTE before the response is given. Note: if parameter is omitted, the command has the same behaviour of ATE0 V25ter

Reference

3.5.1.2.2 Q - Quiet Result Codes

Q - Quiet Result Codes Set command enables or disables the result codes. ATQ[<n>] Parameter: <n> 0 - enables result codes (factory default) 1 - every result code is replaced with a <CR> 2 - disables result codes Note: After issuing either ATQ1 or ATQ2 every information text transmitted in response to commands is not affected Note: if parameter is omitted, the command has the same behaviour as ATQ0 After issuing ATQ1

Example

AT+CGACT=? +CGACT: (0-1) a <cr> ends the response

After issuing ATQ2

AT+CGACT=? +CGACT: (0-1) nothing is appended to the response

Reference V25ter

page 34 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3.5.1.2.3 V - Response Format

V - Response Format Set command determines the contents of the header and trailer transmitted ATV[<n>] with result codes and information responses. It also determines if result codes are transmitted in a numeric form or an alphanumeric form (see [3.2.3 Information Responses And Result Codes] for the table of result codes). Parameter: <n> 0 - limited headers and trailers and numeric format of result codes information responses result codes <text><CR><LF> <numeric code><CR>

1 - full headers and trailers and verbose format of result codes (factory default) information responses result codes <CR><LF> <text><CR><LF> <CR><LF> <numeric code><CR><LF> Note: the <text> portion of information responses is not affected by this setting. Note: if parameter is omitted, the command has the same behaviour of ATV0 V25ter

Reference

3.5.1.2.4 X - Extended Result Codes

page 35 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

ANSWER results. Busy tones reporting is disabled. 1..4 - reports all messages (factory default is 1) Note: If parameter is omitted, the command has the same behaviour as ATX0 For complete control on CONNECT response message see also +DR command. V25ter

Note Reference

3.5.1.2.5 I - Identification Information

I - Identification Information Execution command returns one or more lines of information text followed ATI[<n>] by a result code. Parameter: <n> 0 - numerical identifier. 1 - module checksum 2 - checksum check result 3 - manufacturer 4 - product name 5 - DOB version Note: this is one of the commands whose output differs depending on the last #SELINT setting. Note: if parameter is omitted, the command has the same behaviour as ATI0 V25ter

Reference

3.5.1.2.6 &C - Data Carrier Detect (DCD) Control

&C - Data Carrier Detect (DCD) Control Set command controls the RS232 DCD output behaviour. AT&C[<n>] Parameter: <n> 0 - DCD remains high always. 1 - DCD follows the Carrier detect status: if carrier is detected DCD is high, otherwise DCD is low. (factory default) 2 - DCD off while disconnecting Note: if parameter is omitted, the command has the same behaviour as AT&C0

page 36 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

Reference

V25ter

3.5.1.2.7 &D - Data Terminal Ready (DTR) Control

&D - Data Terminal Ready (DTR) Control Set command controls the Module behaviour to the RS232 DTR transitions. AT&D[<n>] Parameter: <n> 0 - DTR transitions are ignored. (factory default) 1 - when the MODULE is connected, the high to low transition of DTR pin sets the device in command mode, the current connection is NOT closed. 2 - when the MODULE is connected , the high to low transition of DTR pin sets the device in command mode and the current connection is closed. 3 - DTR transitions are considered only in power saving mode. 4 - C108/1 operation is disabled 5 - C108/1 operation is enabled Note: if AT&D2 has been issued and the DTR has been tied low, autoanswering is inhibited and it is possible to answer only issuing command ATA. Note: if parameter is omitted, the command has the same behaviour as AT&D0 V25ter

Reference

3.5.1.2.8 \Q - Standard Flow Control

\Q - Standard Flow Control Set command controls the RS232 flow control behaviour. AT\Q[<n>] Parameter: <n> 0 - no flow control 1 - software bi-directional with filtering (XON/XOFF) 2 - hardware mono-directional flow control (only CTS active) 3 - hardware bi-directional flow control (both RTS/CTS active) (factory default) Note: if parameter is omitted, the command has the same behaviour as AT\Q0

page 37 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

\Q - Standard Flow Control Note: \Qs settings are functionally a subset of &Ks ones. Reference V25ter

3.5.1.2.9 &K - Flow Control

&K - Flow Control AT&K[<n>] Set command controls the RS232 flow control behaviour. Parameter: <n> 0 - no flow control 1 - hardware mono-directional flow control (only CTS active) 2 - software mono-directional flow control (XON/XOFF) 3 - hardware bi-directional flow control (both RTS/CTS active) (factory default) 4 - software bi-directional with filtering (XON/XOFF) 5 - pass through: software bi-directional without filtering (XON/XOFF) 6 - both hardware bi-directional flow control (both RTS/CTS active) and software bi-directional flow control (XON/XOFF) with filtering Note: if parameter is omitted, the command has the same behaviour as AT&K0 Note: &K has no Read Command. To verify the current setting of &K, simply check the settings of the active profile with AT&V.

3.5.1.2.10 &S - Data Set Ready (DSR) Control

&S - Data Set Ready (DSR) Control Set command controls the RS232 DSR pin behaviour. AT&S[<n>] Parameter: <n> 0 - always ON 1 - follows the GSM traffic channel indication. 2 - ON when connected 3 - ON when device is ready to receive commands (factory default). Note: if option 1 is selected then DSR is tied up when the device receives from the network the GSM traffic channel indication. Note: if parameter is omitted, the command has the same behaviour as AT&S0

page 38 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3.5.1.2.11

\R - Ring (RI) Control

\R - Ring (RI) Control Set command controls the RING output pin behaviour. AT\R[<n>] Parameter: <n> 0 - RING on during ringing and further connection 1 - RING on during ringing (factory default) 2 - RING follows the ring signal Note: to check the ring option status use the &V command. Note: if parameter is omitted, the command has the same behaviour as AT\R0

3.5.1.2.12 +IPR - Fixed DTE Interface Rate

+IPR - Fixed DTE Interface Rate Set command specifies the DTE speed at which the device accepts AT+IPR=<rate> commands during command mode operations; it may be used to fix the DTE-DCE interface speed. Parameter: <rate> 0 ..300 1200 2400 4800 9600 19200 38400 57600 115200 If <rate> is set to 0, then automatic speed detection is enabled and also character format (see +ICF) is set to auto-detect. (default) If <rate> is specified and not 0, DTE-DCE speed is fixed at that speed, hence no speed auto-detection (autobauding) is enabled. Read command returns the current value of +IPR parameter. Test command returns the supported serial port speed list. V25ter

AT+IPR? AT+IPR=? Reference

page 39 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3.5.1.2.13 +IFC - DTE-Modem Local Flow Control

+IFC - DTE-Modem Local Flow Control Set command selects the flow control behaviour of the serial port in both AT+IFC=<by_te>, directions: from DTE to modem (<by_ta> option) and from modem to DTE <by_ta> (<by_te>) Parameter: <by_te> - flow control option for the data received by DTE 0 - flow control None 1 - XON/XOFF filtered 2 - C105 (RTS) (factory default) 3 - XON/XOFF not filtered <by_ta> - flow control option for the data sent by modem 0 - flow control None 1 - XON/XOFF 2 - C106 (CTS) (factory default) Note: This command is equivalent to &K command. Read command returns active flow control settings. Test command returns all supported values of the parameters <by_te> and <by_ta>. V25ter

AT+IFC? AT+IFC=? Reference

3.5.1.2.14 +ILRR - DTE-Modem Local Rate Reporting

+ILRR - DTE-Modem Local Rate Reporting Set command controls whether or not the +ILRR:<rate> information text is AT+ILRR=<n> transmitted from the modem to the DTE. Parameter: <n> 0 - local port speed rate reporting disabled (factory default) 1 - local port speed rate reporting enabled Note: this information if enabled is sent upon connection. Read command returns active setting of <n>. Test command returns all supported values of the parameter <n>. V25ter

AT+ILRR? AT+ILRR=? Reference

3.5.1.2.15

+ICF - DTE-Modem Character Framing

+ICF - DTE-Modem Character Framing Set command defines the asynchronous character framing to be used when AT+ICF=<format> autobauding is disabled. [,<parity>]

page 40 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

Parameters: <format> - determines the number of bits in the data bits, the presence of a parity bit, and the number of stop bits in the start-stop frame. 0 - autodetection 1 - 8 Data, 2 Stop 2 - 8 Data, 1 Parity, 1 Stop 3 - 8 Data, 1 Stop 4 - 7 Data, 2 Stop 5 - 7 Data, 1 Parity, 1 Stop <parity> - determines how the parity bit is generated and checked, if present 0 - Odd 1 - Even Read command returns current settings for subparameters <format> and <parity>. Test command returns the ranges of values for the parameters <format> and <parity> V25ter AT+ICF = 0 - auto detect AT+ICF = 1 - 8N2 AT+ICF = 2,0 - 8O1 AT+ICF = 2,1 - 8E1 AT+ICF = 3 - 8N1 (default) AT+ICF = 5,0 - 7O1 AT+ICF = 5,1 - 7E1

AT+ICF? AT+ICF=? Reference Example

page 41 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3.5.1.3 Call Control

3.5.1.3.1 D - Dial
D - Dial ATD<number>[;] Execution command starts a call to the phone number given as parameter. If ; is present, a VOICE call to the given number is performed, regardless of the current value of the connection mode set by +FCLASS command. Parameter: <number> - phone number to be dialed Note: type of call (data, fax or voice) depends on last +FCLASS setting. Note: the numbers accepted are 0-9 and *,#,A, B, C, D,+. Note: for backwards compatibility with landline modems modifiers T, P, R, ,, W, !, @ are accepted but have no effect. Issues a call to phone number which corresponding alphanumeric field is <str>; all available memories will be searched for the correct entry. If ; is present a voice call is performed. Parameter: <str> - alphanumeric field corresponding to phone number; it must be enclosed in quotation marks. Note: used character set should be the one selected with either command Select TE character set +CSCS or @CSCS. Issues a call to phone number in phonebook memory storage <mem>, entry location <n> (available memories may be queried with AT+CPBS=?). If ; is present a voice call is performed. Parameters: <mem> - phonebook memory storage; it must not be enclosed in quotation marks. SM - SIM phonebook FD - SIM fixed dialling-phonebook LD - SIM last-dialling-phonebook MC - device missed (unanswered received) calls list RC - ME received calls list <n> - entry location; it should be in the range of locations available in the memory used. Issues a call to phone number in entry location <n> of the active

ATD><str>[;]

ATD><mem><n>[;]

ATD><n>[;]

page 42 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

D - Dial phonebook memory storage (see +CPBS). If ; is present a voice call is performed. Parameter: <n> - active phonebook memory storage entry location; it should be in the range of locations available in the active phonebook memory storage. Issues a call to the last number dialed. Issues a call to the number stored in the MODULE internal phonebook position number <nr>. If ; is present a VOICE call is performed. Parameter: <nr> - internal phonebook position to be called (See commands &N and &Z) Issues a call overwriting the CLIR supplementary service subscription default value for this call If ; is present a VOICE call is performed. I - invocation, restrict CLI presentation i - suppression, allow CLI presentation Issues a call checking the CUG supplementary service information for the current call. Refer to +CCUG command. If ; is present a VOICE call is performed. This command is specific of GPRS functionality and causes the MT to perform whatever actions are necessary to establish communication between the TE and the external PDN. Parameters: <gprs_sc> - GPRS Service Code, a digit string (value 99) which identifies a request to use the GPRS <addr> - string that identifies the called party in the address space applicable to the PDP. <L2P> - a string which indicates the layer 2 protocol to be used (see +CGDATA command). For communications software that does not support arbitrary characters in the dial string, the following numeric equivalents shall be used: 1 - PPP Other values are reserved and will result in an ERROR response to the Set command. <cid> - a digit which specifies a particular PDP context definition (see +CGDCONT command). Example

ATDL ATDS=<nr>[;]

ATD<number>I[;] ATD<number>i[;]

ATD<number>G[;] ATD<number>g[;] ATD<gprs_sc> [<addr>][[<L2P>] [[<cid>]]]]#

To dial a number in SIM phonebook entry 6: ATD>SM6

page 43 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

D - Dial

OK To have a voice call to the 6-th entry of active phonebook: ATD>6; OK To call the entry with alphanumeric field Name: ATD>Name; OK
Reference V25ter.

3.5.1.3.2 T - Tone Dial

T - Tone Dial ATT Reference Set command has no effect is included only for backward compatibility with landline modems. V25ter.

3.5.1.3.3

P - Pulse Dial
Set command has no effect is included only for backward compatibility with landline modems. V25ter.

P - Pulse Dial ATP Reference

3.5.1.3.4
A - Answer ATA

A - Answer
Execution command is used to answer to an incoming call if automatic answer is disabled. Note: This command MUST be the last in the command line and must be followed immediately by a <CR> character. V25ter.

Reference

page 44 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3.5.1.3.5 H - Disconnect
H - Disconnect ATH Execution command is used to close the current conversation (voice, data or fax). Note: this command can be issued only in command mode; when a data conversation is active the device is in on-line mode (commands are not sensed and characters are sent to the other party), hence escape sequence (see register S2) is required before issuing this command, otherwise if &D1 option is active, DTR pin has to be tied low to return in command mode. V25ter.

Reference

3.5.1.3.6 O - Return To On Line Mode

O - Return To On Line Mode Execution command is used to return to on-line mode from command mode. ATO If there's no active connection it returns ERROR. Note: After issuing this command, if the device is in conversation, to send other commands to the device you must return to command mode by issuing the escape sequence (see register S2) or tying low DTR pin if &D1 option is active. V25ter.

Reference

3.5.1.3.7

&G - Guard Tone

Set command has no effect is included only for backward compatibility with landline modems.

&G - Guard Tone AT&G

3.5.1.3.8 &Q - Sync/Async Mode

&Q - Sync/Async Mode Set command has no effect is included only for backward compatibility with AT&Q landline modems.

page 45 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3.5.1.4 Modulation Control

3.5.1.4.1 +MS - Modulation Selection
+MS - Modulation Selection Set command has no effect is included only for backward compatibility with AT+MS= landline modems. <carrier>[, <automode>[, Parameter: <min_rate>[, <carrier> - a string which specifies the preferred modem carrier to use in <max_rate>]]] originating or answering a connection V21 V22 V22B V23C V32 V34 <automode> - it enables/disables automatic modulation negotiation. 0 - disabled 1 - enabled. It has effect only if it is defined for the associated modulation. <min_rate> - it specifies the lowest value at which the DCE may establish a connection. 0 - unspecified <max_rate> - it specifies the highest value at which the DCE may establish a connection. 0 - unspecified 300..14400 - rate in bps Note: to change modulation requested use +CBST command. Read command returns the current value of <carrier>, <automode>, <min_rate>, <max_rate> parameters. Test command returns all supported values of the <carrier>, <automode>, <min_rate>, <max_rate> parameters.

AT+MS? AT+MS=?

3.5.1.4.2 %E - Line Quality Monitor And Auto Retrain Or Fallback/Fallforward

%E - Line Quality Monitor And Auto Retrain Or Fallback/Fallforward Execution command has no effect and is included only for backward AT%E<n> compatibility with landline modems.

page 46 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3.5.1.5 Compression Control

3.5.1.5.1 +DS - Data Compression
+DS - Data Compression Set command sets the V42 compression parameter. AT+DS=<n> Parameter: <n> 0 - no compression, it is currently the only supported value Read command returns current value of the data compression parameter. Test command returns all supported values of the parameter <n> V25ter

AT+DS? AT+DS=? Reference

3.5.1.5.2 +DR - Data Compression Reporting

+DR - Data Compression Reporting Set command enables/disables the data compression reporting upon AT+DR=<n> connection. Parameter: <n> 0 - data compression reporting disabled; 1 - data compression reporting enabled upon connection. Note: if enabled, the following intermediate result code is transmitted before the final result code: +DR: <compression> (the only supported value for <compression> is NONE) Read command returns current value of <n>. Test command returns all supported values of the parameter <n> V25ter

AT+DR? AT+DR=? Reference

page 47 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3.5.1.6 Break Control

3.5.1.6.1 \B - Transmit Break To Remote
\B - Transmit Break To Remote Execution command has no effect and is included only for backward AT\B compatibility with landline modems

3.5.1.6.2 \K - Break Handling

\K - Break Handling Execution command has no effect and is included only for backward AT\K<n> compatibility with landline modems Parameter: <n> 1..5

3.5.1.6.3 \N - Operating Mode

\N - Operating Mode Execution command has no effect and is included only for backward AT\N compatibility with landline modems

page 48 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3.5.1.7 S Parameters
Basic commands that begin with the letter S are known as S-Parameters. The number following the S indicates the parameter number being referenced. If the number is not recognized as a valid parameter number, an ERROR result code is issued. If no value is given for the subparameter of an S-Parameter, an ERROR result code will be issued and the stored value left unchanged.

Note: what follows is a special way to select and set an S-parameter: 1. ATSn<CR> selects n as current parameter number. If the value of n is in the range (0, 2, 3, 4, 5, 7, 12, 25, 30, 38), this command establishes Sn as last selected parameter. Every value out of this range and less than 256 can be used but has no meaning and is maintained only for backward compatibility with landline modems. AT=<value><CR> or ATS=<value><CR> set the contents of the selected S-parameter

Example: ATS7<CR> AT=40<CR> ATS=15<CR> establishes S7 as last selected parameter. sets the content of S7 to 40 sets the content of S7 to 15.

3.5.1.7.1 S0 - Number Of Rings To Auto Answer

S0 - Number Of Rings To Auto Answer Set command sets the number of rings required before device automatically ATS0[=<n>] answers an incoming call. Parameter: <n> - number of rings 0 - auto answer disabled (factory default) 1..255 - number of rings required before automatic answer. Read command returns the current value of S0 parameter. Test command returns the range for <n> without command echo and parenthesis. For either Read and Test command the format of the numbers in output is always 3 digits, left-filled with 0s V25ter

ATS0? ATS0=? Note Reference

page 49 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3.5.1.7.2 S1 - Ring Counter

S1 - Ring Counter ATS1 S1 is incremented each time the device detects the ring signal of an incoming call. S1 is cleared as soon as no ring occur. Note: the form ATS1 has no effect. Read command returns the value of S1 ring counter. Test command returns the range of values for S1 ring counter without command echo and parenthesis. For either Read and Test command the format of the numbers in output is always 3 digits, left-filled with 0s

ATS1? ATS1=? Note

3.5.1.7.3 S2 - Escape Character

S2 - Escape Character Set command sets the ASCII character to be used as escape character. ATS2[=<char>] Parameter: <char> - escape character decimal ASCII 0..255 - factory default value is 43 (+). Note: the escape sequence consists of three escape characters preceded and followed by n ms of idle (see S12 to set n). Read command returns the current value of S2 parameter. Test command returns the range for <char> without command echo and parenthesis For either Read and Test command the format of the numbers in output is always 3 digits, left-filled with 0s

ATS2? ATS2=? Note

3.5.1.7.4 S3 - Command Line Termination Character

S3 - Command Line Termination Character Set command sets the value of the character either recognized by the ATS3[=<char>] device as command line terminator and generated by the device as part of the header, trailer, and terminator for result codes and information text, along with S4 parameter. Parameter: <char> - command line termination character (decimal ASCII) 0..127 - factory default value is 13 (ASCII CR) Note: the previous value of S3 is used to determine the command line termination character for entering the command line containing the S3

page 50 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

ATS3? ATS3=? Note Reference

setting command. However the result code issued shall use the new value of S3 (as set during the processing of the command line). Read command returns the current value of S3 parameter. Test command returns the range for <char> without command echo and parenthesis. For either Read and Test command the format of the numbers in output is always 3 digits, left-filled with 0s V25ter

3.5.1.7.5 S4 - Response Formatting Character

S4 - Response Formatting Character Set command sets the value of the character generated by the device as ATS4[=<char>] part of the header, trailer, and terminator for result codes and information text, along with the S3 parameter. Parameter: <char> - response formatting character (decimal ASCII) 0..127 - factory default value is 10 (ASCII LF) Note: if the value of S4 is changed in a command line the result code issued in response of that command line will use the new value of S4. Read command returns the current value of S4 parameter. Test command returns the range for <char> without command echo and parenthesis For either Read and Test command the format of the numbers in output is always 3 digits, left-filled with 0s V25ter

ATS4? ATS4=? Note Reference

3.5.1.7.6 S5 - Command Line Editing Character

S5 - Command Line Editing Character Set command sets the value of the character recognized by the device as a ATS5[=<char>] request to delete from the command line the immediately preceding character. Parameter: <char> - command line editing character (decimal ASCII) 0..127 - factory default value is 8 (ASCII BS). Read command returns the current value of S5 parameter. Test command returns the range for <char> without command echo and parenthesis. For either Read and Test command the format of the numbers in output is always 3 digits, left-filled with 0s V25ter

ATS5? ATS5=? Note Reference

page 51 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3.5.1.7.7 S7 - Connection Completion Time-Out

S7 - Connection Completion Time-Out Set command sets the amount of time, in seconds, that the device shall ATS7[=<tout>] allow between either answering a call (automatically or by A command) or completion of signalling of call addressing information to network (dialling), and establishment of a connection with the remote device. Parameter: <tout> - number of seconds 1..255 - factory default value is 60. Read command returns the current value of S7 parameter. Test command returns the range for <tout> without command echo and parenthesis. For either Read and Test command the format of the numbers in output is always 3 digits, left-filled with 0s V25ter

ATS7? ATS7=? Note Reference

3.5.1.7.8 S12 - Escape Prompt Delay

S12 - Escape Prompt Delay Set command sets the period, before and after an escape sequence, during ATS12[=<time>] which no character has to be detected in order to accept the escape sequence as a valid one. Parameter: <time> - expressed in fiftieth of a second 20..255 - factory default value is 50. Read command returns the current value of S12 parameter. Test command returns the range for <time> without command echo and parenthesis. For either Read and Test command the format of the numbers in output is always 3 digits, left-filled with 0s

ATS12? ATS12=? Note

3.5.1.7.9 S25 - Delay To DTR Off

page 52 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

ATS25? ATS25=?

Note: the delay is effective only if its value is greater than 5. Read command returns the current value of S25 parameter. Test command returns the range for <time> without command echo and parenthesis. Note: the output depends on the choice made through #SELINT command. For either Read and Test command the format of the numbers in output is always 3 digits, left-filled with 0s

Note

3.5.1.7.10

S30 - Disconnect Inactivity Timer

S30 - Disconnect Inactivity Timer Set command defines the inactivity timeout in minutes. The device ATS30[=<tout>] disconnects if no characters are exchanged for a time period of at least <tout> minutes. Parameter: <tout> - expressed in minutes 0 - disabled, disconnection due to inactivity is disabled (factory default). 1..255 - inactivity timeout value. Read command returns the current value of S30 parameter. Test command returns the range for <tout> without command echo and parenthesis. Note: the output depends on the choice made through #SELINT command. For either Read and Test command the format of the numbers in output is always 3 digits, left-filled with 0s

ATS30? ATS30=?

Note

3.5.1.7.11 S38 - Delay Before Forced Hang Up

S38 -Delay Before Forced Hang Up Set command sets the delay, in seconds, between the devices receipt of H ATS38[=<delay>] command (or ON-to-OFF transition of DTR if device is programmed to follow the signal) and the disconnect operation. Parameter: <delay> - expressed in seconds 0..254 - the device will wait <delay> seconds for the remote device to acknowledge all data in the device buffer before disconnecting (factory default value is 20). 255 - the device doesnt time-out and continues to deliver data in the buffer until the connection is lost or the data is delivered. Note: <delay> parameter can be used to ensure that data in device buffer is sent before device disconnects. Read command returns the current value of S38 parameter.

ATS38?

page 53 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

ATS38=? Note

Test command returns the range of supported values for <delay> without command echo and parenthesis. For either Read and Test command the format of the numbers in output is always 3 digits, left-filled with 0s

page 54 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3.5.2 ETSI GSM 07.07 AT Commands

3.5.2.1 General
3.5.2.1.1 +CGMI - Request Manufacturer Identification
+CGMI - Request Manufacturer Identification Execution command returns the device manufacturer identification code AT+CGMI without command echo. The output depends on the choice made through #SELINT command. Read command has the same behaviour as Execution command AT+CGMI? Reference GSM 07.07

3.5.2.1.2 +CGMM - Request Model Identification

+CGMM - Request Model Identification Execution command returns the device model identification code without AT+CGMM command echo. Reference GSM 07.07

3.5.2.1.3 +CGMR - Request Revision Identification

+CGMR - Request Revision Identification Execution command returns device software revision number without AT+CGMR command echo. Read command has the same behaviour as Execution command AT+CGMR? Reference GSM 07.07

3.5.2.1.4 +CGSN - Request Product Serial Number Identification

+CGSN - Request Product Serial Number Identification Execution command returns the product serial number, identified as the AT+CGSN IMEI of the mobile, without command echo. Read command has the same behaviour as Execution command AT+CGSN? Reference GSM 07.07

page 55 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3.5.2.1.5 +CSCS - Select TE Character Set

+CSCS - Select TE Character Set Set command sets the current character set used by the device. AT+CSCS [=<chset>] Parameter: <chset> - character set IRA - ITU-T.50 8859-1 - ISO 8859 Latin 1 PCCP437 - PC character set Code Page 437. UCS2 - 16-bit universal multiple-octet coded character set (ISO/IEC10646) Note: If parameter is omitted then the behaviour of Set command is the same as Read command. Read command returns the current value of the active character set. Test command returns the supported values of the parameter <chset>. For compatibility with previous versions, Test command returns +CSCS: (IRA) An enhanced version of Test command has been defined: AT+CSCS=??, that provides the complete range of values for <chset>. Enhanced test command returns the supported values of the parameter <chset> GSM 07.07

AT+CSCS? AT+CSCS=?

AT+CSCS=?? Reference

3.5.2.1.6 +CIMI - Request International Mobile Subscriber Identity (IMSI)

+CIMI - Request International Mobile Subscriber Identify (IMSI) Execution command returns the value of the Internal Mobile Subscriber AT+CIMI Identity stored in the SIM without command echo. Note: a SIM card must be present in the SIM card housing, otherwise the command returns ERROR. Read command has the same behaviour as Execution command GSM 07.07

AT+CIMI? Reference

page 56 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3.5.2.2 Call Control

3.5.2.2.1 +CHUP - Hang Up Call
+CHUP - Hang Up Call AT+CHUP AT+CHUP=? Reference Execution command cancels all active and held calls, also if a multi-party session is running. Test command returns the OK result code GSM 07.07

3.5.2.2.2

+CBST - Select Bearer Service Type

+CBST - Select Bearer Service Type Set command sets the bearer service <name> with data rate <speed>, and AT+CBST the connection element <ce> to be used when data calls are originated. [=<speed> Values may also be used during mobile terminated data call setup, [,<name> especially in case of single numbering scheme calls (refer +CSNS). [,<ce>]]] Parameters: The default values of the subparameters are manufacturer specific since they depend on the purpose of the device and data services provided by it. Not all combinations of these subparameters are supported. The supported values are: <speed> 0 - autobauding (automatic selection of the speed, factory default) 1 - 300 bps (V.21) 2 - 1200 bps (V.22) 3 - 1200/75 bps (V.23) 4 - 2400 bps (V.22bis) 6 - 4800 bps (V.32) 7 - 9600 bps (V.32) 14 - 14400 bps (V.34) 65 - 300 bps (V.110) 66 - 1200 bps (V.110) 68 - 2400 bps (V.110 or X.31 flag stuffing) 70 - 4800 bps (V.110 or X.31 flag stuffing) 71 - 9600 bps (V.110 or X.31 flag stuffing) 75 - 14400 bps (V110 or X.31 flag stuffing) <name> 0 - data circuit asynchronous (factory default) <ce> 0 - transparent 1 - non transparent (default)

page 57 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

+CBST - Select Bearer Service Type Note: the settings AT+CBST=0,0,0 AT+CBST=14,0,0 AT+CBST=75,0,0 are not supported. Note: If all parameters are omitted then the behaviour of Set command is the same as Read command. Read command returns current value of the parameters <speed>, <name> and <ce> Test command returns the supported range of values for the parameters. GSM 07.07

AT+CBST? AT+CBST=? Reference

3.5.2.2.3 +CRLP - Radio Link Protocol

+CRLP - Radio Link Protocol Set command sets Radio Link Protocol (RLP) parameters used when nonAT+CRLP=<iws> transparent data calls are originated [,<mws>[,<T1> [,<N2>[,<ver>]]]] Parameters: <iws> - IWF window Dimension 1..61 - factory default value is 61 <mws> - MS window Dimension 1..61 - default value is 61 <T1> - acknowledge timer (10 ms units). 39..255 - default value is 78 <N2> - retransmission attempts 1..255 - default value is 6 <ver> - protocol version 0 Read command returns the current value of the RLP protocol parameters. Test command returns supported range of values of the RLP protocol parameters. GSM 07.07

AT+CRLP? AT+CRLP=? Reference

page 58 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3.5.2.2.4 +CR - Service Reporting Control

+CR - Service Reporting Control Set command controls whether or not intermediate result code AT+CR=<mode> +CR: <serv> is returned from the TA to the TE, where <serv> ASYNC - asynchronous transparent SYNC - synchronous transparent REL ASYNC - asynchronous non-transparent REL SYNC - synchronous non-transparent If enabled, the intermediate result code is transmitted at the point during connect negotiation at which the TA has determined which speed and quality of service will be used, before any error control or data compression reports are transmitted, and before the intermediate result code CONNECT is transmitted. Parameter: <mode> 0 - disables intermediate result code report (factory default) 1 - enables intermediate result code report. This command replaces V.25ter [14] command Modulation Reporting Control +MR, which is not appropriate for use with a GSM terminal. Read command returns current intermediate report setting Test command returns the supported range of values of parameter <mode>. GSM 07.07

AT+CR? AT+CR=? Reference

3.5.2.2.5 +CEER - Extended Error Report

page 59 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

+CEER - Extended Error Report - the last GPRS detach or PDP context deactivation. Note: if none of this condition has occurred since power up then No Error condition is reported Read command reports a information text regarding some error condition that may occur Test command returns OK result code. GSM 07.07

AT+CEER? AT+CEER=? Reference

3.5.2.2.6 +CRC - Cellular Result Codes

+CRC - Cellular Result Codes Set command controls whether or not the extended format of incoming call AT+CRC=<mode> indication is used. Parameter: <mode> 0 - disables extended format reporting (factory default) 1 - enables extended format reporting When enabled, an incoming call is indicated to the TE with unsolicited result code: +CRING:<type> instead of the normal RING. where <type> - call type: DATA FAX - facsimile (TS 62) VOICE - normal voice (TS 11) Read command returns current value of the parameter <mode>. Test command returns supported values of the parameter <mode>. GSM 07.07

AT+CRC? AT+CRC=? Reference

page 60 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3.5.2.2.7 +CSNS - Single Numbering Scheme

+CSNS - Single Numbering Scheme Set command selects the bearer or teleservice to be used when mobile AT+CSNS= terminated single numbering scheme call is established. Parameter values <mode> set with +CBST command shall be used when <mode> equals to a data service. Parameter: <mode> 0 - voice (factory default) 2 - fax (TS 62) 4 - data Note: if +CBST parameter is set to a value that is not applicable to single numbering calls, ME/TA shall map the value to the closest valid one. E.g. if user has set <speed>=71, <name>=0 and <ce>=1 (non-trasparent asynchronous 9600 bps V.110 ISDN connection) for mobile originated calls, ME/TA shall map the values into non-trasparent asynchronous 9600 bps V.32 modem connection when single numbering scheme call is answered. Read command returns current value of the parameter <mode>. Test command returns supported values of the parameter <mode>. GSM 07.07

AT+CSNS? AT+CSNS=? Reference

3.5.2.2.8 +CVHU - Voice Hang Up Control

+CVHU - Voice Hang Up Control Set command selects whether ATH or drop DTR" shall cause a voice AT+CVHU[= connection to be disconnected or not. <mode>] Parameter: <mode> 0 - "Drop DTR" ignored but OK result code given. ATH disconnects. 1 - "Drop DTR" and ATH ignored but OK result code given. 2 - "Drop DTR" behaviour according to &D setting. ATH disconnects (factory default). Note: if parameter <mode> is omitted the behaviour of Set command is the same as Read command. Read command reports the current value of the <mode> parameter, +CVHU: <mode> Test command reports the range of supported values for parameter <mode>

AT+CVHU? AT+CVHU=?

page 61 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3.5.2.3Network Service Handling

3.5.2.3.1 +CNUM - Subscriber Number
+CNUM - Subscriber Number Execution command returns the subscriber number i.e. the phone number AT+CNUM of the device that is stored in the SIM card. Note: the returned number format is: +CNUM: <number>,<type> where <number> - string containing the phone number in the format <type> <type> - type of number: 129 - national numbering scheme 145 - international numbering scheme (contains the character "+"). GSM 07.07

Reference

3.5.2.3.2 +COPN - Read Operator Names

+COPN - Read Operator Names Execution command returns the list of operator names from the ME. The AT+COPN output depends on the choice made through #SELINT command. Reference GSM 07.07

3.5.2.3.3 +CREG - Network Registration Report

+CREG - Network Registration Report Set command enables/disables network registration reports depending on AT+CREG[= the parameter <mode>. [<mode>]] Parameter: <mode> 0 - disable network registration unsolicited result code (factory default) 1 - enable network registration unsolicited result code 2 - enable network registration unsolicited result code with network Cell identification data If <mode>=1, network registration result code reports: +CREG: <stat> where

page 62 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

+CREG - Network Registration Report <stat> 0 - not registered, ME is not currently searching a new operator to register to 1 - registered, home network 2 - not registered, but ME is currently searching a new operator to register to 3 - registration denied 4 -unknown 5 - registered, roaming If <mode>=2, network registration result code reports: +CREG: <stat>[,<Lac>,<Ci>] where: <Lac> - Local Area Code for the currently registered on cell <Ci> - Cell Id for the currently registered on cell Note: <Lac> and <Ci> are reported only if <mode>=2 and the mobile is registered on some network cell. Note: issuing AT+CREG<CR> is the same as issuing the Read command. Note: issuing AT+CREG=<CR> is the same as issuing the command AT+CREG=0<CR>. Read command reports the <mode> and <stat> parameter values in the format: +CREG: <mode>,<stat>[,<Lac>,<Ci>] Note: <Lac> and <Ci> are reported only if <mode>=2 and the mobile is registered on some network cell. Test command returns the range of supported <mode>

AT+CREG?

AT+CREG=? Example

AT OK at+creg? +CREG: 0,2 searching state) OK at+creg? +CREG: 0,2 OK at+creg? +CREG: 0,2 OK at+creg?

(the

MODULE

network

page 63 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

+CREG - Network Registration Report

+CREG: 0,2 OK at+creg? +CREG: 0,1 OK at+creg? +CREG: 0,1

Reference OK GSM 07.07

(the MODULE is registered )

3.5.2.3.4 +COPS - Operator Selection

+COPS - Operator Selection Set command forces an attempt to select and register the GSM network AT+COPS[= operator. [<mode> <mode> parameter defines whether the operator selection is done [,<format> automatically or it is forced by this command to operator <oper>. [,<oper>]]]] The operator <oper> shall be given in format <format>. The behaviour of +COPS command depends on the last #COPSMODE setting. (#COPSMODE=0) Parameters: <mode> 0 - automatic choice (the parameter <oper> will be ignored) (factory default) 1 - manual choice unlocked (network is kept as long as available, then it can be changed with some other suited networks to guarantee the service) 2 - deregister from GSM network; the MODULE is kept unregistered until a +COPS with <mode>=0, 1, 4 or 5 is issued 3 - set only <format> parameter (the parameter <oper> will be ignored) 4 - manual/automatic (<oper> field shall be present); if manual selection fails, automatic mode (<mode>=0) is entered 5 - manual choice locked (network is kept fixed, if the chosen network is not available, then the mobile has no service) <format> 0 - alphanumeric long form (max length 16 digits) 1 - alphanumeric short form 2 - Numeric 5 digits [country code (3) + network code (2)]

page 64 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

+COPS - Operator Selection <oper>: network operator in format defined by <format> parameter.

(#COPSMODE=1) Parameters: <mode> 0 - automatic choice (the parameter <oper> will be ignored) (default) 1 - manual choice (<oper> field shall be present) 2 - deregister from GSM network; the MODULE is kept unregistered until a +COPS with <mode>=0, 1 or 4 is issued 3 - set only <format> parameter (the parameter <oper> will be ignored) 4 - manual/automatic (<oper> field shall be present); if manual selection fails, automatic mode (<mode>=0) is entered <format> 0 - alphanumeric long form (max length 16 digits) 2 - numeric 5 digits [country code (3) + network code (2)] <oper>: network operator in format defined by <format> parameter. Note: <mode> parameter setting is stored in NVM and available at next reboot. If <mode>=1 or 4, the selected network is stored in NVM too and is available at next reboot (this will happen even with a new SIM inserted) Note: issuing AT+COPS<CR> is the same as issuing the Read command. Note: issuing AT+COPS=<CR> is the same as issuing the command AT+COPS=0<CR>. Read command returns current value of <mode>,<format> and <oper> in format <format>; if no operator is selected, <format> and <oper> are omitted +COPS: <mode>[, <format>, <oper>] Test command returns a list of quadruplets, each representing an operator present in the network. The behaviour of Test command depends on the last #COPSMODE setting. (#COPSMODE=0) The command outputs as many rows as the number of quadruplets, each of them in the format: +COPS: (<stat> ,<oper (in <format>=0)>,, <oper (in <format>=2)>)

AT+COPS?

AT+COPS=?

page 65 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

+COPS - Operator Selection where <stat> - operator availability 0 - unknown 1 - available 2 - current 3 - forbidden

(#COPSMODE=1) The quadruplets in the list are separated by commas: +COPS: [list of supported (<stat> ,<oper (in <format>=0)>,, <oper (in <format>=2)> )s][,,(list of supported <mode>s), (list of supported<format>s)] where <stat> - operator availability 0 - unknown 1 - available 2 - current 3 - forbidden Note: since with this command a network scan is done, this command may require some seconds before the output is given. Note: The value of parameter <oper> (in <format>=0) is the same as the former GM862 family products. GSM 07.07

Reference

3.5.2.3.5 +CLCK - Facility Lock/ Unlock

page 66 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

+CLCK - Facility Lock/Unlock country) "AB" - All Barring services (applicable only for <mode>=0) "AG" - All outGoing barring services (applicable only for <mode>=0) "AC" - All inComing barring services (applicable only for <mode>=0) "FD" - SIM fixed dialling memory feature (if PIN2 authentication has not been done during the current session, PIN2 is required as <passwd>) "PN" - network Personalisation "PU" - network subset Personalisation <mode> - defines the operation to be done on the facility 0 - unlock facility 1 - lock facility 2 - query status <passwd> - shall be the same as password specified for the facility from the DTE user interface or with command Change Password +CPWD <class> - represents the class of information of the facility as sum of bits (default is 7) 1- voice (telephony) 2 - data (refers to all bearer services) 4 - fax (facsimile services) 8 - short message service 16 - data circuit sync 32 - data circuit async 64 - dedicated packet access 128 - dedicated PAD access Note: when <mode>=2 and command successful, it returns: +CLCK: <status> where <status> - current status of the facility 0 - not active 1 - active Test command reports all the facility supported by the device. GSM 07.07 The improving command @CLCK has been defined.

AT+CLCK=? Reference Note

page 67 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3.5.2.3.6 @CLCK - Facility Lock/ Unlock

@CLCK - Facility Lock/Unlock Execution command is used to lock or unlock a ME o a network facility. AT@CLCK= <fac>,<mode> Parameters: [,<passwd> <fac> - facility [,<class>]] "SC" - SIM (PIN request) (device asks SIM password at power-up and when this lock command issued) "AO"- BAOC (Barr All Outgoing Calls) "OI" - BOIC (Barr Outgoing International Calls) "OX" - BOIC-exHC (Barr Outgoing International Calls except to Home Country) "AI" - BAIC (Barr All Incoming Calls) "IR" - BIC-Roam (Barr Incoming Calls when Roaming outside the home country) "AB" - All Barring services (applicable only for <mode>=0) "AG" - All outGoing barring services (applicable only for <mode>=0) "AC" - All inComing barring services (applicable only for <mode>=0) "FD" - SIM fixed dialling memory feature (if PIN2 authentication has not been done during the current session, PIN2 is required as <passwd>) "PN" - network Personalisation "PU" - network subset Personalisation <mode> - defines the operation to be done on the facility 0 - unlock facility 1 - lock facility 2 - query status <passwd> - shall be the same as password specified for the facility from the DTE user interface or with command Change Password +CPWD <class> - represents the class of information of the facility as sum of bits (default is 7) 1- voice (telephony) 2 - data (refers to all bearer services) 4 - fax (facsimile services) 8 - short message service 16 - data circuit sync 32 - data circuit async 64 - dedicated packet access 128 - dedicated PAD access Note: when <mode>=2 and command successful, it returns: @CLCK: <status>[,<class1> [<CR><LF>@CLCK: <status>,<class2>[]]

page 68 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

@CLCK - Facility Lock/Unlock where <status> - the current status of the facility 0 - not active 1 - active <classn> - class of information of the facility Test command reports all the facilities supported by the device. GSM 07.07

AT@CLCK=? Reference Example

Querying such a facility returns an output on three rows, the first for voice, the second for data, the third for fax: AT@CLCK =AO,2 @CLCK: <status>,1 @CLCK: <status>,2 @CLCK: <status>,4 OK

3.5.2.3.7 +CPWD - Change Facility Password

+CPWD - Change Facility Password Execution command changes the password for the facility lock function AT+CPWD=<fac>, defined by command Facility Lock +CLCK. <oldpwd>, <newpwd> Parameters: <fac> - facility SC - SIM (PIN request) AB - All barring services P2 - SIM PIN2 <oldpwd> - string type, it shall be the same as password specified for the facility from the ME user interface or with command +CPWD. <newpwd> - string type, it is the new password Note: parameter <oldpwd> is the old password while <newpwd> is the new one. Test command returns a list of pairs (<fac>,<pwdlength>) which presents the available facilities and the maximum length of their password (<pwdlength>) GSM 07.07

AT+CPWD=? Reference

page 69 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3.5.2.3.8 +CLIP - Calling Line Identification Presentation

+CLIP - Calling Line Identification Presentation AT+CLIP[=[<n>]] Set command enables/disables the presentation of the CLI (Calling Line Identity) at the TE. This command refers to the GSM supplementary service CLIP (Calling Line Identification Presentation) that enables a called subscriber to get the CLI of the calling party when receiving a mobile terminated call. Parameters: <n> 0 - disables CLI indication (factory default) 1 - enables CLI indication If enabled the device reports after each RING the response: +CLIP:<number>,<type>,<subaddress>,<satype>,<alpha> ,<CLI_validity> where: <number> - calling line number <type> - type of address octet in integer format 145 - international numbering scheme (contains the character "+") 129 - national numbering scheme <subaddress> - string type subaddress of format specified by <satype> <satype> - type of subaddress octet in integer format <alpha> - string type; alphanumeric representation of <number> corresponding to the entry found in phonebook; used character set should be the one selected either with command Select TE character set +CSCS or @CSCS. <CLI_validity> 0 - CLI valid 1 - CLI has been withheld by the originator. 2 - CLI is not available due to interworking problems or limitation or originating network. Note: issuing AT+CLIP<CR> is the same as issuing the Read command. Note: issuing AT+CLIP=<CR> is the same as issuing the command AT+CLIP=0<CR>. AT+CLIP?
Read command returns the presentation status of the CLI in the format:

+CLIP: <n>, <m> where: <n> 0 - CLI presentation disabled

page 70 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

+CLIP - Calling Line Identification Presentation 1 - CLI presentation enabled <m> - status of the CLIP service on the GSM network 0 - CLIP not provisioned 1 - CLIP provisioned 2 - unknown (e.g. no network is present ) Note: This command issues a status request to the network, hence it may take a few seconds to give the answer due to the time needed to exchange data with it. Test command returns the supported values of the parameter <n> GSM 07.07 The command changes only the report behaviour of the device, it does not change CLI supplementary service setting on the network.

AT+CLIP=? Reference Note

3.5.2.3.9 +CLIR - Calling Line Identification Restriction

+CLIR - Calling Line Identification Restriction Set command overrides the CLIR subscription when temporary mode is AT+CLIR[=[<n>]] provisioned as a default adjustment for all following outgoing calls. This adjustment can be revoked by using the opposite command. This command refers to CLIR-service (GSM 02.81) that allows a calling subscriber to enable or disable the presentation of the CLI to the called party when originating a call. Parameter: <n> - facility status on the Mobile 0 - CLIR facility according to CLIR service network status 1 - CLIR facility active (CLI not sent) 2 - CLIR facility not active (CLI sent) Note: issuing AT+CLIR<CR> is the same as issuing the Read command. Note: issuing AT+CLIR=<CR> is the same as issuing the command AT+CLIR=0<CR>. Read command gives the default adjustment for all outgoing calls (<n>) and also triggers an interrogation of the provision status of the CLIR service (<m>), where <n> - facility status on the Mobile 0 - CLIR facility according to CLIR service network status 1 - CLIR facility active (CLI not sent) 2 - CLIR facility not active (CLI sent)

AT+CLIR?

page 71 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

+CLIR - Calling Line Identification Restriction <m> - facility status on the Network 0 - CLIR service not provisioned 1 - CLIR service provisioned permanently 2 - unknown (e.g. no network present, etc.) 3 - CLI temporary mode presentation restricted 4 - CLI temporary mode presentation allowed Test command reports the supported values of parameter <n>. AT+CLIR=? Reference GSM 07.07 Note This command sets the default behaviour of the device in outgoing calls.

3.5.2.3.10

+CCFC - Call Forwarding Number And Conditions

+CCFC - Call Forwarding Number And Condition Execution command controls the call forwarding supplementary service. AT+CCFC= Registration, erasure, activation, deactivation, and status query are <reason>, <cmd>[,<number>[, supported. <type>[,<class> Parameters: [,,,<time>]]] <reason> 0 - unconditional 1 - mobile busy 2 - no reply 3 - not reachable 4 - all calls (not with query command) 5 - all conditional calls (not with query command) <cmd> 0 - disable 1 - enable 2 - query status 3 - registration 4 - erasure <number> - phone number of forwarding address in format specified by <type> parameter <type> - type of address byte in integer format : 145 - international numbering scheme (contains the character "+") 129 - national numbering scheme <class> - sum of integers each representing a class of information which the command refers to; default 7 (voice + data + fax) 1 - voice (telephony) 2 - data 4 - fax (facsimile services) 8 - short message service

page 72 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

+CCFC - Call Forwarding Number And Condition 16 - data circuit sync 32 - data circuit async 64 - dedicated packet access 128 - dedicated PAD access <time> - the time in seconds after which the call is diverted if "no reply" reason is chosen. Valid only for "no reply" reason. Note: when <cmd>=2 and command successful, it returns: +CCFC: <status>,<class>[,<number>[,<type>[,<time>]]] where: <status> - current status of the network service 0 - not active 1 - active <time> - time in seconds to wait before call is forwarded when "no reply" option for <reason> is enabled or queried 1..30 - default value is 20. The other parameters are as seen before. Test command reports supported values for the parameter <reason>. GSM 07.07 When querying the status of a network service (<cmd>=2) the response line for 'not active' case (<status>=0) should be returned only if service is not active for any <class>.

AT+CCFC=? Reference Note

3.5.2.3.11 +CCWA - Call Waiting

+CCWA - Call Waiting Set command allows the control of the call waiting supplementary service. AT+CCWA[= Activation, deactivation, and status query are supported. [<n>[,<cmd> [,<class>]]]] Parameters: <n> - enables/disables the presentation of an unsolicited result code: 0 - disable 1 - enable <cmd> - enables/disables or queries the service at network level: 0 - disable 1 - enable 2 - query status <class> - is a sum of integers each representing a class of information which the command refers to; default is 7 (voice + data + fax) 1 - voice (telephony)

page 73 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

+CCWA - Call Waiting 2 - data 4 - fax (facsimile services) 8 - short message service 16 - data circuit sync 32 - data circuit async 64 - dedicated packet access 128 - dedicated PAD access Note: the response to the query command is in the format: +CCWA:<status>,<class> where <status> represents the status of the service: 0 - inactive 1 - active <class> - class of calls the service status refers to. Note: the unsolicited result code enabled by parameter <n> is in the format: +CCWA: <number>,<type>,<class>,<alpha>,<cli_validity> where <number> - string type phone number of calling address in format specified by <type> <type> - type of address in integer format <class> - see before <alpha> - string type; alphanumeric representation of <number> corresponding to the entry found in phonebook; used character set should be the one selected with either +CSCS or @CSCS. <cli_validity> 0 - CLI valid 1 - CLI has been withheld by the originator 2 - CLI is not available due to interworking problems or limitations of originating network Note: if parameter <cmd> is omitted then network is not interrogated. Note: in the query command the class parameter must not be issued. Note: the difference between call waiting report disabling (AT+CCWA = 0,1,7) and call waiting service disabling (AT+CCWA = 0,0,7) is that in the first case the call waiting indication is sent to the device by network but this last one does not report it to the DTE; instead in the second case the call

page 74 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

+CCWA - Call Waiting waiting indication is not generated by the network. Hence the device results busy to the third party in the 2nd case while in the 1st case a ringing indication is sent to the third party. Note: The command AT+CCWA=1,0 has no effect a non sense and must not be issued. Note: issuing AT+CCWA<CR> is the same as issuing the Read command. Note: issuing AT+CCWA=<CR> is the same as issuing the command AT+CCWA=0<CR>. Read command reports the current value of the parameter <n>. Test command reports the supported values for the parameter <n>. GSM 07.07

AT+CCWA? AT+CCWA=? Reference

3.5.2.3.12

+CHLD - Call Holding Services

+CHLD - Call Holding Services Execution command controls the network call hold service. With this service AT+CHLD=<n> it is possible to disconnect temporarily a call and keep it suspended while it is retained by the network, contemporary it is possible to connect another party or make a multiparty connection. Parameter: <n> 0 - releases all held calls, or sets the UDUB (User Determined User Busy) indication for a waiting call. 1 - releases all active calls (if any exist), and accepts the other (held or waiting) call 1X - releases a specific active call X 2 - places all active calls (if any exist) on hold and accepts the other (held or waiting) call. 2X - places all active calls on hold except call X with which communication shall be supported 3 - adds an held call to the conversation Note: "X" is the numbering (starting with 1) of the call given by the sequence of setting up or receiving the calls (active, held or waiting) as seen by the served subscriber. Calls hold their number until they are released. New calls take the lowest available number. Note: where both a held and a waiting call exist, the above procedures apply to the waiting call (i.e. not to the held call) in conflicting situation. Test command returns the list of supported <n>s.

AT+CHLD=?

page 75 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

+CHLD: (0,1,2,3) Note: consider what has been written about the Set command relating the actions on a specific call (X). GSM 07.07 ONLY for VOICE calls

Reference Note

3.5.2.3.13

+CUSD - Unstructured Supplementary Service Data

+CUSD - Unstructured Supplementary Service Data Set command allows control of the Unstructured Supplementary Service AT+CUSD[= Data (USSD [GSM 02.90]). [<n>[,<str> [,<dcs>]]]] Parameters: <n> - is used to disable/enable the presentation of an unsolicited result code. 0 - disable the result code presentation in the DTA 1 - enable the result code presentation in the DTA <str> - USSD-string (when <str> parameter is not given, network is not interrogated) - If <dcs> indicates that GSM338 default alphabet is used ME/TA converts GSM alphabet into current TE character set (see +CSCS) - If <dcs> indicates that 8-bit data coding scheme is used: ME/TA converts each 8-bit octet into two IRA character long hexadecimal number; e.g. octet with integer value 42 is presented to TE as two characters 2A (IRA 50 and 65). <dcs> - GSM 3.38 Cell Broadcast Data Coding Scheme in integer format (default is 0). Note: the unsolicited result code enabled by parameter <n> is in the format: +CUSD: <m>[,<str>,<dcs>] to the TE where: <m>: 0 - no further user action required (network initiated USSD-Notify, or no further information needed after mobile initiated operation). 1 - further user action required (network initiated USSD-Request, or further information needed after mobile initiated operation) 2 - USSD terminated by the network 3 - other local client has responded 4 - operation not supported 5 - network time out

page 76 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

+CUSD - Unstructured Supplementary Service Data Note: in case of successful mobile initiated operation, DTA waits the USSD response from the network and sends it to the DTE before the final result code. This will block the AT command interface for the period of the operation. Note: issuing AT+CUSD<CR> is the same as issuing the Read command. Note: issuing AT+CUSD=<CR> is the same as issuing the command AT+CUSD=0<CR>. Read command reports the current value of the parameter <n> Test command reports the supported values for the parameter <n> GSM 07.07 Only mobile initiated operations are supported

AT+CUSD? AT+CUSD=? Reference Note

3.5.2.3.14 +CAOC - Advice Of Charge

+CAOC - Advice Of Charge Set command refers to the Advice of Charge supplementary service; the AT+CAOC[= command also includes the possibility to enable an unsolicited event [<mode>]] reporting of the CCM (Call Cost Meter) information. Parameter: <mode> 0 - query CCM value 1 - disables unsolicited CCM reporting 2 - enables unsolicited CCM reporting Note: the unsolicited result code enabled by parameter <mode> is in the format: +CCCM: <ccm> where: <ccm> - call cost meter value hexadecimal representation (3 bytes) Note: the unsolicited result code +CCCM is issued when the CCM value changes, but not more than every 10 seconds. Note: issuing AT+CAOC<CR> is the same as issuing the Read command.

page 77 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

+CAOC - Advice Of Charge Note: issuing AT+CAOC=<CR> is the same as issuing the command AT+CAOC=0<CR>. Read command reports the value of parameter <mode> in the format: AT+CAOC? +CAOC: <mode> Test command reports the supported values for <mode> parameter. Note: the representation format doesnt match the Information text formats for test commands. The output is: Reference Note v.25ter5.7.3

AT+CAOC=?

+CAOC: 0, 1, 2 GSM 07.07 +CAOC command uses the CCM of the device internal memory, not the CCM stored in the SIM. The difference is that the internal memory CCM is reset at power up, while the SIM CCM is reset only on user request. Advice of Charge values stored in the SIM (ACM, ACMmax, PUCT) can be accessed with commands +CACM, +CAMM and +CPUC.

3.5.2.3.15 +CLCC - List Current Calls

+CLCC - List Current Calls Execution command returns the list of current calls and their characteristics AT+CLCC in the format: [+CLCC:<id1>,<dir>,<stat>,<mode>,<mpty>,<number>,<type> [<CR><LF>+CLCC:<id2>,<dir>,<stat>,<mode>,<mpty>,<number>,<typ e>[]]] where: <idn> - call identification number <dir> - call direction 0 - mobile originated call 1 - mobile terminated call <stat> - state of the call 0 - active 1 - held 2 - dialing (MO call) 3 - alerting (MO call) 4 - incoming (MT call) 5 - waiting (MT call)

page 78 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

+CLCC - List Current Calls <mode> - call type 0 - voice 1 - data 2 - fax 9 - unknown <mpty> - multiparty call flag 0 - call is not one of multiparty (conference) call parties <number> - phone number in format specified by <type> <type> - type of phone number byte in integer format 129 - national numbering scheme 145 - international numbering scheme (contains the character "+") Note: If no call is active then only OK message is sent. This command is useful in conjunction with command +CHLD to know the various call status for call holding. GSM 07.07

Reference

3.5.2.3.16 +CSSN - SS Notification

+CSSN - SS Notification It refers to supplementary service related network initiated notifications. AT+CSSN[= Set command enables/disables the presentation of notification result codes [<n>[,<m>]]] from TA to TE. Parameters: <n> - sets the +CSSI result code presentation status 0 - disable 1 - enable <m> - sets the +CSSU result code presentation status 0 - disable 1 - enable When <n>=1 and a supplementary service notification is received after a mobile originated call setup, an unsolicited code: +CSSI: <code1> is sent to TE before any other MO call setup result codes, where:

page 79 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

+CSSN - SS Notification <code1>: 1 - some of the conditional call forwardings are active 2 - call has been forwarded 3 - call is waiting 5 - outgoing calls are barred 6 - incoming calls are barred When <m>=1 and a supplementary service notification is received during a mobile terminated call setup or during a call, an unsolicited result code +CSSU: <code2> is sent to TE, where: <code2>: 0 - this is a forwarded call (MT call setup) 2 - call has been put on hold (during a voice call) 3 - call has been retrieved (during a voice call) Note: issuing AT+CSSN<CR> is the same as issuing the Read command. Note: issuing AT+CSSN=<CR> is the same as issuing the command AT+CSSN=0<CR>. Read command reports the current value of the parameters. Test command reports the supported range of values for parameters <n>, <m>. GSM 07.07

AT+CSSN? AT+CSSN=? Reference

3.5.2.3.17

+CCUG - Closed User Group Supplementary Service Control

+CCUG - Closed User Group Supplementary Service Control Set command allows control of the Closed User Group supplementary AT+CCUG[= service [GSM 02.85]. [<n>[,<index> [,<info>]]]]
Parameters:

page 80 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

<info> 0 - no information (default) 1 - suppress Outgoing Access (OA) 2 - suppress preferential CUG 3 - suppress OA and preferential CUG Note: issuing AT+CCUG<CR> is the same as issuing the Read command. Note: issuing AT+CCUG=<CR> is the same as issuing the command AT+CCUG=0<CR>. Read command reports the current value of the parameters Test command reports the supported range of values for the parameters <n>, <index>, <info> GSM 07.07

AT+CCUG? AT+CCUG=? Reference

page 81 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3.5.2.4 Mobile Equipment Control

3.5.2.4.1 +CPAS - Phone Activity Status
+CPAS - Phone Activity Status Execution command reports the device status in the form: AT+CPAS +CPAS: <pas> Where: <pas> - phone activity status 0 - ready (device allows commands from TA/TE) 1 - unavailable (device does not allow commands from TA/TE) 2 - unknown (device is not guaranteed to respond to instructions) 3 - ringing (device is ready for commands from TA/TE, but the ringer is active) 4 - call in progress (device is ready for commands from TA/TE, but a call is in progress) Read command has the same effect as Execution command. Test command reports the supported range of values for <pas>. Note: although +CPAS is an execution command, ETSI 07.07 requires the Test command to be defined. Example

AT+CPAS? AT+CPAS=?

ATD03282131321; OK AT+CPAS +CPAS: 3 the called phone is ringing

OK AT+CPAS +CPAS: 4 OK ATH OK GSM 07.07

the called phone has answered to your call

Reference

3.5.2.4.2 +CFUN - Set Phone Functionality

+CFUN - Set Phone Functionality Set command selects the level of functionality in the ME. AT+CFUN=<fun> Parameter: <fun> - is the power saving function mode 0 - minimum functionality, NON-CYCLIC SLEEP mode: in this mode, the AT interface is not accessible. Consequently, once you have set <fun> level

page 82 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

0, do not send further characters. Otherwise these characters remain in the input buffer and may delay the output of an unsolicited result code. The first wake-up event stops power saving and takes the ME back to full functionality level <fun>=1. 1 - mobile full functionality with power saving disabled (factory default) 2 - disable TX 4 - disable either TX and RX 5 - mobile full functionality with power saving enabled Note: if power saving enabled, it reduces the power consumption during the idle time, thus allowing a longer standby time with a given battery capacity. Note: to place the telephone in power saving mode, set the <fun> parameter at value = 5 and the line DTR (RS232) must be set to OFF. Once in power saving, the CTS line switch to the OFF status to signal that the telephone is really in power saving condition. During the power saving condition, before sending any AT command on the serial line, the DTR must be enabled and it must be waited for the CTS (RS232) line to go in ON status. Until the DTR line is ON, the telephone will not return back in the power saving condition. Note: the power saving function does not affect the network behavior of the MODULE, even during the power save condition the module remains registered on the network and reachable for incoming calls or SMS. If a call arrives during the power save, then the module will wake up and proceed normally with the unsolicited incoming call code Read command reports the current level of functionality. Test command returns the list of supported values for <fun> For compatibility with previous versions, Test command returns +CFUN: (1, 5) An enhanced version of Test command has been defined: AT+CFUN=??, that provides the complete range of values for <fun>. Enhanced test command returns the list of supported values for <fun> GSM 07.07

AT+CFUN? AT+CFUN=?

AT+CFUN=?? Reference

3.5.2.4.3 +CPIN - Enter PIN

+CPIN - Enter PIN AT+CPIN[=<pin> [,<newpin>]] Set command sends to the device a password which is necessary before it can be operated (SIM PIN, SIM PUK, PH-SIM PIN, etc.). If the PIN required is SIM PUK or SIM PUK2, the <newpin> is required. This second pin, <newpin>,will replace the old pin in the SIM. The command may be used to change the SIM PIN by sending it with both parameters <pin> and <newpin> when PIN request is pending; if no PIN

page 83 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

+CPIN - Enter PIN request is pending the command will return an error code and to change the PIN the command +CPWD must be used instead. Parameters: <pin> - string type value <newpin> - string type value. To check the status of the PIN request use the command AT+CPIN? Note: If all parameters are omitted then the behaviour of Set command is the same as Read command. Read command reports the PIN/PUK/PUK2 request status of the device in the form: +CPIN:<code> where: <code> - PIN/PUK/PUK2 request status code READY - ME is not pending for any password SIM PIN - ME is waiting SIM PIN to be given SIM PUK - ME is waiting SIM PUK to be given PH-SIM PIN - ME is waiting phone-to-SIM card password to be given PH-FSIM PIN - ME is waiting phone-to-very first SIM card password to be given PH-FSIM PUK - ME is waiting phone-to-very first SIM card unblocking password to be given SIM PIN2 - ME is waiting SIM PIN2 to be given; this <code> is returned only when the last executed command resulted in PIN2 authentication failure (i.e. +CME ERROR: 17) SIM PUK2 - ME is waiting SIM PUK2 to be given; this <code> is returned only when the last executed command resulted in PUK2 authentication failure (i.e. +CME ERROR: 18) PH-NET PIN - ME is waiting network personalization password to be given PH-NET PUK - ME is waiting network personalization unblocking password to be given PH-NETSUB PIN - ME is waiting network subset personalization password to be given PH-NETSUB PIN - ME is waiting network subset personalization unblocking password to be given PH-SP PIN - ME is waiting service provider personalization password to be given PH-SP PUK - ME is waiting service provider personalization unblocking password to be given PH-CORP PIN - ME is waiting corporate personalization password to be given PH-CORP PUK - ME is waiting corporate personalization unblocking password to be given

AT+CPIN?

page 84 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

+CPIN - Enter PIN Note: Pin pending status at startup depends on PIN facility setting, to change or query the default power up setting use either the AT+CLCK=SC,<mode>, <pin> command or the AT@CLCK=SC,<mode>, <pin> command. AT+CMEE=1 OK AT+CPIN? +CME ERROR: 10 error: you have to insert the SIM AT+CPIN? you inserted the SIM and device is not +CPIN: READY waiting for PIN to be given OK What follows is a list of the commands which are accepted when ME is pending SIM PIN or SIM PUK
A D H O E I L M P Q S T V X Z &C &D &F &K &N &P &S &V &W &Y &Z %E %L #SRP #CAP #CODEC #CBC #I2S1 #STM #SHFEC #SHFSD #HFMICG #HSMICG #GPIO #SGPO #GGPI #ADC #QTEMP #DAC #F26M #RTCSTAT #ACAL #PCT #WAKE #SHDN #JDR #CSURV #CSURVC #CSURVU #CSURVUC #CSURVF #CAMOFF #CAMEN #TPHOTO #RPHOTO #SELCAM #CAMQUA #CMODE #CAMRES #CAMTXT #CAMZOOM #CAMCOL #OBJL #OBJR #COPSMODE #DIALMODE #SEMAIL #EMAILD #EUSER #EPASSW #ESMTP #EADDR #EMAILMSG #ESAV #ERST #QSS #SSCTRACE +CFUN +CGMI +IPR +ICF +IFC +CMUX +CNMI +CPAS +CCLK +CALA +CRSM +CLIP +DR +DS +MS +GCAP +GCI +ILRR +CALM +CHUP +FCLASS +FMI +FMM +FMR +FTS +FRS +FTM +FRM +FRH +FTH

Example

Note

page 85 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

+CPIN - Enter PIN

%Q \K \Q \R \V #BND #AUTOBND #CGMI #CGMM #CGMR #CGSN #MONI #SERVINFO #SELINT #SRS #CSURVNLF #CSURVB #CSURVBC #PASSW #PKTSZ #SKTSAV #SKTSET #SKTOP #SKTTO #USERID #DSTO #SKTCT #SKTRST #FTPPUTPH #CAMON +CGMM +CGMR +GMI +GMM +GMR +CGSN +GSN +CRC +CMEE +CPIN +CSQ +CSDH +CRSL +CLVL +CMUT +FLO +FPR +FDD +CSNS +CRLP +CR +CREG +CGREG +COPS +CBC +CIND +CMER

All the above commands, but the ones in the grayed cells, can be issued even if the SIM card is not inserted yet. Reference GSM 07.07

3.5.2.4.4 +CSQ - Signal Quality

page 86 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

+CSQ - Signal Quality 99 - not known or not detectable Note: this command should be used instead of the %Q and %L commands, since GSM relevant parameters are the radio link ones and no line is present, hence %Q %L and have no meaning. Read command has the same effect as Execution command. Test command returns the supported range of values of the parameters <rssi> and <ber>. Note: although +CSQ is an execution command, ETSI 07.07 requires the Test command to be defined. GSM 07.07

AT+CSQ? AT+CSQ=?

Reference

3.5.2.4.5 +CIND - Indicator Control

+CIND - Indicator Control Set command is used to control the registration / deregistration of ME AT+CIND[= indicators, in order to automatically send the +CIEV URC, whenever the [<state> value of the associated indicator changes. The supported indicators [,<state>[,]]]] (<descr>) and their order appear from test command AT+CIND=? Parameter: <state> - registration / deregistration state 0 - the indicator is deregistered; it cannot be presented as unsolicited result code (+CIEV URC), but can be directly queried with AT+CIND? 1 - indicator is registered: indicator event report is allowed; this is the factory default for every indicator Note: issuing AT+CIND<CR> causes the read command to be executed Note: issuing AT+CIND=<CR> causes all the indicators to be registered, as the command AT+CIND=1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1 was issued. Read command returns the current value status of ME indicators, in the format: +CIND: <ind>[,<ind>[,]] Note: the order of the values <ind>s is the same as that in which appear the supported indicators from test command AT+CIND=? Test command returns pairs, where string value <descr> is a description (max. 16 chars) of the indicator and compound value is the supported values for the indicator, in the format: +CIND: (<descr>, (list of supported <ind>s))[,(<descr>, (list of supported <ind>s))[,]]

AT+CIND?

AT+CIND=?

page 87 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

where: <descr> - indicator names as follows (along with their <ind> ranges) battchg - battery charge level <ind> - battery charge level indicator range 0..5 99 - not measurable signal - signal quality <ind> - signal quality indicator range 0..7 99 - not measurable service - service availability <ind> - service availability indicator range 0 - not registered to any network 1 - registered to home network sounder - sounder activity <ind> - sounder activity indicator range 0 - theres no any sound activity 1 - theres some sound activity message - message received <ind> - message received indicator range 0 - there is no unread short message at memory location SM 1 - unread short message at memory location SM call - call in progress <ind> - call in progress indicator range 0 - theres no calls in progress 1 - at least a call has been established roam - roaming <ind> - roaming indicator range 0 - registered to home network or not registered 1 - registered to other network smsfull - a short message memory storage in the MT has become full (1), or memory locations are available (0) <ind> - short message memory storage indicator range 0 - memory locations are available 1 - a short message memory storage in the MT has become full. rssi - received signal (field) strength <ind> - received signal strength level indicator range 0 - signal strength 112 dBm

page 88 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

Example

1..4 - signal strength in 15 dBm steps 5 - signal strength 51 dBm 99 - not measurable Next command causes all the indicators to be registered AT+CIND=1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1 Next command causes all the indicators to be deregistered AT+CIND=0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0 Next command to query the current value of all indicators AT+CIND? CIND: 4,0,1,0,0,0,0,0,2 OK See command +CMER GSM 07.07

Note Reference

3.5.2.4.6 +CMER - Mobile Equipment Event Reporting

+CMER - Mobile Equipment Event Reporting Set command enables/disables sending of unsolicited result codes from AT+CMER[= TA to TE in the case of indicator state changes (n.b.: sending of URCs in [<mode> the case of key pressings or display changes are currently not [,<keyp> implemented). [,<disp> [,<ind> Parameters: [,<bfr>]]]]]] <mode> - controls the processing of unsolicited result codes 0 - discard +CIEV Unsolicited Result Codes. 1 - discard +CIEV Unsolicited Result Codes when TA-TE link is reserved (e.g. on-line data mode); otherwise forward them directly to the TE. 2 - buffer +CIEV Unsolicited Result Codes in the TA when TA-TE link is reserved (e.g. on-line data mode) and flush them to the TE after reservation; otherwise forward them directly to the TE. 3 - forward +CIEV Unsolicited Result Codes directly to the TE; when TA is in on-line data mode each +CIEV URC is replaced with a Break (100 ms), and is stored in a buffer; onche the ME goes into command mode (after +++ was entered), all URCs stored in the buffer will be output. <keyp> - keypad event reporting 0 - no keypad event reporting <disp> - display event reporting 0 - no display event reporting <ind> - indicator event reporting 0 - no indicator event reporting 1 - indicator event reporting

page 89 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

+CMER - Mobile Equipment Event Reporting Note: issuing AT+CMER<CR> causes the read command to be executed Note: issuing AT+CMER=<CR> causes the command AT+CMER=0,0,0,0,0 to be issued. Read command returns the current setting of parameters, in the format: +CMER: <mode>,<keyp>,<disp>,<ind>,<bfr> Test command returns the range of supported values for parameters <mode>, <keyp>, <disp>, <ind>, <bfr>, in the format: +CMER: (list of supported <mode>s),(list of supported <keyp>s), (list of supported <disp>s),(list of supported <ind>s),(list of supported <bfr>s) GSM 07.07

AT+CMER?

AT+CMER=?

Reference

3.5.2.4.7 +CPBS - Select Phonebook Memory Storage

+CPBS - Select Phonebook Memory Storage Set command selects phonebook memory storage <storage>, which will be AT+CPBS used by other phonebook commands. [=<storage>] Parameter: <storage> "SM" - SIM phonebook "FD" - SIM fixed dialling-phonebook (only phase 2/2+ SIM) "LD" - SIM last-dialling-phonebook (+CPBW and +CPBF are not applicable for this storage) "MC" - device missed (unanswered received) calls list (+CPBW and +CPBF are not applicable for this storage) "RC" - ME received calls list (+CPBW and +CPBF are not applicable for this storage) Note: If parameter is omitted then Set command has the same behaviour as Read command. Read command returns the actual values of the parameter <storage>, the number of occupied records <used> and the maximum index number <total>, in the format: +CPBS: <storage>,<used>,<total> Note: For <storage>=MC: if there are more than one missed calls from the same number the read command will return only the last call Test command returns the supported range of values for the parameters <storage>.

AT+CPBS?

AT+CPBS=?

page 90 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

Note: the presentation format of the Test command output is the set of available values for <storage>, each of them enclosed in parenthesis: Reference +CPBS: ("SM"),("FD"),("LD"),("MC"),("RC") GSM 07.07

3.5.2.4.8 +CPBR - Read Phonebook Entries

+CPBR - Read Phonebook Entries Execution command returns phonebook entries in location number range AT+CPBR= <index1>..<index2> from the current phonebook memory storage selected <index1> with +CPBS. If <index2> is omitted, only location <index1> is returned. [,<index2>] Parameters: <index1> - integer type value in the range of location numbers of phonebook memory <index2> - integer type value in the range of location numbers of phonebook memory The response format is: +CPBR: <index>,<number>,<type>,<text> where: <index> - the current position number of the PB index (to see the range of values use +CPBR=?) <number> - the phone number stored in the format <type> <type> - type of phone number byte in integer format 129 - national numbering scheme 145 - international numbering scheme (contains the character "+") <text> - the alphanumeric text associated to the number; used character set should be the one selected with either command +CSCS or @CSCS. Note: If all queried locations are empty (but available), no information text lines will be returned, while if listing fails in an ME error, +CME ERROR: <err> is returned. Test command returns the supported range of values of the parameters in the form: +CPBR: (<minIndex> - <maxIndex>),<nlength>,<tlength> where: <minIndex> - the minimum <index> number, integer type <maxIndex> - the maximum <index> number, integer type <nlength> - maximum <number> field length, integer type

AT+CPBR=?

page 91 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

Note Reference

<tlength> - maximum <name> field length, integer type Remember to select the PB storage with +CPBS command before issuing PB commands. GSM 07.07

3.5.2.4.9 +CPBF - Find Phonebook Entries

+CPBF - Find Phonebook Entries Execution command issues a search for the phonebook records that have AT+CPBF= the <findtext> sub-string at the start of the <text> field <findtext> Parameter: <findtext> - string type, it is NOT case sensitive; used character set should be the one selected with either command +CSCS or @CSCS. The command returns a report in the form: +CPBF: <index1>,<number>,<type>,<text>[[]<CR><LF> +CPBF: <indexn>,<number>,<type>,<text>] where <indexn>, <number>, <type>, and <text> have the same meaning as in the command +CPBR report. Note: if no PB records satisfy the search criteria then an ERROR message is reported. Test command reports the maximum lengths of fields <number> and <text> in the PB entry in the form: +CPBF: [<max_number_length>],[<max_text_length>] Remember to select the PB storage with +CPBS command before issuing PB commands. GSM 07.07

AT+CPBF=?

Note Reference

3.5.2.4.10

+CPBW - Write Phonebook Entry

page 92 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

<type> - the type of number 129 - national numbering scheme 145 - international numbering scheme (contains the character "+") <text> - the text associated to the number, string type; used character set should be the one selected with either command +CSCS or @CSCS. Note: If record number <index> already exists, it will be overwritten. Note: if only <index> is given, the record number <index> is deleted. Note: if <index> is omitted, the number <number> is stored in the first free phonebook location. Note: omission of all the subparameters causes an ERROR result code. Test command returns location range supported by the current storage as a compound value, the maximum length of <number> field supported number format of the storage and maximum length of <text> field. The format is: +CPBW: (list of supported <index>s),[<nlength>], (list of supported <type>s),[<tlength>] where: <nlength> - integer type value indicating the maximum length of field <number> <tlength> - integer type value indicating the maximum length of field <text> GSM 07.07 Remember to select the PB storage with +CPBS command before issuing PB commands.

AT+CPBW=?

Reference Note

3.5.2.4.11

+CCLK - Clock Management

+CCLK - Clock Management Set command sets the real-time clock of the ME. AT+CCLK [=<time>] Parameter: <time> - current time as quoted string in the format : "yy/MM/dd,hh:mm:sszz" yy - year (two last digits are mandatory), range is 00..99 MM - month (two last digits are mandatory), range is 01..12 dd - day (two last digits are mandatory), range is 01..31 (if the month MM has less than 31 days, the clock will be set for the next month) hh - hour (two last digits are mandatory), range is 00..23 mm - minute (two last digits are mandatory), range is 00..59

page 93 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

ss - seconds (two last digits are mandatory), range is 00..59 zz - time zone (indicates the difference, expressed in quarter of an hour, between the local time and GMT; two last digits are mandatory), range is -47..+48 Note: If the parameter is omitted the behaviour of Set command is the same as Read command. Read command returns the current setting of the real-time clock, in the format <time>. Note: the three last characters of <time> are not returned by +CCLK? because the ME doesnt support time zone information. Test command returns the OK result code. AT+CCLK="02/09/07,22:30:00+00" OK AT+CCLK? +CCLK: 02/09/07,22:30:25 OK GSM 07.07

AT+CCLK?

AT+CCLK=? Example

Reference

3.5.2.4.12

+CALA - Alarm Management

+CALA - Alarm Management Set command stores in the internal Real Time Clock the current alarm time AT+CALA[= and settings defined by the parameters <time>, <n>, <type>, and <text>. <time>[,<n> [,<type>[,<text>]]]] When the RTC time reaches the alarm time then the alarm starts, the behaviour of the MODULE depends upon the setting <type> and if the device was already ON at the moment when the alarm time had come. Parameter: <time> - current alarm time as quoted string in the same format as defined for +CCLK command: "yy/MM/dd,hh:mm:sszz" <n> - index of the alarm 0 - The only value supported is 0. <type> - alarm behaviour type 0 - reserved for other equipment use. 1 - the MODULE simply wakes up fully operative as if the ON/OFF button had been pressed. If the device is already ON at the alarm time, then it does nothing. 2 - the MODULE wakes up in "alarm mode" if at the alarm time it was off, otherwise it remains fully operative. In both cases the MODULE issues an unsolicited code every 3s: +ALARM: <text> where <text> is the +CALA optional parameter previously set.

page 94 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

+CALA - Alarm Management The device keeps on sending the unsolicited code every 3s until a #WAKE or #SHDN command is received or a 90s timeout occurs. If the device is in "alarm mode" and it does not receive the #WAKE command within 90s then it shuts down. (default) 3 - the MODULE wakes up in "alarm mode" if at the alarm time it was off, otherwise it remains fully operative. In both cases the MODULE starts playing the alarm tone on the selected path for the ringer (see command #SRP) The device keeps on playing the alarm tone until a #WAKE or #SHDN command is received or a 90s timeout occurs. If the device is in "alarm mode" and it does not receive the #WAKE command within 90s then it shuts down. 4 - the MODULE wakes up in "alarm mode" if at the alarm time it was off, otherwise it remains fully operative. In both cases the MODULE brings the pin GPIO6 high, provided its <direction> has been set to alarm output, and keeps it in this state until a #WAKE or #SHDN command is received or a 90s timeout occurs. If the device is in "alarm mode" and it does not receive the #WAKE command within 90s then it shuts down. 5 - the MODULE will make both the actions as for <type>=2 and <type>=3. 6 - the MODULE will make both the actions as for <type>=2 and <type>=4. 7 - the MODULE will make both the actions as for <type>=3 and <type>=4. <text> - unsolicited alarm code text string. It has meaning only if <type> is equal to 2 or 5 or 6. Note: The "alarm mode" is indicated by hardware pin CTS to the ON status and DSR to the OFF status, while the "power saving" status is indicated by a CTS - OFF and DSR - OFF status. The normal operating status is indicated by DSR - ON. During the "alarm mode" the device will not make any network scan and will not register to any network and therefore is not able to dial or receive any call or SMS, the only commands that can be issued to the MODULE in this state are the #WAKE and #SHDN, every other command must not be issued during this state. Note: If the parameter is omitted the behaviour of Set command is the same as Read command. Read command reports the current alarm time stored in the internal Real Time Clock, if present, in the format: +CALA: <time>,<n>,<type>[,<text>] Note: if no alarm is present a <CR><LF> is issued. Test command reports the list of supported <n>s, the list of supported

AT+CALA?

AT+CALA=?

page 95 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

+CALA - Alarm Management <type>s, and <text> maximum length AT+CALA="02/09/07,23:30:00+00" Example OK Reference GSM 07.07

3.5.2.4.13

+CRSM - Restricted SIM Access

+CRSM - Restricted SIM Access AT+CRSM= Execution command transmits to the ME the SIM <command> and <command> its required parameters. ME handles internally all SIM-ME interface [,<fileid> locking and file selection routines. As response to the command, ME [,<P1>,<P2>,<P3> sends the actual SIM information parameters and response data. [,<data>]]]

Parameters: <command> - command passed on by the ME to the SIM 176 - READ BINARY 178 - READ RECORD 192 - GET RESPONSE 214 - UPDATE BINARY 220 - UPDATE RECORD 242 - STATUS <fileid> - identifier of an elementary datafile on SIM. Mandatory for every command except STATUS. <P1>,<P2>,<P3> - parameter passed on by the ME to the SIM; they are mandatory for every command except GET RESPONSE and STATUS 0..255 <data> - information to be read/written to the SIM (hexadecimal character format). The response of the command is in the format: +CRSM: <sw1>,<sw2>[,<response>] where: <sw1>,<sw2> - information from the SIM about the execution of the actual command either on successful or on failed

page 96 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

+CRSM - Restricted SIM Access

execution. <response> - on a successful completion of the command previously issued it gives the requested data (hexadecimal character format). Its not returned after a successful UPDATE BINARY or UPDATE RECORD command. Note: this command requires PIN authentication. However commands READ BINARY and READ RECORD can be issued before PIN authentication and if the SIM is blocked (after three failed PIN authentication attempts) to access the contents of the Elementary Files. Note: use only decimal numbers for parameters <command>, <fileid>, <P1>, <P2> and <P3>.
AT+CRSM=? Reference Test command returns the OK result code GSM 07.07, GSM 11.11

3.5.2.4.14 +CALM - Alert Sound Mode

+CALM - Alert Sound Mode Set command is used to select the general alert sound mode of the device. AT+CALM[= <mode>] Parameter: <mode> 0 - normal mode 1 - silent mode; no sound will be generated by the device, except for alarm sound 2 - stealth mode; no sound will be generated by the device Note: if silent mode is selected then incoming calls will not produce alerting sounds but only the unsolicited messages RING or +CRING. Note: If parameter is omitted then the behaviour of Set command is the same as Read command. Read command returns the current value of parameter <mode>. Test command returns the supported values for the parameter <mode> as compound value. For compatibility with previous versions, Test command returns +CALM: (0,1) An enhanced version of Test command has been defined: AT+CALM=??, that provides the complete range of values for <mode>.

AT+CALM? AT+CALM=?

page 97 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

AT+CALM=??

Enhanced test command returns the complete range of values for the parameter <mode> as compound value: +CALM: (0-2) GSM 07.07

Reference

3.5.2.4.15

+CRSL - Ringer Sound Level

+CRSL - Ringer Sound Level Set command is used to select the incoming call ringer sound level of the AT+CRSL[= device. <level>] Parameter: <level> - ringer sound level 0 - Off 1 - low 2 - middle 3 - high 4 - progressive Note: if parameter is omitted then the behaviour of Set command is the same as Read command Read command reports the current <level> setting of the call ringer in the format: +CRSL: <level> Test command reports <level> supported values as compound value. For compatibility with previous versions, Test command returns +CRSL: (0-3) An enhanced version of Test command has been defined: AT+CRSL=??, that provides the complete range of values for <level>. Enhanced Test command returns the complete range of supported values for the parameter <mode>: +CRSL: (0-4) GSM 07.07

AT+CRSL?

AT+CRSL=?

AT+CRSL=??

Reference

3.5.2.4.16

+CLVL - Loudspeaker Volume Level

+CLVL - Loudspeaker Volume Level Set command is used to select the volume of the internal loudspeaker audio AT+CLVL[=

page 98 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

<level>]

output of the device. Parameter: <level> - loudspeaker volume 0..max - the value of max can be read by issuing the Test command AT+CLVL=? Note: If the parameter is omitted the behavior of Set command is the same as Read command. Read command reports the current <level> setting of the loudspeaker volume in the format: +CLVL: <level> Test command reports <level> supported values range in the format: +CLVL: (0-max) GSM 07.07

AT+CLVL?

AT+CLVL=? Reference

3.5.2.4.17 +CMUT - Microphone Mute Control

+CMUT - Microphone Mute Control Set command enables/disables the muting of the microphone audio line AT+CMUT[=[<n>]] during a voice call. Parameter: <n> 0 - mute off, microphone active (factory default) 1 - mute on, microphone muted. Note: this command mutes/activates both microphone audio paths, internal mic and external mic. Note: issuing AT+CMUT<CR> is the same as issuing the Read command. Note: issuing AT+CMUT=<CR> is the same as issuing the command AT+CMUT=0<CR>. Read command reports whether the muting of the microphone audio line during a voice call is enabled or not, in the format: +CMUT: <n> Test command reports the supported values for <n> parameter. GSM 07.07

AT+CMUT?

AT+CMUT=? Reference

3.5.2.4.18 +CACM - Accumulated Call Meter

page 99 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

+CACM - Accumulated Call Meter Set command resets the Advice of Charge related Accumulated Call Meter AT+CACM[= in SIM (ACM). Internal memory CCM remains unchanged. <pwd>] Parameter: <pwd> - to access this command PIN2 password is required Note: If the parameter is omitted the behavior of Set command is the same as Read command. Read command reports the current value of the SIM ACM in the format: +CACM: <acm> Note: the value <acm> is in units whose price and currency is defined with command +CPUC GSM 07.07

AT+CACM?

Reference

3.5.2.4.19 +CAMM - Accumulated Call Meter Maximum

+CAMM - Accumulated Call Meter Maximum Set command sets the Advice of Charge related Accumulated Call Meter AT+CAMM[= ACM maximum value in SIM (see also +CACM command). This value <acmmax>, represents the maximum number of home units allowed to be consumed by <pwd>] the subscriber. When ACM reaches <acmmax> value further calls are prohibited. SIM PIN2 is required to set the value. Parameter: <acmmax> - maximum number of units allowed to be consumed <pwd> - PIN2 password Note: The <acmmax>=0 value disables the feature. Note: if the parameters are omitted the behavior of Set command is the same as Read command. Read command reports the maximum value of ACM stored in SIM in the format: +CAMM : <acmmax> GSM 07.07

AT+CAMM?

Reference

3.5.2.4.20 +CPUC - Price per Unit and Currency Table

+CPUC - Price Per Unit And Currency Table Set command sets the values of Advice of Charge related price per unit and AT+CPUC[=

page 100 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

<currency>, <ppu>,<pwd>]

currency table in SIM. The price per unit currency table information can be used to convert the home units (as used in commands +CAOC, +CACM and +CAMM) into currency units. Parameters: <currency> - string type; three-character currency code (e.g. LIT, USD, DEM etc..); used character set should be the one selected with either command +CSCS or @CSCS. <ppu> - price per unit string (dot is used as decimal separator) e.g. 1989.27 <pwd> - SIM PIN2 is usually required to set the values Note: if the parameters are omitted the behavior of Set command is the same as Read command. Read command reports the current values of <currency> and <ppu> parameters in the format: +CACM : <currency>,<ppu> GSM 07.07

AT+CPUC?

Reference

3.5.2.4.21 +CCID - Read ICCID (Integrated Circuit Card Identification)

+CCID - Read ICCID (Integrated Circuit Card Identification) Execution command reads on SIM the ICCID (card identification number AT+CCID that provides a unique identification number for the SIM) Read command has the same effect as Execution command. AT+ CCID? Test command reports OK. AT+CCID=?

page 101 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3.5.2.5 Mobile Equipment Errors

3.5.2.5.1 +CMEE - Report Mobile Equipment Error
+CMEE - Report Mobile Equipment Error Set command enables/disables the report of result code: AT+CMEE[=[<n>]] +CME ERROR: <err> as an indication of an error relating to the +Cxxx commands issued. When enabled, device related errors cause the +CME ERROR: <err> final result code instead of the default ERROR final result code. ERROR is anyway returned normally when the error message is related to syntax, invalid parameters, or DTE functionality. Parameter: <n> - enable flag 0 - disable +CME ERROR:<err> reports, use only ERROR report. 1 - enable +CME ERROR:<err> reports, with <err> in numeric format 2 - enable +CME ERROR: <err> reports, with <err> in verbose format Note: issuing AT+CMEE<CR> is the same as issuing the Read command. Note: issuing AT+CMEE=<CR> is the same as issuing the command AT+CMEE=0<CR>. Read command returns the current value of subparameter <n> +CMEE: <n> AT+CMEE=?
Test command returns the range of values for subparameter <n> in the format:

AT+CMEE?

+CMEE: 0, 1, 2 Note: the representation format of the Test command output is not included in parenthesis. GSM 07.07

Reference

page 102 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3.5.2.6 Voice Control

3.5.2.6.1 +VTS - DTMF Tones Transmission
+VTS - DTMF Tones Transmission Execution command allows the transmission of DTMF tones. AT+VTS= <dtmfstring> Parameters: [,duration] <dtmfstring> - string of <dtmf>s, i.e. ASCII characters in the set (0-9), #,*,(A-D); it allows the user to send a sequence of DTMF tones, each of them with a duration that was defined through +VTD command. <duration> - duration of a tone in 1/100 sec.; this parameter can be specified only if the length of first parameter is just one ASCII character 0 - a single DTMF tone will be transmitted for a duration depending on the network, no matter what the current +VTD setting is. 1..255 - a single DTMF tone will be transmitted for a time <duration> (in 10 ms multiples), no matter what the current +VTD setting is. Note: this commands operates in voice mode only (see +FCLASS). For compatibility with previous versions, Test command returns +VTS: (),(),() An enhanced version of Test command has been defined: AT+VTS=??, that provides the correct range of values for <DTMF>. Test command provides the list of supported <dtmf>s and the list of supported <duration>s in the format: (list of supported <dtmf>s)[,(list of supported <duration>s)] GSM 07.07 and TIA IS-101

AT+VTS=?

AT+VTS=??

Reference

3.5.2.6.2 +VTD - Tone Duration

+VTD - Tone Duration Set command sets the length of tones transmitted with +VTS command. AT+VTD[= <duration>] Parameter: <duration> - duration of a tone 0 - the duration of every single tone is dependent on the network (factory default) 1..255 - duration of every single tone in 1/10 sec. Note: If parameter is omitted the behaviour of Set command is the same as Read command. Read command reports the current Tone Duration, in the format: <duration> Test command provides the list of supported <duration>s in the format:

AT+VTD? AT+VTD=?

page 103 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

Reference

(list of supported <duration>s) GSM 07.07 and TIA IS-101

page 104 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3.5.2.7 Commands For GPRS

3.5.2.7.1 +CGCLASS - GPRS Mobile Station Class
+CGCLASS - GPRS Mobile Station Class Set command sets the GPRS class according to <class> parameter. AT+CGCLASS [=<class>] Parameter: <class> - GPRS class B - GSM/GPRS (factory default) CG - class C in GPRS only mode (GPRS only) CC - class C in circuit switched only mode (GSM only) Note: the setting is saved in NVM (and available on following reboot). Note: if parameter <class> is omitted, then the behaviour of Set command is the same as Read command. Read command returns the current value of the GPRS class in the format: +CGLASS: <class> Test command reports the range for the parameter <class>

AT+CGCLASS?

AT+CGCLASS=?

3.5.2.7.2 +CGATT - GPRS Attach Or Detach

+CGATT - GPRS Attach Or Detach Execution command is used to attach the terminal to, or detach the terminal AT+CGATT[= from, the GPRS service depending on the parameter <state>. <state>] Parameter: <state> - state of GPRS attachment 0 - detached 1 - attached Note: If the parameter is omitted the behaviour of Execution command is the same as Read command. Read command returns the current GPRS service state. Test command requests information on the supported GPRS service states.

AT+CGATT? AT+CGATT=? Example

AT+CGATT?
+CGATT: 0 OK AT+CGATT=? +CGATT: (0,1) OK AT+CGATT=1

page 105 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

+CGATT - GPRS Attach Or Detach OK Reference GSM 07.07

3.5.2.7.3 +CGREG - GPRS Network Registration Status

+CGREG - GPRS Network Registration Status Set command controls the presentation of an unsolicited result code AT+CGREG[= +CGREG: (see format below). [<n>]] Parameter: <n> - result code presentation mode 0 - disable network registration unsolicited result code 1 - enable network registration unsolicited result code; if there is a change in the terminal GPRS network registration status, it is issued the unsolicited result code: +CGREG: <stat> where: <stat> - registration status 0 - not registered, terminal is not currently searching a new operator to register to 1 - registered, home network 2 - not registered, but terminal is currently searching a new operator to register to 3 - registration denied 4 - unknown 5 - registered, roaming 2 - enable network registration and location information unsolicited result code; if there is a change of the network cell, it is issued the unsolicited result code: +CGREG: <stat>[,<lac>,<ci>] where: <stat> - registration status (see above for values) <lac> - location area code in hexadecimal format (e.g. "00C3" equals 195 in decimal) <ci> - cell ID in hexadecimal format Note: issuing AT+CGREG<CR> is the same as issuing the Read command. Note: issuing AT+CGREG=<CR> is the same as issuing the command

page 106 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

+CGREG - GPRS Network Registration Status AT+CGREG=0<CR>. Read command returns the status of result code presentation mode <n> and AT+CGREG? the integer <stat> which shows whether the network has currently indicated the registration of the terminal in the format: +CGREG:<n>,<stat>. Test command returns supported values for parameter <n> GSM 07.07

AT+CGREG=? Reference

3.5.2.7.4 +CGDCONT - Define PDP Context

+CGDCONT - Define PDP Context Set command specifies PDP context parameter values for a PDP context AT+CGDCONT[= identified by the (local) context identification parameter, <cid> [<cid> [,<PDP_type> Parameters: [,<APN> <cid> - (PDP Context Identifier) numeric parameter which specifies a [,<PDP_addr> particular PDP context definition. [,<d_comp> 1..max - where the value of max is returned by the Test command [,<h_comp> <PDP_type> - (Packet Data Protocol type) a string parameter which [,<pd1> specifies the type of packet data protocol [,[,pdN]]]]]]]]]] "IP" - Internet Protocol "PPP" - Point to Point Protocol <APN> - (Access Point Name) a string parameter which is a logical name that is used to select the GGSN or the external packet data network. If the value is null or omitted, then the subscription value will be requested. <PDP_addr> - a string parameter that identifies the terminal in the address space applicable to the PDP. The allocated address may be read using the +CGPADDR command. <d_comp> - numeric parameter that controls PDP data compression 0 - off (default if value is omitted) 1 - on <h_comp> - numeric parameter that controls PDP header compression 0 - off (default if value is omitted) 1 - on <pd1>, , <pdN> - zero to N string parameters whose meanings are specific to the <PDP_type> Note: a special form of the Set command, +CGDCONT=<cid>, causes the values for context number <cid> to become undefined. Note: issuing AT+CGDCONT<CR> is the same as issuing the Read command.

page 107 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

+CGDCONT - Define PDP Context Note: issuing AT+CGDCONT=<CR> returns the OK result code. Read command returns the current settings for each defined context in the format: +CGDCONT: <cid>,<PDP_type>,<APN>,<PDP_addr>,<d_comp>, <h_comp>[,<pd1>[,[,pdN]]]<CR><LF>[<CR><LF>+CGDCONT: <cid>,<PDP_type>,<APN>,<PDP_addr>,<d_comp>,<h_comp> [,<pd1>[,[,pdN]]]<CR><LF>[]] Test command returns values supported as a compound value AT+CGDCONT=1,IP,APN,10.10.10.10,0,0

AT+CGDCONT?

AT+CGDCONT=? Example

OK AT+CGDCONT?
+CGDCONT: 1,IP,APN,10.10.10.10,0,0 OK AT+CGDCONT=? +CGDCONT: (1-5),IP,,,(0-1),(0-1) Reference OK GSM 07.07

3.5.2.7.5 +CGQMIN - Quality Of Service Profile (Minimum Acceptable)

+CGQMIN - Quality Of Service Profile (Minimum Acceptable) Set command allows to specify a minimum acceptable profile which is AT+CGQMIN[= checked by the terminal against the negotiated profile returned in the [<cid> Activate PDP Context Accept message. [,<precedence> [,<delay> Parameters: [,<reliability> <cid> - PDP context identification (see +CGDCONT command). [,<peak> <precedence> - precedence class [,<mean>]]]]]]] <delay> - delay class <reliability> - reliability class <peak> - peak throughput class <mean> - mean throughput class If a value is omitted for a particular class then this class is not checked. Note: a special form of the Set command, +CGQMIN=<cid> causes the requested profile for context number <cid> to become undefined. Note: issuing AT+CGQMIN<CR> is the same as issuing the Read command.

page 108 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

+CGQMIN - Quality Of Service Profile (Minimum Acceptable) Note: issuing AT+CGQMIN=<CR> returns the OK result code. Read command returns the current settings for each defined context in the AT+CGQMIN? format: +CGQMIN: <cid>,<precedence>,<delay>,<reliability>,<peak>, <mean><CR><LF>[<CR><LF>+CGQMIN: <cid>,<precedence>, <delay>,<reliability>,<peak>,<mean><CR><LF>[]] If no PDP context has been defined, it has no effect and OK result code is returned. Test command returns as a compound value the type of the current PDP context and the supported values for the subparameters in the format: +CGQMIN: <PDP_Type>,(list of supported <precedence>s), (list of supported <delay>s),(list of supported <reliability>s), (list of supported <peak>s),(list of supported <mean>s) Note: only the IP PDP_Type is currently supported. Example

AT+CGQMIN=?

AT+CGQMIN=1,0,0,3,0,0 OK AT+CGQMIN?
+CGQMIN: 1,0,0,5,0,0 OK AT+CGQMIN=? +CGQMIN: IP,(0-3),(0-4),(0-5),(0-9),(0-19,31)

Reference

OK GSM 07.07; GSM 03.60

3.5.2.7.6 +CGQREQ - Quality Of Service Profile (Requested)

+CGQREQ - Quality Of Service Profile (Requested) Set command allows to specify a Quality of Service Profile that is used AT+CGQREQ[= when the terminal sends an Activate PDP Context Request message to the [<cid> network. It specifies a profile for the context identified by the (local) context [,<precedence> identification parameter, <cid>. [,<delay> [,<reliability> Parameters: [,<peak> <cid> - PDP context identification (see +CGDCONT command). [,<mean>]]]]]]] <precedence> - precedence class <delay> - delay class <reliability> - reliability class <peak> - peak throughput class <mean> - mean throughput class

page 109 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

+CGQREQ - Quality Of Service Profile (Requested) If a value is omitted for a particular class then this class is not checked. Note: a special form of the Set command, +CGQREQ=<cid> causes the requested profile for context number <cid> to become undefined. Note: issuing AT+CGQREQ<CR> is the same as issuing the Read command. Note: issuing AT+CGQREQ=<CR> returns the OK result code. Read command returns the current settings for each defined context in the format: +CGQREQ: <cid>,<precedence>,<delay>,<reliability>,<peak>, <mean><CR><LF>[<CR><LF>+CGQREQ: <cid>,<precedence>, <delay>,<reliability>,<peak>,<mean><CR><LF>[]] If no PDP context has been defined, it has no effect and OK result code is returned. Test command returns as a compound value the type of the current PDP context and the supported values for the subparameters in the format: +CGQREQ: <PDP_Type>,(list of supported <precedence>s), (list of supported <delay>s),(list of supported <reliability>s), (list of supported <peak>s),(list of supported <mean>s) Note: only the IP PDP_Type is currently supported. Example

AT+CGQREQ?

AT+CGQREQ=?

AT+CGQREQ?
+CGQREQ: 1,0,0,3,0,0 OK AT+CGQREQ=1,0,0,3,0,0 OK AT+CGQREQ=? +CGQREQ: IP,(0-3),(0-4),(0-5),(0-9),(0-19,31)

Reference

OK GSM 07.07; GSM 03.60

3.5.2.7.7 +CGACT - PDP Context Activate Or Deactivate

+CGACT - PDP Context Activate Or Deactivate Execution command is used to activate or deactivate the specified PDP AT+CGACT[= context(s) [<state>[,<cid> [,<cid>[,]]]]]

page 110 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

Parameters: <state> - indicates the state of PDP context activation 0 - deactivated 1 - activated <cid> - a numeric parameter which specifies a particular PDP context definition (see +CGDCONT command) Note: if no <cid>s are specified the activation/deactivation form of the command activates/deactivates all defined contexts. Note: issuing AT+CGACT<CR> is the same as issuing the Read command. Note: issuing AT+CGACT=<CR> returns the OK result code. Read command returns the current activation state for all the defined PDP contexts in the format: +CGACT: <cid>,<state><CR><LF>[<CR><LF>+CGACT: <cid>,<state><CR><LF>[]] Test command reports information on the supported PDP context activation states parameters in the format: +CGACT: (0-1) Example

AT+CGACT?

AT+CGACT=?

AT+CGACT?
+CGACT: 1,1 OK AT+CGACT=1,1 OK GSM 07.07

Reference

3.5.2.7.8 +CGPADDR - Show PDP Address

+CGPADDR - Show PDP Address Execution command returns a list of PDP addresses for the specified AT+CGPADDR= context identifiers in the format: [<cid>[,<cid> [,]]] +CGPADDR: <cid>,<PDP_addr><CR><LF>[<CR><LF> +CGPADDR: <cid>,<PDP_addr><CR><LF>[]] Parameters: <cid> - a numeric parameter which specifies a particular PDP context definition (see +CGDCONT command). If no <cid> is specified, the addresses for all defined contexts are returned. <PDP_addr> - a string that identifies the terminal in the address space applicable to the PDP. The address may be static or dynamic. For a static address, it will be the one set by the

page 111 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

+CGPADDR - Show PDP Address +CGDCONT command when the context was defined. For a dynamic address it will be the one assigned during the last PDP context activation that used the context definition referred to by <cid>; <PDP_addr> is omitted if none is available Test command returns a list of defined <cid>s.

AT+CGPADDR=? Example

AT#GPRS=1 +IP: xxx.yyy.zzz.www OK AT+CGPADDR=1 +CGPADDR: 1,xxx.yyy.zzz.www

OK AT+CGPADDR=? +CGPADDR: (1)

OK
Reference GSM 07.07

3.5.2.7.9 +CGDATA - Enter Data State

+CGDATA - Enter Data State Execution command causes to perform whatever actions are necessary to AT+CGDATA= establish a communication with the network using one or more GPRS PDP [<L2P>,[<cid> types. [,<cid>[,]]]] Parameters: <L2P> - string parameter that indicates the layer 2 protocol to be used "PPP" - PPP Point-to-point protocol <cid> - numeric parameter which specifies a particular PDP context definition (see +CGDCONT command). Note: if parameter <L2P> is omitted, the layer 2 protocol is unspecified Test command reports information on the supported layer 2 protocols. Note: the representation format of the Test command output is not included in parenthesis AT+CGDATA=? +CGDATA: PPP OK AT+CGDATA=PPP,1 OK

AT+CGDATA=?

Example

page 112 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

+CGDATA - Enter Data State Reference GSM 07.07

page 113 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3.5.2.8 Commands For Battery Charger

3.5.2.8.1 +CBC - Battery Charge
+CBC - Battery Charge Execution command returns the current Battery Charge status in the format: AT+CBC +CBC: <bcs>,<bcl> where: <bcs> - battery charge status 0 - ME is powered by the battery 1 - ME has a battery connected, and charger pin is being powered 2 - ME does not have a battery connected 3 - Recognized power fault, calls inhibited <bcl> - battery charge level 0 - battery is exhausted, or ME does not have a battery connected 25 - battery charge remained is estimated to be 25% 50 - battery charge remained is estimated to be 50% 75 - battery charge remained is estimated to be 75% 100 - battery is fully charged. Note: <bcs>=1 indicates that the battery charger supply is inserted and the battery is being recharged if necessary with it. Supply for ME operations is taken anyway from VBATT pins. Note: without battery/power connected on VBATT pins or during a power fault the unit is not working, therefore values <bcs>=2 and <bcs>=3 will never appear. Read command has the same effect as Execution command. Test command returns parameter values supported as a compound value. For compatibility with previous versions, Test command returns +CBC: (0-2),(0-100) An enhanced version of Test command has been defined: AT+CBC=??, that provides the complete range of values for <bcs> and <bcl>. Note: although +CBC is an execution command, ETSI 07.07 requires the Test command to be defined. Enhanced test command returns the complete range of values for <bcs> and <bcl>: +CBC: (0-3),(0-100) Example

AT+CBC? AT+CBC=?

AT+CBC=??

AT+CBC

+CBC: 0,75

page 114 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

+CBC - Battery Charge OK Note The ME does not make differences between being powered by a battery or by a power supply on the VBATT pins, so it is not possible to distinguish between these two cases. Reference GSM 07.07

page 115 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3.5.3 ETSI GSM 07.05 AT Commands for SMS and CBS

3.5.3.1 General Configuration
3.5.3.1.1 +CSMS - Select Message Service
+CSMS - Select Message Service Set command selects messaging service <service>. It returns the types of AT+CSMS messages supported by the ME: [=<service>] Parameter: <service> 0 - The syntax of SMS AT commands is compatible with GSM 07.05 Phase 2 version 4.7.0 (factory default) 1 - The syntax of SMS AT commands is compatible with GSM 07.05 Phase 2+. Set command returns current service setting along with the types of messages supported by the ME: +CSMS: <service>,<mt>,<mo>,<bm> where: <mt> - mobile terminated messages support 0 - type not supported 1 - type supported <mo> - mobile originated messages support 0 - type not supported 1 - type supported <bm> - broadcast type messages support 0 - type not supported 1 - type supported Note: If parameter is omitted then the behavior of Set command is the same as Read command. Read command reports current service setting along with supported message types in the format: +CSMS: <service>,<mt>,<mo>,<cb> where: <service> - messaging service (see above) <mt> - mobile terminated messages support (see above) <mo> - mobile originated messages support (see above) <bm> - broadcast type messages support (see above) Test command reports a list of all services supported by the device. the

AT+CSMS?

AT+CSMS=?

page 116 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

+CSMS - Select Message Service supported value of the parameter <service>. Reference GSM 07.05; GSM 03.40; GSM 03.41

3.5.3.1.2 +CPMS - Preferred Message Storage

+CPMS - Preferred Message Storage Set command selects memory storages <memr>, <memw> and <mems> AT+CPMS[= to be used for reading, writing, sending and storing SMs. <memr> [,<memw> Parameters: [,<mems>]]] <memr> - memory from which messages are read and deleted "SM" - SIM SMS memory storage "ME" - ME internal storage (read only, no delete) <memw> - memory to which writing and sending operations are made "SM" - SIM SMS memory storage <mems> - memory to which received SMs are preferred to be stored "SM" - SIM SMS memory storage The command returns the memory storage status in the format: +CPMS: <usedr>,<totalr>,<usedw>,<totalw>,<useds>,<totals> where <usedr> - number of SMs stored into <memr> <totalr> - max number of SMs that <memr> can contain <usedw> - number of SMs stored into <memw> <totalw> max number of SMs that <memw> can contain <useds> - number of SMs stored into <mems> <totals> - max number of SMS that <mems> can contain Note: The only supported memory storage for writing and sending SMs is the SIM internal memory "SM", so <memw>=<mems>="SM". Note: the received class 0 SMS are stored in the "ME" memory regardless the <mems> setting and they are automatically deleted at power off. Note: If all parameters are omitted the behavior of Set command is the same as Read command. Read command reports the message storage status in the format: +CPMS: <memr>,<usedr>,<totalr>,<memw>,<usedw>,<totalw>, <mems>,<useds>,<totals>

AT+CPMS?

page 117 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

+CPMS - Preferred Message Storage where <memr>, <memw> and <mems> are the selected storage memories for reading, writing and storing respectively. Test command reports the supported values for parameters <memr>, AT+CPMS=? <memw> and <mems> Example AT+CPMS? +CPMS: "SM",5,10,"SM",5,10,"SM",5,10 Reference OK you have 5 out of 10 SMS SIM positions occupied GSM 07.05

3.5.3.1.3 +CMGF - Message Format

+CMGF - Message Format Set command selects the format of messages used with send, list, read and AT+CMGF[= write commands. [<mode>]] Parameter: <mode> 0 - PDU mode, as defined in GSM 3.40 and GSM 3.41 (factory default) 1 - text mode Note: issuing AT+CMGF<CR> is the same as issuing the Read command. Note: issuing AT+CMGF=<CR> is the same as issuing the command AT+CMGF=0<CR>. Read command reports the current value of the parameter <mode>. Test command reports the supported value of <mode> parameter. GSM 07.05

AT+CMGF? AT+CMGF=? Reference

page 118 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3.5.3.2 Message Configuration

3.5.3.2.1 +CSCA - Service Center Address
+CSCA - Service Center Address Set command sets the Service Center Address to be used for mobile AT+CSCA[= originated SMS transmissions. [<number> [,<type>]]] Parameter: <number> - SC phone number in the format defined by <type> <type> - the type of number 129 - national numbering scheme 145 - international numbering scheme (contains the character "+") Note: to use the SM service, is mandatory to set a Service Center Address at which service requests will be directed. Note: in Text mode, this setting is used by send and write commands; in PDU mode, setting is used by the same commands, but only when the length of the SMSC address coded into the <pdu> parameter equals zero. Note: issuing AT+CSCA<CR> is the same as issuing the Read command. Note: issuing AT+CSCA=<CR> causes an OK result code to be issued. Read command reports the current value of the SCA in the format: +CSCA: <number>,<type> Note: if SCA is not present the device reports an error message. Test command returns the OK result code. GSM 07.05

AT+CSCA?

AT+ CSCA=? Reference

3.5.3.2.2 +CSMP - Set Text Mode Parameters

page 119 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

+CSMP - Set Text Mode Parameters GSM 03.40 TP-Validity-Period either in integer format (default 167) or in quoted time-string format <pid> - GSM 03.40 TP-Protocol-Identifier in integer format. <dcs> - depending on the command or result code: GSM 03.38 SMS Data Coding Scheme (default 0), or Cell Broadcast Data Coding Scheme Note: issuing AT+CSMP<CR> is the same as issuing the Read command. Note: issuing AT+CSMP=<CR> is the same as issuing the command AT+CSMP=0<CR>. Read command reports the current setting in the format: +CSMP: < fo>,<vp>,<pid>,<dcs> Test command reports the supported range of values for <fo>, <vp>, <pid> and <dcs> parameters. Set the parameters for an outgoing message with 24 hours of validity period and default properties: AT+CSMP=17,167,0,0 OK GSM 07.05; GSM 03.40; GSM 03.38

AT+CSMP?

AT+CSMP=? Example

Reference

3.5.3.2.3 +CSDH - Show Text Mode Parameters

+CSDH - Show Text Mode Parameters Set command controls whether detailed header information is shown in text AT+CSDH[= mode (+CMGF=1) result codes. [<show>]] Parameter: <show> 0 - do not show header values defined in commands +CSCA and +CSMP (<sca>, <tosca>, <fo>, <vp>, <pid> and <dcs>) nor <length>, <toda> or <tooa> in +CMT, +CMGL, +CMGR result codes for SMS-DELIVERs and SMS-SUBMITs in text mode. For SMS-COMMANDs in +CMGR result code do not show <pid>, <mn>, <da>, <toda>, <length> or <cdata> 1 - show the values in result codes Note: issuing AT+CSDH<CR> is the same as issuing the Read command. Note: issuing AT+CSDH=<CR> is the same as issuing the command AT+CSDH=0<CR>. Read command reports the current setting in the format:

AT+CSDH?

page 120 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

+CSDH - Show Text Mode Parameters +CSDH: <show> Test command reports the supported range of values for parameter <show> GSM 07.05

AT+CSDH=? Reference

3.5.3.2.4 +CSCB - Select Cell Broadcast Message Types

+CSCB -Select Cell Broadcast Message Types Set command selects which types of Cell Broadcast Messages are to be AT+CSCB[= received by the device. [<mode> [,<mids> Parameter: [,<dcss>]]]] <mode> 0 - the message types defined by <mids> and <dcss> are accepted (factory default) 1 - the message types defined by <mids> and <dcss> are rejected <mids> - Message Identifiers, string type: all different possible combinations of the CBM message identifiers; default is empty string ().

<dcss> - Data Coding Schemes, string type: all different possible combinations of CBM data coding schemes; default is empty string (). Note: issuing AT+CSCB<CR> is the same as issuing the Read command. Note: issuing AT+CSCB=<CR> is the same as issuing the command AT+CSCB=0<CR>. Read command reports the current value of parameters <mode>, <mids> and <dcss>. Test command returns the range of values for parameter <mode>. AT+CSCB? +CSCB: 1,"","" OK (all CBMs are accepted, none is rejected) AT+CSCB=0,"0,1,300-315,450","0-3" OK GSM 07.05, GSM 03.41, GSM 03.38.

AT+CSCB? AT+CSCB=? Example

Reference

page 121 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3.5.3.2.5 +CSAS - Save Settings

+CSAS - Save Settings Execution command saves settings which have been made by the +CSCA AT+CSAS +CSMP and +CSCB commands in local non volatile memory. [=<profile>] Parameter: <profile> 0 - it saves the settings to NVM (factory default). 1..n - SIM profile number; the value of n depends on the SIM and its max is 3. Note: certain settings may not be supported by the SIM and therefore they are always saved to NVM, regardless the value of <profile>. Note: If parameter is omitted the settings are saved in the non volatile memory. Read command has the same effect as Execution command with parameter omitted. Test command returns the possible range of values for the parameter <profile>. GSM 07.05

AT+CSAS? AT+CSAS=? Reference

3.5.3.2.6 +CRES - Restore Settings

+CRES - Restore Settings Execution command restores message service settings saved by +CSAS AT+CRES command from either NVM or SIM. [=<profile>] Parameter: <profile> 0 - it restores message service settings from NVM. 1..n - it restores message service settings from SIM. The value of n depends on the SIM and its max is 3. Note: certain settings may not be supported by the SIM and therefore they are always restored from NVM, regardless the value of <profile>. Note: If parameter is omitted the command restores message service settings from NVM. Read command has the same effect as Execution command with parameter omitted. Test command returns the possible range of values for the parameter <profile>. GSM 07.05

AT+CRES? AT+CRES=? Reference

page 122 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3.5.3.3 Message Receiving And Reading

3.5.3.3.1 +CNMI - New Message Indications To Terminal Equipment
+CNMI - New Message Indications To Terminal Equipment Set command selects the behaviour of the device on how the receiving of AT+CNMI[=[ new messages from the network is indicated to the DTE. <mode>[,<mt> [,<bm>[,<ds> Parameter: [,<bfr>]]]]]] <mode> - unsolicited result codes buffering option 0 - Buffer unsolicited result codes in the TA. If TA result code buffer is full, indications can be buffered in some other place or the oldest indications may be discarded and replaced with the new received indications. 1 - Discard indication and reject new received message unsolicited result codes when TA-TE link is reserved, otherwise forward them directly to the TE. 2 - Buffer unsolicited result codes in the TA in case the DTE is busy and flush them to the TE after reservation. Otherwise forward them directly to the TE. 3 - if <mt> is set to 1 an indication via 100 ms break is issued when a SMS is received while the module is in GPRS online mode. It enables the hardware ring line for 1 s. too. <mt> - result code indication reporting for SMS-DELIVER 0 - No SMS-DELIVER indications are routed to the TE. 1 - If SMS-DELIVER is stored into ME/TA, indication of the memory location is routed to the TE using the following unsolicited result code: +CMTI: <memr>,<index> where: <memr> - memory storage where the new message is stored "SM" "ME" <index> - location on the memory where SM is stored. 2 - SMS-DELIVERs (except class 2 messages and messages in the message waiting indication group) are routed directly to the TE using the following unsolicited result code: (PDU Mode) +CMT: <alpha>,<length><CR><LF><pdu> where: <alpha> - alphanumeric representation of originator/destination number corresponding to the entry found in MT phonebook <length> - PDU length <pdu> - PDU message (TEXT Mode) +CMT:<oa>,<alpha>,<scts>[,<tooa>,<fo>,<pid>,<dcs>,

page 123 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

+CNMI - New Message Indications To Terminal Equipment <sca>,<tosca>,<length>]<CR><LF><data> (the information written in italics will be present depending on +CSDH last setting) where: <oa> - originator address number <alpha> - alphanumeric representation of <oa> or <da>; used character set should be the one selected with either command +CSCS or @CSCS. <scts> - arrival time of the message to the SC <tooa>, <tosca> - type of number <oa> or <sca>: 129 - number in national format 145 - number in international format (contains the "+") <fo> - first octet of GSM 03.40 <pid> - Protocol Identifier <dcs> - Data Coding Scheme <sca> - Service Centre number <length> - text length <data> - TP-User-Data Class 2 messages and messages in the message waiting indication group (stored message) result in indication as defined in <mt>=1. 3 - Class 3 SMS-DELIVERs are routed directly to TE using unsolicited result codes defined in <mt>=2. Messages of other data coding schemes result in indication as defined in <mt>=1. <bm> - broadcast reporting option 0 - Cell Broadcast Messages are not sent to the DTE 2 - New Cell Broadcast Messages are sent to the DTE with the unsolicited result code: (PDU Mode) +CBM: <length><CR><LF><PDU> where: <length> - PDU length <PDU> - message PDU (TEXT Mode) +CBM:<sn>,<mid>,<dcs>,<pag>,<pags><CR><LF><data> where: <sn> - message serial number <mid> - message ID <dcs> - Data Coding Scheme <pag> - page number <pags> - total number of pages of the message <data> - CBM Content of Message <ds> - SMS-STATUS-REPORTs reporting option 0 - status report receiving is not reported to the DTE

page 124 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

+CNMI - New Message Indications To Terminal Equipment 1 - the status report is sent to the DTE with the following unsolicited result code: (PDU Mode) +CDS: <length><CR><LF><PDU> where: <length> - PDU length <PDU> - message PDU (TEXT Mode) +CDS: <fo>,<mr>,,,<scts>,<dt>,<st> where: <fo> - first octet of the message PDU <mr> - message reference number <scts> - arrival time of the message to the SC <dt> - sending time of the message <st> - message status as coded in the PDU 2 - if a status report is stored, then the following unsolicited result code is sent: +CDSI: <memr>,<index> where: <memr> - memory storage where the new message is stored "SM" <index> - location on the memory where SM is stored <bfr> - buffered result codes handling method: 0 - TA buffer of unsolicited result codes defined within this command is flushed to the TE when <mode>=1..3 is entered (OK response shall be given before flushing the codes) 1 - TA buffer of unsolicited result codes defined within this command is cleared when <mode>=1..3 is entered. Note: issuing AT+CNMI<CR> is the same as issuing the Read command. Note: issuing AT+CNMI=<CR> is the same as issuing the command AT+CNMI=0<CR>. Read command returns the current parameter settings for +CNMI command in the form: +CNMI: <mode>,<mt>,<bm>,<ds>,<bfr> Test command reports the supported range of values for the +CNMI command parameters. For compatibility with previous versions, Test command returns: +CNMI: (0-2),(0-3),(0,2),(0-2),(0,1)

AT+CNMI?

AT+CNMI=?

page 125 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

+CNMI - New Message Indications To Terminal Equipment An enhanced version of Test command has been defined: AT+CNMI=??, that provides the complete range of values for parameter <mode>. Enhanced test command reports the supported range of values for all the +CNMI command parameters. GSM 07.05 DTR signal is ignored, hence the indication is sent even if the DTE is inactive (DTR signal is Low). In this case the unsolicited result code may be lost so if MODULE remains active while DTE is not, at DTE startup is suggested to check whether new messages have reached the device meanwhile with command AT+CMGL=0 that lists the new messages received.

AT+CNMI=?? Reference Note

3.5.3.3.2 +CMGL - List Messages

+CMGL - List Messages Execution command reports the list of all the messages with status value AT+CMGL <stat> stored into <memr> message storage (<memr> is the message [=<stat>] storage for read and delete SMs as last settings of command +CPMS). The parameter type and the command output depend on the last settings of command +CMGF (message format to be used) (PDU Mode) Parameter: <stat> 0 - new message 1 - read message 2 - stored message not yet sent 3 - stored message already sent 4 - all messages. Each message to be listed is represented in the format: +CMGL: <index>,<stat>,<length><CR><LF><pdu> where <index> - message position in the memory storage list. <stat> - status of the message <length> - length of the PDU in bytes <pdu> - message in PDU format according to GSM 3.40 (Text Mode) Parameter: <stat>

page 126 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

+CMGL - List Messages "REC UNREAD" - new message "REC READ" - read message "STO UNSENT" - stored message not yet sent "STO SENT" - stored message already sent "ALL" - all messages. Each message to be listed is represented in the format (the information written in italics will be present depending on +CSDH last setting): +CMGL: <index>,<stat>,<oa/da>,,[,<tooa/toda>,<length>] <CR><LF> <data> where <index> - message position in the storage <stat> - message status <oa/da> - originator/destination number <tooa/toda> - type of number <oa/da> 129 - number in national format 145 - number in international format (contains the "+") <length> - text length <data> - TP-User-Data Each message delivery confirm is represented in the format: +CMGL: <index>,<stat>,<fo>,<mr>,,,<scts>,<dt>,<st> where <index> - message position in the storage <stat> - message status <fo> - first octet of the message PDU <mr> - message reference number <scts> - arrival time of the message to the SC <dt> - sending time of the message <st> - message status as coded in the PDU Note: OK result code is sent at the end of the listing. Note: If parameter is omitted the command returns the list of sms with REC UNREAD status. Read command has the same effect as Execution command with parameter omitted Test command returns a list of supported <stat>s If Text Mode (+CMGF=1) the Test command output is not included in parenthesis AT+CMGL=? +CMGL: "REC UNREAD","REC READ","STO UNSENT",

AT+CMGL? AT+CMGL=? Note

page 127 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

+CMGL - List Messages "STO SENT","ALL" Note The improving command @CMGL has been defined Reference GSM 07.05

3.5.3.3.3 @CMGL - List Messages

@CMGL - List Messages Execution command reports the list of all the messages with status value AT@CMGL <stat> stored into <memr> message storage (<memr> is the message [=<stat>] storage for read and delete SMs as last settings of command +CPMS). The parameter type and the command output depend on the last settings of command +CMGF (message format to be used) (PDU Mode) Parameter: <stat> 0 - new message 1 - read message 2 - stored message not yet sent 3 - stored message already sent 4 - all messages. Each message to be listed is represented in the format: @CMGL: <index>,<stat>,<length><CR><LF><pdu> where <index> - message position in the memory storage list. <stat> - status of the message <length> - length of the PDU in bytes <pdu> - message in PDU format according to GSM 3.40 (Text Mode) Parameter: <stat> "REC UNREAD" - new message "REC READ" - read message "STO UNSENT" - stored message not yet sent "STO SENT" - stored message already sent "ALL" - all messages. Each message to be listed is represented in the format (the information written in italics will be present depending on +CSDH last setting):

page 128 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

@CMGL - List Messages @CMGL: <index>,<stat>,<oa/da>,,[,<tooa/toda>,<length>] <CR><LF> <data> where <index> - message position in the storage <stat> - message status <oa/da> - originator/destination number <tooa/toda> - type of number <oa/da> 129 - number in national format 145 - number in international format (contains the "+") <length> - text length <data> - TP-User-Data Each message delivery confirm is represented in the format: @CMGL: <index>,<stat>,<fo>,<mr>,,,<scts>,<dt>,<st> where <index> - message position in the storage <stat> - message status <fo> - first octet of the message PDU <mr> - message reference number <scts> - arrival time of the message to the SC <dt> - sending time of the message <st> - message status as coded in the PDU Note: The command differs from the +CMGL because at the end of the listing a <CR><LF> is put before the OK result code. Note: If parameter is omitted the command returns the list of sms with REC UNREAD status. Read command has the same effect as Execution command with parameter omitted Test command returns a list of supported <stat>s If Text Mode (+CMGF=1) the Test command output is not included in parenthesis AT@CMGL=? @CMGL: "REC UNREAD","REC READ","STO UNSENT", "STO SENT","ALL" GSM 07.05

AT@CMGL? AT@CMGL=? Note

Reference

page 129 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3.5.3.3.4 +CMGR - Read Message

+CMGR - Read Message Execution command reports the message with location value <index> from AT+CMGR= <memr> message storage (<memr> is the message storage for read and <index> delete SMs as last settings of command +CPMS). Parameter: <index> - message index. The output depends on the last settings of command +CMGF (message format to be used) (PDU Mode) The output has the following format: +CMGR: <stat>,<length><CR><LF><pdu> where <stat> - status of the message 0 - new message 1 - read message 2 - stored message not yet sent 3 - stored message already sent <length> - length of the PDU in bytes. <pdu> - message in PDU format according to GSM 3.40. The status of the message and entire message data unit <pdu> is returned. (Text Mode) Output format for received messages (the information written in italics will be present depending on +CSDH last setting): +CMGR: <stat>,<oa>,,<scts> [,<tooa>,<fo>,<pid>,<dcs>,<sca>, <tosca>,<length>]<CR><LF><data> Output format for sent messages: +CMGR: <stat>,<da>,[,<toda>,<fo>,<pid>,<dcs>,, <sca>,<tosca>,<length>]<CR><LF><data> Output format for message delivery confirm: +CMGR: <stat>,<fo>,<mr>,,,<scts>,<dt>,<st> where: <stat> - status of the message "REC UNREAD" - new received message unread "REC READ" - received message read

page 130 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

+CMGR - Read Message "STO UNSENT" - message stored not yet sent "STO SENT" - message stored already sent <fo> - first octet of the message PDU <mr> - message reference number <scts> - arrival time of the message to the SC <dt> - sending time of the message <st> - message status as coded in the PDU <pid> - Protocol Identifier <dcs> - Data Coding Scheme <oa> - Originator address number <da> - Destination address number <sca> - Service Centre number <tooa>,<toda >,<tosca> - type of number <oa>,<da>,<sca> 129 - number in national format 145 - number in international format (contains the "+") <length> - text length <data> - TP-User_data Note: in both cases if status of the message is 'received unread', status in the storage changes to 'received read'. Note: an error result code is sent on empty record <index>. Test command returns the OK result code. The improving command @CMGR has been defined GSM 07.05

AT+CMGR=? Note Reference

3.5.3.3.5 @CMGR - Read Message

@CMGR - Read Message Execution command reports the message with location value <index> from AT@CMGR= <memr> message storage (<memr> is the message storage for read and <index> delete SMs as last settings of command +CPMS). Parameter: <index> - message index. The output depends on the last settings of command +CMGF (message format to be used) (PDU Mode) The output has the following format: @CMGR: <stat>,<length><CR><LF><pdu> where <stat> - status of the message

page 131 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

@CMGR - Read Message 0 - new message 1 - read message 2 - stored message not yet sent 3 - stored message already sent <length> - length of the PDU in bytes. <pdu> - message in PDU format according to GSM 3.40. The status of the message and entire message data unit <pdu> is returned. (Text Mode) Output format for received messages (the information written in italics will be present depending on +CSDH last setting): @CMGR: <stat>,<oa>,,<scts> [,<tooa>,<fo>,<pid>,<dcs>,<sca>, <tosca>,<length>]<CR><LF><text> Output format for sent messages: @CMGR: <stat>,<da>,[,<toda>,<fo>,<pid>,<dcs>,, <sca>,<tosca>,<length>]<CR><LF><text> Output format for message delivery confirm: @CMGR: <stat>,<fo>,<mr>,,,<scts>,<dt>,<st> where: <stat> - status of the message "REC UNREAD" - new received message unread "REC READ" - received message read "STO UNSENT" - message stored not yet sent "STO SENT" - message stored already sent <fo> - first octet of the message PDU <mr> - message reference number <scts> - arrival time of the message to the SC <dt> - sending time of the message <st> - message status as coded in the PDU <pid> - Protocol Identifier <dcs> - Data Coding Scheme <oa> - Originator address number <da> - Destination address number <sca> - Service Centre number <tooa>,<toda >,<tosca> - type of number <oa>,<da>,<sca> 129 - number in national format 145 - number in international format (contains the "+") <length> - text length <text> - message text

page 132 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

@CMGR - Read Message Note: the command differs from the +CMGR because after the message <pdu> or <text> a <CR><LF> is put before the OK result code. Note: in both cases if status of the message is 'received unread', status in the storage changes to 'received read'. Note: an error result code is sent on empty record <index>. Test command has no effect; the answer is OK GSM 07.05

AT@CMGR=? Reference

page 133 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3.5.3.4 Message Sending And Writing

3.5.3.4.1 +CMGS - Send Message
+CMGS - Send Message (PDU Mode) (PDU Mode) Execution command sends to the network a message. AT+CMGS= <length> Parameter: <length> - length of the PDU to be sent in bytes. 7..164 The device responds to the command with the prompt '>' and waits for the specified number of bytes. To send the message issue Ctrl-Z char (0x1A hex). To exit without sending the message issue ESC char (0x1B hex). If message is successfully sent to the network, then the result is sent in the format: +CMGS: <mr> where <mr> - message reference number. Note: if message sending fails for some reason, an error code is reported. Note: care must be taken to ensure that during the command execution, which may take several seconds, no other SIM interacting commands are issued. (Text Mode) Execution command sends to the network a message. Parameters: <da> - destination address number. <toda> - type of destination address 129 - number in national format 145 - number in international format (contains the "+") The device responds to the command with the prompt '>' and waits for message text (max 160 characters). To send the message issue Ctrl-Z char (0x1A hex). To exit without sending the message issue ESC char (0x1B hex). If message is successfully sent to the network, then the result is sent in the format:

(Text Mode) AT+CMGS=<da> [,<toda>]

page 134 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

+CMGS - Send Message +CMGS: <mr> where <mr> - message reference number. Note: if message sending fails for some reason, an error code is reported. Note: care must be taken to ensure that during the command execution, which may take several seconds, no other SIM interacting commands are issued. To avoid malfunctions is suggested to wait for the +CMGS: <mr> or +CMS ERROR: <err> response before issuing further commands. GSM 07.05

Note Reference

3.5.3.4.2 +CMSS - Send Message From Storage

+CMSS - Send Message From Storage Execution command sends to the network a message which is already AT+CMSS= stored in the <memw> storage (see +CPMS) at the location <index>. <index>[,<da> [,<toda>]] Parameters: <index> - location value in the message storage <memw> of the message to send <da> - destination address; if it is given it shall be used instead of the one stored with the message. <toda> - type of destination address 129 - number in national format 145 - number in international format (contains the "+") If message is successfully sent to the network then the result is sent in the format: +CMSS: <mr> where: <mr> - message reference number. If message sending fails for some reason, an error code is reported: +CMS ERROR:<err> Note: to store a message in the <memw> storage see command +CMGW. Note: care must be taken to ensure that during the command execution, which may take several seconds, no other SIM interacting commands are issued.

page 135 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

+CMSS - Send Message From Storage Note To avoid malfunctions is suggested to wait for the +CMSS: <mr> or +CMS ERROR: <err> response before issuing further commands. Reference GSM 07.05

3.5.3.4.3 +CMGW - Write Message To Memory

+CMGW - Write Message To Memory (PDU Mode) (PDU Mode) Execution command writes in the <memw> memory storage a new AT+CMGW= message. <length> [,<stat>] Parameter: <length> - length in bytes of the PDU to be written. 7..164 <stat> - message status. 0 - new message 1 - read message 2 - stored message not yet sent (default) 3 - stored message already sent The device responds to the command with the prompt '>' and waits for the specified number of bytes. To write the message issue Ctrl-Z char (0x1A hex). To exit without writing the message issue ESC char (0x1B hex). If message is successfully written in the memory, then the result is sent in the format: +CMGW: <index> where: <index> - message location index in the memory <memw>. If message storing fails for some reason, an error code is reported. Note: care must be taken to ensure that during the command execution, no other SIM interacting commands are issued. (Text Mode) Execution command writes in the <memw> memory storage a new message. Parameters: <da> - destination address number. "REC UNREAD" - new received message unread "REC READ" - received message read

(Text Mode) AT+CMGW[=<da>[, <toda> [,<stat>]]]

page 136 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

+CMGW - Write Message To Memory "STO UNSENT" - message stored not yet sent (default) "STO SENT" - message stored already sent <toda> - type of destination address. 129 - number in national format 145 - number in international format (contains the "+") <stat> - message status. The device responds to the command with the prompt '>' and waits for the message text (max 160 characters). To write the message issue Ctrl-Z char (0x1A hex). To exit without writing the message issue ESC char (0x1B hex). If message is successfully written in the memory, then the result is sent in the format: +CMGW: <index> where: <index> - message location index in the memory <memw>. If message storing fails for some reason, an error code is reported. Note: care must be taken to ensure that during the command execution, no other SIM interacting commands are issued. GSM 07.05 To avoid malfunctions is suggested to wait for the +CMGW: <index> or +CMS ERROR: <err> response before issuing further commands.

Reference Note

3.5.3.4.4 +CMGD - Delete Message

page 137 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

+CMGD - Delete Message 4 - delete all messages from <memr> storage. Note: if <delflag> is present and not set to 0 then <index> is ignored and ME shall follow the rules for <delflag> shown above. Note: if the location to be deleted is empty, an error message is reported. Test command shows the valid memory locations and optionally the supported values of <delflag>. +CMGD: (list of supported <index>s)[,(list of supported <delflag>s)] AT+CMGD=? +CMGD: (1,2,3,6,7,17,18,19,20,37,38,39,47),(0-4) OK GSM 07.05

AT+CMGD=?

Example

Reference

page 138 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3.5.4 FAX Class 1 AT Commands

3.5.4.1General Configuration
NOTE: All the test command results are without command echo

3.5.4.1.1 +FMI - Manufacturer ID

+FMI - Manufacturer ID Read command reports the manufacturer ID. The output depends on the AT+FMI? choice made through #SELINT command. AT+FMI? Example Telit_Mobile_Terminals OK Reference ITU T.31 and TIA/EIA-578-A specifications

3.5.4.1.2 +FMM - Model ID

+FMM - Model ID AT+FMM? Reference Read command reports the model ID ITU T.31 and TIA/EIA-578-A specifications

3.5.4.1.3 +FMR - Revision ID

+FMR - Revision ID AT+FMR? Reference Read command reports the software revision ID ITU T.31 and TIA/EIA-578-A specifications

page 139 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3.5.4.2Transmission/Reception Control
3.5.4.2.1 +FTS - Stop Transmission And Pause
+FTS - Stop Transmission And Pause Execution command causes the modem to terminate a transmission and AT+FTS=<time> wait for <time> 10ms intervals before responding with OK result. Parameter: <time> - duration of the pause, expressed in 10ms intervals. 0..255 Test command returns all supported values of the parameter <time>. ITU T.31 and TIA/EIA-578-A specifications

AT+FTS=? Reference

3.5.4.2.2 +FRS - Wait For Receive Silence

+FRS - Wait For Receive Silence Execution command causes the modem to listen and report OK when AT+FRS=<time> silence has been detected for the specified period of time. This command will terminate when the required silence period is detected or when the DTE sends another character other than XON or XOFF. Parameter: <time> - amount of time, expressed in 10ms intervals. ..0..255 Test command returns all supported values of the parameter <time>. ITU T.31 and TIA/EIA-578-A specifications

AT+FRS=? Reference

3.5.4.2.3 +FTM - Transmit Data Modulation

+FTM - Transmit Data Modulation Execution command causes the module to transmit facsimile data using the modulation AT+FTM=<mod>
defined by the parameter <mod>.

AT+FTM=? Reference

Parameter: <mod> - carrier modulation 24 - V27ter/2400 bps 48 - V27ter/4800 bps 72 - V29/7200 bps 96 - V29/9600 bps Test command returns all supported values of the parameter <mod>. Note: the output is not bracketed ITU T.31 and TIA/EIA-578-A specifications

page 140 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3.5.4.2.4 +FRM - Receive Data Modulation

+FRM - Receive Data Modulation Execution command causes the module to receive facsimile data using the AT+FRM=<mod> modulation defined by the parameter <mod>. Parameter: <mod> - carrier modulation 24 - V27ter/2400 bps 48 - V27ter/4800 bps 72 - V29/7200 bps 96 - V29/9600 bps Test command returns all supported values of the parameter <mod>. Note: the output is not bracketed ITU T.31 and TIA/EIA-578-A specifications

AT+FRM=? Reference

3.5.4.2.5 +FTH - Transmit Data With HDLC Framing

+FTH - Transmit Data With HDLC Framing Execution command causes the module to transmit facsimile data using AT+FTH=<mod> HDLC protocol and the modulation defined by the parameter <mod>. Parameter: <mod> - carrier modulation 3 - V21/300 bps Test command returns all supported values of the parameter <mod>. ITU T.31 and TIA/EIA-578-A specifications

AT+FTH=? Reference

3.5.4.2.6 +FRH - Receive Data With HDLC Framing

+FRH - Receive Data Data With HDLC Framing Execution command causes the module to receive facsimile data using AT+FRH=<mod> HDLC protocol and the modulation defined by the parameter <mod>. Parameter: <mod> - carrier modulation 3 - V21/300 bps Test command returns all supported values of the parameter <mod>. ITU T.31 and TIA/EIA-578-A specifications

AT+FRH=? Reference

page 141 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3.5.4.3Serial Port Control

3.5.4.3.1 +FLO - Select Flow Control Specified By Type
+FLO - Select Flow Control Specified By Type Set command selects the flow control behaviour of the serial port in both AT+FLO=<type> directions: from DTE to DTA and from DTA to DTE. Parameter: <type> - flow control option for the data on the serial port 0 - flow control None 1 - flow control Software (XON-XOFF) 2 - flow control Hardware (CTS-RTS) (factory default) Note: This command is a shortcut of the +IFC command. Note: +FLOs settings are functionally a subset of &Ks ones. Read command returns the current value of parameter <type> Test command returns all supported values of the parameter <type>. ITU T.31 and TIA/EIA-578-A specifications

AT+FLO? AT+FLO=? Reference

3.5.4.3.2 +FPR - Select Serial Port Rate

+FPR - Select Serial Port Rate Set command selects the the serial port speed in both directions, from DTE AT+FPR=<rate> to DTA and from DTA to DTE. When autobauding is selected, then the speed is detected automatically. Parameter: <rate> - serial port speed selection 0 - autobauding Read command returns the current value of parameter <rate> Test command returns all supported values of the parameters <rate>. ITU T.31 and TIA/EIA-578-A specifications

AT+FPR? AT+FPR=? Reference

3.5.4.3.3 +FDD - Double Escape Character Replacement Control

+FDD - Double Escape Character Replacement Control Set command concerns the use of the <DLE><SUB> pair to encode AT+FDD=<mode> consecutive escape characters (<10h><10h>) in user data. Parameter <mode> 0 - currently the only available value. The DCE decode of <DLE><SUB> is either <DLE><DLE> or discard. The DCE encode of <10h><10h> is <DLE><DLE><DLE><DLE> Read command returns the current value of parameter <mode> AT+FDD? Test command returns all supported values of parameter <mode>. AT+FDD=? Reference ITU T.31 and TIA/EIA-578-A specifications

page 142 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3.5.5 Custom AT Commands

3.5.5.1 General Configuration AT Commands
3.5.5.1.1 #CGMI - Manufacturer Identification
#CGMI - Manufacturer Identification Execution command returns the device manufacturer identification code AT#CGMI with command echo. The output depends on the choice made through #SELINT command. Read command has the same effect as the Execution command AT#CGMI?

3.5.5.1.2 #CGMM - Model Identification

#CGMM - Model Identification Execution command returns the device model identification code with AT#CGMM command echo. Read command has the same effect as the Execution command AT#CGMM?

3.5.5.1.3 #CGMR - Revision Identification

#CGMR - Revision Identification Execution command returns device software revision number with AT#CGMR command echo. Read command has the same effect as the Execution command AT#CGMR?

3.5.5.1.4 #CGSN - Product Serial Number Identification

#CGSN - Product Serial Number Identification Execution command returns the product serial number, identified as the AT#CGSN IMEI of the mobile, with command echo. Read command has the same effect as the Execution command AT#CGSN?

3.5.5.1.5 #CIMI - International Mobile Subscriber Identity (IMSI)

#CIMI - International Mobile Subscriber Identity (IMSI) Execution command returns the international mobile subscriber identity, AT#CIMI identified as the IMSI number, with command echo. Read command has the same effect as the Execution command AT#CIMI?

page 143 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3.5.5.1.6 #CAP - Change Audio Path

#CAP - Change Audio Path Set command switches the active audio path depending on parameter <n> AT#CAP[=[<n>]] Parameter: <n> - audio path 0 - audio path follows the Axe input (factory default): if Axe is low, handsfree is enabled; if Axe is high, internal path is enabled 1 - enables handsfree external mic/ear audio path 2 - enables internal mic/ear audio path Note: The audio path are mutually exclusive, enabling one disables the other. Note: when changing the audio path, the volume level is set at the previously stored value for that audio path (see +CLVL). Note: issuing AT#CAP<CR> is the same as issuing the Read command. Note: issuing AT#CAP=<CR> is the same as issuing the command AT#CAP=0<CR>. Read command reports the active audio path in the format: #CAP: <n>. Test command reports the supported values for the parameter <n>.

AT#CAP?

AT#CAP=?

3.5.5.1.7 #SRS - Select Ringer Sound

#SRS - Select Ringer Sound Set command sets the ringer sound. AT#SRS[= <n>,<tout>] Parameters: <n> - ringing tone 0 - current ringing tone 1..max - ringing tone number, where max can be read by issuing the Test command AT#SRS=?. <tout> - ringing tone playing time-out in seconds. 0 - ringer is stopped (if present) and current ringer sound is set. 1..60 - ringer sound playing for <tout> seconds and, if <n> > 0, ringer sound <n> is set as default ringer sound. Note: when the command is issued with <n> > 0 and <tout> > 0, the <n>

page 144 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

#SRS - Select Ringer Sound ringing tone is played for <tout> seconds and stored as default ringing tone. Note: if command is issued with <n> > 0 and <tout> = 0, the playing of the ringing is stopped (if present) and <n> ringing tone is set as current. Note: if command is issued with <n> = 0 and <tout> > 0 then the current ringing tone is played. Note: if both <n> and <tout> are 0 then the default ringing tone is set as current and ringing is stopped. Note: If all parameters are omitted then the behaviour of Set command is the same as Read command Read command reports current selected ringing and its status in the form: #SRS: <n>,<status> where: <n> - ringing tone number 1..max <status> - ringing status 0 - selected but not playing 1 - currently playing Test command reports the supported values for the parameters <n> and <tout>

AT#SRS?

AT#SRS=?

3.5.5.1.8 #SRP -Select Ringer Path

#SRP - Select Ringer Path Set command selects the ringer path towards whom sending ringer sounds AT#SRP[=[<n>]] and all signalling tones. Parameter: <n> - ringer path number 0 - sound output towards current selected audio path (see command #CAP) 1 - sound output towards handsfree 2 - sound output towards handset 3 - sound output towards Buzzer Output pin GPIO7 Note: In order to use the Buzzer Output an external circuitry must be added to drive it properly from the GPIO7 pin, furthermore the GPIO7 pin direction must be set to Buzzer output (Alternate function); see command #GPIO.

page 145 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

#SRP - Select Ringer Path Note: issuing AT#SRP<CR> is the same as issuing the Read command. Note: issuing AT#SRP=<CR> is the same as issuing the command AT#SRP=0<CR>. Read command reports the selected ringer path in the format: #SRP: <n>. Test command reports the supported values for the parameter <n>. AT#SRP=? #SRP: (0-3) OK AT#SRP=3 OK

AT#SRP?

AT#SRP=? Example

3.5.5.1.9 #STM - Signaling Tones Mode

#STM - Signaling Tones Mode Set command enables/disables the signalling tones output on the audio AT#STM path selected with #SRP command [=<mode>] Parameter: <mode> - signalling tones status 0 - signalling tones disabled 1 - signalling tones enabled Note: AT#STM=0 has the same effect as AT@CALM=2; AT#STM=1 has the same effect either as AT+CALM=0 or AT@CALM=0. Note: If parameter is omitted then the behaviour of Set command is the same as Read command Read command reports whether the current signaling tones status is enabled or not, in the format: #STM: <mode> Test command reports supported range of values for parameter <mode>.

AT#STM?

AT#STM=?

3.5.5.1.10

#PCT - Display PIN Counter

#PCT - Display PIN Counter Execution command reports the PIN/PUK or PIN2/PUK2 input remaining AT#PCT attempts, depending on +CPIN requested password in the format: #PCT: <n>

page 146 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

AT#PCT?

where: <n> - remaining attempts 0 - the SIM is blocked. 1..3 - if the device is waiting either SIM PIN or SIM PIN2 to be given. 1..10 - if the device is waiting either SIM PUK or SIM PUK2 to be given. Read command has the same behaviour as Execution command.

3.5.5.1.11 #SHDN - Software Shut Down

#SHDN - Software Shutdown Execution command causes device detach from the network and shut AT#SHDN down. Before definitive shut down an OK response is returned. Note: after the issuing of this command any previous activity is terminated and the device will not respond to any further command. Note: to turn it on again Hardware pin ON/OFF must be tied low. Read command has the same behaviour as Execution command.

AT#SHDN?

3.5.5.1.12 #WAKE - Wake From Alarm Mode

#WAKE - Wake From Alarm Mode Execution command stops any eventually present alarm activity and, if the AT#WAKE[= module is in alarm mode, it exits the alarm mode and enters the normal <opmode>] operating mode. Parameter: <opmode> - operating mode 0 - normal operating mode; the module exits the alarm mode, enters the normal operating mode, any alarm activity is stopped (e.g. alarm tone playing) and an OK result code is returned. Note: if parameter is omitted, the command returns the operating status of the device in the format: #WAKE: <status> where: <status> 0 - normal operating mode 1 - alarm mode or normal operating mode with some alarm activity. Note: the power saving status is indicated by a CTS - OFF and DSR - OFF status. The normal operating status is indicated by DSR - ON.

page 147 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

#WAKE - Wake From Alarm Mode Note: during the alarm mode the device will not make any network scan and will not register to any network and therefore is not able to dial or receive any call or SM, the only commands that can be issued to the MODULE in this state are the #WAKE and #SHDN, every other command must not be issued during this state. Read command has the same effect as Execution command when AT#WAKE? parameter is omitted.

3.5.5.1.13 #QTEMP -Query Temperature Overflow

#QTEMP - Query Temperature Overflow Set command has currently no effect. The interpretation of parameter AT#QTEMP <mode> is currently not implemented: any value assigned to it will simply [=<mode>] have no effect. Note: if parameter <mode> is omitted the behaviour of Set command is the same as Read command Read command queries the device internal temperature sensor for over temperature and reports the result in the format: #QTEMP: <temp> where <temp> - over temperature indicator 0 - the device temperature is in the working range 1 - the device temperature is out of the working range Test command reports supported range of values for parameter <mode>. The device should not be operated out of its working temperature range; if temperature is out of range proper functioning of the device is not ensured.

AT#QTEMP?

#QTEMP=? Note

3.5.5.1.14

#SGPO - Set General Purpose Output

page 148 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

#SGPO - Set General Purpose Output Note: issuing AT#SGPO<CR> is the same as issuing the Read command. Note: issuing AT#SGPO=<CR> is the same as issuing the command AT#SGPO=0<CR>. Read command reports the #SGPO command setting, hence the opposite status of the open collector pin in the format: #SGPO: <stat>. Test command reports the supported range of values of parameter <stat>. This command is meaningful only for GM862 family

AT#SGPO?

AT#SGPO=? Note

3.5.5.1.15 #GGPI - General Purpose Input

#GGPI - General Purpose Input AT#GGPI[=[<dir>]] Set command sets the general purpose input pin GPIO1. Parameter: <dir> - auxiliary input GPIO1 setting 0 - the Read command AT#GGPI? reports the logic input level read from GPIO1 pin. Note: The device has an insulated input pin ( the input goes the base of an internal decoupling transistor) which can be used as a logic general purpose input. This command sets the read behaviour for this pin, since only direct read report is supported, the issue of this command is not needed. In future uses the behavior of the read input may be more complex. Note: If parameter is omitted then the behaviour of Set command is the same as Read command Read command reports the read value for the input pin GPIO1, in the format: #GGPI: <dir>,<stat> where <dir> - direction setting (see #GGPI=<dir> ) <stat> - logic value read from pin GPIO1 Note: Since the reading is done after the insulating transistor, the reported value is the opposite of the logic status of the GPIO1 input pin. Test command reports supported range of values for parameter <dir>. This command is meaningful only for GM862 family

AT#GGPI?

AT#GGPI=? Note

page 149 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3.5.5.1.16 #GPIO - General Purpose Input/Output Pin Control

#GPIO - General Purpose Input/Output Pin Control Execution command sets the value of the general purpose output pin AT#GPIO[=<pin>, GPIO<pin> according to <dir> and <mode> parameter. <mode>[,<dir>]] Not all configuration for the three parameters are valid. Parameters: <pin> - GPIO pin number; supported range is from 1 to a value that depends on the hardware, but GPIO1 is input only and GPIO2 is output only. <mode> - its meaning depends on <dir> setting: 0 - no meaning if <dir>=0 - INPUT - output pin cleared to 0 (LOW) if <dir>=1 - OUTPUT - no meaning if <dir>=2 - ALTERNATE FUNCTION 1 - no meaning if <dir>=0 - INPUT - output pin set to 1 (HIGH) if <dir>=1 - OUTPUT - no meaning if <dir>=2 - ALTERNATE FUNCTION 2 - Reports the read value from the input pin if <dir>=0 - INPUT - Reports the read value from the input pin if <dir>=1 - OUTPUT - Reports a no meaning value if <dir>=2 - ALTERNATE FUNCTION <dir> - GPIO pin direction 0 - pin direction is INPUT 1 - pin direction is OUTPUT 2 - pin direction is ALTERNATE FUNCTION (see Note). Note: when <mode>=2 (and <dir> is omitted) the command reports the direction and value of pin GPIO<pin> in the format: #GPIO: <dir>,<stat> where <dir> - current direction setting for the GPIO<pin> <stat> logic value read from pin GPIO<pin> in the case the pin <dir> is set to input; logic value present in output of the pin GPIO<pin> in the case the pin <dir> is currently set to output; no meaning value for the pin GPIO<pin> in the case the pin <dir> is set to alternate function. Note: (valid only for GPIO1) since the reading is done after the insulating transistor, the reported value is the opposite of the logic status of the GPIO1 input pin Note: if all parameters are omitted the command reports the read direction and value of all GPIO pin, int the format: #GPIO: <dir>,<stat>[<CR><LF>#GPIO: <dir>,<stat>[]]

page 150 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

#GPIO - General Purpose Input/Output Pin Control Note: "ALTERNATE FUNCTION" value is valid only for following pins: GPIO5 - alternate function is RF Transmission Monitor GPIO6 - alternate function is "Alarm Output" (see +CALA) GPIO7 - alternate function is "Buzzer Output" (see #SRP) Note: while using the pins in the alternate function, the GPIO read/write access to that pin is not accessible and shall be avoided. Note: The GPIO2 is an OPEN COLLECTOR output, the command sets the transistor base level, hence the open collector output is negated Read command has the same effect as Execution command when all parameters are omitted. Test command reports the supported range of values of the command parameters <pin>, <mode> and <dir>. AT#GPIO=3,0,1 OK AT#GPIO=3,2 #GPIO: 1,0 OK AT#GPIO=4,1,1 OK AT#GPIO=5,0,0 OK AT#GPIO=6,2 #GPIO: 0,1 OK

AT#GPIO? AT#GPIO=? Example

3.5.5.1.17 #I2S1 - Set PCM Output For Channel 1

page 151 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

#I2S1 - Set PCM Output For Channel 1 <clockrate> 64 - 64 kHz. 128 - 128 kHz. 256 - 256 kHz. 512 - 512 kHz 1024 - 1024 kHz 2048 - 2048 kHz Note: issuing AT#I2S1<CR> is the same as issuing the Read command. Read command reports the last setting, in the format: #I2S1: <mode>,<clockmode>,<clockrate> Reports the range of supported values for parameters <mode>, <clockmode> and <clockrate>

AT#I2S1?

AT#I2S1=?

3.5.5.1.18 #E2SMSRI - SMS Ring Indicator

#E2SMSRI - SMS Ring Indicator AT#E2SMSRI[= Set command enables/disables the Ring Indicator pin response to an [<n>]] incoming SMS message. If enabled, a negative going pulse is

generated on receipt of an incoming SMS message. The duration of this pulse is determined by the value of <n>.
Parameter: <n> - RI enabling 0 - disables RI pin response for incoming SMS messages (factory default) 50..1150 - enables RI pin response for incoming SMS messages. The value of <n> is the duration in ms of the pulse generated on receipt of an incoming SM. Note: if +CNMI=3,1 command is issued and the module is in a GPRS connection, a 100 ms break signal is sent and a 1 sec. pulse is generated on RI pin, no matter if the RI pin response is either enabled or not. Note: issuing AT#E2SMSRI<CR> is the same as issuing the Read command. Note: issuing AT#E2SMSRI=<CR> returns the OK result code. Read command reports the duration in ms of the pulse generated on receipt of an incoming SM, in the format: #E2SMSRI: <n> Note: as seen before, the value <n>=0 means that the RI pin response to an incoming SM is disabled.

AT#E2SMSRI?

page 152 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

#E2SMSRI - SMS Ring Indicator Reports the range of supported values for parameter <n> AT#E2SMSRI=?

3.5.5.1.19

#ADC - Analog/Digital Converter Input

#ADC - Analog/Digital Converter Input Execution command reads pin<adc> voltage, converted by ADC, and AT#ADC[= outputs it in the format: <adc>,<mode> [,<dir>]] #ADC: <value> where: <value> - pin<adc> voltage, expressed in mV Parameters: <adc> - index of pin 1 - available for GM862-QUAD, GM862-QUAD-PY, GM862-GPS, GE863QUAD, GE863-PY,GE863-GPS, GE864-QUAD, GE864-PY, GC864QUAD and GC864-PY 2 - available only for GE863-QUAD, GE863-PY, GE864-QUAD, GE864PY, GC864-QUAD and GC864-PY 3 - available only for GE863-QUAD, GE863-PY, GE864-QUAD, GE864PY, GC864-QUAD and GC864-PY <mode> - required action 2 - query ADC value <dir> - direction; its interpretation is currently not implemented 0 - no effect. If all parameters are omitted the command reports all pins voltage, converted by ADC, in the format: #ADC: <value>[<CR><LF>#ADC: <value>[]] Note: The command returns the last valid measure. Read command has the same effect as Execution command when all parameters are omitted. Test command reports the supported range of values of the command parameters <adc>, <mode> and <dir>.

AT#ADC? AT#ADC=?

3.5.5.1.20 #DAC - Digital/Analog Converter Control

page 153 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

#DAC - Digital/Analog Converter Control 1 - enables pin; the corresponding output is driven <value> - scale factor of the integrated output voltage; it must be present if <enable>=1 0..1023 - 10 bit precision Note: integrated output voltage = MAX_VOLTAGE * value / 1023 Note: if all parameters are omitted then the behaviour of Set command is the same as the Read command. Read command reports whether the DAC_OUT pin is currently enabled or not, along with the integrated output voltage scale factor, in the format: #DAC: <enable>,<value> Test command reports the range for the parameters <enable> and <value>. Enable the DAC out and set its integrated output to the 50% of the max value: AT#DAC=1,511 OK Disable the DAC out: AT#DAC=0 OK With this command the DAC frequency is selected internally. D/A converter must not be used during POWERSAVING. DAC_OUT line must be integrated (for example with a low band pass filter) in order to obtain an analog voltage. For a more in depth description of the integration filter refer to the hardware user guide.

AT#DAC?

AT#DAC=? Example

Note

3.5.5.1.21 #VAUX - Auxiliary Voltage Pin Output

page 154 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

#VAUX- Auxiliary Voltage Pin Output Note: when <stat>=2 and command is successful, it returns: #VAUX: <value> where: <value> - power output status 0 - output off 1 - output on Note: If all parameters are omitted the command has the same behaviour as Read command. Note: for the GPS product (GE863-GPS): if the Auxiliary Voltage pins output is disabled while GPS or camera is powered on theyll both also be turned off. Read command reports the current status of all auxiliary voltage output pins, in the format: #VAUX: <value>[<CR><LF>#VAUX: <value>[]] Test command reports the supported range of values for parameters <n>, <stat>.

AT#VAUX?

AT#VAUX=?

3.5.5.1.22 #CBC - Battery And Charger Status

#CBC- Battery And Charger Status Execution command returns the current Battery and Charger state in the AT#CBC format: #CBC: <ChargerState>,<BatteryVoltage> where: <ChargerState> - battery charger state 0 - charger not connected 1 - charger connected and charging 2 - charger connected and charge completed <BatteryVoltage> - battery voltage in millivolt: it is the real battery voltage only if charger is not connected; if the charger is connected this value depends on the charger voltage. Read command has the same meaning as Execution command. Test command returns the OK result code.

AT#CBC? AT#CBC=?

3.5.5.1.23 #AUTOATT - Auto-Attach Property

page 155 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

#AUTOATT - Auto-Attach Property Set command enables/disables the TE auto-attach property. AT#AUTOATT [=<auto>] Parameter: <auto> 0 - disables auto attach property 1 - enables auto attach property (factory default) Note: If parameter is omitted then the behaviour of Set command is the same as Read command. Read command reports whether the auto-attach property is currently enabled or not, in the format: #AUTOATT: <auto> Test command reports available values for parameter <auto>.

AT#AUTOATT?

AT#AUTOATT=?

3.5.5.1.24 #MSCLASS - Multislot Class Control

#MSCLASS - Multislot Class Control Set command sets the multislot class AT#MSCLASS[= <class>, Parameters: <autoattach>] <class> - multislot class; take care: class 7 is not supported. 1..6 - GPRS class 8..10 - GPRS class <autotattach> 0 - the new multislot class is enabled only at the next detach/attach or after a reboot. 1 - the new multislot class is enabled immediately, automatically forcing a detach / attach procedure. Note: the <class> range for former GM862 family products is 1..8, excluding class 7. Note: if all parameters are omitted the behaviour of set command is the same as read command. Read command reports the current value of the multislot class in the format: #MSCLASS: <class> Test command reports the range of available values for parameter <class>.

AT#MSCLASS?

AT#MSCLASS=?

page 156 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3.5.5.1.25 #MONI - Cell Monitor

#MONI - Cell Monitor AT#MONI[= [<number>]] Set command sets one cell out of seven, in a neighbour of the serving cell including it, from which extract GSM-related informations.
Parameter:

<number> 0..6 - it is the ordinal number of a cell, in a neighbour of the serving cell (default 0, serving cell). 7 - it is a special request to obtain GSM-related informations from the whole set of seven cells in the neighbour of the serving cell. Note: issuing AT#MONI<CR> is the same as issuing the Read command. Note: issuing AT#MONI=<CR> is the same as issuing the command AT#MONI=0<CR>. Read command reports the following GSM-related informations for selected cell and dedicated channel (if exists). a) When extracting data for the serving cell and the network name is known the format is: #MONI: <netname> BSIC:<bsic> RxQual:<qual> LAC:<lac> Id:<id> ARFCN:<arfcn> PWR:<dBm> dBm TA: <timadv> b) When the network name is unknown, the format is: #MONI: Cc:<cc> Nc:<nc> BSIC:<bsic> RxQual:<qual> LAC:<lac> Id:<id> ARFCN:<arfcn> PWR:<dBm> dBm TA: <timadv> c) When extracting data for an adjacent cell, the format is: #MONI: Adj Cell<n> [LAC:<lac> Id:<id>] ARFCN:<arfcn> PWR:<dBm> dBm where: <netname> - name of network operator <cc> - country code <nc> - network operator code <n> - progressive number of adjacent cell <bsic> - base station identification code <qual> - quality of reception 0..7 <lac> - localization area code <id> - cell identifier <arfcn> - assigned radio channel <dBm> - received signal strength in dBm <timadv> = timing advance

AT#MONI?

page 157 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

#MONI - Cell Monitor Note: TA: <timadv> is reported only for the serving cell. When the last setting done is AT#MONI=7, then the Read command reports the above informations for each of the cells in the neighbour of the serving cell, formatting them in a sequence of <CR><LF>-terminated strings. Test command reports the maximum number of cells, in the neighbour of the serving cell, from which we can extract GSM-related informations, along with the ordinal number of the current selected cell, in the format: #MONI: (<MaxCellNo>,<CellSet>) where: <MaxCellNo> - maximum number of cells, in the neighbour of the serving cell, from which we can extract GSM-related informations (for compatibility with previous versions of code this value is always 5). <CellSet> - the last setting done with command #MONI. An enhanced version of the Test command has been defined: AT#MONI=?? Enhanced test command reports the maximum number of cells, in a neighbour of the serving cell and including it, from which we can extract GSM-related informations, along with the ordinal number of the current selected cell, in the format: #MONI: (<MaxCellNo>,<CellSet>) where: <MaxCellNo> - maximum number of cells, in a neighbour of the serving cell and including it, from which we can extract GSM-related informations. This value is always 7. <CellSet> - the last setting done with command #MONI. The refresh time of the measures is preset to 3 sec. The timing advance value is meaningful only during calls or GPRS transfers active.

AT#MONI=?

AT#MONI=??

Note

3.5.5.1.26 #SERVINFO - Serving Cell Information

page 158 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

#SERVINFO - Serving Cell Information where: <B-ARFCN> - BCCH ARFCN of the serving cell <dBM> - received signal strength in dBm <NetNameAsc> - operator name, quoted string type <NetCode> - country code and operator code, hexadecimal representation <BSIC> - Base Station Identification Code <LAC> - Localization Area Code <TA> - Time Advance: its available only if a GSM or GPRS is running <GPRS> - GPRS supported in the cell 0 - not supported 1 - supported The following informations will be present only if GPRS is supported in the cell <PB-ARFCN> - PBCCH ARFCN of the serving cell; itll be printed only if PBCCH is supported by the cell, otherwise the label hopping will be printed <NOM> - Network Operation Mode ..I II ..III <RAC> - Routing Area Color Code <PAT> - Priority Access Threshold ..0 ..3..6 Read command has the same effect as Execution command

AT#SERVINFO?

3.5.5.1.27 #COPSMODE - +COPS Mode

#COPSMODE - +COPS Mode Set command sets the behaviour of +COPS command (see +COPS). AT#COPSMODE [=<mode>] Parameter: <mode> 0 - +COPS behaviour like former GM862 family products (default) 1 - +COPS behaviour compliant with ETSI format Note: The setting is saved in NVM (and available on following reboot). Note: if parameter <mode> is omitted the behaviour of Set command is the same as Read command. Read command returns the current behaviour of +COPS command, in the format:

AT#COPSMODE?

page 159 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

#COPSMODE - +COPS Mode #COPSMODE: <mode> where <mode> - +COPS behaviour as seen before. Test command returns the range of available values for parameter <mode>. Its suggested to reboot the module after every #COPSMODE setting.

AT#COPSMODE=? Note

3.5.5.1.28 #QSS - Query SIM Status

#QSS - Query SIM Status Set command enables/disables the Query SIM Status unsolicited indication AT#QSS[= in the ME. [<mode>]] Parameter: <mode> - type of notification 0 - disabled (factory default); its possible only to query the current SIM status through Read command AT#QSS? 1 - enabled; the ME informs at every SIM status change through the following unsolicited indication: #QSS: <status> where: <status> - current SIM status 0 - SIM NOT INSERTED 1 - SIM INSERTED Note: issuing AT#QSS<CR> is the same as issuing the Read command. Note: issuing AT#QSS=<CR> is the same as issuing the command AT#QSS=0<CR>. Read command reports whether the unsolicited indication #QSS is currently enabled or not, along with the SIM status, in the format: #QSS: <mode>,<status> (<mode> and <status> are described above) Test command returns the supported range of values for parameter <mode>.

AT#QSS?

AT#QSS=?

page 160 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3.5.5.1.29

#DIALMODE - ATD Dialling Mode

#DIALMODE - ATD Dialling Mode Set command sets voice call ATD modality. AT#DIALMODE[= <mode>] Parameter: <mode> 0 - OK result code is received as soon as it starts remotely ringing (factory default) 1 - OK result code is received only after the called party answers. Any character typed aborts the call and NO CARRIER result code is received. 2 - the following custom result codes are received, monitoring step by step the call status: DIALING (MO in progress) RINGING (remote ring) CONNECTED (remote call accepted) RELEASED (after ATH) DISCONNECTED (remote hang-up) Note: The setting is saved in NVM and available on following reboot. Note: if parameter <mode> is omitted the behaviour of Set command is the same as Read command. Read command returns current ATD dialing mode in the format: #DIALMODE: <mode> Test command returns the range of values for parameter <mode>

AT#DIALMODE?

AT#DIALMODE=?

3.5.5.1.30 #ACAL - Automatic Call

page 161 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

#ACAL - Automatic Call AT#ACAL=0<CR>. Read command reports whether the automatic call function is currently AT#ACAL? enabled or not, in the format: #ACAL: <mode> Test command returns the supported range of values for parameter <mode>. See &Z to write and &N to read the number on module internal phonebook.

AT#ACAL=? Note

3.5.5.1.31 #ECAM - Extended Call Monitoring

#ECAM - Extended Call Monitoring AT#ECAM[= [<onoff>]] This command enables/disables the call monitoring function in the ME. Parameter: <onoff> 0 - disables call monitoring function (factory default) 1 - enables call monitoring function; the ME informs about call events, such as incoming call, connected, hang up etc. using the following unsolicited indication: #ECAM: <ccid>,<ccstatus>,<calltype>,,, [<number>,<type>] where <ccid> - call ID <ccstatus> - call status 0 - idle 1 - calling (MO) 2 - connecting (MO) 3 - active 4 - hold 5 - waiting (MT) 6 - alerting (MT) 7 - busy <calltype> - call type 1 - voice 2 - data <number> - called number (valid only for <ccstatus>=1) <type> - type of <number> 129 - national number 145 - international number Note: the unsolicited indication is sent along with usual codes (OK, NO CARRIER, BUSY...).

page 162 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

#ECAM - Extended Call Monitoring Note: issuing AT#ECAM<CR> is the same as issuing the Read command. Note: issuing AT#ECAM=<CR> returns the OK result code. Read command reports whether the extended call monitoring function is currently enabled or not, in the format: #ECAM: <onoff> Test command returns the list of supported values for <onoff>

AT#ECAM?

AT#ECAM=?

3.5.5.1.32 #SMOV - SMS Overflow

#SMOV - SMS Overflow Set command enables/disables the SMS overflow signalling function. AT#SMOV[= [<mode>]] Parameter: <mode> 0 - disables SMS overflow signaling function(factory default) 1 - enables SMS overflow signalling function; when the maximum storage capacity has reached, the following network initiated notification is send: #USMO: <memo> Note: issuing AT#SMOV<CR> is the same as issuing the Read command. Note: issuing AT#SMOV=<CR> is the same as issuing the command AT#SMOV=0<CR>. Read command reports whether the SMS overflow signalling function is currently enabled or not, in the format: #SMOV: <mode> Test command returns the supported range of values of parameter <mode>.

AT#SMOV?

AT#SMOV=?

3.5.5.1.33

#CODEC - Audio Codec

#CODEC - Audio Codec Set command sets the audio codec mode. AT#CODEC[= <codec>] Parameter: <codec> 0 - all the codec modes are enabled (factory default)

page 163 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

1..31 - value obtained as sum of the following values, each of them representing a specific codec mode: 1 - FR, full rate mode enabled 2 - EFR, enhanced full rate mode enabled 4 - HR, half rate mode enabled 8 - AMR-FR, AMR full rate mode enabled 16 - AMR-HR, AMR half rate mode enabled Note: the setting 0 is equivalent to the setting 31. Note: The codec setting is saved in the profile parameters. Note: if optional parameter <codec> is omitted the behaviour of Set command is the same as Read command. Read command returns current audio codec mode in the format: #CODEC: <codec> Test command returns the range of available values for parameter <codec> AT#CODEC=14 OK sets the codec modes HR (4), EFR (2) and AMR-FR (8)

AT#CODEC?

AT#CODEC=? Example

3.5.5.1.34 #SHFEC - Handsfree Echo Canceller

#SHFEC - Handsfree Echo Canceller Set command enables/disables the echo canceller function on audio AT#SHFEC[= handsfree output. [<mode>]] Parameter: <mode> 0 - disables echo canceller for handsfree mode (factory default) 1 - enables echo canceller for handsfree mode Note: This setting returns to default after power off. Note: issuing AT#SHFEC<CR> is the same as issuing the Read command. Note: issuing AT#SHFEC=<CR> is the same as issuing the command AT#SHFEC=0<CR>. Read command reports whether the echo canceller function on audio handsfree output is currently enabled or not, in the format: #SHFEC: <mode>

AT#SHFEC?

page 164 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

#SHFEC - Handsfree Echo Canceller Test command returns the supported range of values of parameter AT#SHFEC=? <mode>.

3.5.5.1.35 #HFMICG - Handsfree Microphone Gain

#HFMICG - Handsfree Microphone Gain Set command sets the handsfree microphone input gain AT#HFMICG[= [<level>]] Parameter: <level>: handsfree microphone input gain 0..7 - handsfree microphone gain (+6dB/step) Note: issuing AT#HFMICG<CR> is the same as issuing the Read command. Note: issuing AT#HFMICG=<CR> returns the OK result code. Read command returns the current handsfree microphone input gain, in the format: #HFMICG: <level> Test command returns the supported range of values of parameter <level>.

AT#HFMICG?

AT#HFMICG=?

3.5.5.1.36

#HSMICG - Handset Microphone Gain

#HSMICG - Handset Microphone Gain Set command sets the handset microphone input gain AT#HSMICG[= [<level>]] Parameter: <level>: handset microphone input gain 0..7 - handset microphone gain (+6dB/step) Note: issuing AT#HSMICG<CR> is the same as issuing the Read command. Note: issuing AT#HSMICG=<CR> returns the OK result code. Read command returns the current handset microphone input gain, in the format: #HSMICG: <level> Test command returns the supported range of values of parameter <level>.

AT#HSMICG?

AT#HSMICG=?

page 165 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3.5.5.1.37 #SHFSD - Set Headset Sidetone

Note: This setting returns to default after power off. Note: issuing AT#SHFSD<CR> is the same as issuing the Read command. Note: issuing AT#SHFSD=<CR> is the same as issuing the command AT#SHFSD=0<CR>. Read command reports whether the headset sidetone is currently enabled or not, in the format: #SHFSD: <mode> Test command returns the supported range of values of parameter <mode>.

AT#SHFSD?

AT#SHFSD=?

3.5.5.1.38 #/ - Repeat Last Command

#/ - Repeat Last Command Execute command is used to execute again the last received AT#/ command.

3.5.5.1.39 #NITZ - Network Timezone

page 166 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

#NITZ - Network Timezone 1 - enables unsolicited message; after date and time updating the following unsolicited indication is sent: #NITZ: yy/MM/dd,hh:mm:ss where: yy - year MM - month (in digits) dd - day hh - hour mm - minute ss - second Note: issuing AT#NITZ<CR> is the same as issuing the Read command. Note: issuing AT#NITZ=<CR> is the same as issuing the command AT#NITZ=0<CR>. Read command reports whether automatic date/time updating is currently enabled or not, and whether Network Timezone unsolicited indication is enabled or not, in the format: #NITZ: <val>,<mode> Test command returns supported values of parameters <val> and <mode>.

AT#NITZ?

AT#NITZ=?

3.5.5.1.40 #BND - Select Band

page 167 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

AT#BND?

Read command returns the current selected band in the format: #BND: <band> Test command returns the supported range of values of parameter <band>. Note: the range of values differs between triband modules and quadric-band modules

AT#BND=?

3.5.5.1.41

#AUTOBND - Automatic Band Selection

#AUTOBND - Automatic Band Selection Set command enables/disables the automatic band selection at power-on. AT#AUTOBND[= <value>] Parameter: <value>: 0 - disables automatic band selection at power-on (factory default) 1 - enables automatic band selection at power-on; +COPS=0 is necessary condition to effectively have automatic band selection at next power-on; the automatic band selection stops as soon as a GSM cell is found. Note: if automatic band selection is enabled the band changes every about 90 seconds through available bands until a GSM cell is found. Note: if parameter <value> is omitted the behaviour of Set command is the same as Read command. Read command returns whether the automatic band selection is enabled or not in the form: #AUTOBND: <value> Test command returns the range of supported values for parameter <value>.

AT#AUTOBND?

AT#AUTOBND=?

3.5.5.1.42 #SKIPESC - Skip Escape Sequence

#SKIPESC - Skip Escape Sequence Set command enables/disables skipping the escape sequence +++ while AT#SKIPESC[= transmitting during a data connection. [<mode>]] Parameter: <mode>

page 168 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

#SKIPESC - Skip Escape Sequence 0 - doesnt skip the escape sequence; its transmission is enabled (factory default). 1 - skips the escape sequence; its transmission is not enabled. Note: in case of an FTP connection, the escape sequence is not transmitted, regardless of the command setting. Note: issuing AT#SKIPESC<CR> is the same as issuing the Read command. Note: issuing AT#SKIPESC=<CR> is the same as issuing the command AT#SKIPESC=0<CR>. Read command reports whether escape sequence skipping is currently enabled or not, in the format: #SKIPESC: <mode> Test command reports supported range of values for parameter <mode>.

AT#SKIPESC?

AT#SKIPESC=?

3.5.5.1.43
AT#E2ESC[= [<gt>]]

#E2ESC - Escape Sequence Guard Time

Set command sets a guard time in seconds for the escape sequence in GPRS to be considered a valid one (and return to on-line command mode). Parameter: <gt> 0 - no guard time (factory default) 1..10 - guard time in seconds Note: if the Escape Sequence Guard Time is set to a value different from zero, it overrides the one set with S12. Note: issuing AT#E2ESC<CR> is the same as issuing the Read command. Note: issuing AT#E2ESC=<CR> returns the OK result code. Read command returns current value of the escape sequence guard time, in the format: #E2ESC: <gt> Test command returns the OK result code.

#E2ESC - Escape Sequence Guard Time

AT#E2ESC?

AT#E2ESC=?

page 169 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3.5.5.1.44 #GAUTH - PPP-GPRS Connection Authentication Type

#GAUTH - PPP-GPRS Connection Authentication Type Set command sets the PPP-GPRS connection authentication type. AT#GAUTH[= <type>] Parameter <type> 0 - no authentication 1 - PAP authentication (factory default) 2 - CHAP authentication Note: for GSM connection <type> is fixed to PAP Note: if parameter <type> is omitted the behaviour of Set command is the same as Read command. Read command reports the current PPP-GPRS connection authentication type, in the format: #GAUTH: <type> Test command returns the range of supported values for parameter <type>.

AT#GAUTH?

AT#GAUTH=?

3.5.5.1.45 #RTCSTAT - RTC Status

#RTCSTAT - RTC Status Set command resets the RTC status flag. AT#RTCSTAT[= <status>] Parameter: <status> 0 - Set RTC Status to RTC HW OK Note: the initial value of RTC status flag is RTC HW Error and it doesnt change until a command AT#RTCSTAT=0 is issued. Note: if a power failure occurs and the buffer battery is down the RTC status flag is set to 1. It doesnt change until command AT#RTCSTAT=0 is issued. Note: if parameter <status> is omitted the behaviour of Set command is the same as Read command. Read command reports the current value of RTC status flag, in the format: #RTCSTAT: <status> Test command returns the range of supported values for parameter <status>

AT#RTCSTAT?

AT#RTCSTAT=?

page 170 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3.5.5.2 FTP AT Commands

3.5.5.2.1 #FTPTO - FTP Time-Out
#FTPTO - FTP Time-Out Set command sets time-out for FTP operations. AT#FTPTO[= <tout>] Parameter: <tout> - time-out in 100 ms units 100..5000 - hundreds of ms (factory default is 100) Note: The parameter is not saved in NVM. Note: if parameter <tout> is omitted the behaviour of Set command is the same as Read command. Read command returns the current FTP operations time-out, in the format: #FTPTO: <tout> Test command returns the range of supported values for parameter <tout>

AT#FTPTO?

AT#FTPTO=?

3.5.5.2.2 #FTPOPEN - FTP Open

#FTPOPEN - FTP Open Execution command opens an FTP connection toward the FTP server. AT#FTPOPEN= <server:port>, Parameters: <username>, <server:port> - string type, address and port of FTP server (factory default <password>, port 21). <mode> <username> - string type, authentication user identification string for FTP. <password> - string type, authentication password for FTP. <mode> 0 - active mode (default) 1 - passive mode

3.5.5.2.3 #FTPCLOSE - FTP Close

#FTPCLOSE - FTP Close Execution command closes an FTP connection. AT#FTPCLOSE Read command behavior is the same as Execution command. AT#FTPCLOSE?

page 171 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3.5.5.2.4 #FTPPUT - FTP Put

#FTPPUT - FTP Put AT#FTPPUT= <filename> Execution command, issued during an FTP connection, opens a data connection, in order to transfer a file to the server. If the data connection succeeds, a file with name <filename> and initial size 0 is created on the FTP server, a CONNECT indication is sent and its possible to transfer the file; otherwise a NO CARRIER indication is sent. Parameter: <filename> - string type, name of the file to create on FTP server. Note: use the escape sequence +++ to close the data connection. Note: The command causes an ERROR result code to be returned if no FTP connection has been opened yet.

3.5.5.2.5 #FTPPUTPH - FTP Put Photo

#FTPPUTPH - FTP Put Photo Execution command, issued during an FTP connection, opens a data AT#FTPPUTPH= connection, in order to transfer the last photo taken issuing AT#TPHOTO to <filename> the FTP server. If the data connection succeeds, a file with name <filename> and initial size 0 is created on the FTP server, a CONNECT indication is sent and it starts transfer the last photo; otherwise a NO CARRIER indication is sent. Parameter: <filename> - string type, name of the file on the FTP server side. Note: the file transfer type has to be binary in order to send the photo the right way (see command #FTPTYPE). Note: The command causes an ERROR result code to be returned if no FTP connection has been opened yet. at#gprs=1 +IP: ###.###.###.### OK at#camon OK at#tphoto OK at#ftpopen="xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx",<usern.>,<passw.>,0 OK

Example

page 172 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

#FTPPUTPH - FTP Put Photo at#ftptype=0 OK at#ftpputph="photo.jpg" OK at#ftpclose OK

3.5.5.2.6 #FTPGET - FTP Get

#FTPGET - FTP Get Execution command, issued during an FTP connection, opens a data AT#FTPGET= connection and starts getting a file from the FTP server. <filename> If the data connection succeeds a CONNECT indication is sent, otherwise a NO CARRIER indication is sent. The file is received on the serial port. Parameter: <filename> - file name, string type. Note: The command causes an ERROR result code to be returned if no FTP connection has been opened yet.

3.5.5.2.7 #FTPTYPE - FTP Type

#FTPTYPE - FTP Type Set command, issued during an FTP connection, sets the file transfer type. AT#FTPTYPE[= <type>] Parameter: <type> - file transfer type: 0 - binary 1 - ascii Note: The command causes an ERROR result code to be returned if no FTP connection has been opened yet. Note: If the parameter is omitted then the behaviour of Set command is the same of Read command. Read command returns the current file transfer type, in the format: #FTPTYPE: <type> Test command returns the range of available values for parameter <type>: #FTPTYPE: (0,1)

#FTPTYPE?

#FTPTYPE=?

page 173 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3.5.5.2.8 #FTPMSG - FTP Read Message

#FTPMSG - FTP Read Message Execution command returns the last response from the server. AT#FTPMSG Read command behaviour is the same as Execution command. AT#FTPMSG?

3.5.5.2.9 #FTPDELE - FTP Delete

#FTPDELE - FTP Delete Execution command, issued during an FTP connection, deletes a file from AT#FTPDELE= the remote working directory. <filename> Parameter: <filename> - string type, its the name of the file to delete. Note: The command causes an ERROR result code to be returned if no FTP connection has been opened yet.

3.5.5.2.10 #FTPPWD - FTP Print Working Directory

#FTPPWD - FTP Print Working Directory Execution command, issued during an FTP connection, shows the current AT#FTPPWD working directory on FTP server. Note: The command causes an ERROR result code to be returned if no FTP connection has been opened yet.

3.5.5.2.11 #FTPCWD - FTP Change Working Directory

#FTPCWD - FTP Change Working Directory Execution command, issued during an FTP connection, changes the AT#FTPCWD= working directory on FTP server. <dirname> Parameter: <dirname> - string type, its the name of the new working directory. Note: The command causes an ERROR result code to be returned if no FTP connection has been opened yet.

page 174 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3.5.5.2.12 #FTPLIST - FTP List

#FTPLIST - FTP List Execution command, issued during an FTP connection, opens a data AT#FTPLIST[= connection and starts getting from the server the list of contents of the <name>] specified directory or the properties of the specified file. Parameter: <name> - string type, its the name of the directory or file. Note: The command causes an ERROR result code to be returned if no FTP connection has been opened yet. Note: issuing AT#FTPLIST<CR> opens a data connection and starts getting from the server the list of contents of the working directory.

page 175 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3.5.5.3 Enhanced Easy GPRS Extension AT Commands

3.5.5.3.1 #USERID - Authentication User ID
#USERID - Authentication User ID Set command sets the user identification string to be used during the AT#USERID authentication step. [=<user>] Parameter: <user> - string type, its the authentication User Id; the max length for this value is the output of Test command, AT#USERID=? (factory default is the empty string ). Note: If parameter is omitted then the behaviour of Set command is the same of Read command. Read command reports the current user identification string, in the format: #USERID: <user>. Test command returns the maximum allowed length of the string parameter <user>. AT#USERID="myName" OK AT#USERID? #USERID: "myName" OK

AT#USERID?

AT#USERID=? Example

3.5.5.3.2 #PASSW - Authentication Password

#PASSW - Authentication Password Set command sets the user password string to be used during the AT#PASSW= authentication step. <pwd> Parameter: <pwd> - string type, its the authentication password; the max length for this value is the output of Test command, AT#PASSW=? (factory default is the empty string ). Test command returns the maximum allowed length of the string parameter <pwd>. AT#PASSW="myPassword" OK

AT#PASSW=? Example

page 176 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3.5.5.3.3 #PKTSZ - Packet Size

#PKTSZ - Packet Size Set command sets the default packet size to be used by the TCP/UDP/IP AT#PKTSZ[= stack for data sending. [<size>]] Parameter: <size> - packet size in bytes 0 - automatically chosen by the device 1..512 - packet size in bytes (factory default is 300) Note: issuing AT#PKTSZ<CR> is the same as issuing the Read command. Note: issuing AT#PKTSZ=<CR> is the same as issuing the command AT#PKTSZ=0<CR>. Read command reports the current packet size value. Note: after issuing command AT#PKTSZ=0, the Read command reports the value automatically chosen by the device. Test command returns the allowed values for the parameter <size>. AT#PKTSZ=100 OK AT#PKTSZ? #PKTSZ: 100 OK AT#PKTSZ=0 OK AT#PKTSZ? #PKTSZ: 300 OK

AT#PKTSZ?

AT#PKTSZ=? Example

->value automatically chosen by device

3.5.5.3.4 #DSTO - Data Sending Time-Out

#DSTO - Data Sending Time-Out Set command sets the maximum time that the module awaits before AT#DSTO[= sending anyway a packet whose size is less than the default one. [<tout>]] Parameter: <tout> - packet sending time-out in 100ms units (factory default is 50) 0 - no time-out, wait forever for packets to be completed before send. 1..255 hundreds of ms Note: In order to avoid low performance issues, it is suggested to set the data sending time-out to a value greater than 5.

page 177 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

#DSTO - Data Sending Time-Out Note: this time-out applies to data whose size is less than packet size and whose sending would have been delayed for an undefined time until new data to be sent had been received and full packet size reached. Note: issuing AT#DSTO<CR> is the same as issuing the Read command. Note: issuing AT#DSTO=<CR> is the same as issuing the command AT#DSTO=0<CR>. Read command reports the current data sending time-out value. Test command returns the allowed values for the parameter <tout>. AT#DSTO=10 ->1 sec. time-out OK AT#DSTO? #DSTO: 10 OK

AT#DSTO? AT#DSTO=? Example

3.5.5.3.5 #SKTTO - Socket Inactivity Time-Out

#SKTTO - Socket Inactivity Time-Out Set command sets the maximum time with no data exchanging on the AT#SKTTO[= socket that the module awaits before closing the socket and deactivating [<tout>]] the GPRS context. Parameter: <tout> - socket inactivity time-out in seconds units 0 - no timeout. 1..65535 - time-out in sec. units (factory default is 90). Note: this time-out applies when no data is exchanged in the socket for a long time and therefore the socket connection has to be automatically closed and the GPRS context deactivated. Note: issuing AT#SKTTO<CR> is the same as issuing the Read command. Note: issuing AT+#SKTTO=<CR> is the same as issuing the command AT+#SKTTO=0<CR>. Read command reports the current socket inactivity time-out value. Test command returns the allowed values for parameter <tout>. AT#SKTTO=30 ->(30 sec. time-out) OK AT#SKTTO? #SKTTO: 30

AT#SKTTO? AT#SKTTO=? Example

page 178 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

#SKTTO - Socket Inactivity Time-Out OK

3.5.5.3.6 #SKTSET - Socket Definition

#SKTSET - Socket Definition Set command sets the socket parameters values. AT#SKTSET[= <socket type>, Parameters: <remote port>, <socket type> - socket protocol type <remote addr>, 0 - TCP (factory default) [<closure type>], 1 - UDP [<local port>]] <remote port> - remote host port to be opened 0..65535 - port number (factory default is 0) <remote addr> - address of the remote host, string type. This parameter can be either: - any valid IP address in the format: xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx - any host name to be solved with a DNS query in the format: <host name> (factory default is the empty string ) <closure type> - socket closure behaviour for TCP 0 - local host closes immediately when remote host has closed (default) 255 - local host closes after an escape sequence (+++) <local port> - local host port to be used on UDP socket 0..65535 - port number Note: <closure type> parameter is valid only for TCP socket type, for UDP sockets shall be left unused. Note: <local port> parameter is valid only for UDP socket type, for TCP sockets shall be left unused. Note: The resolution of the host name is done when opening the socket, therefore if an invalid host name is given to the #SKTSET command, then error message will be issued. Note: the DNS Query to be successful requests that: - the GPRS context 1 is correctly set with +CGDCONT - the authentication parameters are set (#USERID, #PASSW) - the GPRS coverage is enough to permit a connection. Note: If all parameters are omitted then the behaviour of Set command is the same as Read command. Read command reports the socket parameters values, in the format: AT#SKTSET: <socket type>,<remote port>,<remote addr>,

AT#SKTSET?

page 179 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

#SKTSET - Socket Definition <closure type>,<local port> Test command returns the allowed values for the parameters. AT#SKTSET=? AT#SKTSET=0,1024,"123.255.020.001" Example OK AT#SKTSET=0,1024,"www.telit.net" OK

3.5.5.3.7 #SKTOP - Socket Open

#SKTOP - Socket Open Execution command activates the context number 1, proceeds with the AT#SKTOP authentication with the user ID and password previously set by #USERID and #PASSW commands, and opens a socket connection with the host specified in the #SKTSET command. Eventually, before opening the socket connection, it issues automatically a DNS query to solve the IP address of the host name. If the connection succeeds a CONNECT indication is sent, otherwise a NO CARRIER indication is sent. Read command behaviour is the same as Execution command. AT#SKTOP ..GPRS context activation, authentication and socket open.. CONNECT

AT#SKTOP? Example

3.5.5.3.8 #QDNS - Query DNS

#QDNS - Query DNS Execution command executes a DNS query to solve the host name into an AT#QDNS= IP address. <host name> Parameter: <host name> - host name, string type. If the DNS query is successful then the IP address will be reported in the result code: #QDNS:"<host name>",<IP address> Note: the command has to activate the GPRS context if it was not previously activated. In this case the context is deactivated after the DNS query.

page 180 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

#QDNS - Query DNS Note Note: <IP address> is in the format: xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx This command requires that the authentication parameters are correctly set and that the GPRS network is present.

3.5.5.3.9 #SKTCT - Socket TCP Connection Time-Out

#SKTCT - Socket TCP Connection Time-Out Set command sets the TCP connection time-out for the first CONNECT AT#SKTCT[= answer from the TCP peer to be received. <tout>] Parameter: <tout> - TCP first CONNECT answer time-out in 100ms units 10..1200 - hundreds of ms (factory default value is 600). Note: this time-out applies only to the time that the TCP stack waits for the CONNECT answer to its connection request. Note: The time for activate the GPRS and resolving the name with the DNS query (if the peer was specified by name and not by address) is not counted in this timeout. Note: if parameter is omitted then the behaviour of Set command is the same as Read command. Read command reports the current TCP connection time-out. Test command returns the allowed values for parameter <tout>. AT#SKTCT=600 OK socket first connection answer timeout has been set to 60 s.

AT#SKTCT? AT#SKTCT=? Example

3.5.5.3.10

#SKTSAV - Socket Parameters Save

page 181 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

Example Note

- Remote Port - Remote Address - TCP Connection Time-Out AT#SKTSAV OK socket parameters have been saved in NVM If some parameters have not been previously specified then a default value will be stored.

3.5.5.3.11 #SKTRST - Socket Parameters Reset

#SKTRST - Socket Parameters Reset Execution command resets the actual socket parameters in the NVM of the AT#SKTRST device to the default ones. The socket parameters to reset are: - User ID - Password - Packet Size - Socket Inactivity Timeout - Data Sending Timeout - Socket Type - Remote Port - Remote Address - TCP Connection Time-Out AT#SKTRST OK socket parameters have been reset

Example

3.5.5.3.12

#GPRS - GPRS Context Activation

#GPRS - GPRS Context Activation Execution command deactivates/activates the GPRS context, eventually AT#GPRS[= proceeding with the authentication with the parameters given with #PASSW [<mode>]] and #USERID. Parameter: <mode> - GPRS context activation mode 0 - GPRS context deactivation request 1 - GPRS context activation request In the case that the GPRS context has been activated, the result code OK is preceded by the intermediate result code:

page 182 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

+IP: <ip_address_obtained> reporting the local IP address obtained from the network. Note: issuing AT#GPRS<CR> reports the current status of the GPRS context, in the format: #GPRS: <status> where: <status> 0 - GPRS context deactivated 1 - GPRS context activated 2 - GPRS context activation pending. Note: issuing AT#GPRS=<CR> is the same as issuing the command AT#GPRS=0<CR>. Read command has the same effect as the Execution command AT#GPRS<CR>. Test command returns the allowed values for parameter <mode>. AT#GPRS=1 +IP: 129.137.1.1 OK Now GPRS Context has been activated and our IP is 129.137.1.1 AT#GPRS=0 OK Now GPRS context has been deactivated, IP is lost.

AT#GPRS? AT#GPRS=? Example

3.5.5.3.13

#SKTD - Socket Dial

Set command opens the socket towards the peer specified in the parameters. Parameters: <socket type> - socket protocol type 0 - TCP (factory default) 1 - UDP <remote port> - remote host port to be opened 0..65535 - port number (factory default is 0) <remote addr> - address of the remote host, string type. This parameter can be either: - any valid IP address in the format: xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx - any host name to be solved with a DNS query in the format: <host

#SKTD - Socket Dial AT#SKTD [=<socket type>, <remote port>, <remote addr>, [<closure type>], [<local port>]]

page 183 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

#SKTD - Socket Dial name> (factory default is the empty string ) <closure type> - socket closure behaviour for TCP 0 - local host closes immediately when remote host has closed (default) 255 - local host closes after an escape sequence (+++) <local port> - local host port to be used on UDP socket 0..65535 - port number Note: <closure type> parameter is valid only for TCP socket type, for UDP sockets shall be left unused. Note: <local port> parameter is valid only for UDP socket type, for TCP sockets shall be left unused. Note: the resolution of the host name is done when opening the socket, therefore if an invalid host name is given to the #SKTD command, then an error message will be issued. Note: the command to be successful requests that: - the GPRS context 1 is correctly set with AT+CGDCONT - the authentication parameters are set (#USERID, #PASSW) the GPRS coverage is enough to permit a connection - the GPRS has been activated with AT#GPRS=1 Note: If all parameters are omitted then the behaviour of Set command is the same as Read command. Read command reports the socket dial parameters values, in the format: AT#SKTD: <socket type>,<remote port>,<remote addr>, <closure type>,<local port> Test command returns the allowed values for the parameters. AT#SKTD=0,1024,"123.255.020.001",255 OK AT#SKTD=1,1024,"123.255.020.001", ,1025 OK In this way my local port 1025 is opened to the remote port 1024 AT#SKTD=0,1024,"www.telit.net", 255 OK The main difference between this command and the AT#SKTOP is that this command does not interact with the GPRS context status, leaving it ON or OFF according to the #GPRS setting, therefore when the connection made with AT#SKTD is closed the context (and hence the local IP address) is maintained.

AT#SKTD?

AT#SKTD=? Example

Note

page 184 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3.5.5.3.14 #SKTL - Socket Listen

#SKTL - Socket Listen Execution command opens/closes the socket listening for connection AT#SKTL requests. [=<mode>, <socket type>, Parameters: <input port>, <mode> - socket mode [<closure type>]] 0 - closes socket listening 1 - starts socket listening <socket type> - socket protocol type 0 - TCP <input port> - local host input port to be listened 0..65535 - port number <closure type> - socket closure behaviour for TCP 0 - local host closes immediately when remote host has closed (default) 255 - local host closes after an escape sequence (+++) Command returns the OK result code if successful. Note: the command to be successful requests that: - the GPRS context 1 is correctly set with +CGDCONT - the authentication parameters are set (#USERID, #PASSW) - the GPRS coverage is enough to permit a connection - the GPRS has been activated with AT#GPRS=1 When a connection request comes on the input port, if the sender is not filtered by the internal firewall (see command #FRWL), an unsolicited code is reported: +CONN FROM: <remote addr> Where: <remote addr> - host address of the remote machine that contacted the device. When the connection is established the CONNECT indication is given and the modem goes into data transfer mode. On connection close or when context is closed with #GPRS=0 the socket is closed and no listen is anymore active. If the context is closed by the network while in listening, the socket is closed, no listen is anymore active and an unsolicited code is reported: #SKTL: ABORTED

page 185 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

#SKTL - Socket Listen Note: if all parameters are omitted the command returns the current socket listening status and the last settings of parameters <input port> and <closure type>, in the format: #SKTL: <status>,<input port>,<closure type> where <status> - socket listening status 0 - socket not listening 1 - socket listening Read command has the same effect as Execution command when parameters are omitted. Test command returns the allowed values for parameters <mode>, <input port> and <closure type>. Activate GPRS AT#GPRS=1 +IP: ###.###.###.### OK Start listening AT#SKTL=1,0,1024 OK or AT#SKTL=1,0,1024,255 OK Receive connection requests +CONN FROM: 192.164.2.1 CONNECT exchange data with the remote host send escape sequence +++ NO CARRIER Now listen is not anymore active to stop listening AT#SKTL=0,0,1024, 255 OK The main difference between this command and the #SKTD is that #SKTL does not contact any peer, nor does any interaction with the GPRS context status, leaving it ON or OFF according to the #GPRS setting, therefore when the connection made with #SKTL is closed the context (and hence the local IP address) is maintained. The improving command @SKTL has been defined.

AT#SKTL? AT#SKTL=? Example

Note

page 186 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3.5.5.3.15 @SKTL - Socket Listen

@SKTL - Socket Listen Execution command opens/closes the socket listening for connection AT@SKTL requests. [=<mode>, <socket type>, Parameters: <input port>, <mode> - socket mode [<closure type>]] 0 - closes socket listening 1 - starts socket listening <socket type> - socket protocol type 0 - TCP <input port> - local host input port to be listened 0..65535 - port number <closure type> - socket closure behaviour for TCP 0 - local host closes immediately when remote host has closed (default) 255 - local host closes after an escape sequence (+++) Command returns the OK result code if successful. Note: the command to be successful requests that: - the GPRS context 1 is correctly set with +CGDCONT - the authentication parameters are set (#USERID, #PASSW) - the GPRS coverage is enough to permit a connection - the GPRS has been activated with AT#GPRS=1 When a connection request comes on the input port, if the sender is not filtered by the internal firewall (see command #FRWL), an unsolicited code is reported: +CONN FROM: <remote addr> Where: <remote addr> - host address of the remote machine that contacted the device. When the connection is established the CONNECT indication is given and the modem goes into data transfer mode. On connection close or when context is closed with #GPRS=0 the socket is closed and no listen is anymore active. If the context is closed by the network while in listening, the socket is closed, no listen is anymore active and an unsolicited code is reported:

page 187 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

@SKTL - Socket Listen @SKTL: ABORTED Note: if all parameters are omitted the command returns the current socket listening status and the last settings of parameters <socket type>, <input port> and <closure type>, in the format: @SKTL: <status>,<socket type>,<input port>,<closure type> Where <status> - socket listening status 0 - socket not listening 1 - socket listening Read command has the same effect as Execution command when parameters are omitted. Test command returns the allowed values for parameters <mode>, <socket type>, <input port> and <closure type>. Activate GPRS AT#GPRS=1 +IP: ###.###.###.### OK Start listening AT@SKTL=1,0,1024 OK or AT@SKTL=1,0,1024,255 OK Receive connection requests +CONN FROM: 192.164.2.1 CONNECT exchange data with the remote host send escape sequence +++ NO CARRIER Now listen is not anymore active to stop listening AT@SKTL=0,0,1024, 255 OK The main difference between this command and the #SKTD is that @SKTL does not contact any peer, nor does any interaction with the GPRS context status, leaving it ON or OFF according to the #GPRS setting, therefore when the connection made with @SKTL is closed the context (and hence the local IP address) is maintained.

AT@SKTL? AT@SKTL=? Example

Note

page 188 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3.5.5.3.16 #E2SLRI - Socket Listen Ring Indicator

#E2SLRI - Socket Listen Ring Indicator Set command enables/disables the Ring Indicator pin response to a Socket AT#E2SLRI=[<n>] Listen connect and, if enabled, the duration of the negative going pulse generated on receipt of connect. Parameter: <n> - RI enabling 0 - RI disabled for Socket Listen connect (factory default) 50..1150 - RI enabled for Socket Listen connect; a negative going pulse is generated on receipt of connect and <n> is the duration in ms of this pulse. Read command reports whether the Ring Indicator pin response to a Socket Listen connect is currently enabled or not, in the format: #E2SLRI: <n> Test command returns the allowed values for parameter <status>.

AT#E2SLRI?

AT#E2SLRI=?

3.5.5.3.17 #FRWL - Firewall Setup

#FRWL - Firewall Setup Execution command controls the internal firewall settings. AT#FRWL[= <action>, Parameters: <ip_addr>, <action> - command action <net_mask>] 0 - remove selected chain 1 - add an ACCEPT chain 2 - remove all chains (DROP everything); <ip_addr> and <net_mask> has no meaning in this case. <ip_addr> - remote address to be added into the ACCEPT chain; string type, it can be any valid IP address in the format: xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx <net_mask> - mask to be applied on the <ip_addr>; string type, it can be any valid IP address mask in the format: xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx Command returns OK result code if successful. Note: the firewall applies for incoming (listening) connections only. Firewall general policy is DROP, therefore all packets that are not included into an ACCEPT chain rule will be silently discarded. When a packet comes from the IP address incoming_IP, the firewall chain rules will be scanned for matching with the following criteria: incoming_IP & <net_mask> = <ip_addr> & <net_mask>

page 189 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

#FRWL - Firewall Setup If criteria is matched, then the packet is accepted and the rule scan is finished; if criteria is not matched for any chain the packet is silently dropped. Note: If all parameters are omitted the command reports the list of all ACCEPT chain rules registered in the Firewall settings in the format: #FRWL: <ip_addr>,<net_mask> #FRWL: <ip_addr>,<net_mask> . OK Read command has the same effect as Execution command when parameters are omitted. Test command returns the allowed values for parameter <action>. Let assume we want to accept connections only from our devices which are on the IP addresses ranging from 197.158.1.1 to 197.158.255.255 We need to add the following chain to the firewall: AT#FRWL=1,"197.158.1.1","255.255.0.0" OK For outgoing connections made with #SKTOP and #SKTD the remote host is dynamically inserted into the ACCEPT chain for all the connection duration. Therefore the #FRWL command shall be used only for defining either the #SKTL or the @SKTL behaviour, deciding which hosts are allowed to connect to the local device. Rules are not saved in NVM, at start-up the rules list will be empty.

AT#FRWL? AT#FRWL=? Example

Note

page 190 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3.5.5.4Easy Camera Management AT Commands

3.5.5.4.1 #CAMON - Camera ON
#CAMON - Camera ON Execution command turns the Camera ON. AT#CAMON Read command has the same behaviour as Execution command AT#CAMON? AT#CAMON Example OK camera is now powered up

3.5.5.4.2 #CAMOFF - Camera OFF

#CAMOFF - Camera OFF Execution command turns the Camera OFF. AT#CAMOFF Note: for the GPS product (GE863-GPS): if the camera is turned off while GPS or VAUX pin is enabled theyll both also be powered off. Read command has the same behaviour as Execution command AT#CAMOFF OK camera is now powered down

AT#CAMOFF? Example

3.5.5.4.3 #CAMEN - Camera ON/OFF

#CAMEN - Camera ON/OFF Execution command turns camera ON/OFF. AT#CAMEN[= <status>] Parameter: <status> - camera status 0 - turns camera OFF 1 - turns camera ON Note: if parameter <status> is omitted the Set command is the same as the Read command. Note: for the GPS product (GE863-GPS): if the camera is turned off while GPS or VAUX pin is enabled theyll both also be powered off. Read command reports the current camera status and, if the camera is ON, the current camera model, in the format: #CAMEN: 0 #CAMEN: 1,<cam> if camera is OFF if camera is ON

AT#CAMEN?

page 191 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

AT#CAMEN=?

Where: <cam> - camera model 2 - TRANSCHIP camera Test command returns the allowed values for parameter <status>.

3.5.5.4.4 #SELCAM - Camera Model

#SELCAM - Camera Model Set command selects current camera model AT#SELCAM[= [<cam>]] Parameter: <cam> - camera model 0 - automatic detection (factory default) 2 - TRANSCHIP camera 3 - reserved for future use 4 - reserved for future use 5 - reserved for future use Note: issuing AT#SELCAM<CR> is the same as issuing the Read command. Note: issuing AT#SELCAM=<CR> is the same as issuing the command AT#SELCAM=0<CR> Read command reports the current camera model in the format: #SELCAM: <cam> Test command returns the allowed values for parameter <cam>

AT#SELCAM? AT#SELCAM=?

3.5.5.4.5 #CAMRES - Camera Resolution

#CAMRES - Camera Resolution Set command sets current camera resolution AT#CAMRES[= [<res>]] Parameter: <res> - camera resolution 0 - VGA photo output,640x480 (factory default) 1 - QVGA photo output, 320x240 2 - QQVGA photo output, 160x120 3 - reserved for future use 4 - reserved for future use Note: issuing AT#CAMRES<CR> is the same as issuing the Read command. Note: issuing AT#CAMRES=<CR> is the same as issuing the command AT#CAMRES=0<CR>.

page 192 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

AT#CAMRES?

Read command reports the current value of the parameter <res> in format: #CAMRES:<res> Test command returns the allowed values for parameter <res>.

AT#CAMRES=?

3.5.5.4.6 #CAMCOL - Camera Colour Mode

#CAMCOL - Camera Colour Mode Set command sets current colour mode AT#CAMCOL[= [<col>]] Parameter: <col> - camera colour mode 0 - colour mode (factory default) 1 - Black&White mode Note: issuing AT#CAMCOL<CR> is the same as issuing the Read command. Note: issuing AT#CAMCOL=<CR> is the same as issuing the command AT#CAMCOL=0<CR>. Read command reports the current colour mode, in the format: #CAMCOL: <col>. Test command returns the allowed values for parameter <col>.

AT#CAMCOL?

AT#CAMCOL=?

3.5.5.4.7 #CAMQUA - Camera Photo Quality

#CAMQUA - Camera Photo Quality Set command sets the quality of the photo. AT#CAMQUA[= [<qual>]] Parameter: <qual> - photo quality 0 - low quality of picture, high Jpeg compression 1 - medium quality of picture, medium Jpeg compression 2 - high quality of picture, low Jpeg compression (factory default) Note: increasing the photo quality increases its size. Note: issuing AT#CAMQUA<CR> is the same as issuing the Read command. Note: issuing AT#CAMQUA=<CR> is the same as issuing the command AT#CAMQUA=0<CR>. Read command reports the current photo quality, in the format:

AT#CAMQUA?

page 193 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

AT#CAMQUA=?

#CAMQUA: <qual> Test command returns the allowed values for parameter <qual>.

3.5.5.4.8 #CMODE - Camera Exposure

#CMODE - Camera Exposure Set command sets the camera exposure. AT#CMODE[= [<exp>]] Parameter: <exp> - camera exposure 0 - daylight mode, short exposure (factory default) 1 - nightlight mode, long exposure Note: issuing AT#CMODE<CR> is the same as issuing the Read command. Note: issuing AT#CMODE=<CR> is the same as issuing the command AT#CMODE=0<CR> Read command reports the current camera exposure in the format: #CMODE: <exp> Test command returns the allowed values for parameter <exp>.

AT#CMODE?

AT#CMODE=?

3.5.5.4.9 #CAMZOOM - Camera Zoom

#CAMZOOM - Camera Zoom Set command sets current zoom. AT#CAMZOOM[= [<zoom>]] Parameter: <zoom> - camera zoom 0 - no zoom, x1 (factory default) 1 - zoom, x2 2 - zoom, x4 3 - reserved for future use Note: issuing AT#CAMZOOM<CR> is the same as issuing the Read command. Note: issuing AT#CAMZOOM=<CR> is the same as issuing the command AT#CAMZOOM=0<CR>. Read command reports the current zoom setting, in the format: #CAMZOOM: <zoom> Test command returns the allowed values for parameter <zoom>.

AT#CAMZOOM?

AT#CAMZOOM=?

page 194 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3.5.5.4.10 #CAMTXT - Camera Time/Date Overprint

#CAMTXT - Camera Time/Date Overprint Set command sets time/date overprinting. AT#CAMTXT[= [<ov>]] Parameter: <ov> - time/date overprinting mode 0 - no overprinting (factory default) 1 - time info printed at the bottom of picture 2 - date info printed at the bottom of picture 3 - time&date info printed at the bottom of picture 4 - reserved for future use Note: issuing AT#CAMTXT<CR> is the same as issuing the Read command. Note: issuing AT#CAMTXT=<CR> is the same as issuing the command AT#CAMTXT=0<CR>. Read command reports the current time/date overprinting mode, in the format: #CAMTXT: <ov> Test command returns the allowed values for parameter <ov>.

AT#CAMTXT?

AT#CAMTXT=?

3.5.5.4.11 #TPHOTO - Camera Take Photo

#TPHOTO - Camera Take Photo Execution command is used to take the photo and to store it in the AT#TPHOTO MODULE memory. Note: the photo is stored in the MODULE RAM memory, therefore after a power off it is lost. Note: there's only 1 position for the photo, every photo will overwrite the previous. Read command has the same behaviour as Execution command AT#TPHOTO OK the camera has taken the photo and it is now stored on the MODULE memory The photo is taken during IDLE time, if the mobile is busy on network operations, (e.g. during a call) the photo cannot be taken.

AT#TPHOTO? Example

Note

page 195 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3.5.5.4.12 #RPHOTO - Camera Read Photo

#RPHOTO - Camera Read Photo Execution command is used to flushing the photo stored in the MODULE AT#RPHOTO RAM memory to the serial line, ending it with the sequence: <CR><LF>OK<CR><LF> Read command has the same behaviour as Execution command AT#RPHOTO xxxxxxxxxxxx (binary digits of the JPEG image) <cr><lf>OK<cr><lf> the photo has been flushed to the serial line The photo is flushed as hexadecimal characters in the format selected. The baudrate is fixed at 115200, using hardware flow control.

AT#RPHOTO? Example

Note

3.5.5.4.13 #OBJL - Object List

#OBJL- Object List Command Execution command reports the list of the objects stored in the MODULE AT#OBJL[=<obj>] memory. Parameter: <obj> - type of objects to be listed, string type. IMG - image object. Note: the behaviour of the command doesnt change even if the <obj> parameter is omitted The output format is: #OBJL: <filename>,<size> where: <filename> - name of the object; it is always Snapshot <size> - size of the object in bytes Read command has the same behaviour as Execution command Test command has the same behaviour as Execution command AT#OBJL="IMG" #OBJL: Snapshot,47224 OK

AT#OBJL? AT#OBJL=? Example

page 196 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3.5.5.4.14 #OBJR - Object Read

#OBJR - Object Read Execution command is used to flushing the photo stored in the MODULE AT#OBJR=<obj>, RAM memory to the serial line. "Snapshot" The difference between this command and #RPHOTO is that #OBJR output ends without the sequence: <CR><LF>OK<CR><LF> Parameter: <obj> - type of objects to be listed, string type IMG - Image object Example Note Note: "Snapshot" is the only name of the object. AT#OBJR="IMG","Snapshot" xxxxxxxxxxxx binary digits of the JPEG image the photo has been flushed to the serial line. The photo is flushed as hexadecimal characters in the format selected. The baudrate is fixed at 115200, using hardware flow control.

page 197 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3.5.5.5E-mail Management AT Commands

3.5.5.5.1 #ESMTP - E-mail SMTP Server
#ESMTP - E-mail SMTP Server Set command sets the SMTP server address, used for E-mail sending. AT#ESMTP SMTP server can be specified as IP address or as nick name. [=<smtp>] Parameter: <smtp> - SMTP server address, string type. This parameter can be either: - any valid IP address in the format: xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx - any host name to be solved with a DNS query in the format: <host name> (factory default is the empty string ) Note: the max length for <smtp> is the output of Test command. Note: If parameter is omitted then the behaviour of Set command is the same of Read command Read Command reports the current SMTP server address, in the format: #ESMTP: <smtp> Test command returns the max length for the parameter <smtp>. AT#ESMTP="smtp.mydomain.com" OK The SMTP server used shall be inside the APN space (the smtp server provided by the network operator) or it must allow the Relay, otherwise it will refuse to send the email.

AT#ESMTP?

AT#ESMTP=? Example Note

3.5.5.5.2 #EADDR - E-mail Sender Address

#EADDR - E-mail Sender Address Set command sets the sender address string to be used for sending the eAT#EADDR mail. [=<e-addr>] Parameter: <e-addr> - sender address, string type. - any string value up to max length reported in the Test command. (factory default is the empty string ) Note: If parameter is omitted then the behaviour of Set command is the same of Read command Read command reports the current sender address, in the format: #EADDR: <e-addr>

AT#EADDR?

page 198 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

#EADDR - E-mail Sender Address Test command returns the maximum allowed length of the string parameter AT#EADDR=? <e-addr>. AT#EADDR="[email protected]" Example OK AT#EADDR? #EADDR: "[email protected]" OK

3.5.5.5.3 #EUSER - E-mail Authentication User Name

#EUSER - E-mail Authentication User Name Set command sets the user identification string to be used during the AT#EUSER authentication step of the SMTP. [=<e-user>] Parameter: <e-user> - email authentication User ID, string type. - any string value up to max length reported in the Test command. (factory default is the empty string ) Note: if no authentication is required then the <e-user> parameter shall be empty "". Note: If parameter is omitted then the behaviour of Set command is the same of Read command Read command reports the current user identification string, in the format: #EUSER: <e-user> Test command returns the maximum allowed length of the string parameter <e-user>. AT#EUSER="myE-Name" OK AT#EUSER? #EUSER: "myE-Name" OK It is a different user field than the one used for GPRS authentication (see #USERID).

AT#EUSER?

AT#EUSER=? Example

Note

page 199 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3.5.5.5.4 #EPASSW - E-mail Authentication Password

#EPASSW - E-mail Authentication Password Set command sets the password string to be used during the authentication AT#EPASSW= step of the SMTP. <e-pwd> Parameter: <e-pwd> - email authentication password, string type. - any string value up to max length reported in the Test command. (factory default is the empty string ) Note: if no authentication is required then the <e-pwd> parameter shall be empty "". Test command returns the maximum allowed length of the string parameter <e-pwd>. AT#USERID="myPassword" OK It is a different password field than the one used for GPRS authentication (see #PASSW).

AT#EPASSW=? Example Note

3.5.5.5.5 #SEMAIL - E-mail Sending With GPRS Context Activation

page 200 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

#SEMAIL - E-mail Sending With GPRS Context Activation no other commands are issued. To avoid malfunctions is suggested to wait for the OK or ERROR / +CMS ERROR:<err> response before issuing further commands. Note: if GPRS context was previously activated by #GPRS its not possible to successfully send the e-mail message and the response is the result code activation failed. Note: sending an e-mail with an image attachment can take quite a long time since it can be over 50Kb to send and can take more than 1 minute. AT#SEMAIL="[email protected]","subject of the mail",1 >message body this is the text of the mail message CTRL-Z ..wait.. OK Message has been sent.

Example

3.5.5.5.6 #EMAILACT - E-mail GPRS Context Activation

#EMAILACT - E-mail GPRS Context Ativation Execution command deactivates/activates the GPRS context, eventually AT#EMAILACT[= proceeding with the authentication with the parameters given with #PASSW [<mode>]] and #USERID. Parameter: <mode> - GPRS context activation mode 0 - GPRS context deactivation request 1 - GPRS context activation request Note: issuing AT#EMAILACT<CR> reports the current status of the GPRS context for the e-mail, in the format: #EMAILACT: <status> where: <status> 0 - GPRS context deactivated 1 - GPRS context activated Note: issuing AT#EMAILACT=<CR> is the same as issuing the command AT#EMAILACT=0<CR>. Read command has the same effect of the Execution command

AT#EMAILACT?

page 201 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

#EMAILACT - E-mail GPRS Context Ativation AT#EMAILACT<CR>. Test command returns the allowed values for parameter <mode>. AT#EMAILACT=? AT#EMAILACT=1 Example OK Now GPRS Context has been activated AT# EMAILACT=0 OK Now GPRS context has been deactivated.

3.5.5.5.7 #EMAILD - E-mail Sending

#EMAILD - E-mail Sending Execution command sends an e-mail message if GPRS context has already AT#EMAILD= been activated with AT#EMAILACT=1. <da>,<subj>, <att>[,<filename>] Parameters: <da> - destination address, string type. <subj> - subject of the message, string type <att> - attached image flag 0 - don't attach any image 1 - attach the last snapshot taken <filename> - image name (default is snapshot.jpg) The device responds to the command with the prompt '>' and awaits for the message body text. To complete the operation send Ctrl-Z char (0x1A hex); to exit without writing the message send ESC char (0x1B hex). If e-mail message is successfully sent, then the response is OK. If message sending fails for some reason, an error code is reported Note: Care must be taken to ensure that during the command execution, no other commands are issued. To avoid malfunctions is suggested to wait for the OK or ERROR / +CMS ERROR:<err> response before issuing further commands. Note: sending an e-mail with an image attachment can take quite a long time since it can be over 50Kb to send and can take more than 1 minute. AT#[email protected],subject of the mail,1 >message body this is the text of the mail message CTRL-Z

Example

page 202 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

#EMAILD - E-mail Sending ..wait.. OK Message has been sent. Note The only difference between this command and the #SEMAIL is that this command does not interact with the GPRS context status, leaving it ON or OFF according to the #EMAILACT setting, thus, when the connection made with #EMAILD is closed, the context status is maintained.

3.5.5.5.8 #ESAV - Email Parameters Save

#ESAV - Email Parameters Save Execution command saves the actual e-mail parameters in the NVM of the AT#ESAV device. The values stored are: - E-mail User Name - E-mail Password - E-mail Sender Address - E-mail SMTP server If some parameters have not been previously specified then a default value will be taken.

Note

3.5.5.5.9 #ERST - E-mail Parameters Reset

#ERST - E-mail Parameters Reset Execution command resets the actual e-mail parameters in the NVM of the AT#ERST device to the default ones. The values reset are: - E-mail User Name - E-mail Password - E-mail Sender Address - E-mail SMTP server

3.5.5.5.10 #EMAILMSG -SMTP Read Message

#EMAILMSG - SMTP Read Message Execution command returns the last response from SMTP server. AT#EMAILMSG Read command has the same behaviour as Execution command. AT#EMAILMSG?

page 203 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3.5.5.6 Easy Scan Extension AT Commands

3.5.5.6.1 #CSURV - Network Survey
#CSURV - Network Survey Execution command allows to perform a quick survey through channels AT#CSURV belonging to the band selected by last #BND command issue, starting from [=<s>,<e>] channel <s> to channel <e>. If parameters are omitted, a full band scan is performed. AT*CSURV [=<s>,<e>] (both syntax are Parameters: <s> - starting channel possible) <e> - ending channel After issuing the command the device responds with the string: Network survey started and, after a while, a list of informations, one for each received carrier, is reported, each of them in the format: (For BCCH-Carrier) arfcn: <arfcn> bsic: <bsic> rxLev: <rxLev> ber: <ber> mcc: <mcc> mnc: <mnc> lac: <lac> cellId: <cellId> cellStatus: <cellStatus> numArfcn: <numArfcn> arfcn: [<arfcn1> ..[ <arfcn64>]] [numChannels: <numChannels> array: [<ba1> ..[<ba32>]] [pbcch: <pbcch> [nom: <nom> rac: <rac> spgc: <spgc> pat: <pat> nco: <nco> t3168: <t3168> t3192: <t3192> drxmax: <drxmax> ctrlAck: <ctrlAck> bsCVmax: <bsCVmax> alpha: <alpha> pcMeasCh: <pcMeasCh>]]] <CR><LF><CR><LF><CR><LF> where: <arfcn> - C0 carrier assigned radio channel (BCCH - Broadcast Control Channel) <bsic> - base station identification code <rxLev> - receiption level (in dBm) <ber> - bit error rate (in %) <mcc> - mobile country code <mnc> - mobile network code <lac> - location area code <cellId> - cell identifier <cellStatus> - cell status ..CELL_SUITABLE - C0 is a suitable cell. CELL_LOW_PRIORITY - the cell is low priority based on the received system information. CELL_FORBIDDEN - the cell is forbidden. CELL_BARRED - the cell is barred based on the received system

page 204 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

#CSURV - Network Survey information. CELL_LOW_LEVEL - the cell <rxLev> is low. CELL_OTHER - none of the above e.g. exclusion timer running, no BCCH availableetc. <numArfcn> - number of valid channels in the Cell Channel Description <arfcnn> - arfcn of a valid channel in the Cell Channel Description (n is in the range 1..<numArfcn>) <numChannels> - number of valid channels in the BCCH Allocation list; the output of this information for non-serving cells depends on last #CSURVEXT setting: 1. if #CSURVEXT=0 this information is displayed only for serving cell 2. if #CSURVEXT=1 or 2 this information is displayed also for every valid scanned BCCH carrier. <ban> - arfcn of a valid channel in the BA list (n is in the range 1..<numChannels>); the output of this information for nonserving cells depends on last #CSURVEXT setting: 1. if #CSURVEXT=0 this information is displayed only for serving cell 2. if #CSURVEXT=1 or 2 this information is displayed also for every valid scanned BCCH carrier. 3. (The following informations will be printed only if GPRS is supported in the cell) <pbcch> 0 1 <nom> - network operation mode 1 2 3 <rac> - routing area code 0..255 <spgc> - SPLIT_PG_CYCLE support ..0 - SPLIT_PG_CYCLE is not supported on CCCH on this cell ..1 - SPLIT_PG_CYCLE is supported on CCCH on this cell <pat> - priority access threshold 03..6 <nco> - network control order 0..2 <t3168> - timer 3168 <t3192> - timer 3192 <drxmax> - discontinuous reception max time (in seconds) <ctrlAck> - packed control ack <bsCVmax> - blocked sequenc countdown max value

page 205 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

#CSURV - Network Survey <alpha> - alpha parameter for power control <pcMeasCh> - type of channel which shall be used for downlink measurements for power control 0 - BCCH 1 - PDCH (For non BCCH-Carrier) arfcn: <arfcn> rxLev: <rxLev> where: <arfcn> - RF channel <rxLev> - receiption level (in dBm) The output ends with the string: Network survey ended Read command has the same behaviour as Execution command with parameters omitted. AT#CSURV Network survey started arfcn: 48 bsic: 24 rxLev: -52 ber: 0.00 mcc: 610 mnc: 1 lac: 33281 cellId: 3648 cellStatus: CELL_SUITABLE numArfcn: 2 arfcn: 30 48 numChannels: 5 array: 14 19 22 48 82

AT#CSURV? AT*CSURV? Example

arfcn: 14 rxLev: 8

Network survey ended Note OK The command is executed within max. 2 minutes.

3.5.5.6.2 #CSURVC - Network Survey (Numeric Format)

#CSURVC - Network Survey (Numeric Format) Execution command allows to perform a quick survey through channels AT#CSURVC belonging to the band selected by last #BND command issue, starting from [=<s>,<e>] channel <s> to channel <e>. If parameters are omitted, a full band scan is performed. AT*CSURVC [=<s>,<e>]

page 206 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

#CSURVC - Network Survey (Numeric Format) (both syntax are Parameters: <s> - starting channel possible) <e> - ending channel After issuing the command the device responds with the string: Network survey started and, after a while, a list of informations, one for each received carrier, is reported, each of them in the format: (For BCCH-Carrier) <arfcn>,<bsic>,<rxLev>,<ber>,<mcc>,<mnc>,<lac>,<cellId>, <cellStatus>,<numArfcn>[,<arfcn1> ..[ <arfcn64>]] [,<numChannels>[,<ba1> ..[<ba32>]] [<pbcch> [<nom> <rac> <spgc> <pat> <nco> <t3168> <t3192> <drxmax> <ctrlAck> <bsCVmax> <alpha> <pcMeasCh>]]] <CR><LF><CR><LF><CR><LF> where: <arfcn> - C0 carrier assigned radio channel (BCCH - Broadcast Control Channel) <bsic> - base station identification code <rxLev> - receiption level (in dBm) <ber> - bit error rate (in %) <mcc> - mobile country code <mnc> - mobile network code <lac> - location area code <cellId> - cell identifier <cellStatus> - cell status ..0 - C0 is a suitable cell (CELL_SUITABLE). 1 - the cell is low priority based on the received system information (CELL_LOW_PRIORITY). 2 - the cell is forbidden (CELL_FORBIDDEN). 3 - the cell is barred based on the received system information (CELL_BARRED). 4 - the cell <rxLev> is low (CELL_LOW_LEVEL). 5 - none of the above e.g. exclusion timer running, no BCCH availableetc.. (CELL_OTHER). <numArfcn> - number of valid channels in the Cell Channel Description <arfcnn> - arfcn of a valid channel in the Cell Channel Description (n is in the range 1..<numArfcn>) <numChannels> - number of valid channels in the BCCH Allocation list; the output of this information for non-serving cells depends on last #CSURVEXT setting: 1. if #CSURVEXT=0 this information is displayed only for

page 207 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

#CSURVC - Network Survey (Numeric Format) serving cell 2. if #CSURVEXT=1 or 2 this information is displayed also for every valid scanned BCCH carrier. <ban> - arfcn of a valid channel in the BA list (n is in the range 1..<numChannels>); the output of this information for nonserving cells depends on last #CSURVEXT setting: 1. if #CSURVEXT=0 this information is displayed only for serving cell 2. if #CSURVEXT=1 or 2 this information is displayed also for every valid scanned BCCH carrier. (The following informations will be printed only if GPRS is supported in the cell) <pbcch> 0 1 <nom> - network operation mode 1 2 3 <rac> - routing area code 0..255 <spgc> - SPLIT_PG_CYCLE support ..0 - SPLIT_PG_CYCLE is not supported on CCCH on this cell ..1 - SPLIT_PG_CYCLE is supported on CCCH on this cell <pat> - priority access threshold 03..6 <nco> - network control order 0..2 <t3168> - timer 3168 <t3192> - timer 3192 <drxmax> - discontinuous reception max time (in seconds) <ctrlAck> - packed control ack <bsCVmax> - blocked sequenc countdown max value <alpha> - alpha parameter for power control <pcMeasCh> - type of channel which shall be used for downlink measurements for power control 0 - BCCH 1 - PDCH (For non BCCH-Carrier) <arfcn>,<rxLev> where: <arfcn> - RF channel <rxLev> - receiption level (in dBm)

page 208 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

#CSURVC - Network Survey (Numeric Format) The output ends with the string: Network survey ended Read command has the same behaviour as the Execution command with parameters omitted AT#CSURVC Network survey started 48,24,-52,0.00,610,1,33281,3648,0,2,30 48,5,14 19 22 48 82

AT#CSURVC? AT*CSURVC? Example

14,8

Network survey ended Note OK The command is executed within max. 2 minute. The information provided by #CSURVC is the same as that provided by #CSURV. The difference is that the output of #CSURVC is in numeric format only.

3.5.5.6.3 #CSURVU - Network Survey Of User Defined Channels

#CSURVU - Network Survey Of User Defined Channels Execution command allows to perform a quick survey through the given AT#CSURVU=[ channels. The range of available channels depends on the last #BND <ch1>[,<ch2>[, issue. [,<ch10>]]]] The result format is like command #CSURV. AT*CSURVU=[ <ch1>[,<ch2>[, Parameters: [,<ch10>]]]] (both syntax are <chn> - channel number (arfcn) possible) Note: the <chn> must be in a increasing order. Note: issuing AT#CSURVU=<CR> is the same as issuing the command AT#CSURVU=0<CR>. AT#CSURVU=59,110 Network survey started

Example

page 209 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

arfcn: 59 bsic: 16 rxLev: -76 ber: 0.00 mcc: 546 mnc: 1 lac: 54717 cellId: 21093 cellStatus: CELL_SUITABLE numArfcn 2 arfcn: 36 59

arfcn: 110 rxLev: -107

Network survey ended Note OK The command is executed within max. 2 minute.

3.5.5.6.4 #CSURVUC - Network Survey Of User Defined Channels (Numeric Format)

#CSURVUC - Network Survey Of User Defined Channels (Numeric Format) Execution command allows to perform a quick survey through the given AT#CSURVUC=[ channels. The range of available channels depends on the last #BND <ch1>[,<ch2>[, issue. [,<ch10>]]]] The result format is like command #CSURVC. AT*CSURVUC=[ <ch1>[,<ch2>[, Parameters: [,<ch10>]]]] (both syntax are <chn> - channel number (arfcn) possible) Note: the <chn> must be in a increasing order. Note: issuing AT#CSURVUC=<CR> is the same as issuing the command AT#CSURVUC=0<CR>. AT#CSURVUC=59,110 Network survey started 59,16,-76,0.00,546,1,54717,21093,0,2,36 59

Example

110,-107

Network survey ended

page 210 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

#CSURVUC - Network Survey Of User Defined Channels (Numeric Format) OK Note The command is executed within max. 2 minute. The information provided by #CSURVUC is the same as that provided by #CSURVU. The difference is that the output of #CSURVUC is in numeric format only.

3.5.5.6.5 #CSURVB - BCCH Network Survey

#CSURVB - BCCH Network Survey Execution command performs a quick network survey through M (maximum AT#CSURVB=<n> number of available frequencies depending on last selected band) channels. The survey stops as soon as <n> BCCH carriers are found. The result format is like command #CSURV. Parameter: <n> - number of desired BCCH carriers 1..M Test command reports the range of values for parameter <n> in the format: (1-M) where M is the maximum number of available frequencies depending on last selected band.

AT#CSURVB=?

3.5.5.6.6 #CSURVBC - BCCH Network Survey (Numeric Format)

#CSURVBC - BCCH Network Survey (Numeric Format) Execution command performs a quick network survey through M (maximum AT#CSURVBC= number of available frequencies depending on last selected band) channels. <n> The survey stops as soon as <n> BCCH carriers are found. The result is given in numeric format and is like command #CSURVC. Parameter: <n> - number of desired BCCH carriers 1..M Test command reports the range of values for parameter <n> in the format: (1-M)

AT#CSURVBC=?

page 211 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

where M is the maximum number of available frequencies depending on last selected band.

3.5.5.6.7 #CSURVF - Network Survey Format

#CSURVF - Network Survey Format Set command controls the format of the numbers output by all the Easy AT#CSURVF[= Scan [<format>]] Parameter: <format> - numbers format 0 - Decimal 1 - Hexadecimal values, no text 2 - Hexadecimal values with text Note: issuing AT#CSURVF<CR> is the same as issuing the Read command. Note: issuing AT#CSURVF=<CR> is the same as issuing the command AT#CSURVF=0<CR>. Read command reports the current number format, as follows: #CSURVF: <format> Test command reports the supported range of values for the parameter <format>.

AT#CSURVF?

AT#CSURVF=?

3.5.5.6.8 #CSURVNLF - <CR><LF> Removing On Easy Scan Commands Family

#CSURVNLF - <CR><LF> Removing On Easy Scan Commands Family Set command enables/disables the automatic <CR><LF> removing from AT#CSURVNLF each information text line. [=<value>] Parameter: <value> 0 - disables <CR><LF> removing; theyll be present in the information text (factory default) 1 - remove <CR><LF> from imformation text Note: if parameter is omitted the behaviour of Set command is the same as Read command. Read command reports whether automatic <CR><LF> removing is currently enabled or not, in the format: <value> Test command reports the range of values for parameter <value>.

AT#CSURVNLF?

AT#CSURVNLF=?

page 212 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3.5.5.6.9 #CSURVEXT - Extended Network Survey

#CSURVEXT - Extended Network Survey Set command enables/disables extended network survey. AT#CSURVEXT [=<value>] Parameter: <value> 0 - disables extended network survey (factory default) 1 - enables extended network survey; all the network survey execution commands (#CSURV, #CSURVC, #CSURVU, #CSURVUC, #CSURVB, #CSURVBC) display the BAList for every valid scanned BCCh carrier 2 - enables extended network survey; all the network survey execution commands (#CSURV, #CSURVC, #CSURVU, #CSURVUC, #CSURVB, #CSURVBC) display the BAList for every valid scanned BCCh carrier and, if GPRS is supported in the cell, they report some GPRS informations carried by the System Information 13 of the BCCh Note: if parameter is omitted the behaviour of Set command is the same as Read command. Read command reports whether extended network survey is currently enabled or not, in the format: <value> Test command reports the range of values for parameter <value>.

AT#CSURVEXT?

AT#CSURVEXT=?

page 213 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3.5.5.7 Jammed Detect & Report AT Commands

3.5.5.7.1 #JDR - Jammed Detect & Report
#JDR - Jammed Detect & Report Set command allows to control the Jammed Detect & Report feature. AT#JDR[= [<mode> The MODULE can detect if a communication Jammer is active in its range [,<MNPL>, and give indication to the user of this condition either on the serial line with <DCMN>]]] an unsolicited code or on a dedicated GPIO by rising it. The MODULE can also report to the network the Jammed status condition, even if normal communications are inhibited by the Jammer, by using a unique message. Parameters: <mode> - behaviour mode of the Jammed Detect & Report 0 - disables Jammed Detect & Report (factory default) 1 - enables the Jammed Detect; the Jammed condition is reported on pin GPIO2/JDR GPIO2/JDR LOW - Normal Operating Condition GPIO2/JDR HIGH - Jammed Condition. 2 - enables the Jammed Detect; the Jammed condition is reported with a single unsolicited result code on serial line, in the format: #JDR: <status> where: <status> JAMMED - Jammed condition detected OPERATIVE - Normal Operating condition restored. This code will be shown only after a jammed condition has occurred. 3 - enables the Jammed Detect; the MODULE will make both the actions as for <mode>=1 and <mode>=2. 4 - enables the Jammed Detect; the Jammed condition is reported with an unsolicited code every 3s on serial line, in the format: #JDR: <status> where: <status> JAMMED - Jammed condition detected OPERATIVE - Normal Operating condition restored. This code will be shown only after a jammed condition has occurred. 5 - enables the Jammed Detect; the MODULE will make both the actions as for <mode>=1 and <mode>=4. <MNPL> - Maximum Noise Power Level 0..127

page 214 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

#JDR - Jammed Detect & Report <DCMN> - Disturbed Channel Minimum Number 0..254 Note: issuing AT#JDR<CR> is the same as issuing the Read command. Note: issuing AT#JDR=<CR> is the same as issuing the command AT#JDR=0<CR>. Read command reports the current behaviour mode, Maximum Noise Power Level and Disturbed Channel Minimum Number, in the format: #JDR: <mode>,<MNPL>,<DCMN> Test command reports the supported range of values for the parameters <mode>,<MNPL> and <DCMN> AT#JDR=2 OK jammer enters in the range #JDR: JAMMED jammer exits the range #JDR: OPERATIVE It is suggested not to change the default setting for Maximum Noise Power Level and Disturbed Channel Minimum Number. If the device is installed in a particular environment where the default values are not satisfactory the two parameters <MNPL> and <DCMN> permit to adapt the detection to all conditions.

AT#JDR?

AT#JDR=? Example

Note

page 215 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3.5.5.8 Easy Script Extension - Python6 Interpreter, AT Commands

3.5.5.8.1 #WSCRIPT - Write Script
#WSCRIPT - Write Script Execution command inserts a script text and save it with the name AT#WSCRIPT= <script_name> in the NVM of the module supporting the Python extension. <script_name>, <size> [,<hidden>] The script text should be sent using Raw Ascii file transfer. It is important to set properly the port settings. In particular: Baud rate: 115200 bps Flow control: hardware. Parameters: <script_name> - file name, string type (max 16 chars, case sensitive). <size> - file size in bytes <hidden> - file hidden attribute 0 - file content is readable with #RSCRIPT (default). 1 - file content is hidden, #RSCRIPT command will report empty file. The device responds to the command with the prompt '>>>' and waits for the script file text for <size> bytes. The operations completes when all the bytes are received. If script writing ends successfully, the response is OK; otherwise an error code is reported Note: The script name should be passed between quotes and all Executable Scripts files must have .py extension - Script names are Case sensitive. Note: When sending the script be sure that the line terminator is <CR><LF> and that your terminal program does not change it. Note: with the hidden attribute it is possible to protect your script from being viewed and copied, only the file name can be viewed, its content is hidden even if the file is still being run correctly. It's your care to maintain knowledge on what the script file contains. AT#WSCRIPT="First.py ",54,0 >>> here receive the prompt: depending on your editor settings its possible that the prompt overrides the above line; then type or send the script, sized 54 bytes OK

Example

PYTHON is a registered trademark of the Python Software Foundation.

page 216 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

#WSCRIPT - Write Script Script has been stored. Note This command can also be used to write any text file in the MODULEPYTHON memory (not script files only), for example application data or settings files with a different extension than .py.

3.5.5.8.2 #ESCRIPT - Select Active Script

#ESCRIPT - Select Active Script Set command selects the name of the script that will be executed by the AT#ESCRIPT[= Easy Script interpreter at the start-up. The script will be executed at start[<script_name>]] up only if the DTR line is found LOW during initial start-up (that is: COM is not open on a PC), otherwise the Easy Script interpreter will not execute and the module supporting the Python extension will behave normally answering only to AT commands on the serial port. Parameter: <script-name> - file name, string type (max 16 chars, case sensitive). Note: all script files must have .py extension. Note: The <script_name> must match with a file name written with the #WSCRIPT in order to have it run. Note: the command does not check whether the script <script_name> does exist in the NVM of the module supporting the Python extension or not. If the file <script_name> is not present at the start-up then the Script Interpreter will not execute. Note: issuing AT#ESCRIPT<CR> is the same as issuing the Read command. Note: issuing AT#ESCRIPT=<CR> is the same as issuing the command AT#ESCRIPT=<CR>. Read command reports the name of the script that will be executed by the Easy Script interpreter at the start-up. AT#ESCRIPT="First.py " OK Script First.py will be executed at the next start-ups if DTR is found LOW.

AT#ESCRIPT? Example

page 217 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3.5.5.8.3 #RSCRIPT - Read Script

#RSCRIPT - Read Script Execution command reports the content of script file <script_name>. AT#RSCRIPT= <script_name> Parameter: <script-name> - file name, string type (max 16 chars, case sensitive). The device responds to the command with the prompt '<<<', followed by the script file text. Note: if the file <script_name> was saved with the hidden attribute, then an empty file is reported with the OK result code. Example Note: If the file <script_name> is not present an error code is reported. AT#RSCRIPT="First.py " hereafter receive the prompt: depending on your editor settings its possible that the prompt overrides the above line; then the script is displayed, immediately after the prompt <<<import MDM MDM.send('AT\r',10) Ans=MDM.receive(20) OK Note Executable scripts files must have .py extension.

3.5.5.8.4 #LSCRIPT - List Script Names

#LSCRIPT - List Script Names Execution command reports the list of script files names currently saved into AT#LSCRIPT the NVM and the available free NVM memory in the format: [#LSCRIPT: <script_name1> <size1> [<CR><LF><CR><LF>#LSCRIPT: <script_namen> <sizen>]] <CR><LF><CR><LF>#LSCRIPT: free bytes: <free_NVM> where: <script-namen> - file name, string type (max 16 chars, case sensitive) <sizen> - size of script in bytes <free_NVM> - size of available NVM memory in bytes Read command has the same behavior of Execution command. AT#LSCRIPT #LSCRIPT: First.py 51 #LSCRIPT: Second.py 178

AT#LSCRIPT? Example

page 218 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

#LSCRIPT - List Script Names #LSCRIPT: Third.py 95 #LSCRIPT: free bytes: 20000 OK

3.5.5.8.5 #DSCRIPT - Delete Script

#DSCRIPT - Delete Script Execution command deletes a script file from NVM memory. AT#DSCRIPT= <script_name> Parameter: <script_name> - name of the script file to delete, string type (max 16 chars, case sensitive) Example Note: if the file <script_name> is not present an error code is reported. AT#DSCRIPT="Third.py" OK

3.5.5.8.6 #REBOOT - Reboot

#REBOOT - Reboot Execution command reboots immediately the unit. AT#REBOOT It can be used to reboot the system after a remote update of the script in order to have the new one running. Read command has the same behavior of Execution command. AT#REBOOT . Module Reboots Note This command does not return result codes.

AT#REBOOT? Example

page 219 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3.5.5.9 GPS AT Commands Set

3.5.5.9.1 $GPSP - GPS controller power management
$GPSP - GPS controller power management Execution command allows to manage power-up or down of the GPS AT$GPSP=<status> controller Parameter: <status> 0 - GPS controller is powered down 1 - GPS controller is powered up (default) Note: for the GPS product (GE863-GPS): if the GPS controller is powered down while camera or VAUX pin is enabled theyll both also be powered off. Read command reports return the current status Test command returns the range of values accepted (0-1)

AT$GPSP? AT$GPSP=? Example Note

AT$GPSP=0 OK
If a camera is used with the module and it is powered on, the command will be not executed due to the fact the supply voltage is in common between the 2 devices.

3.5.5.9.2

$GPSR - GPS Reset

Execution command allows to manage allows to reset the GPS controller. Parameter: <reset type> 0 - Hardware reset: The GPS receiver is reset and restarts by using the values stored in the internal memory of the GPS receiver. 1 - Coldstart (No Almanac, No Ephemeris) (1: This option clears all data that is currently stored in the internal memory of the GPS receiver including position, almanac, ephemeris, and time. The stored clock drift however, is retained 2 - Warmstart (No ephemeris) (1: This option clears all initialization data in the GPS receiver and subsequently reloads the data that is currently displayed in the Receiver Initialization Setup screen. The almanac is retained but the ephemeris is cleared. 3 - Hotstart (with stored Almanac and Ephemeris) (1: The GPS receiver restarts by using the values stored in the internal memory of

$GPSR - GPS Reset AT$GPSR=<reset type>

page 220 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

$GPSR - GPS Reset AT$GPSR=? Example Note the GPS receiver; validated ephemeris and almanac. Read command that provides the range of accepted values (0-3) AT$GPSR=0 OK (1 Available only in Controlled mode. (SW reset)

3.5.5.9.3 $GPSD - GPS Device Type Set

$GPSD - GPS Device Type Set AT$GPSD=<device type> Set command defines which GPS device is connected to the module. It dedicates the Serial port #1 of the module (TRACE) to receive the GPS strings from the GPS module. Parameter: <device type> 0 - none (Serial port not connected to GPS device) 2 - Controlled Mode (Modem serial port connected to GPS serial port default)

AT$GPSD? AT$GPSD=? Example AT$GPSD=0 Note

Read command that returns the current status Test command that provides the range of accepted values for the parameter <device type> (0-3) AT$GPSD=0 OK (1 AT$GPSSAV must be executed after to store this setting in memory (the new functionality will be available after the next power_on)

3.5.5.9.4 $GPSSW - GPS Software Version

$GPSSW - GPS Software Version Execution command provides GPS Module software version in the AT$GPSSW format: $GPSSW: <sw version> Example

AT$GPSSW $GPSSW: GSW3.1.1_3.1.00.07-C23P1.00 OK

3.5.5.9.5 $GPSAT GPS Antenna Type Definition

$GPSAT Configure GPS Antenna Type Set command selects the GPS antenna used. AT$GPSAT=<type> Parameter:

page 221 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

$GPSAT Configure GPS Antenna Type <type> 0 - GPS Antenna not supplied by the module 1 - GPS Antenna supplied by the module (default) AT$GPSAT? AT$GPSAT=? Example Note Read command returns the current status Test command provides the range of accepted values (0-1)

AT$GPSAT=1 OK
AT$GPSSAV must be executed to save this configuration If set to 0 the Antenna current and Voltage readout are not available. Refer to the HW user guide for the compatible GPS antennas

3.5.5.9.6 $GPSAV GPS Antenna Supply Voltage Readout

$GPSAV GPS Antenna Readout Voltage Read command returns the measured GPS antennas supply voltage in AT$GPSAV? mV AT$GPSAV? AT$GPSAV?

$GPSAV:3800 OK
Note Not available if antenna Type set to 0

3.5.5.9.7 $GPSAI GPS Antenna Current Readout

$GPSAI - GPS Antenna Current Monitor Read command reports the GPS antennas current consumption in AT$GPSAI? the format: $GPSAI:<value>[,<status>](1 where: <value> - the measured current in mA <status> - (1 0 - GPS antenna OK 1 - GPS antenna consumption out of the limits Example

AT$GPSAI? $GPSAI:040,0 OK
(1

Note

Available only if antenna protection is activated (see $GPSAP)

page 222 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3.5.5.9.8 $GPSAP GPS Antenna Protection

$GPSAP - GPS Antenna Protection AT$GPSAP=<set>[,<value>] Write command that allows to activate an automatic protection in case of high current consumption of GPS antenna. The protection disables the GPS antenna supply voltage. Parameters: <set> 0 - deactivate current antenna protection (default) 1 - activate current antenna protection <value> - the antenna current limit value in mA (000-200) If parameter <set>=0 parameter <value> is omitted Read command that returns the current antenna limit value in the format: $GPSAP:<set>,<value> Test command that returns the available ranges for <set> and <value> AT$GPSAP=0 OK
Note : no SW control on antenna status (HW current limitation only) AT$GPSAP=1,25 (1 OK activate current antenna protection with related current limit AT$GPSAP?
(1

AT$GPSAP?

AT$GPSAP=? Example

$GPSAP:1,050 OK Antenna protection activated with 50mA limit Note AT$GPSSAV must be executed to save this configuration The module is already provided of an Hardware protection for the high current consumption that is automatically activated if the consumption exceeds 50mA
(1

page 223 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3.5.5.9.9

$GPSNMUN Unsolicited NMEA Data Configuration

$GPSNMUN Unsolicited NMEA Data Configuration AT$GPSNMUN=<enable> Set command permits to activate an Unsolicited streaming of GPS data [,<GGA>,<GLL>,<GSA>,< (in NMEA format) through the standard GSM serial port (AT) and defines which NMEA sentences will be available GSV>,<RMC>,<VTG >](1 Parameters: <enable> 0 - NMEA data stream de-activated (default) 1 - NMEA data stream activated 2 - NMEA data stream activated with the following unsolicited response syntax: <NMEA SENTENCE> <CR> 3 - dedicated NMEA data stream; it is not possible to send AT commands; with the escape sequence +++ the user can return to command mode <GGA> - Global Positioning System Fix Data 0 - disable 1 - enable <GLL> - Geographical Position - Latitude/Longitude 0 - disable 1 - enable <GSA> - GPS DOP and Active Satellites 0 - disable 1 - enable <GSV> - GPS Satellites in View 0 - disable 1 - enable <RMC> - recommended Minimum Specific GPS Data 0 - disable 1 - enable <VTG> - Course Over Ground and Ground Speed 0 - disable 1 - enable DEFAULT: <0,0,0,0,0,0> The unsolicited response syntax for <enable>=1 is: $GPSNMUN: <CR> <NMEA SENTENCE> <CR> Note: If all parameters are omitted then the behaviour of Set command is the same as Read command Read command returns whether the unsolicited GPS NMEA data streaming is currently enabled or not, along with the NMEA sentences availability status, in the format:

AT$GPSNMUN?

page 224 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

$GPSNMUN Unsolicited NMEA Data Configuration $GPSNMUN:<enable>,<GGA>,<GLL>,<GSA>,<GSV>,<RMC>,<VTG > Test command returns the supported range of values for parameters AT$GPSNMUN=? <enable>, <GGA>,<GLL>,<GSA>,<GSV>,<RMC>,<VTG > Example AT$GPSNMUN=1,0,0,1,0,0,0

OK
These sets the GSA as available sentence in the unsolicited message

AT$GPSNMUN=0 OK
Turn-off the unsolicited mode

AT$GPSNMUN? $GPSNMUN: 1,0,0,1,0,0,0 OK

Give the current frame selected (GSA)

The unsolicited message will be: $GPSNMUN: $GPGSA,A,3,23,20,24,07,13,04,02,,,,,,2.4,1.6,1.8* 3C

Reference Note NMEA 01803 Specifications (1 AT$GPSSAV must be executed to save this configuration The command is available in Controlled Mode only The available NMEA Sentences are depending on the GPS receiver used In GE863-GPS and GM862-GPS the fields PDOP and VDOP are not available Use NMEA serial port instead if full DOP info are needed

3.5.5.9.10

$GPSACP Get Acquired Position

$GPSACP - Get Acquired position information Read command returns information about the last GPS position in the AT$GPSACP format: $GPSACP: <UTC>,<latitude>,<longitude>,<hdop>,<altitude>, <fix>,<cog>, <spkm>,<spkn>,<date>,<nsat> where: <UTC> - UTC time (hhmmss) referred to GGA sentence <latitude> - ddmm.mmmm N/S (referred to GGA sentence) Values:

page 225 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

$GPSACP - Get Acquired position information dd (degrees) 00 to 90 mm.mmmm (minutes) 00,0000 to 59.9999 N/S: North / South <longitude> - dddmm.mmmm E/W (referred to GGA sentence) Values: ddd (degrees) 00 to 180 mm.mmmm (minutes) 00,0000 to 59.9999 E/W: East / West <hdop> - x.x - Horizontal Diluition of Precision (referred to GGA sentence) <altitude> - xxxx.x Altitude - mean-sea-level (geoid) in meters (referred to GGA sentence) <fix> - referred to GSA sentence 1 - Invalid Fix 2 - 2D fix 3 - 3D fix <cog> - ddd.mm - Course over Ground (degrees, True) (referred to VTG sentence) Values: ddd: 000 to 360 degrees mm 00 to 59 minutes <spkm> - xxxx.x Speed over ground (Km/hr) (referred to VTG sentence) <spkn> - xxxx.x- Speed over ground (knots) (referred to VTG sentence) <date> - ddmmyy Date of Fix (referred to RMC sentence) Values: dd (day) 01 to 31 mm (month) 01 to 12 yy (year) 00 to 99 (2000 to 2099) <nsat> - nn - Total number of satellites in view (referred to GSV sentence) Example AT$GPSACP $GPSACP:080220,4542.82691N,01344.26820E,259.07,3,2.1 ,0.1,0.0,0.0,270705,09 OK

3.5.5.9.11

$GPSSAV Save GPS Parameters Configuration

$GPSSAV Save GPS Parameters Execution command saves the current configuration in the non volatile AT$GPSSAV EEPROM memory of the module. Example

AT$GPSSAV

page 226 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

$GPSSAV Save GPS Parameters

OK
Note The module must be restarted to use the new configuration

3.5.5.9.12

$GPSRST Restore to Default GPS Parameters

$GPSRST Restore all GPS Parameters Execution command restores the GPS parameters to Factory Default AT$GPSRST configuration and stores them in the non volatile EEPROM memory of the module. AT$GPSRST Example OK Note The module must be restarted to use the new configuration

page 227 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3.6 SELINT 1
3.6.1 Hayes Compliant AT Commands
3.6.1.1 Generic Modem Control
3.6.1.1.1 &F - Set To Factory-Defined Configuration
&F - Set To Factory-Defined Configuration Execution command sets the configuration parameters to default values AT&F[<value>] specified by manufacturer; it takes in consideration hardware configuration switches and other manufacturer-defined criteria. Parameter: <value>: 0 - just the factory profile base section parameters are considered. 1 - either the factory profile base section and the extended section are considered (full factory profile). Note: if parameter <value> is omitted, the command has the same behaviour as AT&F0 V25ter.

Reference

3.6.1.1.2 Z - Soft Reset

Reference

page 228 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3.6.1.1.3 +FCLASS - Select Active Service Class

AT+FCLASS? AT+FCLASS=? Reference

3.6.1.1.4 &Y - Designate A Default Reset Basic Profile

3.6.1.1.5 &P - Designate A Default Reset Full Profile

page 229 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

Note: differently from command Z<n>, which loads just once the desired profile, the one chosen through command &P will be loaded on every startup. Note: if parameter is omitted, the command has the same behaviour as AT&P0 Telit Specifications

Reference

3.6.1.1.6 &W - Store Current Configuration

3.6.1.1.7 &Z - Store Telephone Number In The Module Internal Phonebook

&Z - Store Telephone Number In The Wireless Module Internal Phonebook Execution command stores in the record <n> the telephone number <nr>. AT&Z<n>=<nr> The records cannot be overwritten, they must be cleared before rewriting. Parameters: <n> - phonebook record <nr> - telephone number (string type) Note: the wireless module has a built in non volatile memory in which 10 telephone numbers of a maximum 24 digits can be stored Note: to delete the record <n> the command AT&Z<n>=<CR> must be issued. Note: the records in the module memory can be viewed with the command AT&N, while the telephone number stored in the record n can be dialed by giving the command ATDS=<n>.

page 230 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3.6.1.1.8 &N - Display Internal Phonebook Stored Numbers

3.6.1.1.9 +GMI - Manufacturer Identification

Reference

3.6.1.1.10 +GMM - Model Identification

+GMM - Model Identification Execution command returns the model identification. AT+GMM Reference V.25ter

+GMR - Revision Identification

+GMR - Revision Identification Execution command returns the software revision identification. AT+GMR Reference V.25ter

3.6.1.1.11

+GCAP - Capabilities List

page 231 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3.6.1.1.12 +GSN - Serial Number

+GSN - Serial Number Execution command returns the device board serial number. AT+GSN Reference Note: The number returned is not the IMSI, it is only the board number V.25ter

3.6.1.1.13 &V - Display Current Configuration & Profile

3.6.1.1.14

&V0 - Display Current Configuration & Profile

3.6.1.1.15 &V1 - Display S Registers Values

page 232 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3.6.1.1.16 &V3 - Display S Registers Values

3.6.1.1.17

&V2 - Display Last Connection Statistics

&V2 - Display Last Connection Statistics Execution command returns the last connection statistics & connection AT&V2 failure reason.

3.6.1.1.18 \V - Single Line Connect Message

\V - Single Line Connect Message Execution command set single line connect message. AT\V<n> Parameter: <n> 0 - off 1 - on

3.6.1.1.19 +GCI - Country Of Installation

AT+GCI? AT+GCI=?

page 233 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

Reference

V25ter.

3.6.1.1.20 %L - Line Signal Level

%L - Line Signal Level It has no effect and is included only for backward compatibility with landline AT%L modems

3.6.1.1.21 %Q - Line Quality

%Q - Line Quality AT%Q It has no effect and is included only for backward compatibility with landline modems

3.6.1.1.22

L - Speaker Loudness

L - Speaker Loudness It has no effect and is included only for backward compatibility with landline ATL<n> modems

3.6.1.1.23 M - Speaker Mode

M - Speaker Mode ATM<n> It has no effect and is included only for backward compatibility with landline modems

page 234 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3.6.1.2 DTE - Modem Interface Control

3.6.1.2.1 E - Command Echo
E - Command Echo Set command enables/disables the command echo. ATE[<n>] Parameter: <n> 0 - disables command echo 1 - enables command echo (factory default) , hence command sent to the device are echoed back to the DTE before the response is given. Note: if parameter is omitted, the command has the same behaviour of ATE0 V25ter

Reference

3.6.1.2.2 Q - Quiet Result Codes

Example

AT+CGACT=? +CGACT: (0-1) a <cr> ends the response

After issuing ATQ2

AT+CGACT=? +CGACT: (0-1) nothing is appended to the response

Reference V25ter

page 235 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3.6.1.2.3 V - Response Format

Reference

3.6.1.2.4 X - Extended Result Codes

X - Extended Result Codes Set command selects the result code messages subset used by the modem ATX[<n>] to inform the DTE of the result of the commands. Parameter: <n> 0 - send only OK, CONNECT, RING, NO CARRIER, ERROR, NO ANSWER results. Busy tones reporting is disabled. 1..4 - reports all messages (factory default is 1).

page 236 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

Note Reference

Note: If parameter is omitted, the command has the same behaviour as ATX0 For complete control on CONNECT response message see also +DR command. V25ter

3.6.1.2.5 I - Identification Information

Reference

3.6.1.2.6 &C - Data Carrier Detect (DCD) Control

Reference

page 237 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3.6.1.2.7 &D - Data Terminal Ready (DTR) Control

&D - Data Terminal Ready (DTR) Control Set command controls the Module behaviour to the RS232 DTR transitions. AT&D[<n>] Parameter: <n> 0 - DTR transitions are ignored. (factory default) 1 - when the MODULE is connected, the high to low transition of DTR pin sets the device in command mode, the current connection is NOT closed. 2 - when the MODULE is connected , the high to low transition of DTR pin sets the device in command mode and the current connection is closed. 3 - C108/1 operation is enabled 4 - C108/1 operation is disabled Note: if AT&D2 has been issued and the DTR has been tied low, autoanswering is inhibited and it is possible to answer only issuing command ATA. Note: if parameter is omitted, the command has the same behaviour as AT&D0 V25ter

Reference

3.6.1.2.8 \Q - Standard Flow Control

page 238 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3.6.1.2.9 &K - Flow Control

3.6.1.2.10 &S - Data Set Ready (DSR) Control

page 239 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3.6.1.2.11

\R - Ring (RI) Control

3.6.1.2.12 +IPR - Fixed DTE Interface Rate

+IPR - Fixed DTE Interface Rate Set command specifies the DTE speed at which the device accepts AT+IPR=<rate> commands during command mode operations; it may be used to fix the DTE-DCE interface speed. Parameter: <rate> 0 ..300 1200 2400 4800 9600 19200 38400 57600 115200 If <rate> is or set to 0, then automatic speed detection is enabled and also character format (see +ICF) is set to auto-detect. (default) If <rate> is specified and not 0, DTE-DCE speed is fixed at that speed, hence no speed auto-detection (autobauding) is enabled. Read command returns the current value of +IPR parameter. Test command returns the supported serial port speed list. V25ter

AT+IPR? AT+IPR=? Reference

page 240 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3.6.1.2.13 +IFC - DTE-Modem Local Flow Control

AT+IFC? AT+IFC=? Reference

3.6.1.2.14 +ILRR - DTE-Modem Local Rate Reporting

AT+ILRR? AT+ILRR=? Reference

page 241 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3.6.1.2.15

+ICF - DTE-Modem Character Framing

+ICF - DTE-Modem Character Framing Set command defines the asynchronous character framing to be used when AT+ICF=<format> autobauding is disabled. [,<parity>] Parameters: <format> - determines the number of bits in the data bits, the presence of a parity bit, and the number of stop bits in the start-stop frame. 0 - autodetection 1 - 8 Data, 2 Stop 2 - 8 Data, 1 Parity, 1 Stop 3 - 8 Data, 1 Stop 4 - 7 Data, 2 Stop 5 - 7 Data, 1 Parity, 1 Stop <parity> - determines how the parity bit is generated and checked, if present 0 - Odd 1 - Even Read command returns current settings for subparameters <format> and <parity>. Test command returns the ranges of values for the parameters <format> and <parity> V25ter AT+ICF = 0 - auto detect AT+ICF = 1 - 8N2 AT+ICF = 2,0 - 8O1 AT+ICF = 2,1 - 8E1 AT+ICF = 3 - 8N1 (default) AT+ICF = 5,0 - 7O1 AT+ICF = 5,1 - 7E1

AT+ICF? AT+ICF=? Reference Example

page 242 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3.6.1.3 Call Control

3.6.1.3.1 D - Dial
D - Dial ATD<number>[;] Execution command starts a call to the phone number given as parameter. If ; is present, a VOICE call to the given number is performed, regardless of the current value of the connection mode set by +FCLASS command. Parameter: <number> - phone number to be dialed Note: type of call (data, fax or voice) depends on last +FCLASS setting. Note: the numbers accepted are 0-9 and *,#,A, B, C, D,+. Note: for backwards compatibility with landline modems modifiers T, P, R, ,, W, !, @ are accepted but have no effect. Issues a call to phone number which corresponding alphanumeric field is <str>; all available memories will be searched for the correct entry. If ; is present a VOICE call is performed. Parameter: <str> - alphanumeric field corresponding to phone number; it must be enclosed in quotation marks. Note: used character set should be the one selected with either command Select TE character set +CSCS or @CSCS. Issues a call to phone number in phonebook memory storage <mem>, entry location <n> (available memories may be queried with AT+CPBS=?). If ; is present a voice call is performed. Parameters: <mem> - phonebook memory storage; it must not be enclosed in quotation marks. SM - SIM phonebook FD - SIM fixed dialling-phonebook LD - SIM last-dialling-phonebook MC - device missed (unanswered received) calls list RC - ME received calls list <n> - entry location; it should be in the range of locations available in the memory used. Issues a call to phone number in entry location <n> of the active

ATD><str>[;]

ATD><mem><n>[;]

ATD><n>[;]

page 243 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

ATDL ATDS=<nr>[;]

ATD<number>I[;] ATD<number>i[;]

ATD<number>G[;] ATD<number>g[;] ATD<gprs_sc> [<addr>][[<L2P>] [[<cid>]]]]#

To dial a number in SIM phonebook entry 6: ATD>SM6

page 244 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

D - Dial

OK To have a voice call to the 6-th entry of active phonebook: ATD>6; OK To call the entry with alphanumeric field Name: ATD>Name; OK
Reference V25ter.

3.6.1.3.2 T - Tone Dial

T - Tone Dial ATT Reference Set command has no effect is included only for backward compatibility with landline modems. V25ter.

3.6.1.3.3

P - Pulse Dial
Set command has no effect is included only for backward compatibility with landline modems. V25ter.

P - Pulse Dial ATP Reference

3.6.1.3.4
A - Answer ATA

Reference

page 245 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3.6.1.3.5 H - Disconnect
H Disconnect ATH Execution command is used to close the current conversation (voice, data or fax). Note: this command can be issued only in command mode; when a data conversation is active the device is in on-line mode (commands are not sensed and characters are sent to the other party), hence escape sequence (see register S2) is required before issuing this command, otherwise if &D1 option is active, DTR pin has to be tied low to return in command mode. V25ter.

Reference

3.6.1.3.6 O - Return To On Line Mode

Reference

3.6.1.3.7

&G - Guard Tone

Set command has no effect is included only for backward compatibility with landline modems.

&G - Guard Tone AT&G

3.6.1.3.8 &Q - Sync/Async Mode

&Q - Sync/Async Mode Set command has no effect is included only for backward compatibility with AT&Q landline modems.

page 246 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3.6.1.4 Modulation Control

3.6.1.4.1 +MS - Modulation Selection
+MS - Modulation Selection Set command has no effect is included only for backward compatibility with AT+MS= landline modems. <carrier>[, <automode>[, Parameter: <min_rate>[, <carrier> - a string which specifies the preferred modem carrier to use in <max_rate>]]] originating or answering a connection V21 V22 V22B V23C V32 V34 <automode> - it enables/disables automatic modulation negotiation. 0 - disabled 1 - enabled. It has effect only if it is defined for the associated modulation. <min_rate> - it specifies the lowest value at which the DCE may establish a connection. 0 - unspecified <max_rate> - it specifies the highest value at which the DCE may establish a connection. 0 - unspecified 300..14400 - rate in bps Note: to change modulation requested use +CBST command. Read command returns the current value of <carrier>, <automode>, <min_rate>, <max_rate> parameters. Test command returns all supported values of the <carrier>, <automode>, <min_rate>, <max_rate> parameters.

AT+MS? AT+MS=?

3.6.1.4.2 %E - Line Quality Monitor And Auto Retrain Or Fallback/Fallforward

%E - Line Quality Monitor And Auto Retrain Or Fallback/Fallforward Execution command has no effect and is included only for backward AT%E<n> compatibility with landline modems.

page 247 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3.6.1.5 Compression Control

3.6.1.5.1 +DS - Data Compression
+DS - Data Compression Set command sets the V42 compression parameter. AT+DS=<n> Parameter: <n> 0 - no compression, it is currently the only supported value Read command returns current value of the data compression parameter. Test command returns all supported values of the parameter <n> V25ter

AT+DS? AT+DS=? Reference

3.6.1.5.2 +DR - Data Compression Reporting

AT+DR? AT+DR=? Reference

page 248 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3.6.1.6Break Control
3.6.1.6.1 \B - Transmit Break To Remote
\B - Transmit Break To Remote Execution command has no effect and is included only for backward AT\B compatibility with landline modems

3.6.1.6.2 \K - Break Handling

\K - Break Handling Execution command has no effect and is included only for backward AT\K<n> compatibility with landline modems Parameter: <n> 1..5

3.6.1.6.3 \N - Operating Mode

\N - Operating Mode Execution command has no effect and is included only for backward AT\N compatibility with landline modems

page 249 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3.6.1.7S Parameters
Basic commands that begin with the letter S are known as S-Parameters. The number following the S indicates the parameter number being referenced. If the number is not recognized as a valid parameter number, an ERROR result code is issued. If no value is given for the subparameter of an S-Parameter, an ERROR result code will be issued and the stored value left unchanged. Note: what follows is a special way to select and set an S-parameter: 3. ATSn<CR> selects n as current parameter number. If the value of n is in the range (0, 2, 3, 4, 5, 7, 12, 25, 30, 38), this command establishes Sn as last selected parameter. Every value out of this range and less than 256 can be used but has no meaning and is maintained only for backward compatibility with landline modems. AT=<value><CR> or ATS=<value><CR> set the contents of the selected S-parameter

Example: ATS7<CR> AT=40<CR> ATS=15<CR> establishes S7 as last selected parameter. sets the content of S7 to 40 sets the content of S7 to 15.

3.6.1.7.1 S0 - Number Of Rings To Auto Answer

ATS0? ATS0=? Note Reference

page 250 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3.6.1.7.2 S1 - Ring Counter

ATS1? ATS1=? Note

3.6.1.7.3 S2 - Escape Character

ATS2? ATS2=? Note

3.6.1.7.4 S3 - Command Line Termination Character

page 251 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

ATS3? ATS3=? Note Reference

of S3 (as set during the processing of the command line). Read command returns the current value of S3 parameter. Test command returns the range for <char> without command echo and parenthesis. For either Read and Test command the format of the numbers in output is always 3 digits, left-filled with 0s V25ter

3.6.1.7.5 S4 - Response Formatting Character

ATS4? ATS4=? Note Reference

3.6.1.7.6 S5 - Command Line Editing Character

ATS5? ATS5=? Note Reference

page 252 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3.6.1.7.7 S7 - Connection Completion Time-Out

ATS7? ATS7=? Note Reference

3.6.1.7.8 S12 - Escape Prompt Delay

ATS12? ATS12=? Note

3.6.1.7.9 S25 - Delay To DTR Off

S25 - Delay To DTR Off Set command defines the amount of time, in hundredths of second, that the ATS25[=<time>] device will ignore the DTR for taking the action specified by command &D. Parameter: <time> - expressed in hundredths of a second 0..255 - factory default value is 5. Note: the delay is effective only if its value is greater than 5. Read command returns the current value of S25 parameter. Test command returns the range for <time> without command echo and

ATS25? ATS25=?

page 253 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

Note

parenthesis. Note: the output depends on the choice made through #SELINT command. For either Read and Test command the format of the numbers in output is always 3 digits, left-filled with 0s

3.6.1.7.10

S30 - Disconnect Inactivity Timer

S30 - Disconnect Inactivity Timer Set command defines the inactivity timeout in minutes. The device ATS30[=<tout>] disconnects if no characters are exchanged for a time period of at least <tout> minutes. Parameter: <tout> - expressed in minutes 0 - disabled, disconnection due to inactivity is disabled (factory default). 1..127 - inactivity timeout value. Read command returns the current value of S30 parameter. Test command returns the range for <tout> without command echo and parenthesis. Note: the output depends on the choice made through #SELINT command. For either Read and Test command the format of the numbers in output is always 3 digits, left-filled with 0s

ATS30? ATS30=?

Note

3.6.1.7.11 S38 - Delay Before Forced Hang Up

ATS38? ATS38=? Note

page 254 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3.6.2 ETSI GSM 07.07 AT Commands

3.6.2.1 General
3.6.2.1.1 +CGMI - Request Manufacturer Identification
+CGMI - Request Manufacturer Identification Execution command returns the device manufacturer identification code AT+CGMI without command echo. The output depends on the choice made through #SELINT command. Read command has the same behaviour as Execution command AT+CGMI? Reference GSM 07.07

3.6.2.1.2 +CGMM - Request Model Identification

+CGMM - Request Model Identification Execution command returns the device model identification code without AT+CGMM command echo. Reference GSM 07.07

3.6.2.1.3 +CGMR - Request Revision Identification

3.6.2.1.4 +CGSN - Request Product Serial Number Identification

page 255 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3.6.2.1.5 +CSCS - Select TE Character Set

AT+CSCS? AT+CSCS=?

AT+CSCS=?? Reference

3.6.2.1.6 +CIMI - Request International Mobile Subscriber Identity (IMSI)

AT+CIMI? Reference

page 256 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3.6.2.2 Call Control

3.6.2.2.1 +CHUP - Hang Up Call
+CHUP - Hang Up Call AT+CHUP AT+CHUP=? Reference Execution command cancels all active and held calls, also if a multi-party session is running. Test command returns the OK result code GSM 07.07

3.6.2.2.2

+CBST - Select Bearer Service Type

page 257 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

AT+CBST? AT+CBST=? Reference

3.6.2.2.3 +CRLP - Radio Link Protocol

AT+CRLP? AT+CRLP=? Reference

page 258 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3.6.2.2.4 +CR - Service Reporting Control

AT+CR? AT+CR=? Reference

3.6.2.2.5 +CEER - Extended Error Report

page 259 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

AT+CEER? AT+CEER=? Reference

3.6.2.2.6 +CRC - Cellular Result Codes

AT+CRC? AT+CRC=? Reference

page 260 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3.6.2.2.7 +CSNS - Single Numbering Scheme

AT+CSNS? AT+CSNS=? Reference

3.6.2.2.8 +CVHU - Voice Hang Up Control

AT+CVHU? AT+CVHU=?

page 261 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3.6.2.3Network Service Handling

3.6.2.3.1 +CNUM - Subscriber Number
+CNUM - Subscriber Number Execution command returns the subscriber number i.e. the phone number AT+CNUM of the device that is stored in the SIM card. Note: the returned number format is: +CNUM: <number>,<type> where <number> - string containing the phone number in the format <type> <type> - type of number: 129 - national numbering scheme. 145 - international numbering scheme (contains the character "+"). GSM 07.07

Reference

3.6.2.3.2 +COPN - Read Operator Names

+COPN - Read Operator Names Execution command returns the list of operator names from the ME. The AT+COPN output depends on the choice made through #SELINT command. Reference GSM 07.07

3.6.2.3.3 +CREG - Network Registration Report

page 262 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

AT+CREG?

AT+CREG=? Example

AT OK at+creg? +CREG: 0,2 searching state) OK at+creg? +CREG: 0,2 OK at+creg? +CREG: 0,2 OK at+creg?

(the

MODULE

network

page 263 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

+CREG - Network Registration Report

+CREG: 0,2 OK at+creg? +CREG: 0,1 OK at+creg? +CREG: 0,1

Reference OK GSM 07.07

(the MODULE is registered )

3.6.2.3.4 +COPS - Operator Selection

page 264 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

+COPS - Operator Selection <oper>: network operator in format defined by <format> parameter.

AT+COPS?

AT+COPS=?

page 265 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

+COPS - Operator Selection where <stat> - operator availability 0 - unknown 1 - available 2 - current 3 - forbidden

Reference

3.6.2.3.5 +CLCK - Facility Lock/ Unlock

page 266 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

AT+CLCK=? Reference Note

page 267 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3.6.2.3.6 @CLCK - Facility Lock/ Unlock

page 268 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

AT@CLCK=? Reference Example

Querying such a facility returns an output on three rows, the first for voice, the second for data, the third for fax: AT@CLCK =AO,2 @CLCK: <status>,1 @CLCK: <status>,2 @CLCK: <status>,4 OK

3.6.2.3.7 +CPWD - Change Facility Password

AT+CPWD=? Reference

page 269 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3.6.2.3.8 +CLIP - Calling Line Identification Presentation

+CLIP - Calling Line Identification Presentation AT+CLIP[=[<n>]] Set command enables/disables the presentation of the CLI (Calling Line Identity) at the TE. This command refers to the GSM supplementary service CLIP (Calling Line Identification Presentation) that enables a called subscriber to get the CLI of the calling party when receiving a mobile terminated call. Parameters: <n> 0 - disables CLI indication (factory default) 1 - enables CLI indication If enabled the device reports after each RING the response: +CLIP:<number>,<type>,<subaddress>,<satype>,<alpha> ,<CLI_validity> where: <number> - calling line number <type> - type of address octet in integer format 145 - international numbering scheme (contains the character "+") 129 - national numbering scheme <subaddress> - string type subaddress of format specified by <satype> <satype> - type of subaddress octet in integer format <alpha> - string type; alphanumeric representation of <number> corresponding to the entry found in phonebook; used character set should be the one selected either with command Select TE character set +CSCS or @CSCS. <CLI_validity> 0 - CLI valid 1 - CLI has been withheld by the originator. 2 - CLI is not available due to interworking problems or limitation or originating network. Note: issuing AT+CLIP<CR> is the same as issuing the Read command. Note: issuing AT+CLIP=<CR> is the same as issuing the command AT+CLIP=0<CR>. Read command returns the presentation status of the CLI in the format: +CLIP: <n>, <m> where: <n> 0 - CLI presentation disabled

AT+CLIP?

page 270 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

AT+CLIP=? Reference Note

3.6.2.3.9 +CLIR - Calling Line Identification Restriction

AT+CLIR?

page 271 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3.6.2.3.10

+CCFC - Call Forwarding Number And Conditions

+CCFC - Call Forwarding Number And Condition Execution command controls the call forwarding supplementary service. AT+CCFC= Registration, erasure, activation, deactivation, and status query are <reason>, <cmd>[,<number>[, supported. <type>[,<class> Parameters: [,,,<time>]]] <reason> 0 - unconditional 1 - mobile busy 2 - no reply 3 - not reachable 4 - all calls (not with query command) 5 - all conditional calls (not with query command) <cmd> 0 - disable 1 - enable 2 - query status 3 - registration 4 - erasure <number> - phone number of forwarding address in format specified by <type> parameter <type> - type of address byte in integer format : 145 - international numbering scheme (contains the character "+") 129 - national numbering scheme <class> - sum of integers each representing a class of information which the command refers to; default 7 ( voice + data + fax ) 1 - voice (telephony) 2 - data 4 - fax (facsimile services) 8 - short message service

page 272 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

AT+CCFC=? Reference Note

3.6.2.3.11 +CCWA - Call Waiting

page 273 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

page 274 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

AT+CCWA? AT+CCWA=? Reference

3.6.2.3.12

+CHLD - Call Holding Services

AT+CHLD=?

page 275 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

+CHLD: (0,1,2,3) Note: consider what has been written about the Set command relating the actions on a specific call (X). GSM 07.07 ONLY for VOICE calls

Reference Note

3.6.2.3.13

+CUSD - Unstructured Supplementary Service Data

+CUSD - Unstructured Supplementary Service Data Set command allows control of the Unstructured Supplementary Service AT+CUSD[= Data (USSD [GSM 02.90]). [<n>[,<str> [,<dcs>]]]] Parameters: <n> - is used to disable/enable the presentation of an unsolicited result code. 0 - disable the result code presentation in the DTA 1 - enable the result code presentation in the DTA <str> - USSD-string (when <str> parameter is not given, network is not interrogated) - If <dcs> indicates that GSM338 default alphabet is used ME/TA converts GSM alphabet into current TE character set (see +CSCS). - If <dcs> indicates that 8-bit data coding scheme is used: ME/TA converts each 8-bit octet into two IRA character long hexadecimal number; e.g. octet with integer value 42 is presented to TE as two characters 2A (IRA 50 and 65). <dcs> - GSM 3.38 Cell Broadcast Data Coding Scheme in integer format (default is 0). Note: the unsolicited result code enabled by parameter <n> is in the format: +CUSD: <m>[,<str>,<dcs>] to the TE where: <m>: 0 - no further user action required (network initiated USSD-Notify, or no further information needed after mobile initiated operation). 1 - further user action required (network initiated USSD-Request, or further information needed after mobile initiated operation) 2 - USSD terminated by the network 3 - other local client has responded 4 - operation not supported

page 276 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

+CUSD - Unstructured Supplementary Service Data 5 - network time out Note: in case of successful mobile initiated operation, DTA waits the USSD response from the network and sends it to the DTE before the final result code. This will block the AT command interface for the period of the operation. Note: issuing AT+CUSD<CR> is the same as issuing the Read command. Note: issuing AT+CUSD=<CR> is the same as issuing the command AT+CUSD=0<CR>. Read command reports the current value of the parameter <n> Test command reports the supported values for the parameter <n> GSM 07.07 Only mobile initiated operations are supported

AT+CUSD? AT+CUSD=? Reference Note

3.6.2.3.14 +CAOC - Advice Of Charge

AT+CAOC?

page 277 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

+CAOC - Advice Of Charge +CAOC: <mode> Test command reports the supported values for <mode> parameter. Note: the representation format doesnt match the Information text formats for test commands. The output is: Reference Note v.25ter5.7.3

AT+CAOC=?

3.6.2.3.15 +CLCC - List Current Calls

page 278 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

+CLCC - List Current Calls 9 - unknown <mpty> - multiparty call flag 0 - call is not one of multiparty (conference) call parties <number> - phone number in format specified by <type> <type> - type of phone number byte in integer format 129 - national numbering scheme 145 - international numbering scheme (contains the character "+") Note: If no call is active then only OK message is sent. This command is useful in conjunction with command +CHLD to know the various call status for call holding. GSM 07.07

Reference

3.6.2.3.16 +CSSN - SS Notification

page 279 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

+CSSN - SS Notification When <m>=1 and a supplementary service notification is received during a mobile terminated call setup or during a call, an unsolicited result code +CSSU: <code2> is sent to TE, where: <code2>: 0 - this is a forwarded call (MT call setup) 2 - call has been put on hold (during a voice call) 3 - call has been retrieved (during a voice call) Note: issuing AT+CSSN<CR> is the same as issuing the Read command. Note: issuing AT+CSSN=<CR> is the same as issuing the command AT+CSSN=0<CR>. Read command reports the current value of the parameters. Test command reports the supported range of values for parameters <n>, <m>. GSM 07.07

AT+CSSN? AT+CSSN=? Reference

3.6.2.3.17

+CCUG - Closed User Group Supplementary Service Control

+CCUG - Closed User Group Supplementary Service Control Set command allows control of the Closed User Group supplementary AT+CCUG[= service [GSM 02.85]. [<n>[,<index> [,<info>]]]]
Parameters:

<n> 0 - disable CUG temporary mode (factory default). 1 - enable CUG temporary mode: it enables to control the CUG information on the air interface as a default adjustment for all following outgoing calls. <index> 0..9 - CUG index 10 - no index (preferential CUG taken from subscriber data) (default) <info> 0 - no information (default) 1 - suppress Outgoing Access (OA) 2 - suppress preferential CUG 3 - suppress OA and preferential CUG

page 280 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

Note: issuing AT+CCUG<CR> is the same as issuing the Read command. Note: issuing AT+CCUG=<CR> is the same as issuing the command AT+CCUG=0<CR>. Read command reports the current value of the parameters Test command reports the supported range of values for the parameters <n>, <index>, <info> GSM 07.07

AT+CCUG? AT+CCUG=? Reference

page 281 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3.6.2.4 Mobile Equipment Control

3.6.2.4.1 +CPAS - Phone Activity Status
+CPAS - Phone Activity Status Execution command reports the device status in the form: AT+CPAS +CPAS: <pas> Where: <pas> - phone activity status 0 - ready (device allows commands from TA/TE) 1 - unavailable (device does not allow commands from TA/TE) 2 - unknown (device is not guaranteed to respond to instructions) 3 - ringing (device is ready for commands from TA/TE, but the ringer is active) 4 - call in progress (device is ready for commands from TA/TE, but a call is in progress) Read command has the same effect as Execution command. Test command reports the supported range of values for <pas>. Note: although +CPAS is an execution command, ETSI 07.07 requires the Test command to be defined. Example

AT+CPAS? AT+CPAS=?

ATD03282131321; OK AT+CPAS +CPAS: 3 the called phone is ringing

OK AT+CPAS +CPAS: 4 OK ATH OK GSM 07.07

the called phone has answered to your call

Reference

3.6.2.4.2 +CFUN - Set Phone Functionality

page 282 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

AT+CFUN? AT+CFUN=?

AT+CFUN=?? Reference

3.6.2.4.3 +CPIN - Enter PIN

page 283 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

AT+CPIN?

page 284 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

Example

Note

page 285 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

+CPIN - Enter PIN

All the above commands, but the ones in the grayed cells, can be issued even if the SIM card is not inserted yet. Reference GSM 07.07

3.6.2.4.4 +CSQ - Signal Quality

page 286 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

AT+CSQ? AT+CSQ=?

Reference

3.6.2.4.5 +CIND - Indicator Control

AT+CIND?

AT+CIND=?

page 287 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

page 288 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

Example

5 - signal strength 51 dBm 99 - not measurable Next command causes all the indicators to be registered AT+CIND=1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1 Next command causes all the indicators to be deregistered AT+CIND=0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0 Next command to query the current value of all indicators AT+CIND? CIND: 4,0,1,0,0,0,0,0,2 OK See command +CMER GSM 07.07

Note Reference

3.6.2.4.6 +CMER - Mobile Equipment Event Reporting

page 289 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

AT+CMER?

AT+CMER=?

Reference

3.6.2.4.7 +CPBS - Select Phonebook Memory Storage

AT+CPBS?

AT+CPBS=?

page 290 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

<storage>. Note: the presentation format of the Test command output is the set of available values for <storage>, each of them enclosed in parenthesis: Reference +CPBS: ("SM"),("FD"),("LD"),("MC"),("RC") GSM 07.07

3.6.2.4.8 +CPBR - Read Phonebook Entries

AT+CPBR=?

page 291 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

Note Reference

<maxIndex> - the maximum <index> number, integer type <nlength> - maximum <number> field length, integer type <tlength> - maximum <name> field length, integer type Remember to select the PB storage with +CPBS command before issuing PB commands. GSM 07.07

3.6.2.4.9 +CPBF - Find Phonebook Entries

+CPBF - Find Phonebook Entries Execution command issues a search for the phonebook records that have AT+CPBF= the <findtext> sub-string at the start of the <text> field <findtext> Parameter: <findtext> - string type, it is NOT case sensitive; used character set should be the one selected with either command +CSCS or @CSCS. The command returns a report in the form: +CPBF: <index1>,<number>,<type>,<text>[[]<CR><LF> +CPBF: <indexn>,<number>,<type>,<text>] where <indexn>, <number>, <type>, and <text> have the same meaning as in the command +CPBR report. Note: if no PB records satisfy the search criteria then an ERROR message is reported. Test command reports the maximum lengths of fields <number> and <name> in the PB entry in the form: +CPBF: [<max_number_length>],[<max_text_length>] Remember to select the PB storage with +CPBS command before issuing PB commands. GSM 07.07

AT+CPBF=?

Note Reference

3.6.2.4.10

+CPBW - Write Phonebook Entry

+CPBW - Write Phonebook Entry Execution command stores at the position <index> a phonebook record AT+CPBW= defined by <number>, <type> and <text> parameters [<index>] [,<number>

page 292 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

[,<type> [,<text>]]]

Parameters: <index> - record position <number> - string type, phone number in the format <type> <type> - the type of number 129 - national numbering scheme 145 - international numbering scheme (contains the character "+") <text> - the text associated to the number, string type; used character set should be the one selected with either command +CSCS or @CSCS. Note: If record number <index> already exists, it will be overwritten. Note: if only <index> is given, the record number <index> is deleted. Note: if <index> is omitted, the number <number> is stored in the first free phonebook location. Note: omission of all the subparameters causes an ERROR result code. Test command returns location range supported by the current storage as a compound value, the maximum length of <number> field supported number format of the storage and maximum length of <name> field. The format is: +CPBW: (list of supported <index>s),[<nlength>], (list of supported <type>s),[<tlength>] where: <nlength> - integer type value indicating the maximum length of field <number> <tlength> - integer type value indicating the maximum length of field <text> GSM 07.07 Remember to select the PB storage with +CPBS command before issuing PB commands.

AT+CPBW=?

Reference Note

3.6.2.4.11

+CCLK - Clock Management

+CCLK - Clock Management Set command sets the real-time clock of the ME. AT+CCLK [=<time>] Parameter:

page 293 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

<time> - current time as quoted string in the format : "yy/MM/dd,hh:mm:sszz" yy - year (two last digits are mandatory), range is 00..99 MM - month (two last digits are mandatory), range is 01..12 dd - day (two last digits are mandatory), range is 01..31 (if the month MM has less than 31 days, the clock will be set for the next month) hh - hour (two last digits are mandatory), range is 00..23 mm - minute (two last digits are mandatory), range is 00..59 ss - seconds (two last digits are mandatory), range is 00..59 zz - time zone (indicates the difference, expressed in quarter of an hour, between the local time and GMT; two last digits are mandatory), range is -47..+48 Note: If the parameter is omitted the behaviour of Set command is the same as Read command. Read command returns the current setting of the real-time clock, in the format <time>. Note: the three last characters of <time> are not returned by +CCLK? because the ME doesnt support time zone information. Test command returns the OK result code. AT+CCLK="02/09/07,22:30:00+00" OK AT+CCLK? +CCLK: 02/09/07,22:30:25 OK GSM 07.07

AT+CCLK?

AT+CCLK=? Example

Reference

3.6.2.4.12

+CALA - Alarm Management

page 294 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

+CALA - Alarm Management 1 - the MODULE simply wakes up fully operative as if the ON/OFF button had been pressed. If the device is already ON at the alarm time, then it does nothing. 2 - the MODULE wakes up in "alarm mode" if at the alarm time it was off, otherwise it remains fully operative. In both cases the MODULE issues an unsolicited code every 3s: +ALARM: <text> where <text> is the +CALA optional parameter previously set. The device keeps on sending the unsolicited code every 3s until a #WAKE or #SHDN command is received or a 90s timeout occurs. If the device is in "alarm mode" and it does not receive the #WAKE command within 90s then it shuts down. (default) 3 - the MODULE wakes up in "alarm mode" if at the alarm time it was off, otherwise it remains fully operative. In both cases the MODULE starts playing the alarm tone on the selected path for the ringer (see command #SRP) The device keeps on playing the alarm tone until a #WAKE or #SHDN command is received or a 90s timeout occurs. If the device is in "alarm mode" and it does not receive the #WAKE command within 90s then it shuts down. 4 - the MODULE wakes up in "alarm mode" if at the alarm time it was off, otherwise it remains fully operative. In both cases the MODULE brings the pin GPIO6 high, provided its <direction> has been set to alarm output, and keeps it in this state until a #WAKE or #SHDN command is received or a 90s timeout occurs. If the device is in "alarm mode" and it does not receive the #WAKE command within 90s then it shuts down. 5 - the MODULE will make both the actions as for <type>=2 and <type>=3. 6 - the MODULE will make both the actions as for <type>=2 and <type>=4. 7 - the MODULE will make both the actions as for <type>=3 and <type>=4. <text> - unsolicited alarm code text string. It has meaning only if <type> is equal to 2 or 5 or 6. Note: The "alarm mode" is indicated by hardware pin CTS to the ON status and DSR to the OFF status, while the "power saving" status is indicated by a CTS - OFF and DSR - OFF status. The normal operating status is indicated by DSR - ON. During the "alarm mode" the device will not make any network scan and will not register to any network and therefore is not able to dial or receive any call or SMS, the only commands that can be issued to the MODULE in this state are the #WAKE and #SHDN, every other command must not be issued during this state.

page 295 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

+CALA - Alarm Management Note: If the parameter is omitted the behaviour of Set command is the same as Read command. Read command reports the current alarm time stored in the internal Real AT+CALA? Time Clock, if present, in the format: +CALA: <time>,<n>,<type>[,<text>] Note: if no alarm is present a <CR><LF> is issued. Test command reports the list of supported <n>s, the list of supported <type>s, and <text> maximum length AT+CALA="02/09/07,23:30:00+00" OK GSM 07.07

AT+CALA=? Example Reference

3.6.2.4.13

+CRSM - Restricted SIM Access

+CRSM - Restricted SIM Access Execution command transmits to the ME the SIM <command> and its AT+CRSM= required parameters. ME handles internally all SIM-ME interface locking and <command> file selection routines. As response to the command, ME sends the actual [,<fileid> SIM information parameters and response data. [,<P1>,<P2>,<P3> [,<data>]]] Parameters: <command> - command passed on by the ME to the SIM 176 - READ BINARY 178 - READ RECORD 192 - GET RESPONSE 214 - UPDATE BINARY 220 - UPDATE RECORD 242 - STATUS <fileid> - identifier of an elementary datafile on SIM. Mandatory for every command except STATUS. <P1>,<P2>,<P3> - parameter passed on by the ME to the SIM; they are mandatory for every command except GET RESPONSE and STATUS 0..255 <data> - information to be read/written to the SIM (hexadecimal character format). The response of the command is in the format: +CRSM: <sw1>,<sw2>[,<response>]

page 296 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

+CRSM - Restricted SIM Access where: <sw1>,<sw2> - information from the SIM about the execution of the actual command either on successful or on failed execution. <response> - on a successful completion of the command previously issued it gives the requested data (hexadecimal character format). Its not returned after a successful UPDATE BINARY or UPDATE RECORD command. Note: this command requires PIN authentication. However commands READ BINARY and READ RECORD can be issued before PIN authentication and if the SIM is blocked (after three failed PIN authentication attempts) to access the contents of the Elementary Files. Note: use only decimal numbers for parameters <command>, <fileid>, <P1>, <P2> and <P3>. Test command returns the OK result code GSM 07.07, GSM 11.11

AT+CRSM=? Reference

3.6.2.4.14 +CALM - Alert Sound Mode

AT+CALM? AT+CALM=?

page 297 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

AT+CALM=??

Enhanced test command returns the complete range of values for the parameter <mode> as compound value: +CALM: (0-2) GSM 07.07

Reference

3.6.2.4.15

+CRSL - Ringer Sound Level

+CRSL - Ringer Sound Level Set command is used to select the incoming call ringer sound level of the AT+CRSL[= device. <level>] Parameter: <level> - ringer sound level 0 - Off 1 - low 2 - middle 3 - high 4 - progressive Note: if parameter is omitted then the behaviour of Set command is the same as Read command Read command reports the current <level> setting of the call ringer in the format: +CRSL: <level> Test command reports <level> supported values as compound value, in the format: +CRSL: (0-4) Note: an enhanced version of Test command has been defined: AT+CRSL=??. Enhanced Test command returns the complete range of supported values for the parameter <mode>: +CRSL: (0-4) GSM 07.07

AT+CRSL?

AT+CRSL=?

AT+CRSL=??

Reference

3.6.2.4.16

+CLVL - Loudspeaker Volume Level

+CLVL - Loudspeaker Volume Level Set command is used to select the volume of the internal loudspeaker audio AT+CLVL[= output of the device. <level>]

page 298 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

Parameter: <level> - loudspeaker volume 0..max - the value of max can be read by issuing the Test command AT+CLVL=? Note: If the parameter is omitted the behavior of Set command is the same as Read command. Read command reports the current <level> setting of the loudspeaker volume in the format: +CLVL: <level> Test command reports <level> supported values range in the format: +CLVL: (0-max) GSM 07.07

AT+CLVL?

AT+CLVL=? Reference

3.6.2.4.17 +CMUT - Microphone Mute Control

AT+CMUT?

AT+CMUT=? Reference

3.6.2.4.18 +CACM - Accumulated Call Meter

+CACM - Accumulated Call Meter

page 299 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

AT+CACM[= <pwd>]

Set command resets the Advice of Charge related Accumulated Call Meter in SIM (ACM). Internal memory CCM remains unchanged. Parameter: <pwd> - to access this command PIN2 password is required Note: If the parameter is omitted the behaviour of Set command is the same as Read command. Read command reports the current value of the SIM ACM in the format: +CACM: <acm> Note: the value <acm> is in units whose price and currency is defined with command +CPUC GSM 07.07

AT+CACM?

Reference

3.6.2.4.19 +CAMM - Accumulated Call Meter Maximum

AT+CAMM?

Reference

3.6.2.4.20 +CPUC - Price Per Unit And Currency Table

+CPUC - Price Per Unit And Currency Table Set command sets the values of Advice of Charge related price per unit and AT+CPUC[= currency table in SIM. The price per unit currency table information can be <currency>,

page 300 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

<ppu>,<pwd>]

used to convert the home units (as used in commands +CAOC, +CACM and +CAMM) into currency units. Parameters: <currency> - string type; three-character currency code (e.g. LIT, USD, DEM etc..); used character set should be the one selected with either command +CSCS or @CSCS. <ppu> - price per unit string (dot is used as decimal separator) e.g. 1989.27 <pwd> - SIM PIN2 is usually required to set the values Note: if the parameters are omitted the behavior of Set command is the same as Read command. Read command reports the current values of <currency> and <ppu> parameters in the format: +CACM : <currency>,<ppu> GSM 07.07

AT+CPUC?

Reference

3.6.2.4.21 +CCID - Read ICCID (Integrated Circuit Card Identification)

page 301 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3.6.2.5 Mobile Equipment Errors

3.6.2.5.1 +CMEE - Report Mobile Equipment Error
+CMEE - Report Mobile Equipment Error Set command enables/disables the report of result code: AT+CMEE[=[<n>]] +CME ERROR: <err> as an indication of an error relating to the +Cxxx commands issued. When enabled, device related errors cause the +CME ERROR: <err> final result code instead of the default ERROR final result code. ERROR is anyway returned normally when the error message is related to syntax, invalid parameters, or DTE functionality. Parameter: <n> - enable flag 0 - disable +CME ERROR:<err> reports, use only ERROR report. 1 - enable +CME ERROR:<err> reports, with <err> in numeric format 2 - enable +CME ERROR: <err> reports, with <err> in verbose format Note: issuing AT+CMEE<CR> is the same as issuing the Read command. Note: issuing AT+CMEE=<CR> is the same as issuing the command AT+CMEE=0<CR>. Read command returns the current value of subparameter <n> +CMEE: <n> AT+CMEE=?
Test command returns the range of values for subparameter <n> in the format:

AT+CMEE?

+CMEE: 0, 1, 2 Note: the representation format of the Test command output is not included in parenthesis. GSM 07.07

Reference

page 302 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3.6.2.6 Voice Control

3.6.2.6.1 +VTS - DTMF Tones Transmission
+VTS - DTMF Tones Transmission Execution command allows the transmission of DTMF tones. AT+VTS= <dtmfstring> Parameters: [,duration] <dtmfstring> - string of <dtmf>s, i.e. ASCII characters in the set (0-9), #,*,(A-D); it allows the user to send a sequence of DTMF tones, each of them with a duration that was defined through +VTD command. <duration> - duration of a tone in 1/100 sec..; this parameter can be specified only if the length of first parameter is just one ASCII character 0 - a single DTMF tone will be transmitted for a duration depending on the network, no matter what the current +VTD setting is. 1..255 - a single DTMF tone will be transmitted for a time <duration> (in 10 ms multiples), no matter what the current +VTD setting is. Note: this commands operates in voice mode only (see +FCLASS). For compatibility with previous versions, Test command returns +VTS: (),(),() An enhanced version of Test command has been defined: AT+VTS=??, that provides the correct range of values for <DTMF>. Test command provides the list of supported <dtmf>s and the list of supported <duration>s in the format: (list of supported <dtmf>s)[,(list of supported <duration>s)] GSM 07.07 and TIA IS-101

AT+VTS=?

AT+VTS=?? Reference

3.6.2.6.2 +VTD - Tone Duration

+VTD - Tone Duration Set command sets the length of tones transmitted with +VTS command. AT+VTD[= <duration>] Parameter: <duration> - duration of a tone 0 - the duration of every single tone is dependent on the network (factory default) 1..255 - duration of every single tone in 1/10 sec. Note: If parameter is omitted the behaviour of Set command is the same as Read command. Read command reports the current Tone Duration, in the format: AT+VTD? <duration> Test command provides the list of supported <duration>s in the format: AT+VTD=? (list of supported <duration>s) GSM 07.07 and TIA IS-101 Reference

page 303 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3.6.2.7 Commands For GPRS

3.6.2.7.1 +CGCLASS - GPRS Mobile Station Class
+CGCLASS - GPRS Mobile Station Class Set command sets the GPRS class according to <class> parameter. AT+CGCLASS [=<class>] Parameter: <class> - GPRS class B - GSM/GPRS (factory default) CG - class C in GPRS only mode (GPRS only) CC - class C in circuit switched only mode (GSM only) Note: the setting is saved in NVM (and available on following reboot). Note: if parameter <class> is omitted, then the behaviour of Set command is the same as Read command. Read command returns the current value of the GPRS class in the format: +CGLASS: <class> Test command reports the range for the parameter <class>

AT+CGCLASS?

AT+CGCLASS=?

3.6.2.7.2 +CGATT - GPRS Attach Or Detach

AT+CGATT? AT+CGATT=? Example

AT+CGATT?
+CGATT: 0 OK AT+CGATT=? +CGATT: (0,1) OK AT+CGATT=1

page 304 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

+CGATT - GPRS Attach Or Detach OK Reference GSM 07.07

3.6.2.7.3 +CGREG - GPRS Network Registration Status

page 305 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

AT+CGREG=? Reference

3.6.2.7.4 +CGDCONT - Define PDP Context

page 306 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

+CGDCONT - Define PDP Context Note: issuing AT+CGDCONT=<CR> returns the OK result code. Read command returns the current settings for each defined context in the AT+CGDCONT? format: +CGDCONT: <cid>,<PDP_type>,<APN>,<PDP_addr>,<d_comp>, <h_comp>[,<pd1>[,[,pdN]]]<CR><LF>[<CR><LF>+CGDCONT: <cid>,<PDP_type>,<APN>,<PDP_addr>,<d_comp>,<h_comp> [,<pd1>[,[,pdN]]]<CR><LF>[]] Test command returns values supported as a compound value AT+CGDCONT=1,IP,APN,10.10.10.10,0,0

AT+CGDCONT=? Example

OK AT+CGDCONT?
+CGDCONT: 1,IP,APN,10.10.10.10,0,0 OK AT+CGDCONT=? +CGDCONT: (1-5),IP,,,(0-1),(0-1) Reference OK GSM 07.07

3.6.2.7.5 +CGQMIN - Quality Of Service Profile (Minimum Acceptable)

AT+CGQMIN?

page 307 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

+CGQMIN - Quality Of Service Profile (Minimum Acceptable) format: +CGQMIN: <cid>,<precedence>,<delay>,<reliability>,<peak>, <mean><CR><LF>[<CR><LF>+CGQMIN: <cid>,<precedence>, <delay>,<reliability>,<peak>,<mean><CR><LF>[]] If no PDP context has been defined, it has no effect and OK result code is returned. Test command returns as a compound value the type of the current PDP context and the supported values for the subparameters in the format: +CGQMIN: <PDP_Type>,(list of supported <precedence>s), (list of supported <delay>s),(list of supported <reliability>s), (list of supported <peak>s),(list of supported <mean>s) Note: only the IP PDP_Type is currently supported. Example

AT+CGQMIN=?

AT+CGQMIN=1,0,0,3,0,0 OK AT+CGQMIN?
+CGQMIN: 1,0,0,5,0,0 OK AT+CGQMIN=? +CGQMIN: IP,(0-3),(0-4),(0-5),(0-9),(0-19,31)

Reference

OK GSM 07.07; GSM 03.60

3.6.2.7.6 +CGQREQ - Quality Of Service Profile (Requested)

page 308 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

+CGQREQ - Quality Of Service Profile (Requested) Note: a special form of the Set command, +CGQREQ=<cid> causes the requested profile for context number <cid> to become undefined. Note: issuing AT+CGQREQ<CR> is the same as issuing the Read command. Note: issuing AT+CGQREQ=<CR> returns the OK result code. Read command returns the current settings for each defined context in the format: +CGQREQ: <cid>,<precedence>,<delay>,<reliability>,<peak>, <mean><CR><LF>[<CR><LF>+CGQREQ: <cid>,<precedence>, <delay>,<reliability>,<peak>,<mean><CR><LF>[]] If no PDP context has been defined, it has no effect and OK result code is returned. Test command returns as a compound value the type of the current PDP context and the supported values for the subparameters in the format: +CGQREQ: <PDP_Type>,(list of supported <precedence>s), (list of supported <delay>s),(list of supported <reliability>s), (list of supported <peak>s),(list of supported <mean>s) Note: only the IP PDP_Type is currently supported. Example

AT+CGQREQ?

AT+CGQREQ=?

AT+CGQREQ?
+CGQREQ: 1,0,0,3,0,0 OK AT+CGQREQ=1,0,0,3,0,0 OK AT+CGQREQ=? +CGQREQ: IP,(0-3),(0-4),(0-5),(0-9),(0-19,31)

Reference

OK GSM 07.07; GSM 03.60

3.6.2.7.7 +CGACT - PDP Context Activate Or Deactivate

+CGACT - PDP Context Activate Or Deactivate Execution command is used to activate or deactivate the specified PDP AT+CGACT[= context(s) [<state>[,<cid> [,<cid>[,]]]]] Parameters: <state> - indicates the state of PDP context activation 0 - deactivated 1 - activated

page 309 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

<cid> - a numeric parameter which specifies a particular PDP context definition (see +CGDCONT command) Note: if no <cid>s are specified the activation/deactivation form of the command activates/deactivates all defined contexts. Note: issuing AT+CGACT<CR> is the same as issuing the Read command. Note: issuing AT+CGACT=<CR> returns the OK result code. Read command returns the current activation state for all the defined PDP contexts in the format: +CGACT: <cid>,<state><CR><LF>[<CR><LF>+CGACT: <cid>,<state><CR><LF>[]] Test command reports information on the supported PDP context activation states parameters in the format: +CGACT: (0-1) Example

AT+CGACT?

AT+CGACT=?

AT+CGACT?
+CGACT: 1,1 OK AT+CGACT=1,1 OK GSM 07.07

Reference

3.6.2.7.8 +CGPADDR - Show PDP Address

page 310 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

+CGPADDR - Show PDP Address AT+CGPADDR=? Example available Test command returns a list of defined <cid>s.

AT#GPRS=1 +IP: xxx.yyy.zzz.www OK AT+CGPADDR=1 +CGPADDR: 1,xxx.yyy.zzz.www

OK AT+CGPADDR=? +CGPADDR: (1)

OK
Reference GSM 07.07

3.6.2.7.9 +CGDATA - Enter Data State

AT+CGDATA=?

Example

Reference

page 311 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3.6.2.8 Commands For Battery Charger

3.6.2.8.1 +CBC - Battery Charge
+CBC - Battery Charge Execution command returns the current Battery Charge status in the format: AT+CBC +CBC: <bcs>,<bcl> where: <bcs> - battery charge status 0 - ME is powered by the battery 1 - ME has a battery connected, and charger pin is being powered 2 - ME does not have a battery connected 3 - Recognized power fault, calls inhibited <bcl> - battery charge level 0 - battery is exhausted, or ME does not have a battery connected 25 - battery charge remained is estimated to be 25% 50 - battery charge remained is estimated to be 50% 75 - battery charge remained is estimated to be 75% 100 - battery is fully charged. Note: <bcs>=1 indicates that the battery charger supply is inserted and the battery is being recharged if necessary with it. Supply for ME operations is taken anyway from VBATT pins. Note: without battery/power connected on VBATT pins or during a power fault the unit is not working, therefore values <bcs>=2 and <bcs>=3 will never appear. Read command has the same effect as Execution command. Test command returns the complete range of values for <bcs> and <bcl>, in the format: +CBC: (0-3),(0-100) Note: an enhanced version of Test command has been defined: AT+CBC=??. Note: although +CBC is an execution command, ETSI 07.07 requires the Test command to be defined. Enhanced test command returns the complete range of values for <bcs> and <bcl>: +CBC: (0-3),(0-100) Example

AT+CBC? AT+CBC=?

AT+CBC=??

AT+CBC
OK

+CBC: 0,75

page 312 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

+CBC - Battery Charge Note The ME does not make differences between being powered by a battery or by a power supply on the VBATT pins, so it is not possible to distinguish between these two cases. Reference GSM 07.07

page 313 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3.6.3 ETSI GSM 07.05 AT Commands for SMS and CBS

3.6.3.1 General Configuration
3.6.3.1.1 +CSMS - Select Message Service
+CSMS - Select Message Service Set command selects messaging service <service>. It returns the types of AT+CSMS messages supported by the ME: [=<service>] Parameter: <service> 0 - The syntax of SMS AT commands is compatible with GSM 07.05 Phase 2 version 4.7.0 (factory default) 1 - The syntax of SMS AT commands is compatible with GSM 07.05 Phase 2+. Set command returns current service setting along with the types of messages supported by the ME: +CSMS: <service>,<mt>,<mo>,<bm> where: <mt> - mobile terminated messages support 0 - type not supported 1 - type supported <mo> - mobile originated messages support 0 - type not supported 1 - type supported <bm> - broadcast type messages support 0 - type not supported 1 - type supported Note: If parameter is omitted then the behavior of Set command is the same as Read command. Read command reports current service setting along with supported message types in the format: +CSMS: <service>,<mt>,<mo>,<cb> where: <service> - messaging service (see above) <mt> - mobile terminated messages support (see above) <mo> - mobile originated messages support (see above) <bm> - broadcast type messages support (see above) Test command reports a list of all services supported by the device. the

AT+CSMS?

AT+CSMS=?

page 314 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

+CSMS - Select Message Service supported value of the parameter <service>. Reference GSM 07.05; GSM 03.40; GSM 03.41

3.6.3.1.2 +CPMS - Preferred Message Storage

AT+CPMS?

page 315 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3.6.3.1.3 +CMGF - Message Format

AT+CMGF? AT+CMGF=? Reference

page 316 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3.6.3.2 Message Configuration

3.6.3.2.1 +CSCA - Service Center Address
+CSCA - Service Center Address Set command sets the Service Center Address to be used for mobile AT+CSCA[= originated SMS transmissions. [<number> [,<type>]]] Parameter: <number> - SC phone number in the format defined by <type> <type> - the type of number 129 - national numbering scheme 145 - international numbering scheme (contains the character "+") Note: to use the SM service, is mandatory to set a Service Center Address at which service requests will be directed. Note: in Text mode, this setting is used by send and write commands; in PDU mode, setting is used by the same commands, but only when the length of the SMSC address coded into the <pdu> parameter equals zero. Note: issuing AT+CSCA<CR> is the same as issuing the Read command. Note: issuing AT+CSCA=<CR> causes an OK result code to be issued. Read command reports the current value of the SCA in the format: +CSCA: <number>,<type> Note: if SCA is not present the device reports an error message. Test command returns the OK result code. GSM 07.05

AT+CSCA?

AT+ CSCA=? Reference

page 317 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3.6.3.2.2 +CSMP - Set Text Mode Parameters

+CSMP - Set Text Mode Parameters Set command is used to select values for additional parameters for storing AT+CSMP[= and sending SMs when the text mode is used (+CMGF=1) [<fo> [,<vp> Parameters: [,<pid> <fo> - depending on the command or result code: [,<dcs>]]]]] first octet of GSM 03.40 SMS-DELIVER, SMS-SUBMIT (default 17), SMS-STATUS-REPORT, or SMS-COMMAND (default 2) in integer format. <vp> - depending on SMS-SUBMIT <fo> setting: GSM 03.40 TP-Validity-Period either in integer format (default 167) or in time-string format <pid> - GSM 03.40 TP-Protocol-Identifier in integer format.
<dcs> - depending on the command or result code: GSM 03.38 SMS Data Coding Scheme (default 0), or Cell Broadcast Data Coding Scheme

Note: issuing AT+CSMP<CR> is the same as issuing the Read command. Note: issuing AT+CSMP=<CR> is the same as issuing the command AT+CSMP=0<CR>. Read command reports the current setting in the format: +CSMP: < fo>,<vp>,<pid>,<dcs> Test command reports the supported range of values for <fo>, <vp>, <pid> and <dcs> parameters. Set the parameters for an outgoing message with 24 hours of validity period and default properties: AT+CSMP=17,167,0,0 OK GSM 07.05; GSM 03.40; GSM 03.38

AT+CSMP?

AT+CSMP=? Example

Reference

3.6.3.2.3 +CSDH - Show Text Mode Parameters

page 318 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

+CSDH - Show Text Mode Parameters or <tooa> in +CMT, +CMGL, +CMGR result codes for SMS-DELIVERs and SMS-SUBMITs in text mode. For SMS-COMMANDs in +CMGR result code do not show <pid>, <mn>, <da>, <toda>, <length> or <cdata> 1 - show the values in result codes Note: issuing AT+CSDH<CR> is the same as issuing the Read command. Note: issuing AT+CSDH=<CR> is the same as issuing the command AT+CSDH=0<CR>. Read command reports the current setting in the format: +CSDH: <show> Test command reports the supported range of values for parameter <show> GSM 07.05

AT+CSDH?

AT+CSDH=? Reference

3.6.3.2.4 +CSCB - Select Cell Broadcast Message Types

AT+CSCB? AT+CSCB=? Example

page 319 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

+CSCB -Select Cell Broadcast Message Types +CSCB: 1,"","" OK (all CBMs are accepted, none is rejected) AT+CSCB=0,"0,1,300-315,450","0-3" OK GSM 07.05, GSM 03.41, GSM 03.38.

Reference

3.6.3.2.5 +CSAS - Save Settings

AT+CSAS? AT+CSAS=? Reference

3.6.3.2.6 +CRES - Restore Settings

page 320 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

+CRES - Restore Settings are always restored from NVM, regardless the value of <profile>. Note: If parameter is omitted the command restores message service settings from NVM. Read command has the same effect as Execution command with parameter omitted. Test command returns the possible range of values for the parameter <profile>. GSM 07.05

AT+CRES? AT+CRES=? Reference

page 321 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3.6.3.3 Message Receiving And Reading

3.6.3.3.1 +CNMI - New Message Indications To Terminal Equipment
+CNMI - New Message Indications To Terminal Equipment Set command selects the behaviour of the device on how the receiving of AT+CNMI[=[ new messages from the network is indicated to the DTE. <mode>[,<mt> [,<bm>[,<ds> Parameter: [,<bfr>]]]]]] <mode> - unsolicited result codes buffering option 0 - Buffer unsolicited result codes in the TA. If TA result code buffer is full, indications can be buffered in some other place or the oldest indications may be discarded and replaced with the new received indications. 1 - Discard indication and reject new received message unsolicited result codes when TA-TE link is reserved, otherwise forward them directly to the TE. 2 - Buffer unsolicited result codes in the TA in case the DTE is busy and flush them to the TE after reservation. Otherwise forward them directly to the TE. 3 - if <mt> is set to 1 an indication via 100 ms break is issued when a SMS is received while the module is in GPRS online mode. It enables the hardware ring line for 1 s. too. <mt> - result code indication reporting for SMS-DELIVER 0 - No SMS-DELIVER indications are routed to the TE. 1 - If SMS-DELIVER is stored into ME/TA, indication of the memory location is routed to the TE using the following unsolicited result code: +CMTI: <memr>,<index> where: <memr> - memory storage where the new message is stored "SM" "ME" <index> - location on the memory where SM is stored. 2 - SMS-DELIVERs (except class 2 messages and messages in the message waiting indication group) are routed directly to the TE using the following unsolicited result code: (PDU Mode) +CMT: [<alpha>],<length><CR><LF><pdu> where: <alpha> - alphanumeric representation of originator/destination number corresponding to the entry found in MT phonebook <length> - PDU length <pdu> - PDU message (TEXT Mode) +CMT:<oa>,<alpha>,<scts>[,<tooa>,<fo>,<pid>,<dcs>,

page 322 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

+CNMI - New Message Indications To Terminal Equipment <sca>,<tosca>,<length>]<CR><LF><data> (the information written in italics will be present depending on +CSDH last setting) where: <oa> - originator address number <alpha> - alphanumeric representation of <oa> or <da> <scts> - arrival time of the message to the SC <tooa>, <tosca> - type of number <oa> or <sca>: 129 - number in national format 145 - number in international format (contains the "+") <fo> - first octet of GSM 03.40 <pid> - Protocol Identifier <dcs> - Data Coding Scheme <sca> - Service Centre number <length> - text length <data> - TP-User-Data Class 2 messages and messages in the message waiting indication group (stored message) result in indication as defined in <mt>=1. 3 - Class 3 SMS-DELIVERs are routed directly to TE using unsolicited result codes defined in <mt>=2. Messages of other data coding schemes result in indication as defined in <mt>=1. <bm> - broadcast reporting option 0 - Cell Broadcast Messages are not sent to the DTE 2 - New Cell Broadcast Messages are sent to the DTE with the unsolicited result code: (PDU Mode) +CBM: <length><CR><LF><PDU> where: <length> - PDU length <PDU> - message PDU (TEXT Mode) +CBM:<sn>,<mid>,<dcs>,<pag>,<pags><CR><LF><data> where: <sn> - message serial number <mid> - message ID <dcs> - Data Coding Scheme <pag> - page number <pags> - total number of pages of the message <data> - CBM Content of Message <ds> - SMS-STATUS-REPORTs reporting option 0 - status report receiving is not reported to the DTE 1 - the status report is sent to the DTE with the following unsolicited result code:

page 323 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

+CNMI - New Message Indications To Terminal Equipment (PDU Mode) +CDS: <length><CR><LF><PDU> where: <length> - PDU length <PDU> - message PDU (TEXT Mode) +CDS: <fo>,<mr>,,,<scts>,<dt>,<st> where: <fo> - first octet of the message PDU <mr> - message reference number <scts> - arrival time of the message to the SC <dt> - sending time of the message <st> - message status as coded in the PDU 2 - if a status report is stored, then the following unsolicited result code is sent: +CDSI: <memr>,<index> where: <memr> - memory storage where the new message is stored "SM" <index> - location on the memory where SM is stored <bfr> - buffered result codes handling method: 0 - TA buffer of unsolicited result codes defined within this command is flushed to the TE when <mode>=1..3 is entered (OK response shall be given before flushing the codes) 1 - TA buffer of unsolicited result codes defined within this command is cleared when <mode>=1..3 is entered. Note: issuing AT+CNMI<CR> is the same as issuing the Read command. Note: issuing AT+CNMI=<CR> is the same as issuing the command AT+CNMI=0<CR>. Read command returns the current parameter settings for +CNMI command in the form: +CNMI: <mode>,<mt>,<bm>,<ds>,<bfr> Test command reports the supported range of values for the +CNMI command parameters. For compatibility with previous versions, Test command returns: +CNMI: (0-2),(0-3),(0,2),(0-2),(0,1) An enhanced version of Test command has been defined: AT+CNMI=??,

AT+CNMI?

AT+CNMI=?

page 324 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

+CNMI - New Message Indications To Terminal Equipment that provides the complete range of values for parameter <mode>. Enhanced test command reports the supported range of values for all the AT+CNMI=?? +CNMI command parameters. Reference GSM 07.05 Note DTR signal is ignored, hence the indication is sent even if the DTE is inactive (DTR signal is Low). In this case the unsolicited result code may be lost so if MODULE remains active while DTE is not, at DTE startup is suggested to check whether new messages have reached the device meanwhile with command AT+CMGL=0 that lists the new messages received.

3.6.3.3.2 +CMGL - List Messages

page 325 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

+CMGL - List Messages "STO UNSENT" - stored message not yet sent "STO SENT" - stored message already sent "ALL" - all messages. Each message to be listed is represented in the format (the information written in italics will be present depending on +CSDH last setting):

+CMGL: <index>,<stat>,<oa/da>,,[,<tooa/toda>,<length>] <CR><LF> <data> where <index> - message position in the storage <stat> - message status <oa/da> - originator/destination number <tooa/toda> - type of number <oa/da> 129 - number in national format 145 - number in international format (contains the "+") <length> - text length <data> - TP-User-Data Each message delivery confirm is represented in the format: +CMGL: <index>,<stat>,<fo>,<mr>,,,<scts>,<dt>,<st> where <index> - message position in the storage <stat> - message status <fo> - first octet of the message PDU <mr> - message reference number <scts> - arrival time of the message to the SC <dt> - sending time of the message <st> - message status as coded in the PDU Note: OK result code is sent at the end of the listing. Note: If parameter is omitted the command returns the list of sms with REC UNREAD status. Read command has the same effect as Execution command with parameter omitted Test command returns a list of supported <stat>s If Text Mode (+CMGF=1) the Test command output is not included in parenthesis AT+CMGL=? +CMGL: "REC UNREAD","REC READ","STO UNSENT", "STO SENT","ALL"

AT+CMGL? AT+CMGL=? Note

page 326 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

+CMGL - List Messages Note The improving command @CMGL has been defined Reference GSM 07.05

3.6.3.3.3 @CMGL - List Messages

@CMGL - List Messages Execution command reports the list of all the messages with status value AT@CMGL <stat> stored into <memr> message storage (<memr> is the message [=<stat>] storage for read and delete SMs as last settings of command +CPMS). The parameter type and the command output depend on the last settings of command +CMGF (message format to be used) (PDU Mode) Parameter: <stat> 0 - new message 1 - read message 2 - stored message not yet sent 3 - stored message already sent 4 - all messages. Each message to be listed is represented in the format: @CMGL: <index>,<stat>,<length><CR><LF><pdu> where <index> - message position in the memory storage list. <stat> - status of the message <length> - length of the PDU in bytes <pdu> - message in PDU format according to GSM 3.40 (Text Mode) Parameter: <stat> "REC UNREAD" - new message "REC READ" - read message "STO UNSENT" - stored message not yet sent "STO SENT" - stored message already sent "ALL" - all messages. Each message to be listed is represented in the format: @CMGL: <index>,<stat>,<oa/da>[,,,<tooa/toda>,<length>] <CR><LF> <data>

page 327 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

@CMGL - List Messages where <index> - message position in the storage <stat> - message status <oa/da> - originator/destination number <tooa/toda> - type of number <oa/da> 129 - number in national format 145 - number in international format (contains the "+") <length> - text length <data> - TP-User-Data Each message delivery confirm is represented in the format: @CMGL: <index>,<stat>,<fo>,<mr>,,,<scts>,<dt>,<st> where <index> - message position in the storage <stat> - message status <fo> - first octet of the message PDU <mr> - message reference number <scts> - arrival time of the message to the SC <dt> - sending time of the message <st> - message status as coded in the PDU Note: The command differs from the +CMGL because at the end of the listing a <CR><LF> is put before the OK result code. Note: If parameter is omitted the command returns the list of sms with REC UNREAD status. Read command has the same effect as Execution command with parameter omitted Test command returns a list of supported <stat>s If Text Mode (+CMGF=1) the Test command output is not included in parenthesis AT@CMGL=? @CMGL: "REC UNREAD","REC READ","STO UNSENT", "STO SENT","ALL" GSM 07.05

AT@CMGL? AT@CMGL=? Note

Reference

3.6.3.3.4 +CMGR - Read Message

+CMGR - Read Message Execution command reports the message with location value <index> from AT+CMGR= <memr> message storage (<memr> is the message storage for read and <index>

page 328 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

+CMGR - Read Message delete SMs as last settings of command +CPMS). Parameter: <index> - message index. The output depends on the last settings of command +CMGF (message format to be used) (PDU Mode) The output has the following format: +CMGR: <stat>,<length><CR><LF><pdu> where <stat> - status of the message 0 - new message 1 - read message 2 - stored message not yet sent 3 - stored message already sent <length> - length of the PDU in bytes. <pdu> - message in PDU format according to GSM 3.40. The status of the message and entire message data unit <pdu> is returned. (Text Mode) Output format for received messages: +CMGR: <stat>,<oa>,,<scts> [,<tooa>,<fo>,<pid>,<dcs>,<sca>, <tosca>,<length>]<CR><LF><text> Output format for sent messages: +CMGR: <stat>,<da>[,,<toda>,<fo>,<pid>,<dcs>,, <sca>,<tosca>,<length>]<CR><LF><text> Output format for message delivery confirm: +CMGR: <stat>,<fo>,<mr>,,,<scts>,<dt>,<st> where: <stat> - status of the message "REC UNREAD" - new received message unread "REC READ" - received message read "STO UNSENT" - message stored not yet sent "STO SENT" - message stored already sent <fo> - first octet of the message PDU <mr> - message reference number

page 329 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

+CMGR - Read Message <scts> - arrival time of the message to the SC <dt> - sending time of the message <st> - message status as coded in the PDU <pid> - Protocol Identifier <dcs> - Data Coding Scheme <oa> - Originator address number <da> - Destination address number <sca> - Service Centre number <tooa>,<toda >,<tosca> - type of number <oa>,<da>,<sca> 129 - number in national format 145 - number in international format (contains the "+") <length> - text length <data> - TP-User_data Note: in both cases if status of the message is 'received unread', status in the storage changes to 'received read'. Note: an error result code is sent on empty record <index>. Test command returns the OK result code. The improving command @CMGR has been defined GSM 07.05

AT+CMGR=? Note Reference

3.6.3.3.5 @CMGR - Read Message

page 330 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

@CMGR - Read Message <length> - length of the PDU in bytes. <pdu> - message in PDU format according to GSM 3.40. The status of the message and entire message data unit <pdu> is returned. (Text Mode) Output format for received messages: @CMGR: <stat>,<oa>,,<scts> [,<tooa>,<fo>,<pid>,<dcs>,<sca>, <tosca>,<length>]<CR><LF><text> Output format for sent messages: @CMGR: <stat>,<da>[,,<toda>,<fo>,<pid>,<dcs>,, <sca>,<tosca>,<length>]<CR><LF><text> Output format for message delivery confirm: @CMGR: <stat>,<fo>,<mr>,,,<scts>,<dt>,<st> where: <stat> - status of the message "REC UNREAD" - new received message unread "REC READ" - received message read "STO UNSENT" - message stored not yet sent "STO SENT" - message stored already sent <fo> - first octet of the message PDU <mr> - message reference number <scts> - arrival time of the message to the SC <dt> - sending time of the message <st> - message status as coded in the PDU <pid> - Protocol Identifier <dcs> - Data Coding Scheme <oa> - Originator address number <da> - Destination address number <sca> - Service Centre number <tooa>,<toda >,<tosca> - type of number <oa>,<da>,<sca> 129 - number in national format 145 - number in international format (contains the "+") <length> - text length <text> - message text Note: the command differs from the +CMGR because after the message <pdu> or <text> a <CR><LF> is put before the OK result code. Note: in both cases if status of the message is 'received unread', status in the storage changes to 'received read'.

page 331 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

@CMGR - Read Message Note: an error result code is sent on empty record <index>. Test command has no effect; the answer is OK AT@CMGR=? Reference GSM 07.05

3.6.3.4 Message Sending And Writing

3.6.3.4.1 +CMGS - Send Message
+CMGS - Send Message (PDU Mode) (PDU Mode) Execution command sends to the network a message. AT+CMGS= <length> Parameter: <length> - length of the PDU to be sent in bytes. 7..164 The device responds to the command with the prompt '>' and waits for the specified number of bytes. To send the message issue Ctrl-Z char (0x1A hex). To exit without sending the message issue ESC char (0x1B hex). If message is successfully sent to the network, then the result is sent in the format: +CMGS: <mr> where <mr> - message reference number. Note: if message sending fails for some reason, an error code is reported. Note: care must be taken to ensure that during the command execution, which may take several seconds, no other SIM interacting commands are issued. (Text Mode) Execution command sends to the network a message. Parameters: <da> - destination address number. <toda> - type of destination address 129 - number in national format 145 - number in international format (contains the "+") The device responds to the command with the prompt '>' and waits for message text (max 160 characters). To send the message issue Ctrl-Z char (0x1A hex).

(Text Mode) AT+CMGS=<da> [,<toda>]

page 332 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

+CMGS - Send Message To exit without sending the message issue ESC char (0x1B hex). If message is successfully sent to the network, then the result is sent in the format: +CMGS: <mr> where <mr> - message reference number. Note: if message sending fails for some reason, an error code is reported. Note: care must be taken to ensure that during the command execution, which may take several seconds, no other SIM interacting commands are issued. To avoid malfunctions is suggested to wait for the +CMGS: <mr> or +CMS ERROR: <err> response before issuing further commands. GSM 07.05

Note Reference

3.6.3.4.2 +CMSS - Send Message From Storage

page 333 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

+CMSS - Send Message From Storage which may take several seconds, no other SIM interacting commands are issued. Note To avoid malfunctions is suggested to wait for the +CMSS: <mr> or +CMS ERROR: <err> response before issuing further commands. Reference GSM 07.05

3.6.3.4.3 +CMGW - Write Message To Memory

(Text Mode) AT+CMGW[=<da>[, <toda> [,<stat>]]]

page 334 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

Reference Note

3.6.3.4.4 +CMGD - Delete Message

page 335 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

AT+CMGD=?

Example

Reference

page 336 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3.6.4 FAX Class 1 AT Commands

3.6.4.1 General Configuration
NOTE: All the test command results are without command echo

3.6.4.1.1 +FMI - Manufacturer ID

+FMI - Manufacturer ID Read command reports the manufacturer ID. The output depends on the AT+FMI? choice made through #SELINT command. AT+FMI? Example Telit OK Reference ITU T.31 and TIA/EIA-578-A specifications

3.6.4.1.2 +FMM - Model ID

+FMM - Model ID AT+FMM? Reference Read command reports the model ID ITU T.31 and TIA/EIA-578-A specifications

3.6.4.1.3 +FMR - Revision ID

+FMR - Revision ID AT+FMR? Reference Read command reports the software revision ID ITU T.31 and TIA/EIA-578-A specifications

page 337 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3.6.4.2 Transmission/Reception Control

3.6.4.2.1 +FTS - Stop Transmission And Pause
+FTS - Stop Transmission And Pause Execution command causes the modem to terminate a transmission and AT+FTS=<time> wait for <time> 10ms intervals before responding with OK result. Parameter: <time> - duration of the pause, expressed in 10ms intervals. 0..255 Test command returns all supported values of the parameter <time>. ITU T.31 and TIA/EIA-578-A specifications

AT+FTS=? Reference

3.6.4.2.2 +FRS - Wait For Receive Silence

AT+FRS=? Reference

3.6.4.2.3 +FTM - Transmit Data Modulation

+FTM - Transmit Data Modulation Execution command causes the module to transmit facsimile data using the AT+FTM=<mod> modulation defined by the parameter <mod>. Parameter: <mod> - carrier modulation 24 - V27ter/2400 bps 48 - V27ter/4800 bps 72 - V29/7200 bps 96 - V29/9600 bps Test command returns all supported values of the parameter <mod>. Note: the output is not bracketed ITU T.31 and TIA/EIA-578-A specifications

AT+FTM=? Reference

page 338 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3.6.4.2.4 +FRM - Receive Data Modulation

AT+FRM=? Reference

3.6.4.2.5 +FTH - Transmit Data With HDLC Framing

AT+FTH=? Reference

3.6.4.2.6 +FRH - Receive Data With HDLC Framing

AT+FRH=? Reference

page 339 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3.6.4.3Serial Port Control

3.6.4.3.1 +FLO - Select Flow Control Specified By Type
+FLO - Select Flow Control Specified By Type Set command selects the flow control behaviour of the serial port in both AT+FLO=<type> directions: from DTE to DTA and from DTA to DTE. Parameter: <type> - flow control option for the data on the serial port 0 - flow control None 1 - flow control Software (XON-XOFF) 2 - flow control Hardware (CTS-RTS) (factory default). Note: This command is a shortcut of the +IFC command. Note: +FLOs settings are functionally a subset of &Ks ones. Read command returns the current value of parameter <type> Test command returns all supported values of the parameter <type>. ITU T.31 and TIA/EIA-578-A specifications

AT+FLO? AT+FLO=? Reference

3.6.4.3.2 +FPR - Select Serial Port Rate

+FPR - Select Serial Port Rate Set command selects the the serial port speed in both directions, from DTE AT+FPR=<rate> to DTA and from DTA to DTE. When autobauding is selected, then the speed is detected automatically. Parameter: <rate> - serial port speed selection 0 autobauding Read command returns the current value of parameter <rate> Test command returns all supported values of the parameters <rate>. ITU T.31 and TIA/EIA-578-A specifications

AT+FPR? AT+FPR=? Reference

3.6.4.3.3 +FDD - Double Escape Character Replacement Control

page 340 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3.6.5 Custom AT Commands

3.6.5.1 General Configuration AT Commands
3.6.5.1.1 #CGMI - Manufacturer Identification
#CGMI - Manufacturer Identification Execution command returns the device manufacturer identification code AT#CGMI with command echo. The output depends on the choice made through #SELINT command. Read command has the same effect as the Execution command AT#CGMI?

3.6.5.1.2 #CGMM - Model Identification

#CGMM - Model Identification Execution command returns the device model identification code with AT#CGMM command echo. Read command has the same effect as the Execution command AT#CGMM?

3.6.5.1.3 #CGMR - Revision Identification

#CGMR - Revision Identification Execution command returns device software revision number with AT#CGMR command echo. Read command has the same effect as the Execution command AT#CGMR?

3.6.5.1.4 #CGSN - Product Serial Number Identification

3.6.5.1.5 #CIMI - International Mobile Subscriber Identity (IMSI)

page 341 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3.6.5.1.6 #CAP - Change Audio Path

AT#CAP?

AT#CAP=?

3.6.5.1.7 #SRS - Select Ringer Sound

page 342 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

AT#SRS?

AT#SRS=?

3.6.5.1.8 #SRP -Select Ringer Path

page 343 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

AT#SRP?

AT#SRP=? Example

3.6.5.1.9 #STM - Signaling Tones Mode

AT#STM?

AT#STM=?

page 344 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3.6.5.1.10 #PCT - Display PIN Counter

#PCT - Display PIN Counter Execution command reports the PIN/PUK or PIN2/PUK2 input remaining AT#PCT attempts, depending on +CPIN requested password in the format: #PCT: <n> where: <n> - remaining attempts 0 - the SIM is blocked. 1..3 - if the device is waiting either SIM PIN or SIM PIN2 to be given. 1..10 - if the device is waiting either SIM PUK or SIM PUK2 to be given. Read command has the same behaviour as Execution command.

AT#PCT?

3.6.5.1.11 #SHDN - Software Shut Down

AT#SHDN?

3.6.5.1.12 #WAKE - Wake From Alarm Mode

page 345 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

#WAKE - Wake From Alarm Mode <status> 0 - normal operating mode 1 - alarm mode or normal operating mode with some alarm activity. Note: the power saving status is indicated by a CTS - OFF and DSR - OFF status. The normal operating status is indicated by DSR - ON. Note: during the alarm mode the device will not make any network scan and will not register to any network and therefore is not able to dial or receive any call or SM, the only commands that can be issued to the MODULE in this state are the #WAKE and #SHDN, every other command must not be issued during this state. Read command has the same effect as Execution command when parameter is omitted.

AT#WAKE?

3.6.5.1.13 #QTEMP -Query Temperature Overflow

AT#QTEMP?

#QTEMP=? Note

page 346 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3.6.5.1.14 #SGPO - Set General Purpose Output

#SGPO - Set General Purpose Output Set command sets the value of the general purpose output pin GPIO2. AT#SGPO[= [<stat>]] Parameter: <stat> 0 - output pin cleared to 0 (LOW) 1 - output pin set to 1 (HIGH) Note: the GPIO2 is an OPEN COLLECTOR output, the command sets the transistor base level, hence the open collector output is negated: AT#SGPO=0 sets the open collector output HIGH AT#SGPO=1 sets the open collector output LOW A pull up resistor is required on pin GPIO2. Note: issuing AT#SGPO<CR> is the same as issuing the Read command. Note: issuing AT#SGPO=<CR> is the same as issuing the command AT#SGPO=0<CR>. Read command reports the #SGPO command setting, hence the opposite status of the open collector pin in the format: #SGPO: <stat>. Test command reports the supported range of values of parameter <stat>. This command is meaningful only for GM862 family

AT#SGPO?

AT#SGPO=? Note

3.6.5.1.15 #GGPI - General Purpose Input

page 347 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

#GGPI - General Purpose Input Read command reports the read value for the input pin GPIO1, in the AT#GGPI? format: #GGPI: <dir>,<stat> where <dir> - direction setting (see #GGPI=<dir> ) <stat> - logic value read from pin GPIO1 Note: Since the reading is done after the insulating transistor, the reported value is the opposite of the logic status of the GPIO1 input pin. Test command reports supported range of values for parameter <dir>. This command is meaningful only for GM862 family

AT#GGPI=? Note

3.6.5.1.16 #GPIO - General Purpose Input/Output Pin Control

page 348 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

#GPIO - General Purpose Input/Output Pin Control <dir> - current direction setting for the GPIO<pin> <stat> logic value read from pin GPIO<pin> in the case the pin <dir> is set to input; logic value present in output of the pin GPIO<pin> in the case the pin <dir> is currently set to output; no meaning value for the pin GPIO<pin> in the case the pin <dir> is set to alternate function. Note: (valid only for GPIO1) since the reading is done after the insulating transistor, the reported value is the opposite of the logic status of the GPIO1 input pin Note: if all parameters are omitted the command reports the read direction and value of all GPIO pin, int the format: #GPIO: <dir>,<stat>[<CR><LF>#GPIO: <dir>,<stat>[]] Note: "ALTERNATE FUNCTION" value is valid only for following pins: GPIO5 - alternate function is RF Transmission Monitor GPIO6 - alternate function is "Alarm Output" (see +CALA) GPIO7 - alternate function is "Buzzer Output" (see #SRP) Note: while using the pins in the alternate function, the GPIO read/write access to that pin is not accessible and shall be avoided. Note: The GPIO2 is an OPEN COLLECTOR output, the command sets the transistor base level, hence the open collector output is negated Read command has the same effect as Execution command when all parameters are omitted. Test command reports the supported range of values of the command parameters <pin>, <mode> and <dir>. AT#GPIO=3,0,1 OK AT#GPIO=3,2 #GPIO: 1,0 OK AT#GPIO=4,1,1 OK AT#GPIO=5,0,0 OK AT#GPIO=6,2 #GPIO: 0,1 OK

AT#GPIO? AT#GPIO=? Example

page 349 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3.6.5.1.17 #I2S1 - Set PCM Output For Channel 1

#I2S1 - Set PCM Output For Channel 1 AT#I2S1[= Set command sets the type of operation. <mode> [,<clockmode>, Parameters: <clockrate>]] <mode> 0 - PCM1 is not enabled; audio is forwarded to the analog line; PCM pins can be used as UART1 and GPIO. 1 - PCM1 is enabled; audio is forwarded to the PCM block; PCM pin cannot be used for UART1; any service on UART1 is suspended 2 - PCM1 is enabled; audio is forwarded both to the PCM block and to the analog line; PCM pins cannot be used for UART1; any service on UART1 is suspended <clockmode> 0 - PCM acts as slave 1 - PCM acts as master <clockrate> 64 - 64 kHz. 128 - 128 kHz. 256 - 256 kHz. 512 - 512 kHz 1024 - 1024 kHz 2048 - 2048 kHz Note: issuing AT#I2S1<CR> is the same as issuing the Read command. Read command reports the last setting, in the format: #I2S1: <mode>,<clockmode>,<clockrate> Reports the range of supported values for parameters <mode>, <clockmode> and <clockrate>

AT#I2S1?

AT#I2S1=?

3.6.5.1.18 #E2SMSRI - SMS Ring Indicator

#E2SMSRI - SMS Ring Indicator AT#E2SMSRI[= Set command enables/disables the Ring Indicator pin response to an [<n>]] incoming SMS message. If enabled, a negative going pulse is

page 350 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

#E2SMSRI - SMS Ring Indicator Note: if +CNMI=3,1 command is issued and the module is in a GPRS connection, a 100 ms break signal is sent and a 1 sec. pulse is generated on RI pin, no matter if the RI pin response is either enabled or not. Note: issuing AT#E2SMSRI<CR> is the same as issuing the Read command. Note: issuing AT#E2SMSRI=<CR> returns the OK result code. Read command reports the duration in ms of the pulse generated on receipt of an incoming SM, in the format: #E2SMSRI: <n> Note: as seen before, the value <n>=0 means that the RI pin response to an incoming SM is disabled. Reports the range of supported values for parameter <n>

AT#E2SMSRI?

AT#E2SMSRI=?

3.6.5.1.19

#ADC - Analog/Digital Converter Input

#ADC - Analog/Digital Converter Input Execution command reads pin<adc> voltage, converted by ADC, and AT#ADC[= outputs it in the format: <adc>,<mode> [,<dir>]] #ADC: <value> where: <value> - pin<adc> voltage, expressed in mV Parameters: <adc> - index of pin 1 - available for GM862-QUAD, GM862-QUAD-PY, GM862-GPS, GE863QUAD, GE863-PY, GE863-GPS, GE864-QUAD, GE864-PY, GC864QUAD and GC864-PY 2 - available only for GE863-QUAD, GE863-PY, GE864-QUAD, GE864PY, GC864-QUAD and GC864-PY 3 - available only for GE863-QUAD, GE863-PY, GE864-QUAD, GE864PY, GC864-QUAD and GC864-PY <mode> - required action 2 - query ADC value <dir> - direction; its interpretation is currently not implemented 0 - no effect. If all parameters are omitted the command reports all pins voltage, converted by ADC, in the format:

page 351 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

#ADC: <value>[<CR><LF>#ADC: <value>[]] Note: The command returns the last valid measure. Read command has the same effect as Execution command when all parameters are omitted. Test command reports the supported range of values of the command parameters <adc>, <mode> and <dir>.

AT#ADC? AT#ADC=?

3.6.5.1.20 #DAC - Digital/Analog Converter Control

#DAC - Digital/Analog Converter Control Set command enables/disables the DAC_OUT pin. AT#DAC[= <enable> Parameters: [,<value>]] <enable> - enables/disables DAC output. 0 - disables pin; it is in high impedance status (factory default) 1 - enables pin; the corresponding output is driven <value> - scale factor of the integrated output voltage; it must be present if <enable>=1 0..1023 - 10 bit precision Note: integrated output voltage = MAX_VOLTAGE * value / 1023 Note: if all parameters are omitted then the behaviour of Set command is the same as the Read command. Read command reports whether the DAC_OUT pin is currently enabled or not, along with the integrated output voltage scale factor, in the format: #DAC: <enable>,<value> Test command reports the range for the parameters <enable> and <value>. Enable the DAC out and set its integrated output to the 50% of the max value: AT#DAC=1,511 OK Disable the DAC out: AT#DAC=0 OK With this command the DAC frequency is selected internally. D/A converter must not be used during POWERSAVING. DAC_OUT line must be integrated (for example with a low band pass filter) in order to obtain an analog voltage. For a more in depth description of the integration filter refer to the hardware

AT#DAC?

AT#DAC=? Example

Note

page 352 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

#DAC - Digital/Analog Converter Control user guide.

3.6.5.1.21 #VAUX - Auxiliary Voltage Pin Output

#VAUX- Auxiliary Voltage Pin Output Set command enables/disables Auxiliary Voltage pins output. AT#VAUX[=<n>, <stat>] Parameters: <n> - VAUX pin index 1 - there is currently just one VAUX pin <stat> 0 - output off 1 - output on 2 - query current value of VAUX pin Note: when <stat>=2 and command is successful, it returns: #VAUX: <value> where: <value> - power output status 0 - output off 1 - output on Note: If all parameters are omitted the command has the same behaviour as Read command. Note: for the GPS product (GE863-GPS): if the Auxiliary Voltage pins output is disabled while GPS or camera is powered on theyll both also be turned off. Read command reports the current status of all auxiliary voltage output pins, in the format: #VAUX: <value>[<CR><LF>#VAUX: <value>[]] Test command reports the supported range of values for parameters <n>, <stat>.

AT#VAUX?

AT#VAUX=?

3.6.5.1.22 #CBC - Battery And Charger Status

#CBC- Battery And Charger Status Execution command returns the current Battery and Charger state in the AT#CBC format:

page 353 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

#CBC- Battery And Charger Status #CBC: <ChargerState>,<BatteryVoltage> where: <ChargerState> - battery charger state 0 - charger not connected 1 - charger connected and charging 2 - charger connected and charge completed <BatteryVoltage> - battery voltage in millivolt: it is the real battery voltage only if charger is not connected; if the charger is connected this value depends on the charger voltage. Read command has the same meaning as Execution command. Test command returns the OK result code.

AT#CBC? AT#CBC=?

3.6.5.1.23 #AUTOATT - Auto-Attach Property

AT#AUTOATT?

AT#AUTOATT=?

3.6.5.1.24 #MSCLASS - Multislot Class Control

page 354 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

#MSCLASS - Multislot Class Control <autotattach> 0 - the new multislot class is enabled only at the next detach/attach or after a reboot. 1 - the new multislot class is enabled immediately, automatically forcing a detach / attach procedure. Note: the <class> range for former GM862 family products is 1..8, excluding class 7. Note: if all parameters are omitted the behaviour of set command is the same as read command. Read command reports the current value of the multislot class in the format: #MSCLASS: <class> Test command reports the range of available values for parameter <class>.

AT#MSCLASS?

AT#MSCLASS=?

3.6.5.1.25 #MONI - Cell Monitor

#MONI - Cell Monitor AT#MONI[= [<number>]] Set command sets one cell out of seven, in a neighbour of the serving cell including it, from which extract GSM-related informations.
Parameter:

AT#MONI?

page 355 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

#MONI - Cell Monitor #MONI: Cc:<cc> Nc:<nc> BSIC:<bsic> RxQual:<qual> LAC:<lac> Id:<id> ARFCN:<arfcn> PWR:<dBm> dBm TA: <timadv> f) When extracting data for an adjacent cell, the format is: #MONI: Adj Cell<n> [LAC:<lac> Id:<id>] ARFCN:<arfcn> PWR:<dBm> dBm where: <netname> - name of network operator <cc> - country code <nc> - network operator code <n> - progressive number of adjacent cell <bsic> - base station identification code <qual> - quality of reception 0..7 <lac> - localization area code <id> - cell identifier <arfcn> - assigned radio channel <dBm> - received signal strength in dBm <timadv> = timing advance Note: TA: <timadv> is reported only for the serving cell. When the last setting done is AT#MONI=7, then the Read command reports the above informations for each of the cells in the neighbour of the serving cell, formatting them in a sequence of <CR><LF>-terminated strings. Test command reports the maximum number of cells, in the neighbour of the serving cell, from which we can extract GSM-related informations, along with the ordinal number of the current selected cell, in the format: #MONI: (<MaxCellNo>,<CellSet>) where: <MaxCellNo> - maximum number of cells, in the neighbour of the serving cell, from which we can extract GSM-related informations (for compatibility with previous versions of code this value is always 6). <CellSet> - the last setting done with command #MONI. An enhanced version of the Test command has been defined: AT#MONI=?? Enhanced test command reports the maximum number of cells, in a neighbour of the serving cell and including it, from which we can extract GSM-related informations, along with the ordinal number of the current selected cell, in the format:

AT#MONI=?

AT#MONI=??

page 356 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

#MONI - Cell Monitor #MONI: (<MaxCellNo>,<CellSet>) where: <MaxCellNo> - maximum number of cells, in a neighbour of the serving cell and including it, from which we can extract GSM-related informations. This value is always 7. <CellSet> - the last setting done with command #MONI. The refresh time of the measures is preset to 3 sec. The timing advance value is meaningful only during calls or GPRS transfers active.

Note

3.6.5.1.26 #SERVINFO - Serving Cell Information

#SERVINFO - Serving Cell Information Execution command reports informations about serving cell, in the format: AT#SERVINFO #SERVINFO: <B-ARFCN>,<dBM>,<NetNameAsc>,<NetCode>, ,<BSIC>,<LAC>,<TA>,<GPRS>[,[<PB-ARFCN>],[<NOM>], <RAC>,[PAT]] where: <B-ARFCN> - BCCH ARFCN of the serving cell <dBM> - received signal strength in dBm <NetNameAsc> - operator name, quoted string type <NetCode> - country code and operator code, hexadecimal representation <BSIC> - Base Station Identification Code <LAC> - Localization Area Code <TA> - Time Advance: its available only if a GSM or GPRS is running <GPRS> - GPRS supported in the cell 0 - not supported 1 - supported The following informations will be present only if GPRS is supported in the cell <PB-ARFCN> - PBCCH ARFCN of the serving cell; itll be printed only if PBCCH is supported by the cell, otherwise the label hopping will be printed <NOM> - Network Operation Mode ..I II ..III <RAC> - Routing Area Color Code <PAT> - Priority Access Threshold ..0

page 357 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

#SERVINFO - Serving Cell Information ..3..6 Read command has the same effect as Execution command AT#SERVINFO?

3.6.5.1.27 #COPSMODE - +COPS Mode

AT#COPSMODE?

AT#COPSMODE=? Note

3.6.5.1.28 #QSS - Query SIM Status

page 358 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

#QSS - Query SIM Status where: <status> - current SIM status 0 - SIM NOT INSERTED 1 - SIM INSERTED Note: issuing AT#QSS<CR> is the same as issuing the Read command. Note: issuing AT#QSS=<CR> is the same as issuing the command AT#QSS=0<CR>. Read command reports whether the unsolicited indication #QSS is currently enabled or not, along with the SIM status, in the format: #QSS: <mode>,<status> (<mode> and <status> are described above) Test command returns the supported range of values for parameter <mode>.

AT#QSS?

AT#QSS=?

3.6.5.1.29

#DIALMODE - ATD Dialling Mode

AT#DIALMODE?

AT#DIALMODE=?

page 359 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3.6.5.1.30 #ACAL - Automatic Call

#ACAL - Automatic Call Set command enables/disables the automatic call function. AT#ACAL[= [<mode>]] Parameter: <mode> 0 - disables the automatic call function (factory default) 1 - enables the automatic call function. If enabled (and &D2 has been issued), the transition OFF/ON of DTR causes an automatic call to the first number (position 0) stored in the internal phonebook. Note: type of call depends on the last issue of command +FCLASS. Note: issuing AT#ACAL<CR> is the same as issuing the Read command. Note: issuing AT#ACAL=<CR> is the same as issuing the command AT#ACAL=0<CR>. Read command reports whether the automatic call function is currently enabled or not, in the format: #ACAL: <mode> Test command returns the supported range of values for parameter <mode>. See &Z to write and &N to read the number on module internal phonebook.

AT#ACAL?

AT#ACAL=? Note

3.6.5.1.31 #ECAM - Extended Call Monitoring

page 360 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

#ECAM - Extended Call Monitoring 1 - calling (MO) 2 - connecting (MO) 3 - active 4 - hold 5 - waiting (MT) 6 - alerting (MT) 7 - busy <calltype> - call type 1 - voice 2 - data <number> - called number (valid only for <ccstatus>=1) <type> - type of <number> 129 - national number 145 - international number Note: the unsolicited indication is sent along with usual codes (OK, NO CARRIER, BUSY...). Note: issuing AT#ECAM<CR> is the same as issuing the Read command. Note: issuing AT#ECAM=<CR> returns the OK result code. Read command reports whether the extended call monitoring function is currently enabled or not, in the format: #ECAM: <onoff> Test command returns the list of supported values for <onoff>

AT#ECAM?

AT#ECAM=?

3.6.5.1.32 #SMOV - SMS Overflow

#SMOV - SMS Overflow Set command enables/disables the SMS overflow signalling function. AT#SMOV[= [<mode>]] Parameter: <mode> 0 - disables SMS overflow signalling function(factory default) 1 - enables SMS overflow signalling function; when the maximum storage capacity has reached, the following network initiated notification is send: #USMO: <memo> Note: issuing AT#SMOV<CR> is the same as issuing the Read command. Note: issuing AT#SMOV=<CR> is the same as issuing the command

page 361 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

AT#SMOV?

AT#SMOV=0<CR>. Read command reports whether the SMS overflow signaling function is currently enabled or not, in the format: #SMOV: <mode> Test command returns the supported range of values of parameter <mode>.

AT#SMOV=?

3.6.5.1.33

#CODEC - Audio Codec

#CODEC - Audio Codec Set command sets the audio codec mode. AT#CODEC[= <codec>] Parameter: <codec> 0 - all the codec modes are enabled (factory default) 1..31 - value obtained as sum of the following values, each of them representing a specific codec mode: 1 - FR, full rate mode enabled 2 - EFR, enhanced full rate mode enabled 4 - HR, half rate mode enabled 8 - AMR-FR, AMR full rate mode enabled 16 - AMR-HR, AMR half rate mode enabled Note: the setting 0 is equivalent to the setting 31. Note: The codec setting is saved in the profile parameters. Note: if optional parameter <codec> is omitted the behavior of Set command is the same as Read command. Read command returns current audio codec mode in the format: #CODEC: <codec> Test command returns the range of available values for parameter <codec> AT#CODEC=14 OK sets the codec modes HR (4), EFR (2) and AMR-FR (8)

AT#CODEC?

AT#CODEC=? Example

page 362 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3.6.5.1.34 #SHFEC - Handsfree Echo Canceller

AT#SHFEC?

AT#SHFEC=?

3.6.5.1.35 #HFMICG - Handsfree Microphone Gain

AT#HFMICG?

AT#HFMICG=?

page 363 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3.6.5.1.36

#HSMICG - Handset Microphone Gain

AT#HSMICG?

AT#HSMICG=?

3.6.5.1.37 #SHFSD - Set Headset Sidetone

#SHFSD - Set Headset Sidetone Set command enables/disables the sidetone on headset audio output. AT#SHFSD[= [<mode>]] Parameter: <mode> 0 - disables the headset sidetone (factory default) 1 - enables the headset sidetone. Note: This setting returns to default after power off. Note: issuing AT#SHFSD<CR> is the same as issuing the Read command. Note: issuing AT#SHFSD=<CR> is the same as issuing the command AT#SHFSD=0<CR>. Read command reports whether the headset sidetone is currently enabled or not, in the format: #SHFSD: <mode> Test command returns the supported range of values of parameter <mode>.

AT#SHFSD?

AT#SHFSD=?

page 364 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3.6.5.1.38 #/ - Repeat Last Command

#/ - Repeat Last Command Execute command is used to execute again the last received AT#/ command.

3.6.5.1.39 #NITZ - Network Timezone

#NITZ - Network Timezone Set command enables/disables automatic date/time updating and Network AT#NITZ[= Timezone unsolicited indication. [<val> Date and time information may be sent by the network after GSM [,<mode>]]] registration or after GPRS attach. Parameters: <val> 0 - disables automatic set (factory default) 1 - enables automatic set <mode> 0 - disables unsolicited message (factory default) 1 - enables unsolicited message; after date and time updating the following unsolicited indication is sent: #NITZ: yy/MM/dd,hh:mm:ss where: yy - year MM - month (in digits) dd - day hh - hour mm - minute ss - second Note: issuing AT#NITZ<CR> is the same as issuing the Read command. Note: issuing AT#NITZ=<CR> is the same as issuing the command AT#NITZ=0<CR>. Read command reports whether automatic date/time updating is currently enabled or not, and whether Network Timezone unsolicited indication is enabled or not, in the format: #NITZ: <val>,<mode> Test command returns supported values of parameters <val> and <mode>.

AT#NITZ?

AT#NITZ=?

page 365 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3.6.5.1.40 #BND - Select Band

#BND - Select Band Set command selects the current band. AT#BND[= [<band>]] Parameter <band>: 0 - GSM 900MHz + DCS 1800MHz 1 - GSM 900MHz + PCS 1900MHz 2 - GMS 850MHz + PCS 1800MHz (available only on quadri-band modules) 3 - GMS 850MHz + PCS 1900MHz (available only on quadri-band modules) Note: This setting is maintained even after power off. Note: issuing AT#BND<CR> is the same as issuing the Read command. Note: issuing AT#BND=<CR> is the same as issuing the command AT#BND=0<CR>. Read command returns the current selected band in the format: #BND: <band> Test command returns the supported range of values of parameter <band>. Note: the range of values differs between triband modules and quadric-band modules

AT#BND?

AT#BND=?

3.6.5.1.41

#AUTOBND - Automatic Band Selection

page 366 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

#AUTOBND - Automatic Band Selection Read command returns whether the automatic band selection is enabled or AT#AUTOBND? not in the form: #AUTOBND: <value> Test command returns the range of supported values for parameter <value>.

AT#AUTOBND=?

3.6.5.1.42 #SKIPESC - Skip Escape Sequence

#SKIPESC - Skip Escape Sequence Set command enables/disables skipping the escape sequence +++ while AT#SKIPESC[= transmitting during a data connection. [<mode>]] Parameter: <mode> 0 - doesnt skip the escape sequence; its transmission is enabled (factory default). 1 - skips the escape sequence; its transmission is not enabled. Note: in case of an FTP connection, the escape sequence is not transmitted, regardless of the command setting. Note: issuing AT#SKIPESC<CR> is the same as issuing the Read command. Note: issuing AT#SKIPESC=<CR> is the same as issuing the command AT#SKIPESC=0<CR>. Read command reports whether escape sequence skipping is currently enabled or not, in the format: #SKIPESC: <mode> Test command reports supported range of values for parameter <mode>.

AT#SKIPESC?

AT#SKIPESC=?

page 367 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3.6.5.1.43 #E2ESC - Escape Sequence Guard Time

#E2ESC - Escape Sequence Guard Time AT#E2ESC[= [<gt>]] Set command sets a guard time in seconds for the escape sequence in GPRS to be considered a valid one (and return to on-line command mode). Parameter: <gt> 0 - no guard time (factory default) 1..10 - guard time in seconds Note: if the Escape Sequence Guard Time is set to a value different from zero, it overrides the one set with S12. Note: issuing AT#E2ESC<CR> is the same as issuing the Read command. Note: issuing AT#E2ESC=<CR> returns the OK result code. Read command returns current value of the escape sequence guard time, in the format: #E2ESC: <gt> Test command returns the OK result code.

AT#E2ESC?

AT#E2ESC=?

3.6.5.1.44

#GAUTH - PPP-GPRS Connection Authentication Type

AT#GAUTH?

AT#GAUTH=?

page 368 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3.6.5.1.45 #RTCSTAT - RTC Status

AT#RTCSTAT?

AT#RTCSTAT=?

page 369 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3.6.5.2 FTP AT Commands

3.6.5.2.1 #FTPTO - FTP Time-Out
#FTPTO - FTP Time-Out Set command sets time-out for FTP operations. AT#FTPTO[= <tout>] Parameter: <tout> - time-out in 100 ms units 100..5000 - hundreds of ms (factory default is 100) Note: The parameter is not saved in NVM. Note: if parameter <tout> is omitted the behaviour of Set command is the same as Read command. Read command returns the current FTP operations time-out, in the format: #FTPTO: <tout> Test command returns the range of supported values for parameter <tout>

AT#FTPTO?

AT#FTPTO=?

3.6.5.2.2 #FTPOPEN - FTP Open

3.6.5.2.3 #FTPCLOSE - FTP Close

#FTPCLOSE - FTP Close Execution command closes an FTP connection. AT#FTPCLOSE Read command behavior is the same as Execution command. AT#FTPCLOSE?

page 370 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3.6.5.2.4 #FTPPUT - FTP Put

#FTPPUT - FTP Put AT#FTPPUT= <filename> Execution command, issued during an FTP connection, opens a data connection and starts sending <filename> file to the FTP server. If the data connection succeeds, a CONNECT indication is sent, otherwise a NO CARRIER indication is sent. Parameter: <filename> - string type, name of the file. Note: use the escape sequence +++ to close the data connection. Note: The command causes an ERROR result code to be returned if no FTP connection has been opened yet.

3.6.5.2.5 #FTPPUTPH - FTP Put Photo

#FTPPUTPH - FTP Put Photo Execution command, issued during an FTP connection, opens a data AT#FTPPUTPH= connection and starts sending to the FTP server the last photo taken issuing <filename> AT#TPHOTO. Parameter: <filename> - string type, name of the file on the FTP server side. Note: the file transfer type has to be binary in order to send the photo the right way (see command #FTPTYPE). Note: The command causes an ERROR result code to be returned if no FTP connection has been opened yet. at#gprs=1 +IP: ###.###.###.### OK at#camon OK at#tphoto OK at#ftpopen="xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx",<usern.>,<passw.>,0 OK at#ftptype=0 OK at#ftpputph="photo.jpg"

Example

page 371 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

#FTPPUTPH - FTP Put Photo OK at#ftpclose OK

3.6.5.2.6 #FTPGET - FTP Get

3.6.5.2.7 #FTPTYPE - FTP Type

#FTPTYPE?

#FTPTYPE=?

page 372 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3.6.5.2.8 #FTPMSG - FTP Read Message

#FTPMSG - FTP Read Message Execution command returns the last response from the server. AT#FTPMSG Read command behaviour is the same as Execution command. AT#FTPMSG?

3.6.5.2.9 #FTPDELE - FTP Delete

3.6.5.2.10 #FTPPWD - FTP Print Working Directory

3.6.5.2.11 #FTPCWD - FTP Change Working Directory

page 373 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3.6.5.2.12 #FTPLIST - FTP List

page 374 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3.6.5.3 Enhanced Easy GPRS Extension AT Commands

3.6.5.3.1 #USERID - Authentication User ID
#USERID - Authentication User ID Set command sets the user identification string to be used during the AT#USERID authentication step. [=<user>] Parameter: <user> - string type, its the authentication User Id; the max length for this value is the output of Test command, AT#USERID=? (factory default is the empty string ). Note: If parameter is omitted then the behaviour of Set command is the same of Read command. Read command reports the current user identification string, in the format: #USERID: <user>. Test command returns the maximum allowed length of the string parameter <user>. AT#USERID="myName" OK AT#USERID? #USERID: "myName" OK

AT#USERID?

AT#USERID=? Example

3.6.5.3.2 #PASSW - Authentication Password

AT#PASSW=? Example

page 375 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3.6.5.3.3 #PKTSZ - Packet Size

AT#PKTSZ?

AT#PKTSZ=? Example

->value automatically chosen by device

3.6.5.3.4 #DSTO - Data Sending Time-Out

page 376 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

AT#DSTO? AT#DSTO=? Example

3.6.5.3.5 #SKTTO - Socket Inactivity Time-Out

AT#SKTTO? AT#SKTTO=? Example

page 377 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

#SKTTO - Socket Inactivity Time-Out OK

3.6.5.3.6 #SKTSET - Socket Definition

AT#SKTSET?

page 378 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3.6.5.3.7 #SKTOP - Socket Open

AT#SKTOP? Example

3.6.5.3.8 #QDNS - Query DNS

page 379 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

#QDNS - Query DNS Note Note: <IP address> is in the format: xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx This command requires that the authentication parameters are correctly set and that the GPRS network is present.

3.6.5.3.9 #SKTCT - Socket TCP Connection Time-Out

#SKTCT - Socket TCP Connection Time-Out Set command sets the TCP connection time-out for the first CONNECT AT#SKTCT[= answer from the TCP peer to be received. <tout>] Parameter: <tout> - TCP first CONNECT answer time-out in 100ms units 10..1200 - hundreds of ms (factory default value is 600). Note: this time-out applies only to the time that the TCP stack waits for the CONNECT answer to its connection request. Note: The time for activate the GPRS and resolving the name with the DNS query (if the peer was specified by name and not by address) is not counted in this timeout.
Note: if parameter is omitted then the behaviour of Set command is the same as Read command.

AT#SKTCT? AT#SKTCT=? Example

Read command reports the current TCP connection time-out. Test command returns the allowed values for parameter <tout>. AT#SKTCT=600 OK socket first connection answer timeout has been set to 60 s.

3.6.5.3.10

#SKTSAV - Socket Parameters Save

page 380 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

Example Note

- Remote Address - TCP Connection Time-Out AT#SKTSAV OK socket parameters have been saved in NVM If some parameters have not been previously specified then a default value will be stored.

3.6.5.3.11 #SKTRST - Socket Parameters Reset

Example

3.6.5.3.12

#GPRS - GPRS Context Activation

page 381 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

reporting the local IP address obtained from the network. Note: issuing AT#GPRS<CR> reports the current status of the GPRS context, in the format: #GPRS: <status> where: <status> 0 - GPRS context deactivated 1 - GPRS context activated 2 - GPRS context activation pending. Note: issuing AT#GPRS=<CR> is the same as issuing the command AT#GPRS=0<CR>. Read command has the same effect as the Execution command AT#GPRS<CR>. Test command returns the allowed values for parameter <mode>. AT#GPRS=1 +IP: 129.137.1.1 OK Now GPRS Context has been activated and our IP is 129.137.1.1 AT#GPRS=0 OK Now GPRS context has been deactivated, IP is lost.

AT#GPRS? AT#GPRS=? Example

3.6.5.3.13

#SKTD - Socket Dial

#SKTD - Socket Dial AT#SKTD [=<socket type>, <remote port>, <remote addr>, [<closure type>], [<local port>]]

page 382 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

#SKTD - Socket Dial (factory default is the empty string ) <closure type> - socket closure behaviour for TCP 0 - local host closes immediately when remote host has closed (default) 255 - local host closes after an escape sequence (+++) <local port> - local host port to be used on UDP socket 0..65535 - port number Note: <closure type> parameter is valid only for TCP socket type, for UDP sockets shall be left unused. Note: <local port> parameter is valid only for UDP socket type, for TCP sockets shall be left unused. Note: the resolution of the host name is done when opening the socket, therefore if an invalid host name is given to the #SKTD command, then an error message will be issued. Note: the command to be successful requests that: - the GPRS context 1 is correctly set with AT+CGDCONT - the authentication parameters are set (#USERID, #PASSW) the GPRS coverage is enough to permit a connection - the GPRS has been activated with AT#GPRS=1 Note: If all parameters are omitted then the behaviour of Set command is the same as Read command. Read command reports the socket dial parameters values, in the format: AT#SKTD: <socket type>,<remote port>,<remote addr>, <closure type>,<local port> Test command returns the allowed values for the parameters. AT#SKTD=0,1024,"123.255.020.001",255 OK AT#SKTD=1,1024,"123.255.020.001", ,1025 OK In this way my local port 1025 is opened to the remote port 1024 AT#SKTD=0,1024,"www.telit.net", 255 OK The main difference between this command and the AT#SKTOP is that this command does not interact with the GPRS context status, leaving it ON or OFF according to the #GPRS setting, therefore when the connection made with AT#SKTD is closed the context (and hence the local IP address) is maintained.

AT#SKTD?

AT#SKTD=? Example

Note

page 383 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3.6.5.3.14 #SKTL - Socket Listen

page 384 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

#SKTL - Socket Listen listening status and the last settings of parameters <input port> and <closure type>, in the format: #SKTL: <status>,<input port>,<closure type> where <status> - socket listening status 0 - socket not listening 1 - socket listening Read command has the same effect as Execution command when parameters are omitted. Test command returns the allowed values for parameters <mode>, <input port> and <closure type>. Activate GPRS AT#GPRS=1 +IP: ###.###.###.### OK Start listening AT#SKTL=1,0,1024 OK or AT#SKTL=1,0,1024,255 OK Receive connection requests +CONN FROM: 192.164.2.1 CONNECT exchange data with the remote host send escape sequence +++ NO CARRIER Now listen is not anymore active to stop listening AT#SKTL=0,0,1024, 255 OK The main difference between this command and the #SKTD is that #SKTL does not contact any peer, nor does any interaction with the GPRS context status, leaving it ON or OFF according to the #GPRS setting, therefore when the connection made with #SKTL is closed the context (and hence the local IP address) is maintained. The improving command @SKTL has been defined.

AT#SKTL? AT#SKTL=? Example

Note

page 385 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3.6.5.3.15 @SKTL - Socket Listen

page 386 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

@SKTL - Socket Listen Note: if all parameters are omitted the command returns the current socket listening status and the last settings of parameters <socket type>, <input port> and <closure type>, in the format: @SKTL: <status>,<socket type>,<input port>,<closure type> Where <status> - socket listening status 0 - socket not listening 1 - socket listening Read command has the same effect as Execution command when parameters are omitted. Test command returns the allowed values for parameters <mode>, <socket type>, <input port> and <closure type>. Activate GPRS AT#GPRS=1 +IP: ###.###.###.### OK Start listening AT@SKTL=1,0,1024 OK or AT@SKTL=1,0,1024,255 OK Receive connection requests +CONN FROM: 192.164.2.1 CONNECT exchange data with the remote host send escape sequence +++ NO CARRIER Now listen is not anymore active to stop listening AT@SKTL=0,0,1024, 255 OK The main difference between this command and the #SKTD is that @SKTL does not contact any peer, nor does any interaction with the GPRS context status, leaving it ON or OFF according to the #GPRS setting, therefore when the connection made with @SKTL is closed the context (and hence the local IP address) is maintained.

AT@SKTL? AT@SKTL=? Example

Note

page 387 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3.6.5.3.16 #E2SLRI - Socket Listen Ring Indicator

AT#E2SLRI?

AT#E2SLRI=?

3.6.5.3.17 #FRWL - Firewall Setup

page 388 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

AT#FRWL? AT#FRWL=? Example

Note

page 389 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3.6.5.4 Easy Camera Management AT Commands

3.6.5.4.1 #CAMON - Camera ON
#CAMON - Camera ON Execution command turns the Camera ON. AT#CAMON Read command has the same behaviour as Execution command AT#CAMON? AT#CAMON Example OK camera is now powered up

3.6.5.4.2 #CAMOFF - Camera OFF

AT#CAMOFF? Example

3.6.5.4.3 #CAMEN - Camera ON/OFF

AT#CAMEN?

page 390 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

AT#CAMEN=?

Where: <cam> - camera model 2 - TRANSCHIP camera Test command returns the allowed values for parameter <status>.

3.6.5.4.4 #SELCAM - Camera Model

AT#SELCAM? AT#SELCAM=?

3.6.5.4.5 #CAMRES - Camera Resolution

page 391 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

AT#CAMRES?

Read command reports the current value of the parameter <res> in format: #CAMRES:<res> Test command returns the allowed values for parameter <res>.

AT#CAMRES=?

3.6.5.4.6 #CAMCOL - Camera Colour Mode

AT#CAMCOL?

AT#CAMCOL=?

3.6.5.4.7 #CAMQUA - Camera Photo Quality

AT#CAMQUA?

page 392 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

AT#CAMQUA=?

#CAMQUA: <qual> Test command returns the allowed values for parameter <qual>.

3.6.5.4.8 #CMODE - Camera Exposure

AT#CMODE?

AT#CMODE=?

3.6.5.4.9 #CAMZOOM - Camera Zoom

AT#CAMZOOM?

AT#CAMZOOM=?

page 393 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3.6.5.4.10 #CAMTXT - Camera Time/Date Overprint

AT#CAMTXT?

AT#CAMTXT=?

3.6.5.4.11 #TPHOTO - Camera Take Photo

AT#TPHOTO? Example

Note

page 394 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3.6.5.4.12 #RPHOTO - Camera Read Photo

AT#RPHOTO? Example

Note

3.6.5.4.13 #OBJL - Object List

AT#OBJL? AT#OBJL=? Example

page 395 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3.6.5.4.14 #OBJR - Object Read

page 396 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3.6.5.5 E-mail Management AT Commands

3.6.5.5.1 #ESMTP - E-mail SMTP Server
#ESMTP - E-mail SMTP Server Set command sets the SMTP server address, used for E-mail sending. AT#ESMTP SMTP server can be specified as IP address or as nick name. [=<smtp>] Parameter: <smtp> - SMTP server address, string type. This parameter can be either: - any valid IP address in the format: xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx - any host name to be solved with a DNS query in the format: <host name> (factory default is the empty string ) Note: the max length for <smtp> is the output of Test command. Note: If parameter is omitted then the behaviour of Set command is the same of Read command Read Command reports the current SMTP server address, in the format: #ESMTP: <smtp> Test command returns the max length for the parameter <smtp>. AT#ESMTP="smtp.mydomain.com" OK The SMTP server used shall be inside the APN space (the smtp server provided by the network operator) or it must allow the Relay, otherwise it will refuse to send the email.

AT#ESMTP?

AT#ESMTP=? Example Note

3.6.5.5.2 #EADDR - E-mail Sender Address

AT#EADDR?

page 397 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3.6.5.5.3 #EUSER - E-mail Authentication User Name

AT#EUSER?

AT#EUSER=? Example

Note

page 398 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3.6.5.5.4 #EPASSW - E-mail Authentication Password

AT#EPASSW=? Example Note

3.6.5.5.5 #SEMAIL - E-mail Sending With GPRS Context Activation

page 399 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

Example

3.6.5.5.6 #EMAILACT - E-mail GPRS Context Activation

AT#EMAILACT?

page 400 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3.6.5.5.7 #EMAILD - E-mail Sending

Example

page 401 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3.6.5.5.8 #ESAV - Email Parameters Save

Note

3.6.5.5.9 #ERST - E-mail Parameters Reset

3.6.5.5.10 #EMAILMSG -SMTP Read Message

#EMAILMSG - SMTP Read Message Execution command returns the last response from SMTP server. AT#EMAILMSG Read command has the same behaviour as Execution command. AT#EMAILMSG?

page 402 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3.6.5.6 Easy Scan Extension AT Commands

3.6.5.6.1 #CSURV - Network Survey
#CSURV - Network Survey Execution command allows to perform a quick survey through channels AT#CSURV belonging to the band selected by last #BND command issue, starting from [=<s>,<e>] channel <s> to channel <e>. If parameters are omitted, a full band scan is performed. AT*CSURV [=<s>,<e>] (both syntax are Parameters: <s> - starting channel possible) <e> - ending channel After issuing the command the device responds with the string: Network survey started and, after a while, a list of informations, one for each received carrier, is reported, each of them in the format: (For BCCH-Carrier) arfcn: <arfcn> bsic: <bsic> rxLev: <rxLev> ber: <ber> mcc: <mcc> mnc: <mnc> lac: <lac> cellId: <cellId> cellStatus: <cellStatus> numArfcn: <numArfcn> arfcn: [<arfcn1> ..[ <arfcn64>]] [numChannels: <numChannels> array: [<ba1> ..[<ba32>]] [pbcch: <pbcch> [nom: <nom> rac: <rac> spgc: <spgc> pat: <pat> nco: <nco> t3168: <t3168> t3192: <t3192> drxmax: <drxmax> ctrlAck: <ctrlAck> bsCVmax: <bsCVmax> alpha: <alpha> pcMeasCh: <pcMeasCh>]]] <CR><LF><CR><LF><CR><LF> where: <arfcn> - C0 carrier assigned radio channel (BCCH - Broadcast Control Channel) <bsic> - base station identification code <rxLev> - receiption level (in dBm) <ber> - bit error rate (in %) <mcc> - mobile country code <mnc> - mobile network code <lac> - location area code <cellId> - cell identifier <cellStatus> - cell status ..CELL_SUITABLE - C0 is a suitable cell. CELL_LOW_PRIORITY - the cell is low priority based on the received system information. CELL_FORBIDDEN - the cell is forbidden. CELL_BARRED - the cell is barred based on the received system information.

page 403 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

#CSURV - Network Survey CELL_LOW_LEVEL - the cell <rxLev> is low. CELL_OTHER - none of the above e.g. exclusion timer running, no BCCH availableetc. <numArfcn> - number of valid channels in the Cell Channel Description <arfcnn> - arfcn of a valid channel in the Cell Channel Description (n is in the range 1..<numArfcn>) <numChannels> - number of valid channels in the BCCH Allocation list; the output of this information for non-serving cells depends on last #CSURVEXT setting: 3. if #CSURVEXT=0 this information is displayed only for serving cell 4. if #CSURVEXT=1 or 2 this information is displayed also for every valid scanned BCCH carrier. <ban> - arfcn of a valid channel in the BA list (n is in the range 1..<numChannels>); the output of this information for nonserving cells depends on last #CSURVEXT setting: 3. if #CSURVEXT=0 this information is displayed only for serving cell 4. if #CSURVEXT=1 or 2 this information is displayed also for every valid scanned BCCH carrier. 5. (The following informations will be printed only if GPRS is supported in the cell) <pbcch> 0 1 <nom> - network operation mode 1 2 3 <rac> - routing area code 0..255 <spgc> - SPLIT_PG_CYCLE support ..0 - SPLIT_PG_CYCLE is not supported on CCCH on this cell ..1 - SPLIT_PG_CYCLE is supported on CCCH on this cell <pat> - priority access threshold 03..6 <nco> - network control order 0..2 <t3168> - timer 3168 <t3192> - timer 3192 <drxmax> - discontinuous reception max time (in seconds) <ctrlAck> - packed control ack <bsCVmax> - blocked sequenc countdown max value <alpha> - alpha parameter for power control

page 404 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

#CSURV - Network Survey <pcMeasCh> - type of channel which shall be used for downlink measurements for power control 0 - BCCH 1 - PDCH (For non BCCH-Carrier) arfcn: <arfcn> rxLev: <rxLev> where: <arfcn> - RF channel <rxLev> - receiption level (in dBm) The output ends with the string: Network survey ended Read command has the same behaviour as Execution command with parameters omitted. AT#CSURV Network survey started arfcn: 48 bsic: 24 rxLev: -52 ber: 0.00 mcc: 610 mnc: 1 lac: 33281 cellId: 3648 cellStatus: CELL_SUITABLE numArfcn: 2 arfcn: 30 48 numChannels: 5 array: 14 19 22 48 82

AT#CSURV? AT*CSURV? Example

arfcn: 14 rxLev: 8

Network survey ended Note OK The command is executed within max. 2 minutes.

3.6.5.6.2 #CSURVC - Network Survey (Numeric Format)

page 405 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

#CSURVC - Network Survey (Numeric Format) <e> - ending channel After issuing the command the device responds with the string: Network survey started and, after a while, a list of informations, one for each received carrier, is reported, each of them in the format: (For BCCH-Carrier) <arfcn>,<bsic>,<rxLev>,<ber>,<mcc>,<mnc>,<lac>,<cellId>, <cellStatus>,<numArfcn>[,<arfcn1> ..[ <arfcn64>]] [,<numChannels>[,<ba1> ..[<ba32>]] [<pbcch> [<nom> <rac> <spgc> <pat> <nco> <t3168> <t3192> <drxmax> <ctrlAck> <bsCVmax> <alpha> <pcMeasCh>]]] <CR><LF><CR><LF><CR><LF> where: <arfcn> - C0 carrier assigned radio channel (BCCH - Broadcast Control Channel) <bsic> - base station identification code <rxLev> - receiption level (in dBm) <ber> - bit error rate (in %) <mcc> - mobile country code <mnc> - mobile network code <lac> - location area code <cellId> - cell identifier <cellStatus> - cell status ..0 - C0 is a suitable cell (CELL_SUITABLE). 1 - the cell is low priority based on the received system information (CELL_LOW_PRIORITY). 2 - the cell is forbidden (CELL_FORBIDDEN). 3 - the cell is barred based on the received system information (CELL_BARRED). 4 - the cell <rxLev> is low (CELL_LOW_LEVEL). 5 - none of the above e.g. exclusion timer running, no BCCH availableetc.. (CELL_OTHER). <numArfcn> - number of valid channels in the Cell Channel Description <arfcnn> - arfcn of a valid channel in the Cell Channel Description (n is in the range 1..<numArfcn>) <numChannels> - number of valid channels in the BCCH Allocation list; the output of this information for non-serving cells depends on last #CSURVEXT setting: 5. if #CSURVEXT=0 this information is displayed only for serving cell 6. if #CSURVEXT=1 or 2 this information is displayed also for

page 406 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

#CSURVC - Network Survey (Numeric Format) every valid scanned BCCH carrier. <ban> - arfcn of a valid channel in the BA list (n is in the range 1..<numChannels>); the output of this information for nonserving cells depends on last #CSURVEXT setting: 6. if #CSURVEXT=0 this information is displayed only for serving cell 7. if #CSURVEXT=1 or 2 this information is displayed also for every valid scanned BCCH carrier. (The following informations will be printed only if GPRS is supported in the cell) <pbcch> 0 1 <nom> - network operation mode 1 2 3 <rac> - routing area code 0..255 <spgc> - SPLIT_PG_CYCLE support ..0 - SPLIT_PG_CYCLE is not supported on CCCH on this cell ..1 - SPLIT_PG_CYCLE is supported on CCCH on this cell <pat> - priority access threshold 03..6 <nco> - network control order 0..2 <t3168> - timer 3168 <t3192> - timer 3192 <drxmax> - discontinuous reception max time (in seconds) <ctrlAck> - packed control ack <bsCVmax> - blocked sequenc countdown max value <alpha> - alpha parameter for power control <pcMeasCh> - type of channel which shall be used for downlink measurements for power control 0 - BCCH 1 - PDCH (For non BCCH-Carrier) <arfcn>,<rxLev> where: <arfcn> - RF channel <rxLev> - receiption level (in dBm)

page 407 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

AT#CSURVC? AT*CSURVC? Example

14,8

3.6.5.6.3 #CSURVU - Network Survey Of User Defined Channels

Example

page 408 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

Network survey started arfcn: 59 bsic: 16 rxLev: -76 ber: 0.00 mcc: 546 mnc: 1 lac: 54717 cellId: 21093 cellStatus: CELL_SUITABLE numArfcn 2 arfcn: 36 59

arfcn: 110 rxLev: -107

Network survey ended Note OK The command is executed within max. 2 minute.

3.6.5.6.4 #CSURVUC - Network Survey Of User Defined Channels (Numeric Format)

Example

110,-107

Network survey ended Note OK The command is executed within max. 2 minute.

page 409 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

#CSURVUC - Network Survey Of User Defined Channels (Numeric Format) The information provided by #CSURVUC is the same as that provided by #CSURVU. The difference is that the output of #CSURVUC is in numeric format only.

3.6.5.6.5 #CSURVB - BCCH Network Survey

AT#CSURVB=?

3.6.5.6.6 #CSURVBC - BCCH Network Survey (Numeric Format)

AT#CSURVBC=?

page 410 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3.6.5.6.7 #CSURVF - Network Survey Format

AT#CSURVF?

AT#CSURVF=?

3.6.5.6.8 #CSURVNLF - <CR><LF> Removing On Easy Scan Commands Family

AT#CSURVNLF?

AT#CSURVNLF=?

page 411 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3.6.5.6.9 #CSURVEXT - Extended Network Survey

AT#CSURVEXT?

AT#CSURVEXT=?

page 412 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3.6.5.7 Jammed Detect & Report AT Commands

3.6.5.7.1 #JDR - Jammed Detect & Report
#JDR - Jammed Detect & Report Set command allows to control the Jammed Detect & Report feature. AT#JDR[= [<mode> The MODULE can detect if a communication Jammer is active in its range [,<MNPL>, and give indication to the user of this condition either on the serial line with <DCMN>]]] an unsolicited code or on a dedicated GPIO by rising it. The MODULE can also report to the network the Jammed status condition, even if normal communications are inhibited by the Jammer, by using a unique message. Parameters: <mode> - behaviour mode of the Jammed Detect & Report 0 - disables Jammed Detect & Report (factory default) 1 - enables the Jammed Detect; the Jammed condition is reported on pin GPIO2/JDR GPIO2/JDR LOW - Normal Operating Condition GPIO2/JDR HIGH - Jammed Condition. 2 - enables the Jammed Detect; the Jammed condition is reported with a single unsolicited result code on serial line, in the format: #JDR: <status> where: <status> JAMMED - Jammed condition detected OPERATIVE - Normal Operating condition restored. This code will be shown only after a jammed condition has occurred. 3 - enables the Jammed Detect; the MODULE will make both the actions as for <mode>=1 and <mode>=2. 4 - enables the Jammed Detect; the Jammed condition is reported with an unsolicited code every 3s on serial line, in the format: #JDR: <status> where: <status> JAMMED - Jammed condition detected OPERATIVE - Normal Operating condition restored. This code will be shown only after a jammed condition has occurred. 5 - enables the Jammed Detect; the MODULE will make both the actions as for <mode>=1 and <mode>=4. <MNPL> - Maximum Noise Power Level 0..127

page 413 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

AT#JDR?

AT#JDR=? Example

Note

page 414 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3.6.5.8 Easy Script Extension - Python7 Interpreter, AT Commands

3.6.5.8.1 #WSCRIPT - Write Script
#WSCRIPT - Write Script Execution command inserts a script text and save it with the name AT#WSCRIPT= <script_name> in the NVM of the module supporting the Python extension. <script_name>, <size> [,<hidden>] The script text should be sent using Raw Ascii file transfer. It is important to set properly the port settings. In particular: Baud rate: 115200 bps Flow control: hardware. Parameters: <script_name> - file name, string type (max 16 chars, case sensitive). <size> - file size in bytes <hidden> - file hidden attribute 0 - file content is readable with #RSCRIPT (default). 1 - file content is hidden, #RSCRIPT command will report empty file. The device responds to the command with the prompt '>>>' and waits for the script file text for <size> bytes. The operations completes when all the bytes are received. If script writing ends successfully, the response is OK; otherwise an error code is reported Note: The script name should be passed between quotes and all Executable Scripts files must have .py extension - Script names are Case sensitive. Note: When sending the script be sure that the line terminator is <CR><LF> and that your terminal program does not change it. Note: with the hidden attribute it is possible to protect your script from being viewed and copied, only the file name can be viewed, its content is hidden even if the file is still being run correctly. It's your care to maintain knowledge on what the script file contains. AT#WSCRIPT="First.py ",54,0 >>> here receive the prompt: depending on your editor settings its possible that the prompt overrides the above line; then type or send the script, sized 54 bytes OK

Example

PYTHON is a registered trademark of the Python Software Foundation.

page 415 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3.6.5.8.2 #ESCRIPT - Select Active Script

#ESCRIPT - Select Active Script Set command selects the name of the script that will be executed by the AT#ESCRIPT[= Easy Script interpreter at the start-up. The script will be executed at start[<script_name>]] up only if the DTR line is found LOW during initial start-up (that is: COM is not open on a PC), otherwise the Easy Script interpreter will not execute and the module with Python extension will behave normally answering only to AT commands on the serial port. Parameter: <script-name> - file name, string type (max 16 chars, case sensitive). Note: all script files must have .py extension. Note: The <script_name> must match with a file name written with the #WSCRIPT in order to have it run. Note: the command does not check whether the script <script_name> does exist in the NVM of the module supporting the Python extension or not. If the file <script_name> is not present at the start-up then the Script Interpreter will not execute. Note: issuing AT#ESCRIPT<CR> is the same as issuing the Read command. Note: issuing AT#ESCRIPT=<CR> is the same as issuing the command AT#ESCRIPT=<CR>. Read command reports the name of the script that will be executed by the Easy Script interpreter at the start-up. AT#ESCRIPT="First.py " OK Script First.py will be executed at the next start-ups if DTR is found LOW.

AT#ESCRIPT? Example

page 416 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3.6.5.8.3 #RSCRIPT - Read Script

3.6.5.8.4 #LSCRIPT - List Script Names

AT#LSCRIPT? Example

page 417 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

#LSCRIPT - List Script Names #LSCRIPT: Third.py 95 #LSCRIPT: free bytes: 20000 OK

3.6.5.8.5 #DSCRIPT - Delete Script

3.6.5.8.6 #REBOOT - Reboot

AT#REBOOT? Example

page 418 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3.6.5.9 GPS AT Commands Set

3.6.5.9.1 $GPSP - GPS controller power management
$GPSP - GPS controller power management Execution command allows to manage power-up or down of the GPS AT$GPSP=<status> controller Parameter: <status> 0 - GPS controller is powered down 1 - GPS controller is powered up (default) Note: for the GPS product (GE863-GPS): if the GPS controller is powered down while camera or VAUX pin is enabled theyll both also be also powered off. Read command reports return the current status Test command returns the range of values accepted (0-1)

AT$GPSP? AT$GPSP=? Example Note

AT$GPSP=0 OK
If a camera is used with the module and it is powered on, the command will be not executed due to the fact the supply voltage is in common between the 2 devices.

3.6.5.9.2

$GPSR - GPS Reset

$GPSR - GPS Reset AT$GPSR=<reset type>

page 419 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3.6.5.9.3 $GPSD - GPS Device Type Set

AT$GPSD? AT$GPSD=? Example AT$GPSD=0 Note

3.6.5.9.4 $GPSSW - GPS Software Version

$GPSSW - GPS Software Version Execution command provides GPS Module software version in the AT$GPSSW format: $GPSSW: <sw version> Example

AT$GPSSW $GPSSW: GSW3.1.1_3.1.00.07-C23P1.00 OK

3.6.5.9.5 $GPSAT GPS Antenna Type Definition

$GPSAT Configure GPS Antenna Type Set command selects the GPS antenna used. AT$GPSAT=<type> Parameter:

page 420 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

AT$GPSAT=1 OK
AT$GPSSAV must be executed to save this configuration If set to 0 the Antenna current and Voltage readout are not available. Refer to the HW user guide for the compatible GPS antennas

3.6.5.9.6 $GPSAV GPS Antenna Supply Voltage Readout

$GPSAV GPS Antenna Readout Voltage Read command returns the measured GPS antennas supply voltage in AT$GPSAV? mV AT$GPSAV? AT$GPSAV?

$GPSAV:3800 OK
Note Not available if antenna Type set to 0

3.6.5.9.7 $GPSAI GPS Antenna Current Readout

AT$GPSAI? $GPSAI:040,0 OK
(1

Note

Available only if antenna protection is activated (see $GPSAP)

page 421 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3.6.5.9.8 $GPSAP GPS Antenna Protection

AT$GPSAP?

AT$GPSAP=? Example

3.6.5.9.9

$GPSNMUN Unsolicited NMEA Data Configuration

page 422 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

$GPSNMUN Unsolicited NMEA Data Configuration Parameters: <enable> 0 - NMEA data stream de-activated (default) 1 - NMEA data stream activated 2 - NMEA data stream activated with the following unsolicited response syntax: <NMEA SENTENCE> <CR> 3 - dedicated NMEA data stream; it is not possible to send AT commands; with the escape sequence +++ the user can return to command mode <GGA> - Global Positioning System Fix Data 0 - disable 1 - enable <GLL> - Geographical Position - Latitude/Longitude 0 - disable 1 - enable <GSA> - GPS DOP and Active Satellites 0 - disable 1 - enable <GSV> - GPS Satellites in View 0 - disable 1 - enable <RMC> - recommended Minimum Specific GPS Data 0 - disable 1 - enable <VTG> - Course Over Ground and Ground Speed 0 - disable 1 - enable DEFAULT: <0,0,0,0,0,0> The unsolicited response sintax for <enable>=1 is: $GPSNMUN: <CR> <NMEA SENTENCE> <CR> Note: If all parameters are omitted then the behaviour of Set command is the same as Read command Read command returns whether the unsolicited GPS NMEA data streaming is currently enabled or not, along with the NMEA sentences availability status, in the format: $GPSNMUN:<enable>,<GGA>,<GLL>,<GSA>,<GSV>,<RMC>,<VTG > Test command returns the supported range of values for parameters <enable>, <GGA>,<GLL>,<GSA>,<GSV>,<RMC>,<VTG >

AT$GPSNMUN?

AT$GPSNMUN=? Example

AT$GPSNMUN=1,0,0,1,0,0,0

page 423 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

$GPSNMUN Unsolicited NMEA Data Configuration

OK
These sets the GSA as available sentence in the unsolicited message

AT$GPSNMUN=0 OK
Turn-off the unsolicited mode

AT$GPSNMUN? $GPSNMUN: 1,0,0,1,0,0,0 OK

Give the current frame selected (GSA)

The unsolicited message will be: $GPSNMUN: $GPGSA,A,3,23,20,24,07,13,04,02,,,,,,2.4,1.6,1.8* 3C

3.6.5.9.10

$GPSACP Get Acquired Position

page 424 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

$GPSACP - Get Acquired position information Values: ddd (degrees) 00 to 180 mm.mmmm (minutes) 00,0000 to 59.9999 E/W: East / West <hdop> - x.x - Horizontal Diluition of Precision (referred to GGA sentence) <altitude> - xxxx.x Altitude - mean-sea-level (geoid) in meters (referred to GGA sentence) <fix> - referred to GSA sentence 1 - Invalid Fix 2 - 2D fix 3 - 3D fix <cog> - ddd.mm - Course over Ground (degrees, True) (referred to VTG sentence) Values: ddd: 000 to 360 degrees mm 00 to 59 minutes <spkm> - xxxx.x Speed over ground (Km/hr) (referred to VTG sentence) <spkn> - xxxx.x- Speed over ground (knots) (referred to VTG sentence) <date> - ddmmyy Date of Fix (referred to RMC sentence) Values: dd (day) 01 to 31 mm (month) 01 to 12 yy (year) 00 to 99 (2000 to 2099) <nsat> - nn - Total number of satellites in view (referred to GSV sentence) Example AT$GPSACP $GPSACP:080220,4542.82691N,01344.26820E,259.07,3,2.1 ,0.1,0.0,0.0,270705,09 OK

3.6.5.9.11

$GPSSAV Save GPS Parameters Configuration

$GPSSAV Save GPS Parameters Execution command saves the current configuration in the non volatile AT$GPSSAV EEPROM memory of the module. Example

AT$GPSSAV OK
The module must be restarted to use the new configuration

Note

page 425 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3.6.5.9.12

$GPSRST Restore to Default GPS Parameters

page 426 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3.7 SELINT 2
3.7.1 Hayes Compliant AT Commands
3.7.1.1 Generic Modem Control
3.7.1.1.1 &F - Set To Factory-Defined Configuration
&F - Set To Factory-Defined Configuration Execution command sets the configuration parameters to default values AT&F[<value>] specified by manufacturer; it takes in consideration hardware configuration switches and other manufacturer-defined criteria. Parameter: <value>: 0 - just the factory profile base section parameters are considered. 1 - either the factory profile base section and the extended section are considered (full factory profile). Note: if parameter <value> is omitted, the command has the same behaviour as AT&F0 V25ter.

Reference

3.7.1.1.2 Z - Soft Reset

Reference

page 427 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3.7.1.1.3 +FCLASS - Select Active Service Class

AT+FCLASS? AT+FCLASS=? Reference

3.7.1.1.4 &Y - Designate A Default Reset Basic Profile

3.7.1.1.5 &P - Designate A Default Reset Full Profile

page 428 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

Reference

3.7.1.1.6 &W - Store Current Configuration

3.7.1.1.7 &Z - Store Telephone Number In The Module Internal Phonebook

&Z - Store Telephone Number In The Wireless Module Internal Phonebook Execution command stores in the record <n> the telephone number <nr>. AT&Z<n>=<nr> The records cannot be overwritten, they must be cleared before rewriting. Parameters: <n> - phonebook record <nr> - telephone number (string type) Note: the wireless module has a built in non volatile memory in which 10 telephone numbers of a maximum 24 digits can be stored Note: to delete the record <n> the command AT&Z<n>=<CR> must be issued. Note: the records in the module memory can be viewed with the command &N, while the telephone number stored in the record n can be dialed by giving the command ATDS=<n>.

page 429 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3.7.1.1.8 &N - Display Internal Phonebook Stored Numbers

3.7.1.1.9 +GMI - Manufacturer Identification

Reference

3.7.1.1.10

+GMM - Model Identification

+GMM - Model Identification Execution command returns the model identification. AT+GMM Reference V.25ter

3.7.1.1.11 +GMR - Revision Identification

+GMR - Revision Identification Execution command returns the software revision identification. AT+GMR Reference V.25ter

3.7.1.1.12 +GCAP - Capabilities List

page 430 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3.7.1.1.13 +GSN - Serial Number

+GSN - Serial Number Execution command returns the device board serial number. AT+GSN Reference Note: The number returned is not the IMSI, it is only the board number V.25ter

3.7.1.1.14 &V - Display Current Configuration & Profile

3.7.1.1.15

&V0 - Display Current Configuration & Profile

3.7.1.1.16 &V1 - Display S Registers Values

page 431 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3.7.1.1.17 &V3 - Display S Registers Values

3.7.1.1.18

&V2 - Display Last Connection Statistics

&V2 - Display Last Connection Statistics Execution command returns the last connection statistics and connection AT&V2 failure reason.

3.7.1.1.19 \V - Single Line Connect Message

\V - Single Line Connect Message Execution command set single line connect message. AT\V<n> Parameter: <n> 0 - off 1 - on

3.7.1.1.20 +GCI - Country Of Installation

+GCI - Country Of Installation Set command selects AT+GCI=<code> ITU-T.35 Annex A. the installation country code according to

AT+GCI? AT+GCI=? Reference

Parameter: <code> 59 - it currently supports only the Italy country code Read command reports the currently selected country code. Test command reports the supported country codes. V25ter.

page 432 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3.7.1.1.21 %L - Line Signal Level

%L - Line Signal Level It has no effect and is included only for backward compatibility with landline AT%L modems

3.7.1.1.22 %Q - Line Quality

%Q - Line Quality AT%Q It has no effect and is included only for backward compatibility with landline modems

3.7.1.1.23

L - Speaker Loudness

L - Speaker Loudness It has no effect and is included only for backward compatibility with landline ATL<n> modems

3.7.1.1.24 M - Speaker Mode

M - Speaker Mode ATM<n> It has no effect and is included only for backward compatibility with landline modems

page 433 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3.7.1.2 DTE - Modem Interface Control

3.7.1.2.1 E - Command Echo
E - Command Echo Set command enables/disables the command echo. ATE[<n>] Parameter: <n> 0 - disables command echo 1 - enables command echo (factory default) , hence command sent to the device are echoed back to the DTE before the response is given. Note: if parameter is omitted, the command has the same behaviour of ATE0 V25ter

Reference

3.7.1.2.2 Q - Quiet Result Codes

Q - Quiet Result Codes Set command enables or disables the result codes. ATQ[<n>] Parameter: <n> 0 - enables result codes (factory default) 1 - disables result codes 2 - disables result codes (only for backward compatibility) Note: After issuing either ATQ1 or ATQ2 every information text transmitted in response to commands is not affected Note: if parameter is omitted, the command has the same behaviour of ATQ0 After issuing ATQ1 or ATQ2

Example

AT+CGACT=? +CGACT: (0-1) nothing is appended to the response

Reference V25ter

page 434 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3.7.1.2.3 V - Response Format

Reference

3.7.1.2.4 X - Extended Result Codes

page 435 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

Note Reference

Note: If parameter is omitted, the command has the same behaviour of ATX0 For complete control on CONNECT response message see also +DR command. V25ter

3.7.1.2.5 I - Identification Information

Reference

3.7.1.2.6 &C - Data Carrier Detect (DCD) Control

Reference

page 436 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3.7.1.2.7 &D - Data Terminal Ready (DTR) Control

&D - Data Terminal Ready (DTR) Control Set command controls the Module behaviour to the RS232 DTR transitions. AT&D[<n>] Parameter: <n> 0 - DTR transitions are ignored. (factory default) 1 - when the MODULE is connected, the high to low transition of DTR pin sets the device in command mode, the current connection is NOT closed. 2 - when the MODULE is connected , the high to low transition of DTR pin sets the device in command mode and the current connection is closed. 3 - C108/1 operation is enabled. 4 - C108/1 operation is disabled. Note: if AT&D2 has been issued and the DTR has been tied low, autoanswering is inhibited and it is possible to answer only issuing command ATA. Note: if parameter is omitted, the command has the same behaviour of AT&D0 V25ter

Reference

3.7.1.2.8 \Q - Standard Flow Control

page 437 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3.7.1.2.9 &K - Flow Control

3.7.1.2.10 &S - Data Set Ready (DSR) Control

3.7.1.2.11

\R - Ring (RI) Control

\R - Ring (RI) Control Set command controls the RING output pin behaviour. AT\R[<n>] Parameter:

page 438 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

<n> 0 - RING on during ringing and further connection 1 - RING on during ringing (factory default) 2 - RING follows the ring signal Note: to check the ring option status use the &V command. Note: if parameter is omitted, the command has the same behaviour of AT\R0

3.7.1.2.12 +IPR - Fixed DTE Interface Rate

AT+IPR? AT+IPR=?

Reference

page 439 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3.7.1.2.13 +IFC - DTE-Modem Local Flow Control

AT+IFC? AT+IFC=? Reference

3.7.1.2.14 +ILRR - DTE-Modem Local Rate Reporting

+ILRR - DTE-Modem Local Rate Reporting Set command controls whether or not the +ILRR: <rate> information text is AT+ILRR=<n> transmitted from the modem (module) to the DTE. Parameter: <n> 0 - local port speed rate reporting disabled (factory default) 1 - local port speed rate reporting enabled Note: this information if enabled is sent upon connection. Read command returns active setting of <>. Test command returns all supported values of the parameter <n> V25ter

AT+ILRR? AT+ILRR=? Reference

3.7.1.2.15 +ICF - DTE-Modem Character Framing

+ICF - DTE-Modem Character Framing Set command defines the asynchronous character framing to be used when AT+ICF=<format> autobauding is disabled. [,<parity>]

page 440 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

AT+ICF? AT+ICF=? Reference Example

page 441 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3.7.1.3 Call Control

3.7.1.3.1 D - Dial
D - Dial ATD<number>[;] Execution command starts a call to the phone number given as parameter. If ; is present, a voice call to the given number is performed, regardless of the current value of the connection mode set by +FCLASS command. Parameter: <number> - phone number to be dialed Note: type of call (data, fax or voice) depends on last +FCLASS setting. Note: the numbers accepted are 0-9 and *,#,A, B, C, D,+. Note: for backwards compatibility with landline modems modifiers T, P, R, ,, W, !, @ are accepted but have no effect. Issues a call to phone number which corresponding alphanumeric field is <str>; all available memories will be searched for the correct entry. If ; is present a voice call is performed. Parameter: <str> - alphanumeric field corresponding to phone number; it must be enclosed in quotation marks. Note: used character set should be the one selected with +CSCS. Issues a call to phone number in phonebook memory storage <mem>, entry location <n> (available memories may be queried with AT+CPBS=?). If ; is present a voice call is performed. Parameters: <mem> - phonebook memory storage; it must not be enclosed in quotation marks. SM - SIM phonebook FD - SIM fixed dialling-phonebook LD - SIM last-dialling-phonebook MC - device missed (unanswered received) calls list RC - ME received calls list <n> - entry location; it should be in the range of locations available in the memory used. Issues a call to phone number in entry location <n> of the active phonebook memory storage (see +CPBS).

ATD><str>[;]

ATD><mem><n>[;]

ATD><n>[;]

page 442 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

D - Dial If ; is present a voice call is performed. Parameter: <n> - active phonebook memory storage entry location; it should be in the range of locations available in the active phonebook memory storage. Issues a call to the last number dialed. Issues a call to the number stored in the MODULE internal phonebook position number <nr>. If ; is present a voice call is performed. Parameter: <nr> - internal phonebook position to be called (See commands &N and &Z) Issues a call overwriting the CLIR supplementary service subscription default value for this call If ; is present a voice call is performed. I - invocation, restrict CLI presentation i - suppression, allow CLI presentation Issues a call checking the CUG supplementary service information for the current call. Refer to +CCUG command. If ; is present a voice call is performed. This command is specific of GPRS functionality and causes the MT to perform whatever actions are necessary to establish communication between the TE and the external PDN. Parameters: <gprs_sc> - GPRS Service Code, a digit string (value 99) which identifies a request to use the GPRS <addr> - string that identifies the called party in the address space applicable to the PDP. <L2P> - a string which indicates the layer 2 protocol to be used (see +CGDATA command). For communications software that does not support arbitrary characters in the dial string, the following numeric equivalents shall be used: 1 - PPP Other values are reserved and will result in an ERROR response to the Set command. <cid> - a digit which specifies a particular PDP context definition (see +CGDCONT command). Example
To dial a number in SIM phonebook entry 6: ATD>SM6 OK

ATDL ATDS=<nr>[;]

ATD<number>I[;] ATD<number>i[;]

ATD<number>G[;] ATD<number>g[;] ATD<gprs_sc> [<addr>][[<L2P>] [[<cid>]]]]#

page 443 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

D - Dial
To have a voice call to the 6-th entry of active phonebook: ATD>6; OK To call the entry with alphanumeric field Name: ATD>Name; OK

Reference

V25ter.

3.7.1.3.2 T - Tone Dial

T - Tone Dial ATT Reference Set command has no effect is included only for backward compatibility with landline modems. V25ter.

3.7.1.3.3

P - Pulse Dial
Set command has no effect is included only for backward compatibility with landline modems. V25ter.

P - Pulse Dial ATP Reference

3.7.1.3.4
A - Answer ATA

Reference

3.7.1.3.5 H - Disconnect
H - Disconnect ATH Execution command is used to close the current conversation (voice, data or fax). Note: this command can be issued only in command mode; when a data

page 444 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

H - Disconnect conversation is active the device is in on-line mode (commands are not sensed and characters are sent to the other party), hence escape sequence (see register S2) is required before issuing this command, otherwise if &D1 option is active, DTR pin has to be tied low to return in command mode. V25ter.

Reference

3.7.1.3.6 O - Return To On Line Mode

O - Return To On Line Mode Execution command is used to return to on-line mode from command mode. ATO If there's no active connection it returns NO CARRIER. Note: After issuing this command, if the device is in conversation, to send other commands to the device you must return to command mode by issuing the escape sequence (see register S2) or tying low DTR pin if &D1 option is active. V25ter.

Reference

3.7.1.3.7

&G - Guard Tone

Set command has no effect is included only for backward compatibility with landline modems.

&G - Guard Tone AT&G

3.7.1.3.8 &Q - Sync/Async Mode

&Q - Sync/Async Mode Set command has no effect is included only for backward compatibility with AT&Q landline modems.

page 445 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3.7.1.4 Modulation Control

3.7.1.4.1 +MS - Modulation Selection
+MS - Modulation Selection Set command has no effect is included only for backward compatibility with AT+MS= landline modems. <carrier> [,<automode> Parameter: [,<min_rate> <carrier> - a string which specifies the preferred modem carrier to use in [,<max_rate>]]] originating or answering a connection V21 V22 V22B V23C V32 V34 <automode> - it enables/disables automatic modulation negotiation. 0 - disabled 1 - enabled. It has effect only if it is defined for the associated modulation. <min_rate> - it specifies the lowest value at which the DCE may establish a connection. 0 - unspecified <max_rate> - it specifies the highest value at which the DCE may establish a connection. 0 - unspecified 300..14400 - rate in bps Note: to change modulation requested use +CBST command. Read command returns the current value of <carrier>, <automode>, <min_rate>, <max_rate> parameters. Test command returns all supported values of the <carrier>, <automode>, <min_rate>, <max_rate> parameters.

AT+MS? AT+MS=?

3.7.1.4.2 %E - Line Quality Monitor And Auto Retrain Or Fallback/Fallforward

%E - Line Quality Monitor And Auto Retrain Or Fallback/Fallforward Execution command has no effect and is included only for backward AT%E<n> compatibility with landline modems.

page 446 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3.7.1.5 Compression Control

3.7.1.5.1 +DS - Data Compression
+DS - Data Compression Set command sets the V42 compression parameter. AT+DS=<n> Parameter: <n> 0 - no compression, it is currently the only supported value Read command returns current value of the data compression parameter. Test command returns all supported values of the parameter <n> V25ter

AT+DS? AT+DS=? Reference

3.7.1.5.2 +DR - Data Compression Reporting

AT+DR? AT+DR=? Reference

page 447 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3.7.1.6 Break Control

3.7.1.6.1 \B - Transmit Break To Remote
\B - Transmit Break To Remote Execution command has no effect and is included only for backward AT\B compatibility with landline modems

3.7.1.6.2

\K - Break Handling

\K - Break Handling Execution command has no effect and is included only for backward AT\K<n> compatibility with landline modems Parameter: <n> 1..5

3.7.1.6.3 \N - Operating Mode

\N - Operating Mode Execution command has no effect and is included only for backward AT\N compatibility with landline modems

page 448 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3.7.1.7 S Parameters
Basic commands that begin with the letter S are known as S-Parameters. The number following the S indicates the parameter number being referenced. If the number is not recognized as a valid parameter number, an ERROR result code is issued. If no value is given for the subparameter of an S-Parameter, an ERROR result code will be issued and the stored value left unchanged.

Note: what follows is a special way to select and set an S-parameter: 1. ATSn<CR> selects n as current parameter number. If the value of n is in the range (0, 2, 3, 4, 5, 7, 12, 25, 30, 38), this command establishes Sn as last selected parameter. Every value out of this range and less than 256 can be used but has no meaning and is maintained only for backward compatibility with landline modems. 2. AT=<value><CR> or ATS=<value><CR> set the contents of the selected S-parameter Example: ATS7<CR> AT=40<CR> ATS=15<CR> establishes S7 as last selected parameter. sets the content of S7 to 40 sets the content of S7 to 15.

3.7.1.7.1 S0 - Number Of Rings To Auto Answer

S0 - Number Of Rings To Auto Answer Set command sets the number of rings required before device automatically ATS0=[<n>] answers an incoming call. Parameter: <n> - number of rings 0 - auto answer disabled (factory default) 1..255 - number of rings required before automatic answer. Read command returns the current value of S0 parameter. V25ter

ATS0? Reference

3.7.1.7.2 S1 - Ring Counter

S1 - Ring Counter ATS1 S1 is incremented each time the device detects the ring signal of an incoming call. S1 is cleared as soon as no ring occur.

page 449 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

ATS1?

Note: the form ATS1 has no effect. Read command returns the value of this parameter.

3.7.1.7.3 S2 - Escape Character

S2 - Escape Character Set command sets the ASCII character to be used as escape character. ATS2=[<char>] Parameter: <char> - escape character decimal ASCII 0..255 - factory default value is 43 (+). Note: the escape sequence consists of three escape characters preceded and followed by n ms of idle (see S12 to set n). Read command returns the current value of S2 parameter. Note: the format of the numbers in output is always 3 digits, left-filled with 0s

ATS2?

3.7.1.7.4 S3 - Command Line Termination Character

S3 - Command Line Termination Character Set command sets the value of the character either recognized by the ATS3=[<char>] device as command line terminator and generated by the device as part of the header, trailer, and terminator for result codes and information text, along with S4 parameter. Parameter: <char> - command line termination character (decimal ASCII) 0..127 - factory default value is 13 (ASCII CR) Note: the previous value of S3 is used to determine the command line termination character for entering the command line containing the S3 setting command. However the result code issued shall use the new value of S3 (as set during the processing of the command line) Read command returns the current value of S3 parameter. Note: the format of the numbers in output is always 3 digits, left-filled with 0s V25ter

ATS3? Reference

3.7.1.7.5 S4 - Response Formatting Character

S4 - Response Formatting Character Set command sets the value of the character generated by the device as ATS4=[<char>] part of the header, trailer, and terminator for result codes and information

page 450 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

text, along with the S3 parameter. Parameter: <char> - response formatting character (decimal ASCII) 0..127 - factory default value is 10 (ASCII LF) Note: if the value of S4 is changed in a command line the result code issued in response of that command line will use the new value of S4. Read command returns the current value of S4 parameter. Note: the format of the numbers in output is always 3 digits, left-filled with 0s V25ter

ATS4? Reference

3.7.1.7.6 S5 - Command Line Editing Character

S5 - Command Line Editing Character Set command sets the value of the character recognized by the device as a ATS5=[<char>] request to delete from the command line the immediately preceding character. Parameter: <char> - command line editing character (decimal ASCII) 0..127 - factory default value is 8 (ASCII BS) Read command returns the current value of S5 parameter. Note: the format of the numbers in output is always 3 digits, left-filled with 0s V25ter

ATS5? Reference

3.7.1.7.7 S7 - Connection Completion Time-Out

S7 - Connection Completion Time-Out Set command sets the amount of time, in seconds, that the device shall ATS7=[<tout>] allow between either answering a call (automatically or by A command) or completion of signalling of call addressing information to network (dialling), and establishment of a connection with the remote device. Parameter: <tout> - number of seconds 1..255 - factory default value is 60 Read command returns the current value of S7 parameter. Note: the format of the numbers in output is always 3 digits, left-filled with 0s V25ter

ATS7? Reference

page 451 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3.7.1.7.8 S12 - Escape Prompt Delay

S12 - Escape Prompt Delay Set command sets the period, before and after an escape sequence, during ATS12=[<time>] which no character has to be detected in order to accept the escape sequence as a valid one. Parameter: <time> - expressed in fiftieth of a second 20..255 - factory default value is 50. Read command returns the current value of S12 parameter. Note: the format of the numbers in output is always 3 digits, left-filled with 0s

ATS12?

3.7.1.7.9 S25 - Delay To DTR Off

S25 -Delay To DTR Off Set command defines the amount of time, in hundredths of second, that the ATS25=[<time>] device will ignore the DTR for taking the action specified by command &D. Parameter: <time> - expressed in hundredths of a second 0..255 - factory default value is 5. Note: the delay is effective only if its value is greater than 5. Read command returns the current value of S25 parameter. Note: the format of the numbers in output is always 3 digits, left-filled with 0s

ATS25?

3.7.1.7.10

S30 - Disconnect Inactivity Timer

S30 -Disconnect Inactivity Timer Set command defines the inactivity timeout in minutes. The device ATS30=[<tout>] disconnects if no characters are exchanged for a time period of at least <tout> minutes. Parameter: <tout> - expressed in minutes 0 - disabled, disconnection due to inactivity is disabled (factory default). 1..127 - inactivity timeout value Read command returns the current value of S30 parameter. Note: the format of the numbers in output is always 3 digits, left-filled with 0s

ATS30?

page 452 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3.7.1.7.11 S38 - Delay Before Forced Hang Up

S38 -Delay Before Forced Hang Up Set command sets the delay, in seconds, between the devices receipt of H ATS38=[<delay>] command (or ON-to-OFF transition of DTR if device is programmed to follow the signal) and the disconnect operation. Parameter: <delay> - expressed in seconds 0..254 - the device will wait <delay> seconds for the remote device to acknowledge all data in the device buffer before disconnecting (factory default value is 20). 255 - the device doesnt time-out and continues to deliver data in the buffer until the connection is lost or the data is delivered. Note: <delay> parameter can be used to ensure that data in device buffer is sent before device disconnects. Read command returns the current value of S38 parameter. Note: the format of the numbers in output is always 3 digits, left-filled with 0s

ATS38?

page 453 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3.7.2 ETSI GSM 07.07 AT Commands

3.7.2.1 General
3.7.2.1.1 +CGMI - Request Manufacturer Identification
+CGMI - Request Manufacturer Identification Execution command returns the device manufacturer identification code AT+CGMI without command echo. The output depends on the choice made through #SELINT command. Test command returns OK result code. AT+CGMI=? Reference GSM 07.07

3.7.2.1.2 +CGMM - Request Model Identification

+CGMM - Request Model Identification Execution command returns the device model identification code without AT+CGMM command echo. Test command returns OK result code. AT+CGMM=? Reference GSM 07.07

3.7.2.1.3 +CGMR - Request Revision Identification

+CGMR - Request Revision Identification Execution command returns device software revision number without AT+CGMR command echo. Test command returns OK result code. AT+CGMR=? Reference GSM 07.07

3.7.2.1.4 +CGSN - Request Product Serial Number Identification

+CGSN - Request Product Serial Number Identification Execution command returns the product serial number, identified as the AT+CGSN IMEI of the mobile, without command echo. Test command returns OK result code. AT+CGSN=? Reference GSM 07.07

page 454 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3.7.2.1.5 +CSCS - Select TE Character Set

+CSCS - Select TE Character Set Set command sets the current character set used by the device. AT+CSCS= [<chset>] Parameter: <chset> - character set IRA - ITU-T.50 8859-1 - ISO 8859 Latin 1 PCCP437 - PC character set Code Page 437 UCS2 - 16-bit universal multiple-octet coded character set (ISO/IEC10646) AT+CSCS? AT+CSCS=? Reference Read command returns the current value of the active character set. Test command returns the supported values for parameter <chset>. GSM 07.07

3.7.2.1.6 +CIMI - Request International Mobile Subscriber Identity (IMSI)

AT+CIMI=? Reference

3.7.2.1.7 +CMUX - Multiplexing Mode

+CMUX Multiplexing Mode Set command is used to enter the Multiplexed Mode. AT+CMUX= Parameters: <mode> [,<subset>] <mode> 0 - basic option; it is currently the only supported value. <subset> 0 - UIH frames used only; it is currently the only supported value. Note: after entering the Multiplexed Mode a timeout of five seconds start. If no CMUX control channel is established the engine returns to AT Command Mode Note: all the CMUX protocol parameter are fixed as defined in GSM07.10 and cannot be changed. Note: the maximum frame size is fixed: N1=31 Read command returns the current value of multiplexed mode commmand.

AT+CMUX?

page 455 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

AT+CMUX=? Reference

Test command returns all supported values enter multiplexed mode commane. GSM 07.07

page 456 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3.7.2.2 Call Control

3.7.2.2.1 +CHUP - Hang Up Call
+CHUP - Hang Up Call AT+CHUP AT+CHUP=? Reference Execution command cancels all active and held calls, also if a multi-party session is running. Test command returns the OK result code GSM 07.07

3.7.2.2.2 +CBST - Select Bearer Service Type

+CBST - Select Bearer Service Type Set command sets the bearer service <name> with data rate <speed>, and AT+CBST= the connection element <ce> to be used when data calls are originated. [<speed> Values may also be used during mobile terminated data call setup, [,<name> especially in case of single numbering scheme calls (refer +CSNS). [,<ce>]]] Parameters: The default values of the subparameters are manufacturer specific since they depend on the purpose of the device and data services provided by it. Not all combinations of these subparameters are supported. The supported values are: <speed> 0 - autobauding (automatic selection of the speed, factory default) 1 - 300 bps (V.21) 2 - 1200 bps (V.22) 3 - 1200/75 bps (V.23) 4 - 2400 bps (V.22bis) 6 - 4800 bps (V.32) 7 - 9600 bps (V.32) 14 - 14400 bps (V.34) 65 - 300 bps (V.110) 66 - 1200 bps (V.110) 68 - 2400 bps (V.110 or X.31 flag stuffing) 70 - 4800 bps (V.110 or X.31 flag stuffing) 71 - 9600 bps (V.110 or X.31 flag stuffing) 75 - 14400 bps (V110 or X.31 flag stuffing) <name> 0 - data circuit asynchronous (factory default) <ce> 0 - transparent 1 - non transparent (default)

page 457 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

+CBST - Select Bearer Service Type Note: the settings AT+CBST=0,0,0 AT+CBST=14,0,0 AT+CBST=75,0,0 are not supported. Read command returns current value of the parameters <speed>, AT+CBST? <name> and <ce> Test command returns the supported range of values for the parameters. AT+CBST=? Reference GSM 07.07

3.7.2.2.3 +CRLP - Radio Link Protocol

+CRLP - Radio Link Protocol Set command sets Radio Link Protocol (RLP) parameters used when nonAT+CRLP=[<iws> transparent data calls are originated [,<mws>[,<T1> [,<N2>[,<ver>]]]]] Parameters: <iws> - IWF window Dimension 1..61 - factory default value is 61 <mws> - MS window Dimension 1..61 - default value is 61 <T1> - acknowledge timer (10 ms units). 39..255 - default value is 78 <N2> - retransmission attempts 1..255 - default value is 6 <ver> - protocol version 0 Read command returns the current value of the RLP protocol parameters. AT+CRLP? Test command returns supported range of values of the RLP protocol AT+CRLP=? parameters. Reference GSM 07.07

3.7.2.2.4 +CR - Service Reporting Control

+CR - Service Reporting Control Set command controls whether or not intermediate result code AT+CR=[<mode>] +CR: <serv> is returned from the TA to the TE, where: <serv> ASYNC - asynchronous transparent SYNC - synchronous transparent

page 458 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

REL ASYNC - asynchronous non-transparent REL SYNC - synchronous non-transparent. If enabled, the intermediate result code is transmitted at the point during connect negotiation at which the TA has determined which speed and quality of service will be used, before any error control or data compression reports are transmitted, and before the intermediate result code CONNECT is transmitted. Parameter: <mode> 0 - disables intermediate result code report (factory default) 1 - enables intermediate result code report. This command replaces V.25ter [14] command Modulation Reporting Control +MR, which is not appropriate for use with a GSM terminal. Read command returns current intermediate report setting Test command returns the supported range of values of parameter <mode>. GSM 07.07

AT+CR? AT+CR=? Reference

3.7.2.2.5 +CEER - Extended Error Report

+CEER - Extended Error Report Execution command returns one or more lines of information text <report> AT+CEER in the format: +CEER: <report> This report regards some error condition that may occur: - the failure in the last unsuccessful call setup (originating or answering) - the last call release - the last unsuccessful GPRS attach or unsuccessful PDP context activation, - the last GPRS detach or PDP context deactivation. Note: if none of this condition has occurred since power up then No Error condition is reported Test command returns OK result code. GSM 07.07

AT+CEER=? Reference

page 459 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3.7.2.2.6 +CRC - Cellular Result Codes

+CRC - Cellular Result Codes Set command controls whether or not the extended format of incoming call AT+CRC= indication is used. [<mode>] Parameter: <mode> 0 - disables extended format reporting (factory default) 1 - enables extended format reporting: When enabled, an incoming call is indicated to the TE with unsolicited result code +CRING: <type> instead of the normal RING. where <type> - call type: ASYNC - asynchronous transparent data SYNC - synchronous transparent data REL ASYNC - asynchronous non-transparent data REL SYNC - synchronous non-transparent data FAX - facsimile (TS 62) VOICE - normal voice (TS 11) Read command returns current value of the parameter <mode>. Test command returns supported values of the parameter <mode>. GSM 07.07

AT+CRC? AT+CRC=? Reference

3.7.2.2.7 +CSNS - Single Numbering Scheme

page 460 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

AT+CSNS? AT+CSNS=? Reference

user has set <speed>=71, <name>=0 and <ce>=1 (non-trasparent asynchronous 9600 bps V.110 ISDN connection) for mobile originated calls, ME/TA shall map the values into non-trasparent asynchronous 9600 bps V.32 modem connection when single numbering scheme call is answered. Read command returns current value of the parameter <mode>. Test command returns supported values of parameter <mode>. GSM 07.07

3.7.2.2.8 +CVHU - Voice Hang Up Control

+CVHU - Voice Hang Up Control Set command selects whether ATH or "drop DTR" shall cause a voice AT+CVHU= connection to be disconnected or not. [<mode>] Parameter: <mode> 0 - "Drop DTR" ignored but OK result code given. ATH disconnects. 1 - "Drop DTR" and ATH ignored but OK result code given. 2 - "Drop DTR" behaviour according to &D setting. ATH disconnects (factory default). Read command reports the current value of the <mode> parameter, in the format: +CVHU: <mode> Test command reports the range of supported values for parameter <mode>

AT+CVHU?

AT+CVHU=?

page 461 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3.7.2.3 Network Service Handling

3.7.2.3.1 +CNUM - Subscriber Number
+CNUM - Subscriber Number Execution command returns the subscriber number i.e. the phone number AT+CNUM of the device that is stored in the SIM card. Note: the returned number format is: +CNUM: <alpha>,<number>,<type> where <alpha> - alphanumeric string associated to <number>; used character set should be the one selected with either +CSCS. <number> - string containing the phone number in the format <type> <type> - type of number: 129 - national numbering scheme 145 - international numbering scheme (contains the character "+"). Test command returns the OK result code GSM 07.07

AT+CNUM=? Reference

3.7.2.3.2 +COPN - Read Operator Names

+COPN - Read Operator Names Execution command returns the list of operator names from the ME. AT+COPN The output depends on the choice made through #SELINT command. Test command returns the OK result code AT+COPN=? Reference GSM 07.07

3.7.2.3.3 +CREG - Network Registration Report

+CREG - Network Registration Report Set command enables/disables network registration reports depending on AT+CREG= the parameter <mode>. [<mode>] Parameter: <mode> 0 - disable network registration unsolicited result code (factory default) 1 - enable network registration unsolicited result code 2 - enable network registration unsolicited result code with network Cell identification data If <mode>=1, network registration result code reports:

page 462 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

+CREG - Network Registration Report +CREG: <stat> where <stat> 0 - not registered, ME is not currently searching a new operator to register to 1 - registered, home network 2 - not registered, but ME is currently searching a new operator to register to 3 - registration denied 4 -unknown 5 - registered, roaming If <mode>=2, network registration result code reports: +CREG: <stat>[,<Lac>,<Ci>] where: <Lac> - Local Area Code for the currently registered on cell <Ci> - Cell Id for the currently registered on cell Note: <Lac> and <Ci> are reported only if <mode>=2 and the mobile is registered on some network cell. Read command reports the <mode> and <stat> parameter values in the format: +CREG: <mode>,<stat>[,<Lac>,<Ci>] Note: <Lac> and <Ci> are reported only if <mode>=2 and the mobile is registered on some network cell. Test command returns the range of supported <mode>
AT OK at+creg? +CREG: 0,2 state) OK at+creg? +CREG: 0,2 OK at+creg? +CREG: 0,2 OK

AT+CREG?

AT+CREG=? Example

(the

MODULE

network

searching

page 463 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

+CREG - Network Registration Report

at+creg? +CREG: 0,2 OK at+creg? +CREG: 0,1 OK at+creg? +CREG: 0,1

(the MODULE is registered )

Reference

OK GSM 07.07

3.7.2.3.4 +COPS - Operator Selection

+COPS - Operator Selection Set command forces an attempt to select and register the GSM network AT+COPS= operator. [<mode> <mode> parameter defines whether the operator selection is done [,<format> automatically or it is forced by this command to operator <oper>. [,<oper>]]] The operator <oper> shall be given in format <format>. Parameters: <mode> 0 - automatic choice (the parameter <oper> will be ignored) (factory default) 1 - manual choice (<oper> field shall be present) 2 - deregister from GSM network; the MODULE is kept unregistered until a +COPS with <mode>=0, 1 or 4 is issued 3 - set only <format> parameter (the parameter <oper> will be ignored) 4 - manual/automatic (<oper> field shall be present); if manual selection fails, automatic mode (<mode>=0) is entered <format> 0 - alphanumeric long form (max length 16 digits) 2 - numeric 5 digits [country code (3) + network code (2)] <oper>: network operator in format defined by <format> parameter. Note: <mode> parameter setting is stored in NVM and available at next reboot. If <mode> = 1 or 4, the selected network is stored in NVM too and is available at next reboot (this will happen even with a new SIM inserted) AT+COPS? Read command returns current value of <mode>,<format> and <oper> in format <format>; if no operator is selected, <format> and <oper> are

page 464 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

+COPS - Operator Selection omitted +COPS: <mode>[, <format>, <oper>] Test command returns a list of quadruplets, each representing an operator present in the network. The quadruplets in the list are separated by commas: +COPS: [list of supported (<stat> ,<oper (in <format>=0)>,, <oper (in <format>=2)>)s][,,(list of supported <mode>s), (list of supported<format>s)] where <stat> - operator availability 0 - unknown 1 - available 2 - current 3 - forbidden Note: since with this command a network scan is done, this command may require some seconds before the output is given. GSM 07.07

AT+COPS=?

Reference

3.7.2.3.5 +CLCK - Facility Lock/Unlock

+CLCK - Facility Lock/Unlock Execution command is used to lock or unlock a ME o a network facility. AT+CLCK= <fac>,<mode> Parameters: [,<passwd> <fac> - facility [,<class>]] "SC" - SIM (PIN request) (device asks SIM password at power-up and when this lock command issued) "AO"- BAOC (Barr All Outgoing Calls) "OI" - BOIC (Barr Outgoing International Calls) "OX" - BOIC-exHC (Barr Outgoing International Calls except to Home Country) "AI" - BAIC (Barr All Incoming Calls) "IR" - BIC-Roam (Barr Incoming Calls when Roaming outside the home country) "AB" - All Barring services (applicable only for <mode>=0) "AG" - All outGoing barring services (applicable only for <mode>=0) "AC" - All inComing barring services (applicable only for <mode>=0) "FD" - SIM fixed dialling memory feature (if PIN2 authentication has not been done during the current session, PIN2 is required as <passwd>) "PN" - network Personalisation "PU" - network subset Personalisation

page 465 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

+CLCK - Facility Lock/Unlock <mode> - defines the operation to be done on the facility 0 - unlock facility 1 - lock facility 2 - query status <passwd> - shall be the same as password specified for the facility from the DTE user interface or with command Change Password +CPWD <class> - represents the class of information of the facility as sum of bits (default is 7) 1 - voice (telephony) 2 - data (refers to all bearer services) 4 - fax (facsimile services) 8 - short message service 16 - data circuit sync 32 - data circuit async 64 - dedicated packet access 128 - dedicated PAD access Note: when <mode>=2 and command successful, it returns: +CLCK: <status>[,<class1>[<CR><LF>+CLCK: <status>,<class2> []] where <status> - the current status of the facility 0 - not active 1 - active <classn> - class of information of the facility Test command reports all the facilities supported by the device. GSM 07.07 Querying such a facility returns an output on three rows, the first for voice, the second for data, the third for fax: AT+CLCK =AO,2 +CLCK: <status>,1 +CLCK: <status>,2 +CLCK: <status>,4

AT+CLCK=? Reference Example

3.7.2.3.6 +CPWD - Change Facility Password

+CPWD - Change Facility Password Execution command changes the password for the facility lock function AT+CPWD=<fac>, defined by command Facility Lock +CLCK . <oldpwd>, <newpwd> Parameters:

page 466 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

<fac> - facility SC - SIM (PIN request) AB - All barring services P2 - SIM PIN2 <oldpwd> - string type, it shall be the same as password specified for the facility from the ME user interface or with command +CPWD. <newpwd> - string type, it is the new password Note: parameter <oldpwd> is the old password while <newpwd> is the new one. Test command returns a list of pairs (<fac>,<pwdlength>) which presents the available facilities and the maximum length of their password (<pwdlength>) GSM 07.07

AT+CPWD=? Reference

3.7.2.3.7 +CLIP - Calling Line Identification Presentation

+CLIP - Calling Line Identification Presentation AT+CLIP=[<n>] Set command enables/disables the presentation of the CLI (Calling Line Identity) at the TE. This command refers to the GSM supplementary service CLIP (Calling Line Identification Presentation) that enables a called subscriber to get the CLI of the calling party when receiving a mobile terminated call. Parameters: <n> 0 - disables CLI indication (factory default) 1 - enables CLI indication If enabled the device reports after each RING the response: +CLIP:<number>,<type>,<subaddress>,<satype>,<alpha> ,<CLI_validity> where: <number> - calling line number <type> - type of address octet in integer format 145 - international numbering scheme (contains the character "+") 129 - national numbering scheme <subaddress> - string type subaddress of format specified by <satype> <satype> - type of subaddress octet in integer format <alpha> - string type; alphanumeric representation of <number> corresponding to the entry found in phonebook; used character set should be the one selected either with command Select TE character set +CSCS. <CLI_validity>

page 467 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

+CLIP - Calling Line Identification Presentation 0 - CLI valid 1 - CLI has been withheld by the originator. 2 - CLI is not available due to interworking problems or limitation or originating network. Read command returns the presentation status of the CLI in the format: AT+CLIP? +CLIP: <n>, <m> where: <n> 0 - CLI presentation disabled 1 - CLI presentation enabled <m> - status of the CLIP service on the GSM network 0 - CLIP not provisioned 1 - CLIP provisioned 2 - unknown (e.g. no network is present ) Note: This command issues a status request to the network, hence it may take a few seconds to give the answer due to the time needed to exchange data with it. Test command returns the supported values of parameter <n> GSM 07.07 The command changes only the report behaviour of the device, it does not change CLI supplementary service setting on the network.

AT+CLIP=? Reference Note

3.7.2.3.8 +CLIR - Calling Line Identification Restriction

+CLIR - Calling Line Identification Restriction Set command overrides the CLIR subscription when temporary mode is AT+CLIR=[<n>] provisioned as a default adjustment for all following outgoing calls. This adjustment can be revoked by using the opposite command. This command refers to CLIR-service (GSM 02.81) that allows a calling subscriber to enable or disable the presentation of the CLI to the called party when originating a call. Parameter: <n> - facility status on the Mobile 0 - CLIR facility according to CLIR service network status 1 - CLIR facility active (CLI not sent) 2 - CLIR facility not active (CLI sent) Read command gives the default adjustment for all outgoing calls (<n>) and also triggers an interrogation of the provision status of the CLIR service (<m>), where <n> - facility status on the Mobile 0 - CLIR facility according to CLIR service network status

AT+CLIR?

page 468 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

1 - CLIR facility active (CLI not sent)

2 - CLIR facility not active (CLI sent)

AT+CLIR=? Reference Note

<m> - facility status on the Network 0 - CLIR service not provisioned 1 - CLIR service provisioned permanently 2 - unknown (e.g. no network present, etc.) 3 - CLI temporary mode presentation restricted 4 - CLI temporary mode presentation allowed Test command reports the supported values of parameter <n>. GSM 07.07 This command sets the default behaviour of the device in outgoing calls.

3.7.2.3.9 +CCFC - Call Forwarding Number And Conditions

+CCFC - Call Forwarding Number And Condition Execution command controls the call forwarding supplementary service. AT+CCFC= Registration, erasure, activation, deactivation, and status query are <reason>, <cmd>[,<number>[, supported. <type>[,<class> Parameters: [,,,<time>]]] <reason> 0 - unconditional 1 - mobile busy 2 - no reply 3 - not reachable 4 - all calls (not with query command) 5 - all conditional calls (not with query command) <cmd> 0 - disable 1 - enable 2 - query status 3 - registration 4 - erasure <number> - phone number of forwarding address in format specified by <type> parameter <type> - type of address byte in integer format : 145 - international numbering scheme (contains the character "+") 129 - national numbering scheme <class> - sum of integers each representing a class of information which the command refers; default 7 (voice + data + fax) 1 - voice (telephony) 2 - data 4 - fax (facsimile services) 8 - short message service 16 - data circuit sync 32 - data circuit async

page 469 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

+CCFC - Call Forwarding Number And Condition 64 - dedicated packet access 128 - dedicated PAD access <time> - the time in seconds after which the call is diverted if "no reply" reason is chosen. Valid only for "no reply" reason. Note: when <cmd>=2 and command successful, it returns: +CCFC: <status>,<class>[,<number>[,<type>[,<time>]]] where: <status> - current status of the network service 0 - not active 1 - active <time> - time in seconds to wait before call is forwarded when "no reply" option for <reason> is enabled or queried 1..30 - default value is 20. The other parameters are as seen before. Test command reports supported values for the parameter <reason>. GSM 07.07 When querying the status of a network service (<cmd>=2) the response line for 'not active' case (<status>=0) should be returned only if service is not active for any <class>.

AT+CCFC=? Reference Note

3.7.2.3.10

+CCWA - Call Waiting

+CCWA - Call Waiting Set command allows the control of the call waiting supplementary service. AT+CCWA= Activation, deactivation, and status query are supported. [<n>[,<cmd> [,<class>]]] Parameters: <n> - enables/disables the presentation of an unsolicited result code: 0 - disable 1 - enable <cmd> - enables/disables or queries the service at network level: 0 - disable 1 - enable 2 - query status <class> - is a sum of integers each representing a class of information which the command refers to; default is 7 (voice + data + fax) 1 - voice (telephony) 2 - data 4 - fax (facsimile services) 8 - short message service 16 - data circuit sync

page 470 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

+CCWA - Call Waiting 32 - data circuit async 64 - dedicated packet access 128 - dedicated PAD access Note: the response to the query command is in the format: +CCWA:<status>,<class> where: <status> represents the status of the service: 0 - inactive 1 - active <class> - class of calls the service status refers to. Note: the unsolicited result code enabled by parameter <n> is in the format:: +CCWA: <number>,<type>,<class>,[<alpha>[,<cli_validity>]] where: <number> - string type phone number of calling address in format specified by <type> <type> - type of address in integer format <class> - see before <alpha> - string type; alphanumeric representation of <number> corresponding to the entry found in phonebook; used character set should be the one selected with +CSCS. <cli_validity> 0 - CLI valid 1 - CLI has been withheld by the originator 2 - CLI is not available due to interworking problems or limitations of originating network Note: if parameter <cmd> is omitted then network is not interrogated. Note: in the query command the class parameter must not be issued. Note: the difference between call waiting report disabling (AT+CCWA = 0,1,7) and call waiting service disabling (AT+CCWA = 0,0,7) is that in the first case the call waiting indication is sent to the device by network but this last one does not report it to the DTE; instead in the second case the call waiting indication is not generated by the network. Hence the device results busy to the third party in the 2nd case while in the 1st case a ringing indication is sent to the third party. Note: The command AT+CCWA=1,0 has no effect a non sense and must not be issued..

page 471 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

+CCWA - Call Waiting Read command reports the current value of the parameter <n>. AT+CCWA? Test command reports the supported values for the parameter <n>. AT+CCWA=? Reference GSM 07.07

3.7.2.3.11 +CHLD - Call Holding Services

+CHLD - Call Holding Services Execution command controls the network call hold service. With this service AT+CHLD=[<n>] it is possible to disconnect temporarily a call and keep it suspended while it is retained by the network, contemporary it is possible to connect another party or make a multiparty connection. Parameter: <n> 0 - releases all held calls, or sets the UDUB (User Determined User Busy) indication for a waiting call. (only from version D) 1 - releases all active calls (if any exist), and accepts the other (held or waiting) call 1X - releases a specific active call X 2 - places all active calls (if any exist) on hold and accepts the other (held or waiting) call. 2X - places all active calls on hold except call X with which communication shall be supported (only from version D). 3 - adds an held call to the conversation Note: "X" is the numbering (starting with 1) of the call given by the sequence of setting up or receiving the calls (active, held or waiting) as seen by the served subscriber. Calls hold their number until they are released. New calls take the lowest available number. Note: where both a held and a waiting call exist, the above procedures apply to the waiting call (i.e. not to the held call) in conflicting situation. Test command returns the list of supported <n>s. +CHLD: (0,1,1X,2,2X,3) GSM 07.07 ONLY for VOICE calls

AT+CHLD=? Reference Note

3.7.2.3.12 +CUSD - Unstructured Supplementary Service Data

+CUSD - Unstructured Supplementary Service Data Set command allows control of the Unstructured Supplementary Service AT+CUSD= Data (USSD [GSM 02.90]). [<n>[,<str>

page 472 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

+CUSD - Unstructured Supplementary Service Data [,<dcs>]]] Parameters: <n> - is used to disable/enable the presentation of an unsolicited result code. 0 - disable the result code presentation in the DTA 1 - enable the result code presentation in the DTA <str> - USSD-string (when <str> parameter is not given, network is not interrogated) - If <dcs> indicates that GSM338 default alphabet is used ME/TA converts GSM alphabet into current TE character set (see +CSCS). - If <dcs> indicates that 8-bit data coding scheme is used: ME/TA converts each 8-bit octet into two IRA character long hexadecimal number; e.g. octet with integer value 42 is presented to TE as two characters 2A (IRA 50 and 65). <dcs> - GSM 3.38 Cell Broadcast Data Coding Scheme in integer format (default is 0). Note: the unsolicited result code enabled by parameter <n> is in the format: +CUSD: <m>[,<str>,<dcs>] to the TE where: <m>: 0 - no further user action required (network initiated USSD-Notify, or no further information needed after mobile initiated operation). 1 - further user action required (network initiated USSD-Request, or further information needed after mobile initiated operation) 2 - USSD terminated by the network 3 - other local client has responded 4 - operation not supported 5 - network time out Note: in case of successful mobile initiated operation, DTA waits the USSD response from the network and sends it to the DTE before the final result code. This will block the AT command interface for the period of the operation. Read command reports the current value of the parameter <n> Test command reports the supported values for the parameter <n> GSM 07.07 Only mobile initiated operations are supported

AT+CUSD? AT+CUSD=? Reference Note

page 473 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3.7.2.3.13 +CAOC - Advice Of Charge

+CAOC - Advice Of Charge Set command refers to the Advice of Charge supplementary service; the AT+CAOC= command also includes the possibility to enable an unsolicited event <mode> reporting of the CCM (Call Cost Meter) information. Parameter: <mode> 0 - query CCM value 1 - disables unsolicited CCM reporting 2 - enables unsolicited CCM reporting Note: the unsolicited result code enabled by parameter <mode> is in the format: +CCCM: <ccm> where: <ccm> - call cost meter value hexadecimal representation (3 bytes) Note: the unsolicited result code +CCCM is issued when the CCM value changes, but not more than every 10 seconds. Read command reports the value of parameter <mode> in the format: +CAOC: <mode> Test command reports the supported values for <mode> parameter. GSM 07.07 +CAOC command uses the CCM of the device internal memory, not the CCM stored in the SIM. The difference is that the internal memory CCM is reset at power up, while the SIM CCM is reset only on user request. Advice of Charge values stored in the SIM (ACM, ACMmax, PUCT) can be accessed with commands +CACM, +CAMM and +CPUC.

AT+CAOC?

AT+CAOC=? Reference Note

3.7.2.3.14 +CLCC - List Current Calls

+CLCC - List Current Calls Execution command returns the list of current calls and their characteristics AT+CLCC in the format: [+CLCC:<id1>,<dir>,<stat>,<mode>,<mpty>[,<number>,<type> ,<alpha>[<CR><LF>+CLCC:<id2>,<dir>,<stat>,<mode>, <mpty>,<number>,<type>,<alpha>[]]] where: <idn> - call identification number <dir> - call direction

page 474 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

+CLCC - List Current Calls 0 - mobile originated call 1 - mobile terminated call <stat> - state of the call 0 - active 1 - held 2 - dialing (MO call) 3 - alerting (MO call) 4 - incoming (MT call) 5 - waiting (MT call) <mode> - call type 0 - voice 1 - data 2 - fax 9 - unknown <mpty> - multiparty call flag 0 - call is not one of multiparty (conference) call parties <number> - phone number in format specified by <type> <type> - type of phone number byte in integer format 129 - national numbering scheme 145 - international numbering scheme (contains the character "+") <alpha> - string type; alphanumeric representation of <number> corresponding to the entry found in phonebook; used character set should be the one selected with +CSCS. Note: If no call is active then only OK message is sent. This command is useful in conjunction with command +CHLD to know the various call status for call holding. Test command returns the OK result code GSM 07.07

AT+CLCC=? Reference

3.7.2.3.15 +CSSN - SS Notification

+CSSN - SS Notification It refers to supplementary service related network initiated notifications. AT+CSSN=[<n> Set command enables/disables the presentation of notification result codes [,<m>]] from TA to TE. Parameters: <n> - sets the +CSSI result code presentation status 0 - disable 1 - enable <m> - sets the +CSSU result code presentation status 0 - disable 1 - enable

page 475 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

+CSSN - SS Notification When <n>=1 and a supplementary service notification is received after a mobile originated call setup, an unsolicited code: +CSSI: <code1> is sent to TE before any other MO call setup result codes, where: <code1>: 1 - some of the conditional call forwardings are active 2 - call has been forwarded 3 - call is waiting 5 - outgoing calls are barred 6 - incoming calls are barred When <m>=1 and a supplementary service notification is received during a mobile terminated call setup or during a call, an unsolicited result code: +CSSU: <code2> is sent to TE, where: <code2>: 0 - this is a forwarded call (MT call setup) 2 - call has been put on hold (during a voice call) 3 - call has been retrieved (during a voice call). Read command reports the current value of the parameters. Test command reports the supported range of values for parameters <n>, <m>. GSM 07.07

AT+CSSN? AT+CSSN=? Reference

3.7.2.3.16 +CCUG - Closed User Group Supplementary Service Control

+CCUG - Closed User Group Supplementary Service Control Set command allows control of the Closed User Group supplementary AT+CCUG= service [GSM 02.85]. [<n>[,<index> [,<info>]]]
Parameters:

page 476 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

AT+CCUG? AT+CCUG=? Reference

0 - no information (default) 1 - suppress Outgoing Access (OA) 2 - suppress preferential CUG 3 - suppress OA and preferential CUG Read command reports the current value of the parameters Test command returns the OK result code GSM 07.07

page 477 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3.7.2.4 Mobile Equipment Control

3.7.2.4.1 +CPAS - Phone Activity Status
+CPAS - Phone Activity Status Execution command reports the device status in the form: AT+CPAS +CPAS: <pas> Where: <pas> - phone activity status 0 - ready (device allows commands from TA/TE) 1 - unavailable (device does not allow commands from TA/TE) 2 - unknown (device is not guaranteed to respond to instructions) 3 - ringing (device is ready for commands from TA/TE, but the ringer is active) 4 - call in progress (device is ready for commands from TA/TE, but a call is in progress) Test command reports the supported range of values for <pas>. Note: although +CPAS is an execution command, ETSI 07.07 requires the Test command to be defined. Example

AT+CPAS=?

ATD03282131321; OK AT+CPAS +CPAS: 3 the called phone is ringing

OK AT+CPAS +CPAS: 4 OK ATH OK GSM 07.07

the called phone has answered to your call

Reference

3.7.2.4.2 +CFUN - Set Phone Functionality

+CFUN - Set Phone Functionality Set command selects the level of functionality in the ME. AT+CFUN= [<fun>[,<rst>]] Parameters: <fun> - is the power saving function mode 0 - minimum functionality, NON-CYCLIC SLEEP mode: in this mode, the AT interface is not accessible. Consequently, once you have set <fun> level

page 478 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

+CFUN - Set Phone Functionality 0, do not send further characters. Otherwise these characters remain in the input buffer and may delay the output of an unsolicited result code. The first wake-up event stops power saving and takes the ME back to full functionality level <fun>=1. 1 - mobile full functionality with power saving disabled (factory default) 2 - disable TX 4 - disable either TX and RX 5 - mobile full functionality with power saving enabled <rst> - reset flag 0 - do not reset the ME before setting it to <fun> functionality level Note: if power saving enabled, it reduces the power consumption during the idle time, thus allowing a longer standby time with a given battery capacity. Note: to place the telephone in power saving mode, set the <fun> parameter at value = 5 and the line DTR (RS232) must be set to OFF. Once in power saving, the CTS line switch to the OFF status to signal that the telephone is really in power saving condition. During the power saving condition, before sending any AT command on the serial line, the DTR must be enabled and it must be waited for the CTS (RS232) line to go in ON status. Until the DTR line is ON, the telephone will not return back in the power saving condition. Note: the power saving function does not affect the network behavior of the MODULE, even during the power save condition the module remains registered on the network and reachable for incoming calls or SMS. If a call incomes during the power save, then the module will wake up and proceed normally with the unsolicited incoming call code Read command reports the current setting of <fun>. Test command returns the list of supported values for <fun> and <rst>. GSM 07.07

AT+CFUN? AT+CFUN=? Reference

3.7.2.4.3 +CPIN - Enter PIN

+CPIN - Enter PIN AT+CPIN=<pin> [,<newpin>] Set command sends to the device a password which is necessary before it can be operated (SIM PIN, SIM PUK, PH-SIM PIN, etc.). If the PIN required is SIM PUK or SIM PUK2, the <newpin> is required. This second pin, <newpin>,will replace the old pin in the SIM. The command may be used to change the SIM PIN by sending it with both parameters <pin> and <newpin> when PIN request is pending; if no PIN request is pending the command will return an error code and to change the PIN the command +CPWD must be used instead.

page 479 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

+CPIN - Enter PIN Parameters: <pin> - string type value <newpin> - string type value. To check the status of the PIN request use the command AT+CPIN? Note: If all parameters are omitted then the behaviour of Set command is the same as Read command. Read command reports the PIN/PUK/PUK2 request status of the device in the form: +CPIN: <code> where: <code> - PIN/PUK/PUK2 request status code READY - ME is not pending for any password SIM PIN - ME is waiting SIM PIN to be given SIM PUK - ME is waiting SIM PUK to be given PH-SIM PIN - ME is waiting phone-to-SIM card password to be given PH-FSIM PIN - ME is waiting phone-to-very first SIM card password to be given PH-FSIM PUK - ME is waiting phone-to-very first SIM card unblocking password to be given SIM PIN2 - ME is waiting SIM PIN2 to be given; this <code> is returned only when the last executed command resulted in PIN2 authentication failure (i.e. +CME ERROR: 17) SIM PUK2 - ME is waiting SIM PUK2 to be given; this <code> is returned only when the last executed command resulted in PUK2 authentication failure (i.e. +CME ERROR: 18) PH-NET PIN - ME is waiting network personalization password to be given PH-NET PUK - ME is waiting network personalization unblocking password to be given PH-NETSUB PIN - ME is waiting network subset personalization password to be given PH-NETSUB PIN - ME is waiting network subset personalization unblocking password to be given PH-SP PIN - ME is waiting service provider personalization password to be given PH-SP PUK - ME is waiting service provider personalization unblocking password to be given PH-CORP PIN - ME is waiting corporate personalization password to be given PH-CORP PUK - ME is waiting corporate personalization unblocking password to be given Note: Pin pending status at startup depends on PIN facility setting, to change or query the default power up setting use the command AT+CLCK=SC,<mode>,<pin>

AT+CPIN?

page 480 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

+CPIN - Enter PIN Example

AT+CMEE=1 OK AT+CPIN? +CME ERROR: 10 AT+CPIN? +CPIN: READY

error: you have to insert the SIM you inserted the SIM and device is not waiting for PIN to be given

Note

OK What follows is a list of the commands which are accepted when ME is pending SIM PIN or SIM PUK
A D H O E I L M P Q S T V X Z &C &D &F &K &N &P &S &V &W &Y &Z %E %L %Q \K \Q \R \V #SRP #CAP #CODEC #CBC #I2S1 #STM #SHFEC #SHFSD #HFMICG #HSMICG #GPIO #SGPO #GGPI #ADC #QTEMP #DAC #F26M #RTCSTAT #ACAL #PCT #WAKE #SHDN #JDR #CSURV #CSURVC #CSURVU #CSURVUC #CSURVF #CSURVNLF #CSURVB #CSURVBC #PASSW #PKTSZ #CAMOFF #CAMEN #TPHOTO #RPHOTO #SELCAM #CAMQUA #CMODE #CAMRES #CAMTXT #CAMZOOM #CAMCOL #OBJL #OBJR #DIALMODE #SEMAIL #EMAILD #EUSER #EPASSW #ESMTP #EADDR #EMAILMSG #ESAV #ERST #QSS #SSCTRACE +CFUN +CGMI +CGMM +CGMR +GMI +GMM +GMR +CGSN +IPR +ICF +IFC +CMUX +CNMI +CPAS +CCLK +CALA +CRSM +CLIP +DR +DS +MS +GCAP +GCI +ILRR +CALM +CHUP +FCLASS +FMI +FMM +FMR +FTS +FRS +FTM +FRM +FRH +FTH +FLO +FPR +FDD +CSNS +CRLP

page 481 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

+CPIN - Enter PIN

#BND #AUTOBND #CGMI #CGMM #CGMR #CGSN #MONI #SERVINFO #SELINT #SRS #SKTSAV #SKTSET #SKTOP #SKTTO #USERID #DSTO #SKTCT #SKTRST #FTPPUTPH #CAMON +GSN +CRC +CMEE +CPIN +CSQ +CSDH +CRSL +CLVL +CMUT +CR +CREG +CGREG +COPS +CBC +CIND +CMER

All the above commands, but the ones in the grayed cells, can be issued even if the SIM card is not inserted yet. Reference GSM 07.07

3.7.2.4.4 +CSQ - Signal Quality

+CSQ - Signal Quality Execution command reports received signal quality indicators in the form: AT+CSQ +CSQ:<rssi>,<ber> where <rssi> - received signal strength indication 0 - (-113) dBm or less 1 - (-111) dBm 2..30 - (-109)dBm..(-53)dBm / 2 dBm per step 31 - (-51)dBm or greater 99 - not known or not detectable <ber> - bit error rate (in percent) 0 - less than 0.2% 1 - 0.2% to 0.4% 2 - 0.4% to 0.8% 3 - 0.8% to 1.6% 4 - 1.6% to 3.2% 5 - 3.2% to 6.4% 6 - 6.4% to 12.8% 7 - more than 12.8% 99 - not known or not detectable Note: this command should be used instead of the %Q and %L commands, since GSM relevant parameters are the radio link ones and no line is present, hence %Q and %L have no meaning. Test command returns the supported range of values of the parameters

AT+CSQ=?

page 482 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

<rssi> and <ber>. Note: although +CSQ is an execution command, ETSI 07.07 requires the Test command to be defined. GSM 07.07

Reference

3.7.2.4.5 +CIND - Indicator Control

+CIND - Indicator Control Set command is used to control the registration / deregistration of ME AT+CIND= indicators, in order to automatically send the +CIEV URC, whenever the [<state> value of the associated indicator changes. The supported indicators [,<state>[,]]] (<descr>) and their order appear from test command AT+CIND=? Parameter: <state> - registration / deregistration state 0 - the indicator is deregistered; it cannot be presented as unsolicited result code (+CIEV URC), but can be directly queried with AT+CIND? 1 - indicator is registered: indicator event report is allowed; this is the factory default for every indicator Read command returns the current value status of ME indicators, in the format: +CIND: <ind>[,<ind>[,]] Note: the order of the values <ind>s is the same as that in which appear the supported indicators from test command AT+CIND=? Test command returns pairs, where string value <descr> is a description (max. 16 chars) of the indicator and compound value is the supported values for the indicator, in the format: +CIND: (<descr>, (list of supported <ind>s))[,(<descr>, (list of supported <ind>s))[,]] where: <descr> - indicator names as follows (along with their <ind> ranges) battchg - battery charge level <ind> - battery charge level indicator range 0..5 99 - not measurable signal - signal quality <ind> - signal quality indicator range 0..7 99 - not measurable service - service availability

AT+CIND?

AT+CIND=?

page 483 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

+CIND - Indicator Control <ind> - service availability indicator range 0 - not registered to any network 1 - registered to home network sounder - sounder activity <ind> - sounder activity indicator range 0 - theres no any sound activity 1 - theres some sound activity message - message received <ind> - message received indicator range 0 - there is no unread short message at memory location SM 1 - unread short message at memory location SM call - call in progress <ind> - call in progress indicator range 0 - theres no calls in progress 1 - at least a call has been established roam - roaming <ind> - roaming indicator range 0 - registered to home network or not registered 1 - registered to other network smsfull - a short message memory storage in the MT has become full (1), or memory locations are available (0) <ind> - short message memory storage indicator range 0 - memory locations are available 1 - a short message memory storage in the MT has become full. rssi - received signal (field) strength <ind> - received signal strength level indicator range 0 - signal strength 112 dBm 1..4 - signal strength in 15 dBm steps 5 - signal strength 51 dBm 99 - not measurable Next command causes all the indicators to be registered AT+CIND=1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1 Next command causes all the indicators to be deregistered AT+CIND=0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0 Next command to query the current value of all indicators AT+CIND? CIND: 4,0,1,0,0,0,0,0,2 OK

Example

page 484 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

+CIND - Indicator Control Note See command +CMER Reference GSM 07.07

3.7.2.4.6 +CMER - Mobile Equipment Event Reporting

+CMER - Mobile Equipment Event Reporting Set command enables/disables sending of unsolicited result codes from AT+CMER= TA to TE in the case of indicator state changes (n.b.: sending of URCs in [<mode> the case of key pressings or display changes are currently not [,<keyp> implemented). [,<disp> [,<ind> Parameters: [,<bfr>]]]]] <mode> - controls the processing of unsolicited result codes 0 - discard +CIEV Unsolicited Result Codes. 1 - discard +CIEV Unsolicited Result Codes when TA-TE link is reserved (e.g. on-line data mode); otherwise forward them directly to the TE. 2 - buffer +CIEV Unsolicited Result Codes in the TA when TA-TE link is reserved (e.g. on-line data mode) and flush them to the TE after reservation; otherwise forward them directly to the TE. 3 - forward +CIEV Unsolicited Result Codes directly to the TE; when TA is in on-line data mode each +CIEV URC is replaced with a Break (100 ms), and is stored in a buffer; onche the ME goes into command mode (after +++ was entered), all URCs stored in the buffer will be output. <keyp> - keypad event reporting 0 - no keypad event reporting <disp> - display event reporting 0 - no display event reporting <ind> - indicator event reporting 0 - no indicator event reporting 1 - indicator event reporting Read command returns the current setting of parameters, in the format: +CMER: <mode>,<keyp>,<disp>,<ind>,<bfr> Test command returns the range of supported values for parameters <mode>, <keyp>, <disp>, <ind>, <bfr>, in the format: +CMER: (list of supported <mode>s),(list of supported <keyp>s), (list of supported <disp>s),(list of supported <ind>s),(list of supported <bfr>s) GSM 07.07

AT+CMER?

AT+CMER=?

Reference

page 485 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3.7.2.4.7 +CPBS - Select Phonebook Memory Storage

+CPBS - Select Phonebook Memory Storage Set command selects phonebook memory storage <storage>, which will be AT+CPBS= used by other phonebook commands. <storage> Parameter: <storage> "SM" - SIM phonebook "FD" - SIM fixed dialling-phonebook (only phase 2/2+ SIM) "LD" - SIM last-dialling-phonebook (+CPBW and +CPBF are not applicable for this storage) "MC" - device missed (unanswered received) calls list (+CPBW and +CPBF are not applicable for this storage) "RC" - ME received calls list (+CPBW and +CPBF are not applicable for this storage). Read command returns the actual values of the parameter <storage>, the number of occupied records <used> and the maximum index number <total>, in the format: +CPBS: <storage>,<used>,<total> Note: For <storage>=MC: if there are more than one missed calls from the same number the read command will return only the last call Test command returns the supported range of values for the parameters <storage>. GSM 07.07

AT+CPBS?

AT+CPBS=? Reference

3.7.2.4.8 +CPBR - Read Phonebook Entries

page 486 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

<number> - the phone number stored in the format <type> <type> - type of phone number byte in integer format 129 - national numbering scheme 145 - international numbering scheme (contains the character "+") <text> - the alphanumeric text associated to the number; used character set should be the one selected with command +CSCS. Note: If all queried locations are empty (but available), no information text lines will be returned, while if listing fails in an ME error, +CME ERROR: <err> is returned. Test command returns the supported range of values of the parameters in the form: +CPBR: (<minIndex> - <maxIndex>),<nlength>,<tlength> where: <minIndex> - the minimum <index> number, integer type <maxIndex>- the maximum <index> number, integer type <nlength> - maximum <number> field length, integer type <tlength> - maximum <name> field length, integer type Remember to select the PB storage with +CPBS command before issuing PB commands. GSM 07.07

AT+CPBR=?

Note Reference

3.7.2.4.9 +CPBF - Find Phonebook Entries

+CPBF - Find Phonebook Entries Execution command issues a search for the phonebook records that have AT+CPBF= the <findtext> sub-string at the start of the <text> field <findtext> Parameter: <findtext> - string type; used character set should be the one selected with command +CSCS. The command returns a report in the form: +CPBF: <index1>,<number>,<type>,<text>[[]<CR><LF> +CPBF: <indexn>,<number>,<type>,<text>] where <indexn>,<number>,<type>, and <text> have the same meaning as in the command +CPBR report. Note: if <findtext>= the command returns all the phonebook records. Note: if no PB records satisfy the search criteria then an ERROR message is reported.

page 487 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

AT+CPBF=?

Test command reports the maximum lengths of fields <number> and <text> in the PB entry in the form: +CPBF: [<max_number_length>],[<max_text_length>] Remember to select the PB storage with +CPBS command before issuing PB commands. GSM 07.07

Note Reference

3.7.2.4.10 +CPBW - Write Phonebook Entry

+CPBW - Write Phonebook Entry Execution command stores at the position <index> a phonebook record AT+CPBW= defined by <number>,<type> and <text> parameters [<index>] [,<number> Parameters: [,<type> <index> - record position [,<text>]]] <number> - string type, phone number in the format <type> <type> - the type of number 129 - national numbering scheme 145 - international numbering scheme (contains the character "+") <text> - the text associated to the number, string type; used character set should be the one selected with command +CSCS. Note: If record number <index> already exists, it will be overwritten. Note: if only <index> is given, the record number <index> is deleted. Note: if <index> is omitted, the number <number> is stored in the first free phonebook location. Test command returns location range supported by the current storage as a compound value, the maximum length of <number> field supported number format of the storage and maximum length of <name> field. The format is: +CPBW: (list of supported <index>s),[<nlength>], (list of supported <type>s),[<tlength>] where: <nlength> - integer type value indicating the maximum length of field <number> <tlength> - integer type value indicating the maximum length of field <text> GSM 07.07 Remember to select the PB storage with +CPBS command before issuing PB commands.

AT+CPBW=?

Reference Note

page 488 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3.7.2.4.11 +CCLK - Clock Management

+CCLK - Clock Management Set command sets the real-time clock of the ME. AT+CCLK=<time> Parameter: <time> - current time as quoted string in the format: "yy/MM/dd,hh:mm:sszz" yy - year (two last digits are mandatory), range is 00..99 MM - month (two last digits are mandatory), range is 01..12 dd - day (two last digits are mandatory), range is 01..31 (if the month MM has less than 31 days, the clock will be set for the next month) hh - hour (two last digits are mandatory), range is 00..23 mm - minute (two last digits are mandatory), range is 00..59 ss - seconds (two last digits are mandatory), range is 00..59 zz - time zone (indicates the difference, expressed in quarter of an hour, between the local time and GMT; two last digits are mandatory), range is -47..+48 Read command returns the current setting of the real-time clock, in the format <time>. Note: the three last characters of <time> are not returned by +CCLK? because the ME doesnt support time zone information. Test command returns the OK result code. AT+CCLK="02/09/07,22:30:00+00" OK AT+CCLK? +CCLK: 02/09/07,22:30:25 OK GSM 07.07

AT+CCLK?

AT+CCLK=? Example

Reference

3.7.2.4.12 +CALA - Alarm Management

+CALA - Alarm Management Set command stores in the internal Real Time Clock the current alarm time AT+CALA= and settings defined by the parameters <time>, <n>, <type>, and <text>. <time>[,<n> When the RTC time reaches the alarm time then the alarm starts, the [,<type>[,<text>]]] behaviour of the MODULE depends upon the setting <type> and if the device was already ON at the moment when the alarm time had come. Parameter: <time> - current alarm time as quoted string in the same format as defined for +CCLK command: "yy/MM/dd,hh:mm:sszz"

page 489 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

+CALA - Alarm Management <n> - index of the alarm 0 - The only value supported is 0. <type> - alarm behaviour type 0 - reserved for other equipment use. 1 - the MODULE simply wakes up fully operative as if the ON/OFF button had been pressed. If the device is already ON at the alarm time, then it does nothing. 2 - the MODULE wakes up in "alarm mode" if at the alarm time it was off, otherwise it remains fully operative. In both cases the MODULE issues an unsolicited code every 3s: +ALARM: <text> where <text> is the +CALA optional parameter previously set. The device keeps on sending the unsolicited code every 3s until a #WAKE or #SHDN command is received or a 90s timeout occurs. If the device is in "alarm mode" and it does not receive the #WAKE command within 90s then it shuts down. (default) 3 - the MODULE wakes up in "alarm mode" if at the alarm time it was off, otherwise it remains fully operative. In both cases the MODULE starts playing the alarm tone on the selected path for the ringer (see command #SRP) The device keeps on playing the alarm tone until a #WAKE or #SHDN command is received or a 90s timeout occurs. If the device is in "alarm mode" and it does not receive the #WAKE command within 90s then it shuts down. 4 - the MODULE wakes up in "alarm mode" if at the alarm time it was off, otherwise it remains fully operative. In both cases the MODULE brings the pin GPIO6 high, provided its <direction> has been set to alarm output, and keeps it in this state until a #WAKE or #SHDN command is received or a 90s timeout occurs. If the device is in "alarm mode" and it does not receive the #WAKE command within 90s then it shuts down. 5 - the MODULE will make both the actions as for type=2 and <type>=3. 6 - the MODULE will make both the actions as for type=2 and <type>=4. 7 - the MODULE will make both the actions as for type=3 and <type>=4. <text> - unsolicited alarm code text string. It has meaning only if <type> is equal to 2 or 5 or 6. Note: The "alarm mode" is indicated by hardware pin CTS to the ON status and DSR to the OFF status, while the "power saving" status is indicated by a CTS - OFF and DSR - OFF status. The normal operating status is indicated by DSR - ON. During the "alarm mode" the device will not make any network scan and will not register to any network and therefore is not able to dial or receive any

page 490 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

+CALA - Alarm Management call or SMS, the only commands that can be issued to the MODULE in this state are the #WAKE and #SHDN, every other command must not be issued during this state. Read command reports the current alarm time stored in the internal Real AT+CALA? Time Clock, if present, in the format: +CALA: <time>,<n>,<type>[,<text>] Test command reports the list of supported <n>s, the list of supported AT+CALA=? <type>s, and <text> maximum length AT+CALA="02/09/07,23:30:00+00" Example OK Reference GSM 07.07

3.7.2.4.13

+CRSM - Restricted SIM Access

+CRSM - Restricted SIM access AT+CRSM= Execution command transmits to the ME the SIM <command> and <command> its required parameters. ME handles internally all SIM-ME interface [,<fileid> locking and file selection routines. As response to the command, ME [,<P1>,<P2>,<P3> sends the actual SIM information parameters and response data. [,<data>]]]

Parameters: <command> - command passed on by the ME to the SIM 176 - READ BINARY 178 - READ RECORD 192 - GET RESPONSE 214 - UPDATE BINARY 220 - UPDATE RECORD 242 - STATUS <fileid> - identifier of an elementary data file on SIM. Mandatory for every command except STATUS. <P1>,<P2>,<P3> - parameter passed on by the ME to the SIM; they are mandatory for every command except GET RESPONSE and STATUS 0..255 <data> - information to be read/written to the SIM (hexadecimal character format). The response of the command is in the format: +CRSM: <sw1>,<sw2>[,<response>] where: <sw1>,<sw2> - information from the SIM about the execution of the

page 491 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

+CRSM - Restricted SIM access

actual command either on successful or on failed execution. <response> - on a successful completion of the command previously issued it gives the requested data (hexadecimal character format). Its not returned after a successful UPDATE BINARY or UPDATE RECORD command. Note: this command requires PIN authentication. However commands READ BINARY and READ RECORD can be issued before PIN authentication and if the SIM is blocked (after three failed PIN authentication attempts) to access the contents of the Elementary Files. Note: use only decimal numbers for parameters <command>, <fileid>, <P1>, <P2> and <P3>.
AT+CRSM=? Reference Test command returns the OK result code GSM 07.07, GSM 11.11

3.7.2.4.14 +CALM - Alert Sound Mode

+CALM - Alert Sound Mode Set command is used to select the general alert sound mode of the device. AT+CALM= <mode> Parameter: <mode> 0 - normal mode 1 - silent mode; no sound will be generated by the device, except for alarm sound 2 - stealth mode; no sound will be generated by the device Note: if silent mode is selected then incoming calls will not produce alerting sounds but only the unsolicited messages RING or +CRING. Read command returns the current value of parameter <mode>. Test command returns the supported values for the parameter <mode> as compound value. +CALM: (0-2) GSM 07.07

AT+CALM? AT+CALM=?

Reference

3.7.2.4.15 +CRSL - Ringer Sound Level

+CRSL - Ringer Sound Level

page 492 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

+CRSL - Ringer Sound Level Set command is used to select the incoming call ringer sound level of the AT+CRSL=<level> device. Parameter: <level> - ringer sound level 0 - Off 1 - low 2 - middle 3 - high 4 - progressive Read command reports the current <level> setting of the call ringer in the format: +CRSL: <level> Test command reports <level> supported values as compound value. +CRSL: (0-4) GSM 07.07

AT+CRSL?

AT+CRSL=? Reference

3.7.2.4.16 +CLVL - Loudspeaker Volume Level

+CLVL - Loudspeaker Volume Level Set command is used to select the volume of the internal loudspeaker audio AT+CLVL=<level> output of the device. Parameter: <level> - loudspeaker volume 0..max - the value of max can be read by issuing the Test command AT+CLVL=? Read command reports the current <level> setting of the loudspeaker volume in the format: +CLVL: <level> Test command reports <level> supported values range in the format: +CLVL: (0-max) GSM 07.07

AT+CLVL?

AT+CLVL=? Reference

3.7.2.4.17 +CMUT - Microphone Mute Control

+CMUT - Microphone Mute Control Set command enables/disables the muting of the microphone audio line AT+CMUT=<n> during a voice call. Parameter: <n>

page 493 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

0 - mute off, microphone active (factory default) 1 - mute on, microphone muted. Note: this command mutes/activates both microphone audio paths, internal mic and external mic. Read command reports whether the muting of the microphone audio line during a voice call is enabled or not, in the format: +CMUT: <n> Test command reports the supported values for <n> parameter. GSM 07.07

AT+CMUT?

AT+CMUT=? Reference

3.7.2.4.18

+CACM - Accumulated Call Meter

+CACM - Accumulated Call Meter Set command resets the Advice of Charge related Accumulated Call Meter AT+CACM= in SIM (ACM). Internal memory CCM remains unchanged. [<pwd>] Parameter: <pwd> - to access this command PIN2 password is required Read command reports the current value of the SIM ACM in the format: +CACM: <acm> Note: the value <acm> is in units whose price and currency is defined with command +CPUC Test command returns the OK result code GSM 07.07

AT+CACM?

AT+CACM=? Reference

3.7.2.4.19 +CAMM - Accumulated Call Meter Maximum

+CAMM - Accumulated Call Meter Maximum Set command sets the Advice of Charge related Accumulated Call Meter AT+CAMM= ACM maximum value in SIM (see also +CACM command). This value [<acmmax>, represents the maximum number of home units allowed to be consumed by <pwd>] the subscriber. When ACM reaches <acmmax> value further calls are prohibited. SIM PIN2 is required to set the value. Parameter: <acmmax>- maximum number of units allowed to be consumed <pwd>- PIN2 password Note: The <acmmax> = 0 value disables the feature. Read command reports the maximum value of ACM stored in SIM in the format: +CAMM : <acmmax>

AT+CAMM?

page 494 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

AT+CAMM=? Reference

Test command returns the OK result code GSM 07.07

3.7.2.4.20

+CPUC - Price Per Unit And Currency Table

+CPUC - Price Per Unit And Currency Table Set command sets the values of Advice of Charge related price per unit and AT+CPUC= currency table in SIM. The price per unit currency table information can be <currency>, used to convert the home units (as used in commands +CAOC, +CACM <ppu>,<pwd> and +CAMM) into currency units. Parameters: <currency> - string type; three-character currency code (e.g. LIT, L. , USD, DEM etc..); used character set should be the one selected with command +CSCS. <ppu> - price per unit string (dot is used as decimal separator) e.g. 1989.27 <pwd> - SIM PIN2 is usually required to set the values Read command reports the current values of <currency> and <ppu> parameters in the format: +CACM : <currency>,<ppu> Test command returns the OK result code GSM 07.07

AT+CPUC?

AT+CPUC=? Reference

3.7.2.4.21 +CLAC - Available AT Commands

+CLAC - Available AT Commands Execution command causes the ME to return the AT commands that are AT+CLAC available for the user, in the following format: <AT cmd1>[<CR><LF><AT cmd2>[]] Test command returns ERROR result code GSM 07.07

AT+CLAC=? Reference

page 495 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3.7.2.5 Mobile Equipment Errors

3.7.2.5.1 +CMEE - Report Mobile Equipment Error
+CMEE - Report Mobile Equipment Error Set command enables/disables the report of result code: AT+CMEE=[<n>] +CME ERROR: <err> as an indication of an error relating to the +Cxxx commands issued. When enabled, device related errors cause the +CME ERROR: <err> final result code instead of the default ERROR final result code. ERROR is anyway returned normally when the error message is related to syntax, invalid parameters, or DTE functionality. Parameter: <n> - enable flag 0 - disable +CME ERROR:<err> reports, use only ERROR report. 1 - enable +CME ERROR:<err> reports, with <err> in numeric format 2 - enable +CME ERROR: <err> reports, with <err> in verbose format Read command returns the current value of subparameter <n>: +CMEE: <n> Test command returns the range of values for subparameter <n> GSM 07.07

AT+CMEE?

AT+CMEE=? Reference

page 496 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3.7.2.6

Voice Control

3.7.2.6.1 +VTS - DTMF Tones Transmission

+VTS - DTMF Tones Transmission Execution command allows the transmission of DTMF tones. AT+VTS= <dtmfstring> Parameters: [,duration] <dtmfstring> - string of <dtmf>s, i.e. ASCII characters in the set (0-9), #,*,(A-D); it allows the user to send a sequence of DTMF tones, each of them with a duration that was defined through +VTD command. <duration> - duration of a tone in 1/100 sec.; this parameter can be specified only if the length of first parameter is just one ASCII character 0 - a single DTMF tone will be transmitted for a duration depending on the network, no matter what the current +VTD setting is. 1..255 - a single DTMF tone will be transmitted for a time <duration> (in 10 ms multiples), no matter what the current +VTD setting is. Note: this commands operates in voice mode only (see +FCLASS). Test command provides the list of supported <dtmf>s and the list of supported <duration>s in the format: (list of supported <dtmf>s)[,(list of supported <duration>s)] GSM 07.07 and TIA IS-101

AT+VTS=?

Reference

3.7.2.6.2 +VTD - Tone Duration

+VTD - Tone Duration Set command sets the length of tones transmitted with +VTS command. AT+VTD= <duration> Parameter: <duration> - duration of a tone 0 - the duration of every single tone is dependent on the network (factory default) 1..255 - duration of every single tone in 1/10 sec. Read command reports the current Tone Duration, in the format: AT+VTD? <duration> Test command provides the list of supported <duration>s in the format: (list of supported <duration>s) GSM 07.07 and TIA IS-101

AT+VTD=? Reference

page 497 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3.7.2.7 Commands For GPRS

3.7.2.7.1 +CGCLASS - GPRS Mobile Station Class
+CGCLASS - GPRS mobile station class Set command sets the GPRS class according to <class> parameter. AT+CGCLASS= [<class>] Parameter: <class> - GPRS class B - GSM/GPRS (factory default) CG - class C in GPRS only mode (GPRS only) CC - class C in circuit switched only mode (GSM only) Note: the setting is saved in NVM (and available on following reboot). Read command returns the current value of the GPRS class in the format: +CGLASS: <class> Test command reports the range for the parameter <class>

AT+CGCLASS?

AT+CGCLASS=?

3.7.2.7.2 +CGATT - GPRS Attach Or Detach

+CGATT - GPRS Attach Or Detach Execution command is used to attach the terminal to, or detach the terminal AT+CGATT=[ from, the GPRS service depending on the parameter <state>. <state>] Parameter: <state> - state of GPRS attachment 0 - detached 1 - attached Read command returns the current GPRS service state. Test command requests information on the supported GPRS service states.

AT+CGATT? AT+CGATT=? Example

AT+CGATT?
+CGATT: 0 OK AT+CGATT=? +CGATT: (0,1) OK AT+CGATT=1 OK GSM 07.07

Reference

page 498 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3.7.2.7.3 +CGREG - GPRS Network Registration Status

+CGREG - GPRS Network Registration Status Set command controls the presentation of an unsolicited result code AT+CGREG=[<n>] +CGREG: (see format below). Parameter: <n> - result code presentation mode 0 - disable network registration unsolicited result code 1 - enable network registration unsolicited result code; if there is a change in the terminal GPRS network registration status, it is issued the unsolicited result code: +CGREG: <stat> where: <stat> - registration status 0 - not registered, terminal is not currently searching a new operator to register to 1 - registered, home network 2 - not registered, but terminal is currently searching a new operator to register to 3 - registration denied 4 - unknown 5 - registered, roaming 2 - enable network registration and location information unsolicited result code; if there is a change of the network cell, it is issued the unsolicited result code: +CGREG: <stat>[,<lac>,<ci>] where: <stat> - registration status (see above for values) <lac> - location area code in hexadecimal format (e.g. "00C3" equals 195 in decimal) <ci> - cell ID in hexadecimal format. Read command returns the status of result code presentation mode <n> and the integer <stat> which shows whether the network has currently indicated the registration of the terminal in the format: +CGREG: <n>,<stat> Test command returns supported values for parameter <n> GSM 07.07

AT+CGREG?

AT+CGREG=? Reference

page 499 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3.7.2.7.4 +CGDCONT - Define PDP Context

+CGDCONT - Define PDP Context Set command specifies PDP context parameter values for a PDP context AT+CGDCONT= identified by the (local) context identification parameter, <cid> [<cid> [,<PDP_type> Parameters: [,<APN> <cid> - (PDP Context Identifier) numeric parameter which specifies a [,<PDP_addr> particular PDP context definition. [,<d_comp> 1..max - where the value of max is returned by the Test command [,<h_comp> <PDP_type> - (Packet Data Protocol type) a string parameter which [,<pd1> specifies the type of packet data protocol [,[,pdN]]]]]]]]] "IP" - Internet Protocol "PPP" - Point to Point Protocol <APN> - (Access Point Name) a string parameter which is a logical name that is used to select the GGSN or the external packet data network. If the value is null or omitted, then the subscription value will be requested. <PDP_addr> - a string parameter that identifies the terminal in the address space applicable to the PDP. The allocated address may be read using the +CGPADDR command. <d_comp> - numeric parameter that controls PDP data compression 0 - off (default if value is omitted) 1 - on <h_comp> - numeric parameter that controls PDP header compression 0 - off (default if value is omitted) 1 - on <pd1>, , <pdN> - zero to N string parameters whose meanings are specific to the <PDP_type> Note: a special form of the Set command, +CGDCONT=<cid>, causes the values for context number <cid> to become undefined. Read command returns the current settings for each defined context in the format: +CGDCONT: <cid>,<PDP_type>,<APN>,<PDP_addr>,<d_comp>, <h_comp>[,<pd1>[,[,pdN]]][<CR><LF>+CGDCONT: <cid>, <PDP_type>,<APN>,<PDP_addr>,<d_comp>,<h_comp> [,<pd1>[,[,pdN]]][]] Test command returns values supported as a compound value AT+CGDCONT=1,IP,APN,10.10.10.10,0,0

AT+CGDCONT?

AT+CGDCONT=? Example

OK AT+CGDCONT?
+CGDCONT: 1,IP,APN,10.10.10.10,0,0 OK AT+CGDCONT=? +CGDCONT: (1-5),IP,,,(0-1),(0-1)

page 500 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

+CGDCONT - Define PDP Context OK Reference GSM 07.07

3.7.2.7.5 +CGQMIN - Quality Of Service Profile (Minimum Acceptable)

+CGQMIN - Quality Of Service Profile (Minimum Acceptable) Set command allows to specify a minimum acceptable profile which is AT+CGQMIN= checked by the terminal against the negotiated profile returned in the [<cid> Activate PDP Context Accept message. [,<precedence> [,<delay> Parameters: [,<reliability> <cid> - PDP context identification (see +CGDCONT command). [,<peak> <precedence> - precedence class [,<mean>]]]]]] <delay> - delay class <reliability> - reliability class <peak> - peak throughput class <mean> - mean throughput class If a value is omitted for a particular class then this class is not checked. Note: a special form of the Set command, +CGQMIN=<cid> causes the requested profile for context number <cid> to become undefined. Read command returns the current settings for each defined context in the format: +CGQMIN: <cid>,<precedence>,<delay>,<reliability>,<peak>, <mean>[<CR><LF>+CGQMIN: <cid>,<precedence>, <delay>,<reliability>,<peak>,<mean>[]] If no PDP context has been defined, it has no effect and OK result code is returned. Test command returns as a compound value the type of the current PDP context and the supported values for the subparameters in the format: +CGQMIN: <PDP_Type>,(list of supported <precedence>s), (list of supported <delay>s),(list of supported <reliability>s), (list of supported <peak>s),(list of supported <mean>s) Note: only the IP PDP_Type is currently supported. Example

AT+CGQMIN?

AT+CGQMIN=?

AT+CGQMIN=1,0,0,3,0,0 OK AT+CGQMIN?
+CGQMIN: 1,0,0,5,0,0

page 501 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

+CGQMIN - Quality Of Service Profile (Minimum Acceptable) OK AT+CGQMIN=? +CGQMIN: IP,(0-3),(0-4),(0-5),(0-9),(0-19,31) Reference OK GSM 07.07; GSM 03.60

3.7.2.7.6 +CGQREQ - Quality Of Service Profile (Requested)

+CGQREQ - Quality Of Service Profile (Requested) Set command allows to specify a Quality of Service Profile that is used AT+CGQREQ= when the terminal sends an Activate PDP Context Request message to the [<cid> network. It specifies a profile for the context identified by the (local) context [,<precedence> identification parameter, <cid>. [,<delay> [,<reliability> Parameters: [,<peak> <cid> - PDP context identification (see +CGDCONT command). [,<mean>]]]]]] <precedence> - precedence class <delay> - delay class <reliability> - reliability class <peak> - peak throughput class <mean> - mean throughput class If a value is omitted for a particular class then this class is not checked. Note: a special form of the Set command, +CGQREQ=<cid> causes the requested profile for context number <cid> to become undefined. Read command returns the current settings for each defined context in the format: +CGQREQ: <cid>,<precedence>,<delay>,<reliability>,<peak>, <mean>[<CR><LF>+CGQREQ: <cid>,<precedence>, <delay>,<reliability>,<peak>,<mean>[]] If no PDP context has been defined, it has no effect and OK result code is returned. Test command returns as a compound value the type of the current PDP context and the supported values for the subparameters in the format: +CGQREQ: <PDP_Type>,(list of supported <precedence>s), (list of supported <delay>s),(list of supported <reliability>s), (list of supported <peak>s),(list of supported <mean>s) Note: only the IP PDP_Type is currently supported. Example

AT+CGQREQ?

AT+CGQREQ=?

AT+CGQREQ?

page 502 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

+CGQREQ - Quality Of Service Profile (Requested) +CGQREQ: 1,0,0,3,0,0 OK AT+CGQREQ=1,0,0,3,0,0 OK AT+CGQREQ=? +CGQREQ: IP,(0-3),(0-4),(0-5),(0-9),(0-19,31) Reference OK GSM 07.07; GSM 03.60

3.7.2.7.7 +CGACT - PDP Context Activate Or Deactivate

+CGACT - PDP Context Activate Or Deactivate Execution command is used to activate or deactivate the specified PDP AT+CGACT= context(s) [<state>[,<cid> [,<cid>[,]]]] Parameters: <state> - indicates the state of PDP context activation 0 - deactivated 1 - activated <cid> - a numeric parameter which specifies a particular PDP context definition (see +CGDCONT command) Note: if no <cid>s are specified the activation/deactivation form of the command activates/deactivates all defined contexts. Read command returns the current activation state for all the defined PDP contexts in the format: +CGACT: <cid>,<state>[<CR><LF>+CGACT: <cid>,<state>[]] Test command reports information on the supported PDP context activation states parameters in the format: +CGACT: (0,1) AT+CGACT=1,1

AT+CGACT?

AT+CGACT=?

Example

OK AT+CGACT?
+CGACT: 1,1 Reference OK GSM 07.07

page 503 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3.7.2.7.8 +CGPADDR - Show PDP Address

+CGPADDR - Show PDP Address Execution command returns a list of PDP addresses for the specified AT+CGPADDR= context identifiers in the format: [<cid>[,<cid> [,]]] +CGPADDR: <cid>,<PDP_addr>[<CR><LF>+CGPADDR: <cid>, <PDP_addr>[]] Parameters: <cid> - a numeric parameter which specifies a particular PDP context definition (see +CGDCONT command). If no <cid> is specified, the addresses for all defined contexts are returned. <PDP_addr> - a string that identifies the terminal in the address space applicable to the PDP. The address may be static or dynamic. For a static address, it will be the one set by the +CGDCONT command when the context was defined. For a dynamic address it will be the one assigned during the last PDP context activation that used the context definition referred to by <cid>; <PDP_addr> is omitted if none is available Test command returns a list of defined <cid>s.

AT+CGPADDR=? Example

AT#GPRS=1 +IP: xxx.yyy.zzz.www OK AT+CGPADDR=1 +CGPADDR: 1,xxx.yyy.zzz.www

OK AT+CGPADDR=? +CGPADDR: (1)

OK
Reference GSM 07.07

3.7.2.7.9 +CGDATA - Enter Data State

page 504 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

+CGDATA - Enter Data State <cid> - numeric parameter which specifies a particular PDP context definition (see +CGDCONT command). Note: if parameter <L2P> is omitted, the layer 2 protocol is unspecified Test command reports information on the supported layer 2 protocols. AT+CGDATA=? +CGDATA: (PPP) OK AT+CGDATA=PPP,1 OK GSM 07.07

AT+CGDATA=? Example

Reference

page 505 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3.7.2.8 Commands For Battery Charger

3.7.2.8.1 +CBC - Battery Charge
+ CBC - Battery Charge Execution command returns the current Battery Charge status in the format: AT+CBC +CBC: <bcs>,<bcl> where: <bcs> - battery status 0 - ME is powered by the battery 1 - ME has a battery connected, and charger pin is being powered 2 - ME does not have a battery connected 3 - Recognized power fault, calls inhibited <bcl> - battery charge level 0 - battery is exhausted, or ME does not have a battery connected 25 - battery charge remained is estimated to be 25% 50 - battery charge remained is estimated to be 50% 75 - battery charge remained is estimated to be 75% 100 - battery is fully charged. Note: <bcs>=1 indicates that the battery charger supply is inserted and the battery is being recharged if necessary with it. Supply for ME operations is taken anyway from VBATT pins. Note: without battery/power connected on VBATT pins or during a power fault the unit is not working, therefore values <bcs>=2 and <bcs>=3 will never appear. Test command returns parameter values supported as a compound value. +CBC: (0-3),(0-100) Note: although +CBC is an execution command, ETSI 07.07 requires the Test command to be defined. Example

AT+CBC=?

AT+CBC
+CBC: 0,75 OK The ME does not make differences between being powered by a battery or by a power supply on the VBATT pins, so it is not possible to distinguish between these two cases. GSM 07.07

Note Reference

page 506 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3.7.3 ETSI GSM 07.05 AT Commands for SMS and CB services

3.7.3.1 General Configuration
3.7.3.1.1 +CSMS - Select Message Service
+CSMS - Select Message Service Set command selects messaging service <service>. It returns the types of AT+CSMS= messages supported by the ME: <service> Parameter: <service> 0 - The syntax of SMS AT commands is compatible with GSM 07.05 Phase 2 version 4.7.0 (factory default) 1 - The syntax of SMS AT commands is compatible with GSM 07.05 Phase 2+. Set command returns the types of messages supported by the ME: +CSMS: <mt>,<mo>,<bm> where: <mt> - mobile terminated messages support 0 - type not supported 1 - type supported <mo> - mobile originated messages support 0 - type not supported 1 - type supported <bm> - broadcast type messages support 0 - type not supported 1 - type supported Read command reports current service setting along with supported message types in the format: +CSMS: <service>,<mt>,<mo>,<cb> where: <service> - messaging service (see above) <mt> - mobile terminated messages support (see above) <mo> - mobile originated messages support (see above) <bm> - broadcast type messages support (see above) Test command reports the supported value of the parameter <service>. GSM 07.05; GSM 03.40; GSM 03.41

AT+CSMS?

AT+CSMS=? Reference

page 507 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3.7.3.1.2 +CPMS - Preferred Message Storage

+CPMS - Preferred Message Storage Set command selects memory storages <memr>, <memw> and <mems> AT+CPMS= to be used for reading, writing, sending and storing SMs. <memr> [,<memw> Parameters: [,<mems>]] <memr> - memory from which messages are read and deleted "SM" - SIM SMS memory storage "ME" - ME internal storage (read only, no delete) <memw> - memory to which writing and sending operations are made "SM" - SIM SMS memory storage <mems> - memory to which received SMs are preferred to be stored "SM" - SIM SMS memory storage The command returns the memory storage status in the format: +CPMS: <usedr>,<totalr>,<usedw>,<totalw>,<useds>,<totals> where: <usedr> - number of SMs stored into <memr> <totalr> - max number of SMs that <memr> can contain <usedw> - number of SMs stored into <memw> <totalw> max number of SMs that <memw> can contain <useds> - number of SMs stored into <mems> <totals> - max number of SMS that <mems> can contain Note: The only supported memory storage for writing and sending SMs is the SIM internal memory "SM", so <memw>=<mems>="SM". Note: the received class 0 SMS are stored in the "ME" memory regardless the <mems> setting and they are automatically deleted at power off. Read command reports the message storage status in the format: +CPMS: <memr>,<usedr>,<totalr>,<memw>,<usedw>,<totalw>, <mems>,<useds>,<totals> where <memr>, <memw> and <mems> are the selected storage memories for reading, writing and storing respectively. Test command reports the supported values for parameters <memr>, <memw> and <mems>

AT+CPMS?

AT+CPMS=? Example

AT+CPMS?
+CPMS: "SM",5,10,"SM",5,10,"SM",5,10 OK (you have 5 out of 10 SMS SIM positions occupied) GSM 07.05

Reference

page 508 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3.7.3.1.3 +CMGF - Message Format

+CMGF - Message Format Set command selects the format of messages used with send, list, read and AT+CMGF= write commands. [<mode>] Parameter: <mode> 0 - PDU mode, as defined in GSM 3.40 and GSM 3.41 (factory default) 1 - text mode Read command reports the current value of the parameter <mode>. Test command reports the supported value of <mode> parameter. GSM 07.05

AT+CMGF? AT+CMGF=? Reference

page 509 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3.7.3.2 Message Configuration

3.7.3.2.1 +CSCA - Service Center Address
+CSCA -Service Center Address Set command sets the Service Center Address to be used for mobile AT+CSCA= originated SMS transmissions. <number> [,<type>] Parameter: <number> - SC phone number in the format defined by <type> <type> - the type of number 129 - national numbering scheme 145 - international numbering scheme (contains the character "+") Note: to use the SM service, is mandatory to set a Service Center Address at which service requests will be directed. Note: in Text mode, this setting is used by send and write commands; in PDU mode, setting is used by the same commands, but only when the length of the SMSC address coded into the <pdu> parameter equals zero. Read command reports the current value of the SCA in the format: +CSCA: <number>,<type> Note: if SCA is not present the device reports an error message. Test command returns the OK result code. GSM 07.05

AT+CSCA?

AT+CSCA=? Reference

3.7.3.2.2 +CSMP - Set Text Mode Parameters

+CSMP - Set Text Mode Parameters Set command is used to select values for additional parameters for storing AT+CSMP= and sending SMs when the text mode is used (AT+CMGF=1) [<fo> [,<vp> Parameters: [,<pid> <fo> - depending on the command or result code: [,<dcs>]]]] first octet of GSM 03.40 SMS-DELIVER, SMS-SUBMIT (default 17), SMS-STATUS-REPORT, or SMS-COMMAND (default 2) in integer format. <vp> - depending on SMS-SUBMIT <fo> setting: GSM 03.40 TP-Validity-Period either in integer format (default 167) or in quoted time-string format <pid> - GSM 03.40 TP-Protocol-Identifier in integer format. <dcs> - depending on the command or result code: GSM 03.38 SMS Data Coding Scheme (default 0), or Cell

page 510 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

+CSMP - Set Text Mode Parameters Broadcast Data Coding Scheme AT+CSMP? AT+CSMP=? Example Read command reports the current setting in the format: +CSMP: < fo>,<vp>,<pid>,<dcs> Test command returns the OK result code. Set the parameters for an outgoing message with 24 hours of validity period and default properties: AT+CSMP=17,167,0,0 OK GSM 07.05; GSM 03.40; GSM 03.38

Reference

3.7.3.2.3 +CSDH - Show Text Mode Parameters

+CSDH - Show Text Mode Parameters Set command controls whether detailed header information is shown in text AT+CSDH= mode (AT+CMGF=1) result codes. [<show>] Parameter: <show> 0 - do not show header values defined in commands +CSCA and +CSMP (<sca>, <tosca>, <fo>, <vp>, <pid> and <dcs>) nor <length>, <toda> or <tooa> in +CMT, +CMGL, +CMGR result codes for SMS-DELIVERs and SMS-SUBMITs in text mode. For SMS-COMMANDs in +CMGR result code do not show <pid>, <mn>, <da>, <toda>, <length> or <cdata> 1 - show the values in result codes Read command reports the current setting in the format: +CSDH: <show> Test command reports the supported range of values for parameter <show> GSM 07.05

AT+CSDH?

AT+CSDH=? Reference

3.7.3.2.4 +CSCB - Select Cell Broadcast Message Types

+CSCB -Select Cell Broadcast Message Types Set command selects which types of Cell Broadcast Messages are to be AT+CSCB= received by the device. [<mode>[,<mids> [,<dcss>]]] Parameters: <mode> 0 - the message types defined by <mids> and <dcss> are accepted (factory default)

page 511 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

+CSCB -Select Cell Broadcast Message Types 1 - the message types defined by <mids> and <dcss> are rejected <mids> - Message Identifiers, string type: all different possible combinations of the CBM message identifiers; default is empty string (). <dcss> - Data Coding Schemes, string type: all different possible combinations of CBM data coding schemes; default is empty string (). Read command reports the current value of parameters <mode>, <mids> AT+CSCB? and <dcss>. Test command returns the range of values for parameter <mode>. AT+CSCB=? AT+CSCB? Example +CSCB: 1,"","" OK (all CBMs are accepted, none is rejected) AT+CSCB=0,"0,1,300-315,450","0-3" OK GSM 07.05, GSM 03.41, GSM 03.38.

Reference

3.7.3.2.5 +CSAS - Save Settings

+CSAS - Save Settings Execution command saves settings which have been made by the +CSCA AT+CSAS +CSMP and +CSCB commands in local non volatile memory. [=<profile>] Parameter: <profile> 0 - it saves the settings to NVM (factory default). 1..n - SIM profile number; the value of n depends on the SIM and its max is 3. Note: certain settings may not be supported by the SIM and therefore they are always saved to NVM, regardless the value of <profile>. Note: If parameter is omitted the settings are saved in the non volatile memory. Test command returns the possible range of values for the parameter <profile>. GSM 07.05

AT+CSAS=? Reference

page 512 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3.7.3.2.6 +CRES - Restore Settings

+CRES - Restore Settings Execution command restores message service settings saved by +CSAS AT+CRES command from either NVM or SIM. [=<profile>] Parameter: <profile> 0 - it restores message service settings from NVM. 1..n - it restores message service settings from SIM. The value of n depends on the SIM and its max is 3. Note: certain settings may not be supported by the SIM and therefore they are always restored from NVM, regardless the value of <profile>. Note: If parameter is omitted the command restores message service settings from NVM. Test command returns the possible range of values for the parameter <profile>. GSM 07.05

AT+CRES=? Reference

page 513 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3.7.3.3 Message Receiving And Reading

3.7.3.3.1 +CNMI - New Message Indications To Terminal Equipment
+CNMI - New Message Indications To Terminal Equipment Set command selects the behaviour of the device on how the receiving of AT+CNMI=[ new messages from the network is indicated to the DTE. <mode>[,<mt> [,<bm>[,<ds> Parameter: [,<bfr>]]]]] <mode> - unsolicited result codes buffering option 0 - Buffer unsolicited result codes in the TA. If TA result code buffer is full, indications can be buffered in some other place or the oldest indications may be discarded and replaced with the new received indications. 1 - Discard indication and reject new received message unsolicited result codes when TA-TE link is reserved, otherwise forward them directly to the TE. 2 - Buffer unsolicited result codes in the TA in case the DTE is busy and flush them to the TE after reservation. Otherwise forward them directly to the TE. 3 - if <mt> is set to 1 an indication via 100 ms break is issued when a SMS is received while the module is in GPRS online mode. It enables the hardware ring line for 1 s. too. <mt> - result code indication reporting for SMS-DELIVER 0 - No SMS-DELIVER indications are routed to the TE. 1 - If SMS-DELIVER is stored into ME/TA, indication of the memory location is routed to the TE using the following unsolicited result code: +CMTI: <memr>,<index> where: <memr> - memory storage where the new message is stored "SM" "ME" <index> - location on the memory where SMS is stored. 2 - SMS-DELIVERs (except class 2 messages and messages in the message waiting indication group) are routed directly to the TE using the following unsolicited result code: (PDU Mode) +CMT: [<alpha>],<length><CR><LF><pdu> where: <alpha> - alphanumeric representation of originator/destination number corresponding to the entry found in MT phonebook; used character set should be the one selected with command +CSCS. <length> - PDU length <pdu> - PDU message

page 514 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

+CNMI - New Message Indications To Terminal Equipment (TEXT Mode) +CMT:<oa>,<alpha>,<scts>[,<tooa>,<fo>,<pid>,<dcs>, <sca>,<tosca>,<length>]<CR><LF><data> (the information written in italics will be present depending on +CSDH last setting) where: <oa> - originator address number, represented in the currently selected character set (see +CSCS) <alpha> - alphanumeric representation of <oa> or <da>; used character set should be the one selected with command +CSCS. <scts> - arrival time of the message to the SC <tooa>, <tosca> - type of number <oa> or <sca>: 129 - number in national format 145 - number in international format (contains the "+") <fo> - first octet of GSM 03.40 <pid> - Protocol Identifier <dcs> - Data Coding Scheme <sca> - Service Centre number <length> - text length <data> - TP-User-Data If <dcs> indicates that GSM03.38 default alphabet is used and <fo> indicates that GSM03.40 TP-User-Data-Header-Indication is not set (bit 6 of <fo> is 0), each character of GSM alphabet will be converted into current TE character set (see +CSCS) If <dcs> indicates that 8-bit or UCS2 data coding scheme is used or <fo> indicates that GSM03.40 TP-User-Data-HeaderIndication is set (bit 6 of <fo> is 1), each 8-bit octet will be converted into two IRA character long hexadecimal number (e.g. octet 0x2A will be converted as two characters 0x32 0x41) Class 2 messages and messages in the message waiting indication group (stored message) result in indication as defined in <mt>=1. 3 - Class 3 SMS-DELIVERs are routed directly to TE using unsolicited result codes defined in <mt>=2. Messages of other data coding schemes result in indication as defined in <mt>=1. <bm> - broadcast reporting option 0 - Cell Broadcast Messages are not sent to the DTE 2 - New Cell Broadcast Messages are sent to the DTE with the unsolicited result code: (PDU Mode) +CBM: <length><CR><LF><PDU> where: <length> - PDU length <PDU> - message PDU

page 515 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

+CNMI - New Message Indications To Terminal Equipment (TEXT Mode) +CBM:<sn>,<mid>,<dcs>,<pag>,<pags><CR><LF><data> where: <sn> - message serial number <mid> - message ID <dcs> - Data Coding Scheme <pag> - page number <pags> - total number of pages of the message <data> - CBM Content of Message If <dcs> indicates that GSM03.38 default alphabet is used , each character of GSM alphabet will be converted into current TE character set (see +CSCS) If <dcs> indicates that 8-bit or UCS2 data coding scheme is used, each 8-bit octet will be converted into two IRA character long hexadecimal number (e.g. octet 0x2A will be converted as two characters 0x32 0x41) <ds> - SMS-STATUS-REPORTs reporting option 0 - status report receiving is not reported to the DTE 1 - the status report is sent to the DTE with the following unsolicited result code: (PDU Mode) +CDS: <length><CR><LF><PDU> where: <length> - PDU length <PDU> - message PDU (TEXT Mode) +CDS: <fo>,<mr>,,,<scts>,<dt>,<st> where: <fo> - first octet of the message PDU <mr> - message reference number <scts> - arrival time of the message to the SC <dt> - sending time of the message <st> - message status as coded in the PDU 2 - if a status report is stored, then the following unsolicited result code is sent: +CDSI: <memr>,<index> where: <memr> - memory storage where the new message is stored "SM" <index> - location on the memory where SMS is stored <bfr> - buffered result codes handling method:

page 516 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

+CNMI - New Message Indications To Terminal Equipment 0 - TA buffer of unsolicited result codes defined within this command is flushed to the TE when <mode>=1..3 is entered (OK response shall be given before flushing the codes) 1 - TA buffer of unsolicited result codes defined within this command is cleared when <mode>=1..3 is entered. Read command returns the current parameter settings for +CNMI command AT+CNMI? in the form: +CNMI: <mode>,<mt>,<bm>,<ds>,<bfr> Test command reports the supported range of values for the +CNMI command parameters. GSM 07.05 DTR signal is ignored, hence the indication is sent even if the DTE is inactive ( DTR signal is Low). In this case the unsolicited result code may be lost so if MODULE remains active while DTE is not, at DTE startup is suggested to check whether new messages have reached the device meanwhile with command AT+CMGL=0 that lists the new messages received.

AT+CNMI=? Reference Note

3.7.3.3.2

+CMGL - List Messages

+CMGL - List Messages Execution command reports the list of all the messages with status value AT+CMGL <stat> stored into <memr> message storage (<memr> is the message [=<stat>] storage for read and delete SMs as last settings of command +CPMS). The parameter type and the command output depend on the last settings of command +CMGF (message format to be used) (PDU Mode) Parameter: <stat> 0 - new message 1 - read message 2 - stored message not yet sent 3 - stored message already sent 4 - all messages. Each message to be listed is represented in the format: +CMGL: <index>,<stat>,<alpha>,<length><CR><LF><pdu> where: <index> - message position in the memory storage list. <stat> - status of the message

page 517 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

+CMGL - List Messages <alpha> - string type alphanumeric representation of <da> or <oa>, corresponding to an entry found in the phonebook; used character set is the one selected with command +CSCS. <length> - length of the PDU in bytes <pdu> - message in PDU format according to GSM 3.40 (Text Mode) Parameter: <stat> "REC UNREAD" - new message "REC READ" - read message "STO UNSENT" - stored message not yet sent "STO SENT" - stored message already sent "ALL" - all messages. Each message to be listed is represented in the format (the information written in italics will be present depending on +CSDH last setting):

+CMGL: <index>,<stat>,<oa/da>,<alpha>,<scts>[,<tooa/toda>, <length>]<CR><LF> <data> where <index> - message position in the storage <stat> - message status <oa/da> - originator/destination number, represented in the currently selected character set (see +CSCS) <alpha> - string type alphanumeric representation of <da> or <oa>, corresponding to an entry found in the phonebook; used character set is the one selected with command +CSCS. <scts> - TP-Service Centre Time Stamp in Time String Format <tooa/toda> - type of number <oa/da> 129 - number in national format 145 - number in international format (contains the "+") <length> - text length <data> - TP-User-Data If <dcs> indicates that GSM03.38 default alphabet is used , each character of GSM alphabet will be converted into current TE character set (see +CSCS) If <dcs> indicates that 8-bit or UCS2 data coding scheme is used, each 8-bit octet will be converted into two IRA character long hexadecimal number (e.g. octet 0x2A will be converted as two characters 0x32 0x41) Each message delivery confirm is represented in the format:

page 518 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

+CMGL - List Messages +CMGL: <index>,<stat>,<fo>,<mr>,,,<scts>,<dt>,<st> where <index> - message position in the storage <stat> - message status <fo> - first octet of the message PDU <mr> - message reference number <scts> - arrival time of the message to the SC <dt> - sending time of the message <st> - message status as coded in the PDU Note: OK result code is sent at the end of the listing. Note: If parameter is omitted the command returns the list of sms with REC UNREAD status. Test command returns a list of supported <stat>s GSM 07.05

AT+CMGL=? Reference

3.7.3.3.3 +CMGR - Read Message

page 519 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

+CMGR - Read Message character set is the one selected with command +CSCS. <length> - length of the PDU in bytes. <pdu> - message in PDU format according to GSM 3.40. The status of the message and entire message data unit <pdu> is returned. (Text Mode) Output format for received messages (the information written in italics will be present depending on +CSDH last setting): +CMGR: <stat>,<oa>,<alpha>,<scts>[,<tooa>,<fo>,<pid>, <dcs>,<sca>,<tosca>,<length>]<CR><LF><data> Output format for sent messages: +CMGR: <stat>,<da>,<alpha>[,<toda>,<fo>,<pid>,<dcs>,, <sca>,<tosca>,<length>]<CR><LF><data> Output format for message delivery confirm: +CMGR: <stat>,<fo>,<mr>,,,<scts>,<dt>,<st> where: <stat> - status of the message "REC UNREAD" - new received message unread "REC READ" - received message read "STO UNSENT" - message stored not yet sent "STO SENT" - message stored already sent <fo> - first octet of the message PDU <mr> - message reference number <scts> - arrival time of the message to the SC <dt> - sending time of the message <st> - message status as coded in the PDU <pid> - Protocol Identifier <dcs> - Data Coding Scheme <oa> - Originator address number, represented in the currently selected character set (see +CSCS) <da> - Destination address number, represented in the currently selected character set (see +CSCS) <alpha> - string type alphanumeric representation of <da> or <oa>, corresponding to an entry found in the phonebook; used character set is the one selected with command +CSCS. NB: this optional field is currently not supported. <sca> - Service Centre number <tooa>,<toda >,<tosca> - type of number <oa>,<da>,<sca> 129 - number in national format 145 - number in international format (contains the "+") <length> - text length

page 520 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

+CMGR - Read Message <data> - TP-User_data If <dcs> indicates that GSM03.38 default alphabet is used , each character of GSM alphabet will be converted into current TE character set (see +CSCS) If <dcs> indicates that 8-bit or UCS2 data coding scheme is used, each 8-bit octet will be converted into two IRA character long hexadecimal number (e.g. octet 0x2A will be converted as two characters 0x32 0x41) Note: in both cases if status of the message is 'received unread', status in the storage changes to 'received read'. Note: an error result code is sent on empty record <index>. Test command returns the OK result code GSM 07.05

AT+CMGR=? Reference

page 521 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3.7.3.4 Message Sending And Writing

3.7.3.4.1 +CMGS - Send Message
+CMGS - Send Message (PDU Mode) (PDU Mode) Execution command sends to the network a message. AT+CMGS= <length> Parameter: <length> - length of the PDU to be sent in bytes. 7..164 The device responds to the command with the prompt '>' and waits for the specified number of bytes. To send the message issue Ctrl-Z char (0x1A hex). To exit without sending the message issue ESC char (0x1B hex). If message is successfully sent to the network, then the result is sent in the format: +CMGS: <mr> where <mr> - message reference number. Note: if message sending fails for some reason, an error code is reported. Note: care must be taken to ensure that during the command execution, which may take several seconds, no other SIM interacting commands are issued. (Text Mode) Execution command sends to the network a message. Parameters: <da> - destination address number, represented in the currently selected character set (see +CSCS). <toda> - type of destination address 129 - number in national format 145 - number in international format (contains the "+") The device responds to the command with the prompt '>' and waits for message text (max 160 characters). To send the message issue Ctrl-Z char (0x1A hex). To exit without sending the message issue ESC char (0x1B hex).

(Text Mode) AT+CMGS=<da> [,<toda>]

page 522 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

+CMGS - Send Message If message is successfully sent to the network, then the result is sent in the format: +CMGS: <mr> where <mr> - message reference number. Note: if message sending fails for some reason, an error code is reported. Note: care must be taken to ensure that during the command execution, which may take several seconds, no other SIM interacting commands are issued. Test command resturns the OK result code. To avoid malfunctions is suggested to wait for the +CMGS: <mr> or +CMS ERROR: <err> response before issuing further commands. GSM 07.05

AT+CMGS=? Note Reference

3.7.3.4.2 +CMSS - Send Message From Storage

+CMSS - Send Message From Storage Execution command sends to the network a message which is already AT+CMSS= stored in the <memw> storage (see +CPMS) at the location <index>. <index>[,<da> [,<toda>]] Parameters: <index> - location value in the message storage <memw> of the message to send <da> - destination address, represented in the currently selected character set (see +CSCS); if it is given it shall be used instead of the one stored with the message. <toda> - type of destination address 129 - number in national format 145 - number in international format (contains the "+") If message is successfully sent to the network then the result is sent in the format: +CMSS: <mr> where: <mr> - message reference number. If message sending fails for some reason, an error code is reported: +CMS ERROR:<err>

page 523 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

+CMSS - Send Message From Storage Note: to store a message in the <memw> storage see command +CMGW. Note: care must be taken to ensure that during the command execution, which may take several seconds, no other SIM interacting commands are issued. Test command resturns the OK result code. To avoid malfunctions is suggested to wait for the +CMSS: <mr> or +CMS ERROR: <err> response before issuing further commands. GSM 07.05

AT+CMSS=? Note Reference

3.7.3.4.3 +CMGW - Write Message To Memory

(Text Mode)

page 524 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

+CMGW - Write Message To Memory Execution command writes in the <memw> memory storage a new AT+CMGW[=<da> message. [,<toda> [,<stat>]]] Parameters: <da> - destination address number, represented in the currently selected character set (see +CSCS). <toda> - type of destination address. 129 - number in national format 145 - number in international format (contains the "+") <stat> - message status. "REC UNREAD" - new received message unread "REC READ" - received message read "STO UNSENT" - message stored not yet sent (default) "STO SENT" - message stored already sent The device responds to the command with the prompt '>' and waits for the message text (max 160 characters). To write the message issue Ctrl-Z char (0x1A hex). To exit without writing the message issue ESC char (0x1B hex). If message is successfully written in the memory, then the result is sent in the format: +CMGW: <index> where: <index> - message location index in the memory <memw>. If message storing fails for some reason, an error code is reported. Note: care must be taken to ensure that during the command execution, no other SIM interacting commands are issued. Test command returns the OK result code. GSM 07.05 To avoid malfunctions is suggested to wait for the +CMGW: <index> or +CMS ERROR: <err> response before issuing further commands.

AT+CMGW=? Reference Note

page 525 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3.7.3.4.4 +CMGD - Delete Message

+CMGD - Delete Message Execution command deletes from memory <memr> the message(s). AT+CMGD= <index> Parameter: [,<delflag>] <index> - message index in the selected storage <memr> <delflag> - an integer indicating multiple message deletion request. 0 (or omitted) - delete message specified in <index> 1 - delete all read messages from <memr> storage, leaving unread messages and stored mobile originated messages (whether sent or not) untouched 2 - delete all read messages from <memr> storage and sent mobile originated messages, leaving unread messages and unsent mobile originated messages untouched 3 - delete all read messages from <memr> storage, sent and unsent mobile originated messages, leaving unread messages untouched 4 - delete all messages from <memr> storage. Note: if <delflag> is present and not set to 0 then <index> is ignored and ME shall follow the rules for <delflag> shown above. Note: if the location to be deleted is empty, an error message is reported. Test command shows the valid memory locations and optionally the supported values of <delflag>. +CMGD: (supported <index>s list)[,(supported <delflag>s list)] AT+CMGD=? +CMGD: (1,2,3,6,7,17,18,19,20,37,38,39,47),(0-4) OK GSM 07.05

AT+CMGD=?

Example

Reference

page 526 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3.7.4 FAX Class 1 AT Commands

3.7.4.1 General Configuration
NOTE: All the test command results are without command echo

3.7.4.1.1 +FMI - Manufacturer ID

3.7.4.1.2 +FMM - Model Id

+FMM - Model ID AT+FMM? Reference Read command reports the model ID ITU T.31 and TIA/EIA-578-A specifications

3.7.4.1.3 +FMR - Revision ID

+FMR - Revision ID AT+FMR? Reference Read command reports the software revision ID ITU T.31 and TIA/EIA-578-A specifications

page 527 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3.7.4.2 Transmission/Reception Control

3.7.4.2.1 +FTS - Stop Transmission And Pause
+FTS - Stop Transmission And Pause Execution command causes the modem to terminate a transmission and AT+FTS=<time> wait for <time> 10ms intervals before responding with OK result. Parameter: <time> - duration of the pause, expressed in 10ms intervals. 0..255 Test command returns all supported values of the parameter <time>. ITU T.31 and TIA/EIA-578-A specifications

AT+FTS=? Reference

3.7.4.2.2 +FRS - Wait For Receive Silence

AT+FRS=? Reference

3.7.4.2.3 +FTM - Transmit Data Modulation

+FTM - Transmit Data Execution command causes the module to transmit facsimile data using the AT+FTM=<mod> modulation defined by the parameter <mod>. Parameter: <mod> - carrier modulation 24 - V27ter/2400 bps 48 - V27ter/4800 bps 72 - V29/7200 bps 96 - V29/9600 bps Test command returns all supported values of the parameter <mod>. ITU T.31 and TIA/EIA-578-A specifications

AT+FTM=? Reference

page 528 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3.7.4.2.4 +FRM - Receive Data Modulation

AT+FRM=? Reference

3.7.4.2.5 +FTH - Transmit Data With HDLC Framing

AT+FTH=? Reference

3.7.4.2.6 +FRH - Receive Data With HDLC Framing

AT+FRH=? Reference

page 529 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3.7.4.3 Serial Port Control

3.7.4.3.1 +FLO - Select Flow Control Specified By Type
+FLO - Select Flow Control Specified By Type Set command selects the flow control behaviour of the serial port in both AT+FLO=<type> directions: from DTE to DTA and from DTA to DTE. Parameter: <type> - flow control option for the data on the serial port 0 - flow control None 1 - flow control Software (XON-XOFF) 2 - flow control Hardware (CTS-RTS) (factory default) Note: This command is a shortcut of the +IFC command. Note: +FLOs settings are functionally a subset of &Ks ones. Read command returns the current value of parameter <type> Test command returns all supported values of the parameter <type>. ITU T.31 and TIA/EIA-578-A specifications

AT+FLO? AT+FLO=? Reference

3.7.4.3.2 +FPR - Select Serial Port Rate

AT+FPR? AT+FPR=? Reference

3.7.4.3.3 +FDD - Double Escape Character Replacement Control

page 530 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

+FDD - Double Escape Character Replacement Control either <DLE><DLE> or discard. The DCE encode of <10h><10h> is <DLE><DLE><DLE><DLE> Read command returns the current value of parameter <mode> AT+FDD? Test command returns all supported values of parameter <mode>. AT+FDD=? Reference ITU T.31 and TIA/EIA-578-A specifications

page 531 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3.7.5 Custom AT Commands

3.7.5.1 General Configuration AT Commands
3.7.5.1.1 #CGMI - Manufacturer Identification
#CGMI - Manufacturer Identification Execution command returns the device manufacturer identification code AT#CGMI with command echo. The output depends on the choice made through #SELINT command. Test command returns the OK result code. AT#CGMI=?

3.7.5.1.2 #CGMM - Model Identification

#CGMM - Model Identification Execution command returns the device model identification code with AT#CGMM command echo. Test command returns the OK result code. AT#CGMM=?

3.7.5.1.3 #CGMR - Revision Identification

#CGMR - Revision Identification Execution command returns device software revision number with AT#CGMR command echo. Test command returns the OK result code. AT#CGMR=?

3.7.5.1.4 #CGSN - Product Serial Number Identification

#CGSN - Product Serial Number Identification Execution command returns the product serial number, identified as the AT#CGSN IMEI of the mobile, with command echo. Test command returns the OK result code. AT#CGSN=?

3.7.5.1.5 #CIMI - International Mobile Subscriber Identity (IMSI)

page 532 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3.7.5.1.6 #CCID - Read ICCID (Integrated Circuit Card Identification)

#CCID - Read ICCID Execution command reads on SIM the ICCID (card identification number AT#CCID that provides a unique identification number for the SIM) Test command returns the OK result code. AT#CCID=?

3.7.5.1.7 #CAP - Change Audio Path

#CAP - Change Audio Path Set command switches the active audio path depending on parameter <n> AT#CAP=[<n>] Parameter: <n> - audio path 0 - audio path follows the Axe input (factory default): if Axe is low, handsfree is enabled; if Axe is high, internal path is enabled 1 - enables handsfree external mic/ear audio path 2 - enables internal mic/ear audio path Note: The audio path are mutually exclusive, enabling one disables the other. Note: when changing the audio path, the volume level is set at the previously stored value for that audio path (see +CLVL). Read command reports the active audio path in the format: #CAP: <n>. Test command reports the supported values for the parameter <n>.

AT#CAP?

AT#CAP=?

3.7.5.1.8

#SRS - Select Ringer Sound

#SRS - Select Ringer Sound Set command sets the ringer sound. AT#SRS= [<n>,<tout>] Parameters: <n> - ringing tone 0 - current ringing tone 1..max - ringing tone number, where max can be read by issuing the Test command AT#SRS=?. <tout> - ringing tone playing time-out in seconds. 0 - ringer is stopped (if present) and current ringer sound is set. 1..60 - ringer sound playing for <tout> seconds and, if <n> > 0, ringer

page 533 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

#SRS - Select Ringer Sound sound <n> is set as default ringer sound. Note: when the command is issued with <n> > 0 and <tout> > 0, the <n> ringing tone is played for <tout> seconds and stored as default ringing tone. Note: if command is issued with <n> > 0 and <tout> = 0, the playing of the ringing is stopped (if present) and <n> ringing tone is set as current. Note: if command is issued with <n> = 0 and <tout> > 0 then the current ringing tone is played. Note: if both <n> and <tout> are 0 then the default ringing tone is set as current and ringing is stopped. Note: If all parameters are omitted then the behaviour of Set command is the same as Read command Read command reports current selected ringing and its status in the form: #SRS: <n>,<status> where: <n> - ringing tone number 1..max <status> - ringing status 0 - selected but not playing 1 - currently playing Test command reports the supported values for the parameters <n> and <tout>

AT#SRS?

AT#SRS=?

3.7.5.1.9

#SRP -Select Ringer Path

#SRP - Select Ringer Path Set command selects the ringer path towards whom sending ringer sounds AT#SRP=[<n>] and all signalling tones. Parameter: <n> - ringer path number 0 - sound output towards current selected audio path (see command #CAP) 1 - sound output towards handsfree 2 - sound output towards handset 3 - sound output towards Buzzer Output pin GPIO7 Note: In order to use the Buzzer Output an external circuitry must be

page 534 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

AT#SRP?

added to drive it properly from the GPIO7 pin, furthermore the GPIO7 pin direction must be set to Buzzer output (Alternate function); see command #GPIO. Read command reports the selected ringer path in the format: #SRP: <n>. Test command reports the supported values for the parameter <n>. AT#SRP=? #SRP: (0-3) OK AT#SRP=3 OK

AT#SRP=? Example

3.7.5.1.10 #STM - Signalling Tones Mode

#STM - Signalling Tones Mode Set command enables/disables the signalling tones output on the audio AT#STM= path selected with #SRP command [<mode>] Parameter: <mode> - signalling tones status 0 - signalling tones disabled 1 - signalling tones enabled Note: AT#STM=0 has the same effect as AT+CALM=2; AT#STM=1 has the same effect as AT+CALM=0. Read command reports whether the current signaling tones status is enabled or not, in the format: #STM: <mode> Test command reports supported range of values for parameter <mode>.

AT#STM?

AT#STM=?

3.7.5.1.11 #PCT - Display PIN Counter

page 535 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

AT#PCT=?

Test command returns the OK result code.

3.7.5.1.12

#SHDN - Software Shut Down

AT#SHDN=?

3.7.5.1.13 #WAKE - Wake From Alarm Mode

#WAKE - Wake From Alarm Mode Execution command stops any eventually present alarm activity and, if the AT#WAKE= module is in alarm mode, it exits the alarm mode and enters the normal [<opmode>] operating mode. Parameter: <opmode> - operating mode 0 - normal operating mode; the module exits the alarm mode, enters the normal operating mode, any alarm activity is stopped (e.g. alarm tone playing) and an OK result code is returned. Note: the power saving status is indicated by a CTS - OFF and DSR - OFF status. The normal operating status is indicated by DSR - ON. Note: during the alarm mode the device will not make any network scan and will not register to any network and therefore is not able to dial or receive any call or SM, the only commands that can be issued to the MODULE in this state are the #WAKE and #SHDN, every other command must not be issued during this state. Read command returns the operating status of the device in the format: #WAKE: <status> where: <status> 0 - normal operating mode 1 - alarm mode or normal operating mode with some alarm activity.

AT#WAKE?

page 536 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3.7.5.1.14

#QTEMP -Query Temperature Overflow

#QTEMP - Query Temperature Overflow Set command has currently no effect. The interpretation of parameter AT#QTEMP= <mode> is currently not implemented: any value assigned to it will simply [<mode>] have no effect. Read command queries the device internal temperature sensor for over AT#QTEMP? temperature and reports the result in the format: #QTEMP: <temp> where <temp> - over temperature indicator 0 - the device temperature is in the working range 1 - the device temperature is out of the working range Test command reports supported range of values for parameter <mode>. The device should not be operated out of its working temperature range, elsewhere proper functioning of the device is not ensured.

#QTEMP=? Note

3.7.5.1.15 #GPIO - General Purpose Input/Output Pin Control

#GPIO - General Purpose Input/Output Pin Control Execution command sets the value of the general purpose output pin AT#GPIO=[<pin>, GPIO<pin> according to <dir> and <mode> parameter. <mode>[,<dir>]] Not all configuration for the three parameters are valid. Parameters: <pin> - GPIO pin number; supported range is from 1 to a value that depends on the hardware, but GPIO1 is input only and GPIO2 is output only. <mode> - its meaning depends on <dir> setting: 0 - no meaning if <dir>=0 - INPUT - output pin cleared to 0 (LOW) if <dir>=1 - OUTPUT - no meaning if <dir>=2 - ALTERNATE FUNCTION 1 - no meaning if <dir>=0 - INPUT - output pin set to 1 (HIGH) if <dir>=1 - OUTPUT - no meaning if <dir>=2 - ALTERNATE FUNCTION 2 - Reports the read value from the input pin if <dir>=0 - INPUT - Reports the read value from the input pin if <dir>=1 - OUTPUT - Reports a no meaning value if <dir>=2 - ALTERNATE FUNCTION <dir> - GPIO pin direction 0 - pin direction is INPUT 1 - pin direction is OUTPUT 2 - pin direction is ALTERNATE FUNCTION (see Note). Note: when <mode>=2 (and <dir> is omitted) the command reports the

page 537 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

#GPIO - General Purpose Input/Output Pin Control direction and value of pin GPIO<pin> in the format: #GPIO: <dir>,<stat> where <dir> - current direction setting for the GPIO<pin> <stat> logic value read from pin GPIO<pin> in the case the pin <dir> is set to input; logic value present in output of the pin GPIO<pin> in the case the pin <dir> is currently set to output; no meaning value for the pin GPIO<pin> in the case the pin <dir> is set to alternate function. Note: (valid only for GPIO1) since the reading is done after the insulating transistor, the reported value is the opposite of the logic status of the GPIO1 input pin Note: "ALTERNATE FUNCTION" value is valid only for following pins: GPIO5 - alternate function is RF Transmission Monitor GPIO6 - alternate function is "Alarm Output" (see +CALA) GPIO7 - alternate function is "Buzzer Output" (see #SRP) Note: while using the pins in the alternate function, the GPIO read/write access to that pin is not accessible and shall be avoided. Note: The GPIO2 is an OPEN COLLECTOR output, the command sets the transistor base level, hence the open collector output is negated Read command reports the read direction and value of all GPIO pins, in the format: #GPIO: <dir>,<stat>[<CR><LF>#GPIO: <dir>,<stat>[]] where <dir> - as seen before <stat> - as seen before Test command reports the supported range of values of the command parameters <pin>, <mode> and <dir>. AT#GPIO=3,0,1 OK AT#GPIO=3,2 #GPIO: 1,0 OK AT#GPIO=4,1,1 OK AT#GPIO=5,0,0 OK AT#GPIO=6,2

AT#GPIO?

AT#GPIO=? Example

page 538 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

#GPIO - General Purpose Input/Output Pin Control #GPIO: 0,1 OK

3.7.5.1.16 #I2S1 - Set PCM Output For Channel 1

#I2S1 - Set PCM Output For Channel 1 AT#I2S1= Set command sets the type of operation. [<mode> [,<clockmode>, Parameters: <clockrate>]] <mode> 0 - PCM1 is not enabled; audio is forwarded to the analog line; PCM pins can be used as UART1 and GPIO. 1 - PCM1 is enabled; audio is forwarded to the PCM block; PCM pin cannot be used for UART1; any service on UART1 is suspended 2 - PCM1 is enabled; audio is forwarded both to the PCM block and to the analog line; PCM pins cannot be used for UART1; any service on UART1 is suspended <clockmode> 0 - PCM acts as slave 1 - PCM acts as master <clockrate> 64 - 64 kHz. 128 - 128 kHz. 256 - 256 kHz. 512 - 512 kHz 1024 - 1024 kHz 2048 - 2048 kHz Read command reports the last setting, in the format: AT#I2S1? #I2S1: <mode>,<clockmode>,<clockrate> Reports the range of supported values for parameters <mode>, <clockmode> and <clockrate>

AT#I2S1=?

3.7.5.1.17 #E2SMSRI - SMS Ring Indicator

#E2SMSRI - SMS Ring Indicator AT#E2SMSRI= Set command enables/disables the Ring Indicator pin response to an [<n>] incoming SMS message. If enabled, a negative going pulse is

page 539 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

#E2SMSRI - SMS Ring Indicator 50..1150 - enables RI pin response for incoming SMS messages. The value of <n> is the duration in ms of the pulse generated on receipt of an incoming SM. Note: if +CNMI=3,1 command is issued and the module is in a GPRS connection, a 100 ms break signal is sent and a 1 sec. pulse is generated on RI pin, no matter if the RI pin response is either enabled or not. Read command reports the duration in ms of the pulse generated on receipt of an incoming SM, in the format: #E2SMSRI: <n> Note: as seen before, the value <n>=0 means that the RI pin response to an incoming SM is disabled. Reports the range of supported values for parameter <n>

AT#E2SMSRI?

AT#E2SMSRI=?

3.7.5.1.18 #ADC - Read Analog/Digital Converter input

#ADC - Read Analog/Digital Converter input Execution command reads pin<adc> voltage, converted by ADC, and AT#ADC= outputs it in the format: [<adc>,<mode> [,<dir>]] #ADC: <value> where: <value> - pin<adc> voltage, expressed in mV Parameters: <adc> - index of pin 1 - available for GM862-QUAD, GM862-QUAD-PY, GM862-GPS, GE863QUAD, GE863-PY, GE863-GPS, GE864-QUAD, GE864-PY, GC864QUAD and GC864-PY 2 - available only for GE863-QUAD, GE863-PY, GE864-QUAD, GE864PY, GC864-QUAD and GC864-PY 3 - available only for GE863-QUAD, GE863-PY, GE864-QUAD, GE864PY, GC864-QUAD and GC864-PY <mode> - required action 2 - query ADC value <dir> - direction; its interpretation is currently not implemented 0 - no effect. Note: The command returns the last valid measure. Read command reports all pins voltage, converted by ADC, in the format:

AT#ADC?

page 540 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

AT#ADC=?

#ADC: <value>[<CR><LF>#ADC: <value>[]] Test command reports the supported range of values of the command parameters <adc>, <mode> and <dir>.

3.7.5.1.19 #DAC - Digital/Analog Converter control

#DAC - Digital/Analog Converter control Set command enables/disables the DAC_OUT pin. AT#DAC= [<enable> Parameters: [,<value>]] <enable> - enables/disables DAC output. 0 - disables pin; it is in high impedance status (factory default) 1 - enables pin; the corresponding output is driven <value> - scale factor of the integrated output voltage; it must be present if <enable>=1 0..1023 - 10 bit precision Note: integrated output voltage = MAX_VOLTAGE * value / 1023 Read command reports whether the DAC_OUT pin is currently enabled or not, along with the integrated output voltage scale factor, in the format: #DAC: <enable>,<value> Test command reports the range for the parameters <enable> and <value>. Enable the DAC out and set its integrated output to the 50% of the max value: AT#DAC=1,511 OK Disable the DAC out: AT#DAC=0 OK With this command the DAC frequency is selected internally. D/A converter must not be used during POWERSAVING. DAC_OUT line must be integrated (for example with a low band pass filter) in order to obtain an analog voltage. For a more in depth description of the integration filter refer to the hardware user guide.

AT#DAC?

AT#DAC=? Example

Note

3.7.5.1.20 #VAUX - Auxiliary Voltage Output Control

page 541 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

#VAUX- Auxiliary Voltage Output Control Set command enables/disables Auxiliary Voltage pins output. AT#VAUX= [<n>,<stat>] Parameters: <n> - VAUX pin index 1 - there is currently just one VAUX pin <stat> 0 - output off 1 - output on 2 - query current value of VAUX pin Note: when <stat>=2 and command is successful, it returns: #VAUX: <value> where: <value> - power output status 0 - output off 1 - output on Note: for the GPS product (GE863-GPS): if the Auxiliary Voltage pins output is disabled while GPS or camera is powered on theyll both also be turned off. Read command reports the current status of all auxiliary voltage output pins, in the format: #VAUX: <value>[<CR><LF>#VAUX: <value>[]] Test command reports the supported range of values for parameters <n>, <stat>.

AT#VAUX?

AT#VAUX=?

3.7.5.1.21 #CBC - Battery And Charger Status

page 542 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

#CBC- Battery And Charger Status Test command returns the OK result code. AT#CBC=?

3.7.5.1.22 #AUTOATT - Auto-Attach Property

#AUTOATT - Auto-Attach Property Set command enables/disables the TE auto-attach property. AT#AUTOATT= [<auto>] Parameter: <auto> 0 - disables auto attach property 1 - enables auto attach property (factory default) Read command reports whether the auto-attach property is currently AT#AUTOATT? enabled or not, in the format: #AUTOATT: <auto> Test command reports available values for parameter <auto>.

AT#AUTOATT=?

3.7.5.1.23 #MSCLASS - Multislot Class Control

#MSCLASS - Multislot Class Control Set command sets the multislot class AT#MSCLASS= [<class>, Parameters: <autoattach>] <class> - multislot class; take care: class 7 is not supported. 1..6 - GPRS class 8..10 - GPRS class <autotattach> 0 - the new multislot class is enabled only at the next detach/attach or after a reboot. 1 - the new multislot class is enabled immediately, automatically forcing a detach / attach procedure. Note: the <class> range for former GM862 family products is 1..8, excluding class 7. Read command reports the current value of the multislot class in the format: #MSCLASS: <class> Test command reports the range of available values for parameter <class>.

AT#MSCLASS?

AT#MSCLASS=?

3.7.5.1.24 #MONI - Cell Monitor

#MONI - Cell Monitor

page 543 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

#MONI - Cell Monitor Set command sets one cell out of seven, in a neighbour of the serving cell AT#MONI[= including it, from which extract GSM-related informations. [<number>]]
Parameter:

<number> 0..6 - it is the ordinal number of the cell, in a neighbour of the serving cell (default 0, serving cell). 7 - it is a special request to obtain GSM-related informations from the whole set of seven cells in the neighbour of the serving cell. Note: issuing AT#MONI<CR> reports the following GSM-related informations for selected cell and dedicated channel (if exists). a) When extracting data for the serving cell and the network name is known the format is: #MONI: <netname> BSIC:<bsic> RxQual:<qual> LAC:<lac> Id:<id> ARFCN:<arfcn> PWR:<dBm> dBm TA: <timadv> b) When the network name is unknown, the format is: #MONI: Cc:<cc> Nc:<nc> BSIC:<bsic> RxQual:<qual> LAC:<lac> Id:<id> ARFCN:<arfcn> PWR:<dBm> dBm TA: <timadv> c) When extracting data for an adjacent cell, the format is: #MONI: Adj Cell<n> [LAC:<lac> Id:<id>] ARFCN:<arfcn> PWR:<dBm> dBm where: <netname> - name of network operator <cc> - country code <nc> - network operator code <n> - progressive number of adjacent cell <bsic> - base station identification code <qual> - quality of reception 0..7 <lac> - localization area code <id> - cell identifier <arfcn> - assigned radio channel <dBm> - received signal strength in dBm <timadv> = timing advance Note: TA: <timadv> is reported only for the serving cell. When the last setting done is AT#MONI=7, then the Read command reports the above informations for each of the cells in the neighbour of the serving cell, formatting them in a sequence of <CR><LF>-terminated strings. Test command reports the maximum number of cells, in a neighbour of the

AT#MONI=?

page 544 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

#MONI - Cell Monitor serving cell excluding it, from which we can extract GSM-related informations, along with the ordinal number of the current selected cell, in the format: #MONI: (<MaxCellNo>,<CellSet>) where: <MaxCellNo> - maximum number of cells, in a neighbour of the serving cell and excluding it, from which we can extract GSM-related informations. This value is always 6. Note <CellSet> - the last setting done with command #MONI. The refresh time of the measures is preset to 3 sec. The timing advance value is meaningful only during calls or GPRS transfers active.

3.7.5.1.25 #SERVINFO - Serving Cell Information

page 545 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

#SERVINFO - Serving Cell Information II ..III <RAC> - Routing Area Color Code <PAT> - Priority Access Threshold ..0 ..3..6

3.7.5.1.26 #QSS - Query SIM Status

#QSS - Query SIM Status Set command enables/disables the Query SIM Status unsolicited indication AT#QSS= in the ME. [<mode>] Parameter: <mode> - type of notification 0 - disabled (factory default); its possible only to query the current SIM status through Read command AT#QSS? 1 - enabled; the ME informs at every SIM status change through the following unsolicited indication: #QSS: <status> where: <status> - current SIM status 0 - SIM NOT INSERTED 1 - SIM INSERTED Note: issuing AT#QSS<CR> is the same as issuing the Read command. Note: issuing AT#QSS=<CR> is the same as issuing the command AT#QSS=0<CR>. Read command reports whether the unsolicited indication #QSS is currently enabled or not, along with the SIM status, in the format: #QSS: <mode>,<status> (<mode> and <status> are described above) Test command returns the supported range of values for parameter <mode>.

AT#QSS?

AT#QSS=?

3.7.5.1.27 #DIALMODE - ATD Dialling Mode

page 546 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

#DIALMODE - ATD Dialling Mode Set command sets voice call ATD modality. AT#DIALMODE= [<mode>] Parameter: <mode> 0 - OK result code is received as soon as it starts remotely ringing (factory default) 1 - OK result code is received only after the called party answers. Any character typed aborts the call and NO CARRIER result code is received. 2 - the following custom result codes are received, monitoring step by step the call status: DIALING (MO in progress) RINGING (remote ring) CONNECTED (remote call accepted) RELEASED (after ATH) DISCONNECTED (remote hang-up) Note: The setting is saved in NVM and available on following reboot. Read command returns current ATD dialing mode in the format: #DIALMODE: <mode> Test command returns the range of values for parameter <mode>

AT#DIALMODE?

AT#DIALMODE=?

3.7.5.1.28

#ACAL - Automatic Call

#ACAL - Automatic Call Set command enables/disables the automatic call function. AT#ACAL= [<mode>] Parameter: <mode> 0 - disables the automatic call function (factory default) 1 - enables the automatic call function. If enabled (and &D2 has been issued), the transition OFF/ON of DTR causes an automatic call to the first number (position 0) stored in the internal phonebook. Note: type of call depends on the last issue of command +FCLASS. AT#ACAL? Read command reports whether the automatic call function is currently enabled or not, in the format: #ACAL: <mode> Test command returns the supported range of values for parameter <mode>. See &Z to write and &N to read the number on module internal phonebook.

AT#ACAL=? Note

page 547 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3.7.5.1.29 #ECAM - Extended Call Monitoring

#ECAM - Extended Call Monitoring AT#ECAM= [<onoff>] This command enables/disables the call monitoring function in the ME. Parameter: <onoff> 0 - disables call monitoring function (factory default) 1 - enables call monitoring function; the ME informs about call events, such as incoming call, connected, hang up etc. using the following unsolicited indication: #ECAM: <ccid>,<ccstatus>,<calltype>,,, [<number>,<type>] where <ccid> - call ID <ccstatus> - call status 0 - idle 1 - calling (MO) 2 - connecting (MO) 3 - active 4 - hold 5 - waiting (MT) 6 - alerting (MT) 7 - busy <calltype> - call type 1 - voice 2 - data <number> - called number (valid only for <ccstatus>=1) <type> - type of <number> 129 - national number 145 - international number Note: the unsolicited indication is sent along with usual codes (OK, NO CARRIER, BUSY...). Read command reports whether the extended call monitoring function is currently enabled or not, in the format: #ECAM: <onoff> Test command returns the list of supported values for <onoff>

AT#ECAM?

AT#ECAM=?

page 548 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3.7.5.1.30 #SMOV - SMS Overflow

#SMOV - SMS Overflow Set command enables/disables the SMS overflow signalling function. AT#SMOV= [<mode>] Parameter: <mode> 0 - disables SMS overflow signaling function (factory default) 1 - enables SMS overflow signalling function; when the maximum storage capacity has reached, the following network initiated notification is send: #SMOV: <memo> Read command reports whether the SMS overflow signalling function is currently enabled or not, in the format: #SMOV: <mode> Test command returns the supported range of values of parameter <mode>.

AT#SMOV?

AT#SMOV=?

3.7.5.1.31

#CODEC - Audio Codec

#CODEC - Audio Codec Set command sets the audio codec mode. AT#CODEC= [<codec>] Parameter: <codec> 0 - all the codec modes are enabled (factory default) 1..31 - value obtained as sum of the following values, each of them representing a specific codec mode: 1 - FR, full rate mode enabled 2 - EFR, enhanced full rate mode enabled 4 - HR, half rate mode enabled 8 - AMR-FR, AMR full rate mode enabled 16 - AMR-HR, AMR half rate mode enabled Note: the setting 0 is equivalent to the setting 31. Note: The codec setting is saved in the profile parameters.

page 549 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

AT#CODEC?

Read command returns current audio codec mode in the format: #CODEC: <codec> Test command returns the range of available values for parameter <codec> AT#CODEC=14 OK sets the codec modes HR (4), EFR (2) and AMR-FR (8)

AT#CODEC=? Example

3.7.5.1.32 #SHFEC - Handsfree Echo Canceller

#SHFEC - Handsfree Echo Canceller Set command enables/disables the echo canceller function on audio AT#SHFEC= handsfree output. [<mode>] Parameter: <mode> 0 - disables echo canceller for handsfree mode (factory default) 1 - enables echo canceller for handsfree mode Note: This setting returns to default after power off. Read command reports whether the echo canceller function on audio handsfree output is currently enabled or not, in the format: #SHFEC: <mode> Test command returns the supported range of values of parameter <mode>.

AT#SHFEC?

AT#SHFEC=?

3.7.5.1.33 #HFMICG - Handsfree Microphone Gain

#HFMICG - Handsfree Microphone Gain Set command sets the handsfree microphone input gain AT#HFMICG= [<level>] Parameter: <level>: handsfree microphone input gain 0..7 - handsfree microphone gain (+6dB/step) Read command returns the current handsfree microphone input gain, in the AT#HFMICG? format: #HFMICG: <level> Test command returns the supported range of values of parameter <level>.

AT#HFMICG=?

page 550 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3.7.5.1.34 #HSMICG - Handset Microphone Gain

#HSMICG - Handset Microphone Gain Set command sets the handset microphone input gain AT#HSMICG= [<level>] Parameter: <level>: handset microphone input gain 0..7 - handset microphone gain (+6dB/step) Read command returns the current handset microphone input gain, in the AT#HSMICG? format: #HSMICG: <level> Test command returns the supported range of values of parameter <level>.

AT#HSMICG=?

3.7.5.1.35

#SHFSD - Set Headset Sidetone

#SHFSD - Set Headset Sidetone Set command enables/disables the sidetone on headset audio output. AT#SHFSD= [<mode>] Parameter: <mode> 0 - disables the headset sidetone (factory default) 1 - enables the headset sidetone. Note: This setting returns to default after power off. Read command reports whether the headset sidetone is currently enabled or not, in the format: #SHFSD: <mode> Test command returns the supported range of values of parameter <mode>.

AT#SHFSD?

AT#SHFSD=?

3.7.5.1.36 #/ - Repeat Last Command

#/ - Repeat Last Command Execute command is used to execute again the last received AT#/ command.

page 551 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3.7.5.1.37 #NITZ - Network Timezone

#NITZ - Network Timezone Set command enables/disables automatic date/time updating and Network AT#NITZ= Timezone unsolicited indication. [<val> Date and time information may be sent by the network after GSM [,<mode>]] registration or after GPRS attach. Parameters: <val> 0 - disables automatic set (factory default) 1 - enables automatic set <mode> 0 - disables unsolicited message (factory default) 1 - enables unsolicited message; after date and time updating the following unsolicited indication is sent: #NITZ: yy/MM/dd,hh:mm:ss where: yy - year MM - month (in digits) dd - day hh - hour mm - minute ss - second Read command reports whether automatic date/time updating is currently enabled or not, and whether Network Timezone unsolicited indication is enabled or not, in the format: #NITZ: <val>,<mode> Test command returns supported values of parameters <val> and <mode>.

AT#NITZ?

AT#NITZ=?

3.7.5.1.38 #BND - Select Band

#BND - Select Band Set command selects the current band. AT#BND= [<band>] Parameter <band>: 0 - GSM 900MHz + DCS 1800MHz 1 - GSM 900MHz + PCS 1900MHz 2 - GMS 850MHz + PCS 1800MHz (available only on quadri-band modules) 3 - GMS 850MHz + PCS 1900MHz (available only on quadri-band modules)

page 552 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

AT#BND?

Note: This setting is maintained even after power off. Read command returns the current selected band in the format: #BND: <band> Test command returns the supported range of values of parameter <band>. Note: the range of values differs between triband modules and quadric-band modules

AT#BND=?

3.7.5.1.39

#AUTOBND - Automatic Band Selection

#AUTOBND - Automatic Band Selection Set command enables/disables the automatic band selection at power-on. AT#AUTOBND= [<value>] Parameter: <value>: 0 - disables automatic band selection at power-on (factory default) 1 - enables automatic band selection at power-on; +COPS=0 is necessary condition to effectively have automatic band selection at next power-on; the automatic band selection stops as soon as a GSM cell is found. Note: if automatic band selection is enabled the band changes every about 90 seconds through available bands until a GSM cell is found. Read command returns whether the automatic band selection is enabled or not in the form: #AUTOBND: <value> Test command returns the range of supported values for parameter <value>.

AT#AUTOBND?

AT#AUTOBND=?

3.7.5.1.40 #SKIPESC - Skip Escape Sequence

#SKIPESC - Skip Escape Sequence Set command enables/disables skipping the escape sequence +++ while AT#SKIPESC= transmitting during a data connection. [<mode>] Parameter: <mode> 0 - doesnt skip the escape sequence; its transmission is enabled (factory default). 1 - skips the escape sequence; its transmission is not enabled. Note: in case of an FTP connection, the escape sequence is not

page 553 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

AT#SKIPESC?

transmitted, regardless of the command setting. Read command reports whether escape sequence skipping is currently enabled or not, in the format: #SKIPESC: <mode> Test command reports supported range of values for parameter <mode>.

AT#SKIPESC=?

3.7.5.1.41
AT#E2ESC= [<gt>]

#E2ESC - Escape Sequence Guard Time

Set command sets a guard time in seconds for the escape sequence in GPRS to be considered a valid one (and return to on-line command mode). Parameter: <gt> 0 - no guard time (factory default) 1..10 - guard time in seconds Note: if the Escape Sequence Guard Time is set to a value different from zero, it overrides the one set with S12. Read command returns current value of the escape sequence guard time, in the format: #E2ESC: <gt> Test command returns the OK result code.

#E2ESC - Escape Sequence Guard Time

AT#E2ESC?

AT#E2ESC=?

3.7.5.1.42 #GAUTH - PPP-GPRS Connection Authentication Type

#GAUTH - PPP-GPRS Connection Authentication Type Set command sets the PPP-GPRS connection authentication type. AT#GAUTH= [<type>] Parameter <type> 0 - no authentication 1 - PAP authentication (factory default) 2 - CHAP authentication Note: for GSM connection <type> is fixed to PAP Read command reports the current PPP-GPRS connection authentication type, in the format: #GAUTH: <type> Test command returns the range of supported values for parameter

AT#GAUTH?

AT#GAUTH=?

page 554 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

<type>.

3.7.5.1.43

#RTCSTAT - RTC Status

#RTCSTAT - RTC Status Set command resets the RTC status flag. AT#RTCSTAT= [<status>] Parameter: <status> 0 - Set RTC Status to RTC HW OK Note: the initial value of RTC status flag is RTC HW Error and it doesnt change until a command AT#RTCSTAT=0 is issued. Note: if a power failure occurs and the buffer battery is down the RTC status flag is set to 1. It doesnt change until command AT#RTCSTAT=0 is issued. Read command reports the current value of RTC status flag, in the format: #RTCSTAT: <status> Test command returns the range of supported values for parameter <status>

AT#RTCSTAT?

AT#RTCSTAT=?

page 555 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3.7.5.2 FTP AT Commands

3.7.5.2.1 #FTPTO - FTP Time-Out
#FTPTO - FTP timeout Set command sets time-out for FTP operations. AT#FTPTO= [<tout>] Parameter: <tout> - time-out in 100 ms units 100..5000 - hundreds of ms (factory default is 100) Note: The parameter is not saved in NVM. Read command returns the current FTP operations time-out, in the format: #FTPTO: <tout> Test command returns the range of supported values for parameter <tout>

AT#FTPTO?

AT#FTPTO=?

3.7.5.2.2 #FTPOPEN - FTP Open

#FTPOPEN - FTP Open Execution command opens an FTP connection toward the FTP server. AT#FTPOPEN= [<server:port>, Parameters: <username>, <server:port> - string type, address and port of FTP server (factory default <password>, port 21). <mode>] <username> - string type, authentication user identification string for FTP. <password> - string type, authentication password for FTP. <mode> 0 - active mode (factory default) 1 - passive modex Note: Before opening FTP connection the GPRS must been activated with AT#GPRS=1 Test command returns the OK result code.

AT#FTPOPEN=?

3.7.5.2.3 #FTPCLOSE - FTP Close

#FTPCLOSE - FTP Close Execution command closes an FTP connection. AT#FTPCLOSE Test command returns the OK result code. AT#FTPCLOSE=?

page 556 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3.7.5.2.4 #FTPPUT - FTP Put

#FTPPUT - FTP Put AT#FTPPUT= [<filename>] Execution command, issued during an FTP connection, opens a data connection and starts sending <filename> file to the FTP server. If the data connection succeeds, a CONNECT indication is sent, otherwise a NO CARRIER indication is sent. Parameter: <filename> - string type, name of the file. Note: use the escape sequence +++ to close the data connection. Note: The command causes an ERROR result code to be returned if no FTP connection has been opened yet. Test command returns the OK result code.

AT#FTPPUT=?

3.7.5.2.5 #FTPPUTPH - FTP Put Photo

#FTPPUTPH - FTP Put Photo Execution command, issued during an FTP connection, opens a data AT#FTPPUTPH= connection and starts sending to the FTP server the last photo taken issuing [<filename>] #TPHOTO. Parameter: <filename> - string type, name of the file on the FTP server side. Note: the file transfer type has to be binary in order to send the photo the right way (see command #FTPTYPE). Note: The command causes an ERROR result code to be returned if no FTP connection has been opened yet. Test command returns the OK result code. at#gprs=1 +IP: ###.###.###.### OK at#camon OK at#tphoto OK at#ftpopen="xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx",<usern.>,<passw.>,0 OK at#ftptype=0

AT#FTPPUTPH=? Example

page 557 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

#FTPPUTPH - FTP Put Photo OK at#ftpputph="photo.jpg" OK at#ftpclose OK

3.7.5.2.6 #FTPGET - FTP Get

#FTPGET - FTP Get Execution command, issued during an FTP connection, opens a data AT#FTPGET= connection and starts getting a file from the FTP server. [<filename>] If the data connection succeeds a CONNECT indication is sent, otherwise a NO CARRIER indication is sent. The file is received on the serial port. Parameter: <filename> - file name, string type. Note: The command causes an ERROR result code to be returned if no FTP connection has been opened yet. Test command returns the OK result code.

AT#FTPGET=?

3.7.5.2.7 #FTPTYPE - FTP Type

#FTPTYPE - FTP Type Set command, issued during an FTP connection, sets the file transfer type. AT#FTPTYPE= [<type>] Parameter: <type> - file transfer type: 0 - binary 1 - ascii Note: The command causes an ERROR result code to be returned if no FTP connection has been opened yet. Read command returns the current file transfer type, in the format: #FTPTYPE: <type> Test command returns the range of available values for parameter <type>: #FTPTYPE: (0,1)

#FTPTYPE?

#FTPTYPE=?

page 558 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3.7.5.2.8 #FTPMSG - FTP Read Message

#FTPMSG - FTP Read Message Execution command returns the last response from the server. AT#FTPMSG Test command returns the OK result code. AT#FTPMSG=?

3.7.5.2.9 #FTPDELE - FTP Delete

#FTPDELE - FTP Delete Execution command, issued during an FTP connection, deletes a file from AT#FTPDELE= the remote working directory. [<filename>] Parameter: <filename> - string type, its the name of the file to delete. Note: The command causes an ERROR result code to be returned if no FTP connection has been opened yet. Test command returns the OK result code.

AT#FTPDELE=?

3.7.5.2.10 #FTPPWD - FTP Print Working Directory

AT#FTPPWD=?

3.7.5.2.11 #FTPCWD - FTP Change Working Directory

#FTPCWD - FTP Change Working Directory Execution command, issued during an FTP connection, changes the AT#FTPCWD= working directory on FTP server. [<dirname>] Parameter: <dirname> - string type, its the name of the new working directory. Note: The command causes an ERROR result code to be returned if no FTP connection has been opened yet. Test command returns the OK result code.

AT#FTPCWD=?

page 559 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3.7.5.2.12 #FTPLIST - FTP List

#FTPLIST - FTP List Execution command, issued during an FTP connection, opens a data AT#FTPLIST[= connection and starts getting from the server the list of contents of the [<name>]] specified directory or the properties of the specified file. Parameter: <name> - string type, its the name of the directory or file. Note: The command causes an ERROR result code to be returned if no FTP connection has been opened yet. Note: issuing AT#FTPLIST<CR> opens a data connection and starts getting from the server the list of contents of the working directory. Test command returns the OK result code.

AT#FTPLIST=?

page 560 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3.7.5.3 Enhanced Easy GPRS Extension AT Commands

3.7.5.3.1 #USERID - Authentication User ID
#USERID - Authentication User ID Set command sets the user identification string to be used during the AT#USERID= authentication step. [<user>] Parameter: <user> - string type, its the authentication User Id; the max length for this value is the output of Test command, AT#USERID=? (factory default is the empty string ). Read command reports the current user identification string, in the format: #USERID: <user> Test command returns the maximum allowed length of the string parameter <user>. AT#USERID="myName" OK AT#USERID? #USERID: "myName" OK

AT#USERID?

AT#USERID=? Example

3.7.5.3.2 #PASSW - Authentication Password

#PASSW - Authentication Password Set command sets the user password string to be used during the AT#PASSW= authentication step. [<pwd>] Parameter: <pwd> - string type, its the authentication password; the max length for this value is the output of Test command, AT#PASSW=? (factory default is the empty string ). Test command returns the maximum allowed length of the string parameter <pwd>. AT#PASSW="myPassword" OK

AT#PASSW=? Example

page 561 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3.7.5.3.3 #PKTSZ - Packet Size

#PKTSZ - Packet Size Set command sets the default packet size to be used by the TCP/UDP/IP AT#PKTSZ= stack for data sending. [<size>] Parameter: <size> - packet size in bytes 0 - automatically chosen by the device 1..512 - packet size in bytes (factory default is 300) Read command reports the current packet size value. Note: after issuing command AT#PKTSZ=0, the Read command reports the value automatically chosen by the device. Test command returns the allowed values for the parameter <size>. AT#PKTSZ=100 OK AT#PKTSZ? #PKTSZ: 100 OK AT#PKTSZ=0 OK AT#PKTSZ? #PKTSZ: 300 OK

AT#PKTSZ?

AT#PKTSZ=? Example

->value automatically chosen by device

3.7.5.3.4 #DSTO - Data Sending Time-Out

#DSTO -Data Sending Time-Out Set command sets the maximum time that the module awaits before AT#DSTO= sending anyway a packet whose size is less than the default one. [<tout>] Parameter: <tout> - packet sending time-out in 100ms units (factory default is 50) 0 - no time-out, wait forever for packets to be completed before send. 1..255 hundreds of ms Note: In order to avoid low performance issues, it is suggested to set the data sending time-out to a value greater than 5. Note: this time-out applies to data whose size is less than packet size and whose sending would have been delayed for an undefined time until new data to be sent had been received and full packet size reached. Read command reports the current data sending time-out value.

AT#DSTO?

page 562 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

#DSTO -Data Sending Time-Out Test command returns the allowed values for the parameter <tout>. AT#DSTO=? AT#DSTO=10 ->1 sec. time-out Example OK AT#DSTO? #DSTO: 10 OK

3.7.5.3.5 #SKTTO - Socket Inactivity Time-Out

#SKTTO - Socket Inactivity Time-Out Set command sets the maximum time with no data exchanging on the AT#SKTTO= socket that the module awaits before closing the socket and deactivating [<tout>] the GPRS context. Parameter: <tout> - socket inactivity time-out in seconds units 0 - no timeout. 1..65535 - time-out in sec. units (factory default is 90). Note: this time-out applies when no data is exchanged in the socket for a long time and therefore the socket connection has to be automatically closed and the GPRS context deactivated. Read command reports the current socket inactivity time-out value. Test command returns the allowed values for parameter <tout>. AT#SKTTO=30 ->(30 sec. time-out) OK AT#SKTTO? #SKTTO: 30 OK

AT#SKTTO? AT#SKTTO=? Example

3.7.5.3.6 #SKTSET - Socket Definition

#SKTSET - Socket Definition AT#SKTSET= Set command sets the socket parameters values. [<socket type>, <remote port>, Parameters: <remote addr>, <socket type> - socket protocol type [<closure type>], 0 - TCP (factory default) [<local port>]] 1 - UDP <remote port> - remote host port to be opened 0..65535 - port number (factory default is 0)

page 563 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

<remote addr> - address of the remote host, string type. This parameter can be either: - any valid IP address in the format: xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx - any host name to be solved with a DNS query in the format: <host name> (factory default is the empty string ) <closure type> - socket closure behaviour for TCP 0 - local host closes immediately when remote host has closed (default) 255 - local host closes after an escape sequence (+++) <local port> - local host port to be used on UDP socket 0..65535 - port number Note: <closure type> parameter is valid only for TCP socket type, for UDP sockets shall be left unused. Note: <local port> parameter is valid only for UDP socket type, for TCP sockets shall be left unused. Note: The resolution of the host name is done when opening the socket, therefore if an invalid host name is given to the #SKTSET command, then an error message will be issued. Note: the DNS Query to be successful requests that: - the GPRS context 1 is correctly set with +CGDCONT - the authentication parameters are set (#USERID, #PASSW) - the GPRS coverage is enough to permit a connection. Read command reports the socket parameters values, in the format: AT#SKTSET: <socket type>,<remote port>,<remote addr>, <closure type>,<local port> Test command returns the allowed values for the parameters. AT#SKTSET=0,1024,"123.255.020.001" OK AT#SKTSET=0,1024,"www.telit.net" OK

AT#SKTSET?

AT#SKTSET=? Example

3.7.5.3.7 #SKTOP - Socket Open

page 564 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

AT#SKTOP=? Example

CARRIER indication is sent. Test command returns the OK result code. AT#SKTOP ..GPRS context activation, authentication open.. CONNECT

and

socket

3.7.5.3.8 #QDNS - Query DNS

#QDNS - Query DNS Execution command executes a DNS query to solve the host name into an AT#QDNS= IP address. [<host name>] Parameter: <host name> - host name, string type. If the DNS query is successful then the IP address will be reported in the result code: #QDNS:"<host name>",<IP address> Note: the command has to activate the GPRS context if it was not previously activated. In this case the context is deactivated after the DNS query. Note: <IP address> is in the format: xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx Test command returns the OK result code. This command requires that the authentication parameters are correctly set and that the GPRS network is present.

AT#QDNS=? Note

3.7.5.3.9 #SKTCT - Socket TCP Connection Time-Out

#SKTCT - Socket TCP Connection Time-Out Set command sets the TCP connection time-out for the first CONNECT AT#SKTCT= answer from the TCP peer to be received. [<tout>] Parameter: <tout> - TCP first CONNECT answer time-out in 100ms units 10..1200 - hundreds of ms (factory default value is 600). Note: this time-out applies only to the time that the TCP stack waits for the CONNECT answer to its connection request. Note: The time for activate the GPRS and resolving the name with the DNS

page 565 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

AT#SKTCT? AT#SKTCT=? Example

query (if the peer was specified by name and not by address) is not counted in this timeout. Read command reports the current TCP connection time-out. Test command returns the allowed values for parameter <tout>. AT#SKTCT=600 OK socket first connection answer timeout has been set to 60 s.

3.7.5.3.10 #SKTSAV - Socket Parameters Save

#SKTSAV - Socket Parameters Save Execution command saves the actual socket parameters in the NVM of the AT#SKTSAV device. The socket parameters to store are: - User ID - Password - Packet Size - Socket Inactivity Time-Out - Data Sending Time-Out - Socket Type (UDP/TCP) - Remote Port - Remote Address - TCP Connection Time-Out Test command returns the OK result code. AT#SKTSAV OK socket parameters have been saved in NVM If some parameters have not been previously specified then a default value will be stored.

AT#SKTSAV=? Example Note

3.7.5.3.11

#SKTRST - Socket Parameters Reset Command

#SKTRST - Socket Parameters Reset Command Execution command resets the actual socket parameters in the NVM of the AT#SKTRST device to the default ones. The socket parameters to reset are: - User ID - Password - Packet Size - Socket Inactivity Timeout

page 566 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

AT#SKTRST=? Example

- Data Sending Timeout - Socket Type - Remote Port - Remote Address - TCP Connection Time-Out Test command returns the OK result code. AT#SKTRST OK socket parameters have been reset

3.7.5.3.12 #GPRS - GPRS Context Activation

#GPRS - GPRS Context Activation Execution command deactivates/activates the GPRS context, eventually AT#GPRS= proceeding with the authentication with the parameters given with #PASSW [<mode>] and #USERID. Parameter: <mode> - GPRS context activation mode 0 - GPRS context deactivation request 1 - GPRS context activation request In the case that the GPRS context has been activated, the result code OK is preceded by the intermediate result code: +IP: <ip_address_obtained> reporting the local IP address obtained from the network. Read command reports the current status of the GPRS context, in the format: #GPRS: <status> where: <status> 0 - GPRS context deactivated 1 - GPRS context activated 2 - GPRS context activation pending. Test command returns the allowed values for parameter <mode>. AT#GPRS=1 +IP: 129.137.1.1 OK Now GPRS Context has been activated and our 129.137.1.1 AT#GPRS=0

AT#GPRS?

AT#GPRS=? Example

page 567 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

#GPRS - GPRS Context Activation OK Now GPRS context has been deactivated, IP is lost.

3.7.5.3.13 #SKTD - Socket Dial

#SKTD - Socket Dial AT#SKTD= [<socket type>, <remote port>, <remote addr>, [<closure type>], [<local port>]] Set command opens the socket towards the peer specified in the parameters. Parameters: <socket type> - socket protocol type 0 - TCP (factory default) 1 - UDP <remote port> - remote host port to be opened 0..65535 - port number (factory default is 0) <remote addr> - address of the remote host, string type. This parameter can be either: - any valid IP address in the format: xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx - any host name to be solved with a DNS query in the format: <host name> (factory default is the empty string ) <closure type> - socket closure behaviour for TCP 0 - local host closes immediately when remote host has closed (default) 255 - local host closes after an escape sequence (+++) <local port> - local host port to be used on UDP socket 0..65535 - port number Note: <closure type> parameter is valid only for TCP socket type, for UDP sockets shall be left unused. Note: <local port> parameter is valid only for UDP socket type, for TCP sockets shall be left unused. Note: the resolution of the host name is done when opening the socket, therefore if an invalid host name is given to the #SKTD command, then an error message will be issued. Note: the command to be successful requests that: - the GPRS context 1 is correctly set with +CGDCONT - the authentication parameters are set (#USERID, #PASSW) the GPRS coverage is enough to permit a connection - the GPRS has been activated with AT#GPRS=1 Note: If all parameters are omitted then the behaviour of Set command is the same as Read command.

page 568 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

#SKTD - Socket Dial Read command reports the socket dial parameters values, in the format: AT#SKTD? AT#SKTD: <socket type>,<remote port>,<remote addr>, <closure type>,<local port> Test command returns the allowed values for the parameters. AT#SKTD=0,1024,"123.255.020.001",255 OK AT#SKTD=1,1024,"123.255.020.001", ,1025 OK In this way my local port 1025 is opened to the remote port 1024 AT#SKTD=0,1024,"www.telit.net", 255 OK The main difference between this command and #SKTOP is that this command does not interact with the GPRS context status, leaving it ON or OFF according to the #GPRS setting, therefore when the connection made with #SKTD is closed the context (and hence the local IP address) is maintained.

AT#SKTD=? Example

Note

3.7.5.3.14 #SKTL - Socket Listen

#SKTL - Socket Listen Execution command opens/closes the socket listening for connection AT#SKTL requests. =[<mode>, <socket type>, Parameters: <input port>, <mode> - socket mode [<closure type>]] 0 - closes socket listening 1 - starts socket listening <socket type> - socket protocol type 0 - TCP <input port> - local host input port to be listened 0..65535 - port number <closure type> - socket closure behaviour for TCP 0 - local host closes immediately when remote host has closed (default) 255 - local host closes after an escape sequence (+++) Command returns the OK result code if successful. Note: the command to be successful requests that: - the GPRS context 1 is correctly set with +CGDCONT - the authentication parameters are set (#USERID, #PASSW) - the GPRS coverage is enough to permit a connection

page 569 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

#SKTL - Socket Listen - the GPRS has been activated with AT#GPRS=1 When a connection request comes on the input port, if the sender is not filtered by the internal firewall (see command #FRWL), an unsolicited code is reported: +CONN FROM: <remote addr> Where: <remote addr> - host address of the remote machine that contacted the device. When the connection is established the CONNECT indication is given and the modem goes into data transfer mode. On connection close or when context is closed with #GPRS=0 the socket is closed and no listen is anymore active. If the context is closed by the network while in listening, the socket is closed, no listen is anymore active and an unsolicited code is reported: #SKTL: ABORTED Read command returns the current socket listening status and the last settings of parameters <input port> and <closure type>, in the format: #SKTL: <status>,<input port>,<closure type> Where <status> - socket listening status 0 - socket not listening 1 - socket listening Test command returns the allowed values for parameters <mode>, <socket type>, <input port> and <closure type>. Activate GPRS AT#GPRS=1 +IP: ###.###.###.### OK Start listening AT#SKTL=1,0,1024 OK or AT#SKTL=1,0,1024,255 OK Receive connection requests +CONN FROM: 192.164.2.1

AT#SKTL?

AT#SKTL=? Example

page 570 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

#SKTL - Socket Listen CONNECT exchange data with the remote host send escape sequence +++ NO CARRIER Now listen is not anymore active to stop listening AT#SKTL=0,0,1024, 255 OK The main difference between this command and #SKTD is that #SKTL does not contact any peer, nor does any interaction with the GPRS context status, leaving it ON or OFF according to the #GPRS setting, therefore when the connection made with #SKTL is closed the context (and hence the local IP address) is maintained.

Note

3.7.5.3.15 #E2SLRI - Socket Listen Ring Indicator

AT#E2SLRI?

AT#E2SLRI=?

3.7.5.3.16

#FRWL - Firewall Setup

#FRWL - Firewall Setup Execution command controls the internal firewall settings. AT#FRWL= [<action>, Parameters: <ip_address>, <action> - command action <net mask>] 0 - remove selected chain 1 - add an ACCEPT chain

page 571 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

#FRWL - Firewall Setup 2 - remove all chains (DROP everything); <ip_addr> and <net_mask> has no meaning in this case. <ip_addr> - remote address to be added into the ACCEPT chain; string type, it can be any valid IP address in the format: xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx <net_mask> - mask to be applied on the <ip_addr>; string type, it can be any valid IP address mask in the format: xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx Command returns OK result code if successful. Note: the firewall applies for incoming (listening) connections only. Firewall general policy is DROP, therefore all packets that are not included into an ACCEPT chain rule will be silently discarded. When a packet comes from the IP address incoming_IP, the firewall chain rules will be scanned for matching with the following criteria: incoming_IP & <net_mask> = <ip_addr> & <net_mask> If criteria is matched, then the packet is accepted and the rule scan is finished; if criteria is not matched for any chain the packet is silently dropped. Read command reports the list of all ACCEPT chain rules registered in the Firewall settings in the format: #FRWL: <ip_addr>,<net_mask> #FRWL: <ip_addr>,<net_mask> . OK Test command returns the allowed values for parameter <action>. Let assume we want to accept connections only from our devices which are on the IP addresses ranging from 197.158.1.1 to 197.158.255.255 We need to add the following chain to the firewall: AT#FRWL=1,"197.158.1.1","255.255.0.0" OK For outgoing connections made with #SKTOP and #SKTD the remote host is dynamically inserted into the ACCEPT chain for all the connection duration. Therefore the #FRWL command shall be used only for defining the #SKTL behaviour, deciding which hosts are allowed to connect to the local device. Rules are not saved in NVM, at start-up the rules list will be empty.

AT#FRWL?

AT#FRWL=? Example

Note

page 572 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3.7.5.4 Easy Camera Management AT Commands

3.7.5.4.1 #CAMEN - Camera ON/OFF
#CAMEN - Camera ON/OFF Execution command turns camera ON/OFF. AT#CAMEN= [<status>] Parameter: <status> - camera status 0 - turns camera OFF 1 - turns camera ON Note: for the GPS product (GE863-GPS) if the camera is turned off while GPS or VAUX pin is enabled theyll both also be powered off. Read command reports the current camera status and, if the camera is ON, the current camera model, in the format: #CAMEN: 0 #CAMEN: 1,<cam> if camera is OFF if camera is ON

AT#CAMEN?

AT#CAMEN=?

where: <cam> - camera model 2 - TRANSCHIP camera Test command returns the allowed values for parameter <status>.

3.7.5.4.2 #SELCAM - Camera Model

#SELCAM - Camera Model Set command selects current camera model AT#SELCAM= [<cam>] Parameter: <cam> - camera model 0 - automatic detection (factory default) 2 - TRANSCHIP camera 3 - reserved for future us 4 - reserved for future use 5 - reserved for future use Note: If GPS is present its not possible to set AT#SELCAM=1 Read command reports the current camera model in the format: #SELCAM: <cam> Test command returns the allowed values for parameter <cam>

AT#SELCAM?

AT#SELCAM=?

page 573 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3.7.5.4.3 #CAMRES - Camera Resolution

#CAMRES - Camera Resolution Set command sets current camera resolution AT#CAMRES= [<res>] Parameter: <res> - camera resolution 0 - VGA photo output,640x480 (factory default) 1 - QVGA photo output, 320x240 2 - QQVGA photo output, 160x120 3 - reserved for future use 4 - reserved for future use Read command reports the current value of the parameter <res> in format: AT#CAMRES? #CAMRES:<res> Test command returns the allowed values for parameter <res>.

AT#CAMRES=?

3.7.5.4.4 #CAMCOL - Camera Colour Mode

#CAMCOL - Camera Colour Mode Set command sets current colour mode AT#CAMCOL= [<col>] Parameter: <col> - camera colour mode 0 - colour mode (factory default) 1 - Black&White mode Read command reports the current colour mode, in the format: AT#CAMCOL? #CAMCOL: <col>. Test command returns the allowed values for parameter <col>.

AT#CAMCOL=?

3.7.5.4.5 #CAMQUA - Camera Photo Quality

#CAMQUA - Camera Photo Quality Set command sets the quality of the photo. AT#CAMQUA= [<qual>] Parameter: <qual> - photo quality 0 - low quality of picture, high Jpeg compression 1 - medium quality of picture, medium Jpeg compression 2 - high quality of picture, low Jpeg compression (factory default) Note: increasing the photo quality increases its size. Read command reports the current photo quality, in the format:

AT#CAMQUA?

page 574 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

#CAMQUA - Camera Photo Quality #CAMQUA: <qual> Test command returns the allowed values for parameter <qual>.

AT#CAMQUA=?

3.7.5.4.6 #CMODE - Camera Exposure

#CMODE - Camera Exposure Set command sets the camera exposure. AT#CMODE= [<mode>] Parameter: <exp> - camera exposure 0 - daylight mode, short exposure (factory default) 1 - nightlight mode, long exposure Read command reports the current camera exposure in the format: AT#CMODE? #CMODE: <exp> Test command returns the allowed values for parameter <exp>.

AT#CMODE=?

3.7.5.4.7 #CAMZOOM - Camera Zoom

#CAMZOOM - Camera Zoom Set command sets current zoom. AT#CAMZOOM= [<zoom>] Parameter: <zoom> - camera zoom 0 - no zoom, x1 (factory default) 1 - zoom, x2 2 - zoom, x4 3 - reserved for future use Read command reports the current zoom setting, in the format: AT#CAMZOOM? #CAMZOOM: <zoom> Test command returns the allowed values for parameter <zoom>. AT#CAMZOOM=?

3.7.5.4.8 #CAMTXT - Camera Time/Date Overprint

#CAMTXT - Camera Time/Date Overprint Set command sets time/date overprinting. AT#CAMTXT= [<ov>] Parameter: <ov> - time/date overprinting mode 0 - no overprinting (factory default) 1 - time info printed at the bottom of picture 2 - date info printed at the bottom of picture

page 575 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

AT#CAMTXT?

3 - time&date info printed at the bottom of picture 4 - reserved for future use Read command reports the current time/date overprinting mode, in the format: #CAMTXT: <ov> Test command returns the allowed values for parameter <ov>.

AT#CAMTXT=?

3.7.5.4.9 #TPHOTO - Camera Take Photo

#TPHOTO - Camera Take Photo Execution command is used to take the photo and to store it in the AT#TPHOTO MODULE memory. Test command returns the OK result code. AT#TPHOTO=? AT#TPHOTO Example OK the camera has taken the photo and it is now stored on the MODULE memory. Note The photo is kept in the MODULE RAM memory, therefore after a power off it is lost. There's only 1 position for the photo, every photo will overwrite the previous. The photo is taken during IDLE time, if the mobile is busy on network operations, (e.g. during a call) the photo cannot be taken.

3.7.5.4.10 #RPHOTO - Camera Read Photo

#RPHOTO - Camera Read Photo Execution command is used to flushing the photo stored in the MODULE AT#RPHOTO RAM memory to the serial line, ending it with the sequence: <CR><LF>OK<CR><LF> Test command returns the OK result code. AT#RPHOTO xxxxxxxxxxxx (binary digits of the JPEG image) <cr><lf>OK<cr><lf> the photo has been flushed to the serial line The photo is flushed as hexadecimal characters in the format selected. The baudrate is fixed at 115200, using hardware flow control.

AT#RPHOTO=? Example

Note

3.7.5.4.11 #OBJL - Object List

#OBJL- Object List AT#OBJL Execution command reports the list of the objects stored in the MODULE memory.

page 576 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

#OBJL- Object List The output format is: #OBJL: <filename>,<size> where: <filename> - name of the object; it is always Snapshot <size> - size of the object in bytes Test command returns the OK result code. AT#OBJL #OBJL: Snapshot,47224 OK

AT#OBJL=? Example

3.7.5.4.12 #OBJR - Object Read

#OBJR - Object Read Execution command is used to flushing the photo stored in the MODULE AT#OBJR= RAM memory to the serial line. [<obj>, "Snapshot"] The difference between this command and #RPHOTO is that #OBJR output ends without the sequence: <CR><LF>OK<CR><LF> Parameter: <obj> - type of objects to be listed, string type IMG - Image object Note: "Snapshot" is the only name of the object. Test command returns the OK result code. AT#OBJR="IMG","Snapshot" xxxxxxxxxxxx (binary digits of the JPEG image) the photo has been flushed to the serial line. The photo is flushed as hexadecimal characters in the format selected. The baudrate is fixed at 115200, using hardware flow control.

AT#OBJR=? Example Note

page 577 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3.7.5.5 Email Management AT Commands

3.7.5.5.1 #ESMTP - E-mail SMTP Server
#ESMTP - E-mail SMTP Server Set command sets the SMTP server address, used for E-mail sending. AT#ESMTP= SMTP server can be specified as IP address or as nick name. [<smtp>] Parameter: <smtp> - SMTP server address, string type. This parameter can be either: - any valid IP address in the format: xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx - any host name to be solved with a DNS query in the format: <host name> (factory default is the empty string ) Note: the max length for <smtp> is the output of Test command. Read Command reports the current SMTP server address, in the format: #ESMTP: <smtp> Test command returns the max length for the parameter <smtp>. AT#ESMTP="smtp.mydomain.com" OK The SMTP server used shall be inside the APN space (the smtp server provided by the network operator) or it must allow the Relay, otherwise it will refuse to send the email.

AT#ESMTP?

AT#ESMTP=? Example Note

3.7.5.5.2 #EADDR - E-mail Sender Address

#EADDR - E-mail Sender Address Set command sets the sender address string to be used for sending the eAT#EADDR= mail. [<e-add>] Parameter: <e-addr> - sender address, string type. - any string value up to max length reported in the Test command. (factory default is the empty string ) Read command reports the current sender address, in the format: #EADDR: <e-addr> Test command returns the maximum allowed length of the string parameter <e-addr>. AT#EADDR="[email protected]" OK AT#EADDR? #EADDR: "[email protected]"

AT#EADDR?

AT#EADDR=? Example

page 578 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

#EADDR - E-mail Sender Address OK

3.7.5.5.3 #EUSER - E-mail Authentication User Name

#EUSER - E-mail Authentication User Name Set command sets the user identification string to be used during the AT#EUSER= authentication step of the SMTP. [<e-user>] Parameter: <e-user> - email authentication User ID, string type. - any string value up to max length reported in the Test command. (factory default is the empty string ) Note: if no authentication is required then the <e-user> parameter shall be empty "". Read command reports the current user identification string, in the format: #EUSER: <e-user> Test command returns the maximum allowed length of the string parameter <e-user>. AT#EUSER="myE-Name" OK AT#EUSER? #EUSER: "myE-Name" OK It is a different user field than the one used for GPRS authentication (see #USERID).

AT#EUSER?

AT#EUSER=? Example

Note

3.7.5.5.4 #EPASSW - E-mail Authentication Password

#EPASSW - E-mail Authentication Password Set command sets the password string to be used during the authentication AT#EPASSW= step of the SMTP. [<e-pwd>] Parameter: <e-pwd> - email authentication password, string type. - any string value up to max length reported in the Test command. (factory default is the empty string ) Note: if no authentication is required then the <e-pwd> parameter shall be empty "".

page 579 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

#EPASSW - E-mail Authentication Password Test command returns the maximum allowed length of the string parameter AT#EPASSW=? <e-pwd>. AT#EPASSW="myPassword" Example OK Note It is a different password field than the one used for GPRS authentication (see #PASSW).

3.7.5.5.5 #SEMAIL - E-mail Sending With GPRS Context Activation

#SEMAIL - E-mail Sending With GPRS Context Activation Execution command activates a GPRS context, if not previously activated AT#SEMAIL= by #EMAILACT, and sends an e-mail message. The GPRS context is [<da>,<subj>, deactivated when the e-mail is sent. <att> [,<filename>]] Parameters: <da> - destination address, string type. <subj> - subject of the message, string type. <att> - attached image flag 0 - don't attach any image 1 - attach the last snapshot taken <filename> - image name (default is snapshot.jpg) The device responds to the command with the prompt '>' and awaits for the message body text. To complete the operation send Ctrl-Z char (0x1A hex); to exit without writing the message send ESC char (0x1B hex). If e-mail message is successfully sent, then the response is OK. If message sending fails for some reason, an error code is reported Note: Care must be taken to ensure that during the command execution, no other commands are issued. To avoid malfunctions is suggested to wait for the OK or ERROR / +CMS ERROR:<err> response before issuing further commands. Note: if GPRS context was previously activated by #GPRS its not possible to successfully send the e-mail message and the response is the result code activation failed. Note: sending an e-mail with an image attachment can take quite a long time since it can be over 50Kb to send and can take more than 1 minute. Test command returns the OK result code. AT#SEMAIL="[email protected]","subject of the mail",1

AT#SEMAIL=? Example

page 580 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

#SEMAIL - E-mail Sending With GPRS Context Activation >message body this is the text of the mail message CTRL-Z ..wait.. OK Message has been sent.

3.7.5.5.6 #EMAILACT - E-mail GPRS Context Activation

#EMAILACT - E-mail GPRS Context Ativation Execution command deactivates/activates the GPRS context, eventually AT#EMAILACT= proceeding with the authentication with the parameters given with #PASSW [<mode>] and #USERID. Parameter: <mode> - GPRS context activation mode 0 - GPRS context deactivation request 1 - GPRS context activation request Read command reports the current status of the GPRS context for the email, in the format: #EMAILACT: <status> where: <status> 0 - GPRS context deactivated 1 - GPRS context activated Test command returns the allowed values for parameter <mode>. AT#EMAILACT=1 OK Now GPRS Context has been activated AT# EMAILACT=0 OK Now GPRS context has been deactivated.

AT#EMAILACT?

AT#EMAILACT=? Example

page 581 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3.7.5.5.7 #EMAILD - E-mail Sending

#EMAILD - E-mail Sending Execution command sends an e-mail message if GPRS context has already AT#EMAILD= been activated with AT#EMAILACT=1. [<da>, <subj>,<att> Parameters: [,<filename>]] <da> - destination address, string type. <subj> - subject of the message, string type <att> - attached image flag 0 - don't attach any image 1 - attach the last snapshot taken <filename> - image name (default is snapshot.jpg) The device responds to the command with the prompt '>' and awaits for the message body text. To complete the operation send Ctrl-Z char (0x1A hex); to exit without writing the message send ESC char (0x1B hex). If e-mail message is successfully sent, then the response is OK. If message sending fails for some reason, an error code is reported Note: Care must be taken to ensure that during the command execution, no other commands are issued. To avoid malfunctions is suggested to wait for the OK or ERROR / +CMS ERROR:<err> response before issuing further commands. Note: sending an e-mail with an image attachment can take quite a long time since it can be over 50Kb to send and can take more than 1 minute. Test command returns the OK result code. AT#[email protected],subject of the mail,1 >message body this is the text of the mail message CTRL-Z ..wait.. OK Message has been sent. The only difference between this command and the #SEMAIL is that this command does not interact with the GPRS context status, leaving it ON or OFF according to the #EMAILACT setting, thus, when the connection made with #EMAILD is closed, the context status is maintained.

AT#EMAILD=? Example

Note

page 582 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3.7.5.5.8 #ESAV - Email Parameters Save

#ESAV - Email Parameters Save Execution command saves the actual e-mail parameters in the NVM of the AT#ESAV device. The values stored are: - E-mail User Name - E-mail Password - E-mail Sender Address - E-mail SMTP server Test command returns the OK result code. If some parameters have not been previously specified then a default value will be taken.

AT#ESAV=? Note

3.7.5.5.9 #ERST - E-mail Parameters Reset

AT#ERST=?

3.7.5.5.10 #EMAILMSG -SMTP Read Message

#EMAILMSG - SMTP Read Message Execution command returns the last response from SMTP server. AT#EMAILMSG Test command returns the OK result code. AT#EMAILMSG=?

page 583 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3.7.5.6 Easy Scan Extension AT Commands

3.7.5.6.1 #CSURV - Network Survey
#CSURV - Network Survey Execution command allows to perform a quick survey through channels AT#CSURV[= belonging to the band selected by last #BND command issue, starting from [<s>,<e>]] channel <s> to channel <e>. Issuing AT#CSURV<CR>, a full band scan is performed. AT*CSURV[= [<s>,<e>]] (both syntax are Parameters: <s> - starting channel possible) <e> - ending channel After issuing the command the device responds with the string: Network survey started and, after a while, a list of informations, one for each received carrier, is reported, each of them in the format: (For BCCH-Carrier) arfcn: <arfcn> bsic: <bsic> rxLev: <rxLev> ber: <ber> mcc: <mcc> mnc: <mnc> lac: <lac> cellId: <cellId> cellStatus: <cellStatus> numArfcn: <numArfcn> arfcn: [<arfcn1> ..[ <arfcn64>]] [numChannels: <numChannels> array: [<ba1> ..[<ba32>]] [pbcch: <pbcch> [nom: <nom> rac: <rac> spgc: <spgc> pat: <pat> nco: <nco> t3168: <t3168> t3192: <t3192> drxmax: <drxmax> ctrlAck: <ctrlAck> bsCVmax: <bsCVmax> alpha: <alpha> pcMeasCh: <pcMeasCh>]]] <CR><LF><CR><LF><CR><LF> where: <arfcn> - C0 carrier assigned radio channel (BCCH - Broadcast Control Channel) <bsic> - base station identification code; if #CSURVF last setting is 0, <bsic> is a decimal number, else it is a 2-digits octal number <rxLev> - decimal number; it is the receiption level (in dBm) <ber> - decimal number; it is the bit error rate (in %) <mcc> - hexadecimal 3-digits number; it is the mobile country code <mnc> - hexadecimal 2-digits number; it is the mobile network code <lac> - location area code; if #CSURVF last setting is 0, <lac> is a decimal number, else it is a 4-digits hexadecimal number <cellId> - cell identifier; if #CSURVF last setting is 0, <cellId> is a decimal number, else it is a 4-digits hexadecimal number <cellStatus> - string type; it is the cell status ..CELL_SUITABLE - C0 is a suitable cell. CELL_LOW_PRIORITY - the cell is low priority based on the received

page 584 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

#CSURV - Network Survey system information. CELL_FORBIDDEN - the cell is forbidden. CELL_BARRED - the cell is barred based on the received system information. CELL_LOW_LEVEL - the cell <rxLev> is low. CELL_OTHER - none of the above e.g. exclusion timer running, no BCCH availableetc. <numArfcn> - number of valid channels in the Cell Channel Description <arfcnn> - arfcn of a valid channel in the Cell Channel Description (n is in the range 1..<numArfcn>) <numArfcn> - decimal number; it is the number of valid channels in the Cell Channel Description <arfcnn> - decimal number; it is the arfcn of a valid channel in the Cell Channel Description (n is in the range 1..<numArfcn>) <numChannels> - decimal number; it is the number of valid channels in the BCCH Allocation list; the output of this information for nonserving cells depends on last #CSURVEXT setting: 7. if #CSURVEXT=0 this information is displayed only for serving cell 8. if #CSURVEXT=1 or 2 this information is displayed also for every valid scanned BCCH carrier. <ban> - decimal number; it is the arfcn of a valid channel in the BA list (n is in the range 1..<numChannels>); the output of this information for non-serving cells depends on last #CSURVEXT setting: 8. if #CSURVEXT=0 this information is displayed only for serving cell 9. if #CSURVEXT=1 or 2 this information is displayed also for every valid scanned BCCH carrier. (The following informations will be printed only if GPRS is supported in the cell) <pbcch> 0 1 <nom> - network operation mode 1 2 3 <rac> - routing area code 0..255 <spgc> - SPLIT_PG_CYCLE support ..0 - SPLIT_PG_CYCLE is not supported on CCCH on this cell ..1 - SPLIT_PG_CYCLE is supported on CCCH on this cell <pat> - priority access threshold 03..6 -

page 585 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

#CSURV - Network Survey <nco> - network control order 0..2 <t3168> - timer 3168 <t3192> - timer 3192 <drxmax> - discontinuous reception max time (in seconds) <ctrlAck> - packed control ack <bsCVmax> - blocked sequenc countdown max value <alpha> - alpha parameter for power control <pcMeasCh> - type of channel which shall be used for downlink measurements for power control 0 - BCCH 1 - PDCH

(For non BCCH-Carrier) arfcn: <arfcn> rxLev: <rxLev> where: <arfcn> - decimal number; it is the RF channel <rxLev> - decimal number; it is the receiption level (in dBm) The last information from #CSURV depends on the last #CSURVF setting: #CSURVF=0 or #CSURVF=1 The output ends with the string: Network survey ended #CSURVF=2 the output ends with the string: Network survey ended (Carrier: <NoARFCN> BCCh: <NoBCCh>) where <NoARFCN> - number of scanned frequencies <NoBCCH> - number of found BCCh AT#CSURV Network survey started arfcn: 48 bsic: 24 rxLev: -52 ber: 0.00 mcc: 610 mnc: 1 lac: 33281 cellId: 3648 cellStatus: CELL_SUITABLE numArfcn: 2 arfcn: 30 48 numChannels: 5 array: 14 19 22 48 82

Example

arfcn: 14 rxLev: 8

page 586 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

#CSURV - Network Survey Network survey ended Note OK The command is executed within max. 2 minute.

3.7.5.6.2 #CSURVC - Network Survey (Numeric Format)

#CSURVC - Network Survey (Numeric Format) Execution command allows to perform a quick survey through channels AT#CSURVC[= belonging to the band selected by last #BND command issue, starting from [<s>,<e>]] channel <s> to channel <e>. Issuing AT#CSURVC<CR>, a full band scan is performed. AT*CSURVC[= [=<s>,<e>]] Parameters: (both syntax are <s> - starting channel <e> - ending channel possible) After issuing the command the device responds with the string: Network survey started and, after a while, a list of informations, one for each received carrier, is reported, each of them in the format: (For BCCH-Carrier) <arfcn>,<bsic>,<rxLev>,<ber>,<mcc>,<mnc>,<lac>,<cellId>, <cellStatus>,<numArfcn>[,<arfcn1> ..[ <arfcn64>]] [,<numChannels>[,<ba1> ..[<ba32>]] [<pbcch> [<nom> <rac> <spgc> <pat> <nco> <t3168> <t3192> <drxmax> <ctrlAck> <bsCVmax> <alpha> <pcMeasCh>]]] <CR><LF><CR><LF><CR><LF> where: <arfcn> - C0 carrier assigned radio channel (BCCH - Broadcast Control Channel) <bsic> - base station identification code; if #CSURVF last setting is 0, <bsic> is a decimal number, else it is a 2-digits octal number <rxLev> - decimal number; it is the receiption level (in dBm) <ber> - decimal number; it is the bit error rate (in %) <mcc> - hexadecimal 3-digits number; it is the mobile country code <mnc> - hexadecimal 2-digits number; it is the mobile network code <lac> - location area code; if #CSURVF last setting is 0, <lac> is a decimal number, else it is a 4-digits hexadecimal number <cellId> - cell identifier; if #CSURVF last setting is 0, <cellId> is a decimal number, else it is a 4-digits hexadecimal number

page 587 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

#CSURVC - Network Survey (Numeric Format) <cellStatus> - string type; it is the cell status ..0 - C0 is a suitable cell (CELL_SUITABLE). 1 - the cell is low priority based on the received system information (CELL_LOW_PRIORITY). 2 - the cell is forbidden (CELL_FORBIDDEN). 3 - the cell is barred based on the received system information (CELL_BARRED). 4 - the cell <rxLev> is low (CELL_LOW_LEVEL). 5 - none of the above e.g. exclusion timer running, no BCCH availableetc.. (CELL_OTHER). <numArfcn> - decimal number; it is the number of valid channels in the Cell Channel Description <arfcnn> - decimal number; it is the arfcn of a valid channel in the Cell Channel Description (n is in the range 1..<numArfcn>) <numChannels> - decimal number; it is the number of valid channels in the BCCH Allocation list; the output of this information for nonserving cells depends on last #CSURVEXT setting: 9. if #CSURVEXT=0 this information is displayed only for serving cell 10. if #CSURVEXT=1 or 2 this information is displayed also for every valid scanned BCCH carrier. <ban> - decimal number; it is the arfcn of a valid channel in the BA list (n is in the range 1..<numChannels>); the output of this information for non-serving cells depends on last #CSURVEXT setting: 10. if #CSURVEXT=0 this information is displayed only for serving cell 11. if #CSURVEXT=1 or 2 this information is displayed also for every valid scanned BCCH carrier. (The following informations will be printed only if GPRS is supported in the cell) <pbcch> 0 1 <nom> - network operation mode 1 2 3 <rac> - routing area code 0..255 <spgc> - SPLIT_PG_CYCLE support ..0 - SPLIT_PG_CYCLE is not supported on CCCH on this cell ..1 - SPLIT_PG_CYCLE is supported on CCCH on this cell <pat> - priority access threshold 03..6 -

page 588 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

#CSURVC - Network Survey (Numeric Format) <nco> - network control order 0..2 <t3168> - timer 3168 <t3192> - timer 3192 <drxmax> - discontinuous reception max time (in seconds) <ctrlAck> - packed control ack <bsCVmax> - blocked sequenc countdown max value <alpha> - alpha parameter for power control <pcMeasCh> - type of channel which shall be used for downlink measurements for power control 0 - BCCH 1 - PDCH (For non BCCH-Carrier) <arfcn>,<rxLev> where: <arfcn> - decimal number; it is the RF channel <rxLev> - decimal number; it is the receiption level (in dBm) The last information from #CSURVC depends on the last #CSURVF setting: #CSURVF=0 or #CSURVF=1 The output ends with the string: Network survey ended #CSURVF=2 the output ends with the string: Network survey ended (Carrier: <NoARFCN> BCCh: <NoBCCh>) where <NoARFCN> - number of scanned frequencies <NoBCCH> - number of found BCCh AT#CSURVC Network survey started 48,24,-52,0.00,610,1,33281,3648,0,2,30 48,5,14 19 22 48 82

Example

14,8

Network survey ended

page 589 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

#CSURVC - Network Survey (Numeric Format) OK Note The command is executed within max. 2 minute. The information provided by #CSURVC is the same as that provided by #CSURV. The difference is that the output of #CSURVC is in numeric format only.

3.7.5.6.3 #CSURVU - Network Survey Of User Defined Channels

#CSURVU - Network Survey Of User Defined Channels Execution command allows to perform a quick survey through the given AT#CSURVU=[ channels. The range of available channels depends on the last #BND <ch1>[,<ch2>[, issue. [,<ch10>]]]] The result format is like command #CSURV. AT*CSURVU=[ <ch1>[,<ch2>[, Parameters: [,<ch10>]]]] (both syntax are <chn> - channel number (arfcn) possible) Note: the <chn> must be in a increasing order. AT#CSURVU=59,110 Example Network survey started arfcn: 59 bsic: 16 rxLev: -76 ber: 0.00 mcc: 546 mnc: 1 lac: 54717 cellId: 21093 cellStatus: CELL_SUITABLE numArfcn 2 arfcn: 36 59

arfcn: 110 rxLev: -107

Network survey ended Note OK The command is executed within max. 2 minute.

page 590 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3.7.5.6.4 #CSURVUC - Network Survey Of User Defined Channels (Numeric Format)

#CSURVUC - Network Survey Of User Defined Channels (Numeric Format) Execution command allows to perform a quick survey through the given AT#CSURVUC=[ channels. The range of available channels depends on the last #BND <ch1>[,<ch2>[, issue. [,<ch10>]]]] The result format is like command #CSURVC. AT*CSURVUC=[ <ch1>[,<ch2>[, Parameters: [,<ch10>]]]] (both syntax are <chn> - channel number (arfcn) possible) Note: the <chn> must be in a increasing order. AT#CSURVUC=59,110 Example Network survey started 59,16,-76,0.00,546,1,54717,21093,0,2,36 59

110,-107

Network survey ended Note OK The command is executed within max. 2 minute. The information provided by #CSURVUC is the same as that provided by #CSURVU. The difference is that the output of #CSURVUC is in numeric format only.

3.7.5.6.5 #CSURVB - BCCH Network Survey

#CSURVB - BCCH Network Survey Execution command performs a quick network survey through M (maximum AT#CSURVB= number of available frequencies depending on last selected band) channels. [<n>] The survey stops as soon as <n> BCCH carriers are found. The result format is like command #CSURV. Parameter: <n> - number of desired BCCH carriers 1..M Test command reports the range of values for parameter <n> in the format:

AT#CSURVB=?

page 591 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

#CSURVB - BCCH Network Survey (1-M) where M is the maximum number of available frequencies depending on last selected band.

3.7.5.6.6 #CSURVBC - BCCH Network Survey (Numeric Format)

#CSURVBC - BCCH Network Survey (Numeric Format) Execution command performs a quick network survey through M (maximum AT#CSURVBC= number of available frequencies depending on last selected band) channels. [<n>] The survey stops as soon as <n> BCCH carriers are found. The result is given in numeric format and is like command #CSURVC. Parameter: <n> - number of desired BCCH carriers 1..M Test command reports the range of values for parameter <n> in the format: (1-M) where M is the maximum number of available frequencies depending on last selected band.

AT#CSURVBC=?

3.7.5.6.7 #CSURVF - Network Survey Format

#CSURVF - Network Survey Format Set command controls the format of the numbers output by all the Easy AT#CSURVF= Scan [<format>] Parameter: <format> - numbers format 0 - Decimal 1 - Hexadecimal values, no text 2 - Hexadecimal values with text Read command reports the current number format, as follows: #CSURVF: <format> Test command reports the supported range of values for the parameter <format>.

AT#CSURVF?

AT#CSURVF=?

page 592 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3.7.5.6.8 #CSURVNLF - <CR><LF> Removing On Easy Scan Commands Family

#CSURVNLF - <CR><LF> Removing On Easy Scan Commands Family Set command enables/disables the automatic <CR><LF> removing from AT#CSURVNLF= each information text line. [<value>] Parameter: <value> 0 - disables <CR><LF> removing; theyll be present in the information text (factory default) 1 - remove <CR><LF> from imformation text Note: if parameter is omitted the behaviour of Set command is the same as Read command. Read command reports whether automatic <CR><LF> removing is currently enabled or not, in the format: <value> Test command reports the range of values for parameter <value>.

AT#CSURVNLF?

AT#CSURVNLF=?

3.7.5.6.9 #CSURVEXT - Extended Network Survey

AT#CSURVEXT?

AT#CSURVEXT=?

page 593 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3.7.5.7 Jammed Detect & Report AT Commands

3.7.5.7.1 #JDR - Jammed Detect & Report
#JDR - Jammed Detect & Report Set command allows to control the Jammed Detect & Report feature. AT#JDR= [<mode> The MODULE can detect if a communication Jammer is active in its range [,<MNPL>, and give indication to the user of this condition either on the serial line with <DCMN>]] an unsolicited code or on a dedicated GPIO by rising it. The MODULE can also report to the network the Jammed status condition, even if normal communications are inhibited by the Jammer, by using a unique message. Parameters: <mode> - behaviour mode of the Jammed Detect & Report 0 - disables Jammed Detect & Report (factory default) 1 - enables the Jammed Detect; the Jammed condition is reported on pin GPIO2/JDR GPIO2/JDR LOW - Normal Operating Condition GPIO2/JDR HIGH - Jammed Condition. 2 - enables the Jammed Detect; the Jammed condition is reported with a single unsolicited result code on serial line, in the format: #JDR: <status> where: <status> JAMMED - Jammed condition detected OPERATIVE - Normal Operating condition restored. This code will be shown only after a jammed condition has occurred. 3 - enables the Jammed Detect; the MODULE will make both the actions as for <mode>=1 and <mode>=2. 4 - enables the Jammed Detect; the Jammed condition is reported with an unsolicited code every 3s on serial line, in the format: #JDR: <status> where: <status> JAMMED - Jammed condition detected OPERATIVE - Normal Operating condition restored. This code will be shown only after a jammed condition has occurred. 5 - enables the Jammed Detect; the MODULE will make both the actions as for <mode>=1 and <mode>=4. <MNPL> - Maximum Noise Power Level 0..127 <DCMN> - Disturbed Channel Minimum Number 0..254

page 594 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

#JDR - Jammed Detect & Report Read command reports the current behaviour mode, Maximum Noise AT#JDR? Power Level and Disturbed Channel Minimum Number, in the format: #JDR: <mode>,<MNPL>,<DCMN> Test command reports the supported range of values for the parameters <mode>,<MNPL> and <DCMN> AT#JDR=2 OK jammer enters in the range #JDR: JAMMED jammer exits the range #JDR: OPERATIVE It is suggested not to change the default setting for Maximum Noise Power Level and Disturbed Channel Minimum Number. If the device is installed in a particular environment where the default values are not satisfactory the two parameters <MNPL> and <DCMN> permit to adapt the detection to all conditions.

AT#JDR=? Example

Note

page 595 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3.7.5.8 Easy Script Extension - Python8 interpreter, AT Commands

3.7.5.8.1 #WSCRIPT - Write Script
#WSCRIPT - Write Script Execution command inserts a script text and save it with the name AT#WSCRIPT= <script_name> in the NVM of the module supporting the Python extension. [<script_name>, <size>, [,<hidden>]] The script text should be sent using Raw Ascii file transfer. It is important to set properly the port settings. In particular: Baud rate: 115200 bps Flow control: hardware. Parameters: <script_name> - file name, string type (max 16 chars, case sensitive). <size> - file size in bytes <hidden> - file hidden attribute 0 - file content is readable with #RSCRIPT (default). 1 - file content is hidden, #RSCRIPT command will report empty file. The device responds to the command with the prompt '>>>' and waits for the script file text for <size> bytes. The operations completes when all the bytes are received. If script writing ends successfully, the response is OK; otherwise an error code is reported Note: The script name should be passed between quotes and all Executable Scripts files must have .py extension - Script names are Case sensitive. Note: When sending the script be sure that the line terminator is <CR><LF> and that your terminal program does not change it. Note: with the hidden attribute it is possible to protect your script from being viewed and copied, only the file name can be viewed, its content is hidden even if the file is still being run correctly. It's your care to maintain knowledge on what the script file contains. AT#WSCRIPT="First.py ",54,0 >>> here receive the prompt; then type or send the script, sized 54 bytes OK

Example

PYTHON is a registered trademark of the Python Software Foundation.

page 596 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

#WSCRIPT - Write Script Script has been stored Note This command can also be used to write any text file in the MODULEPYTHON memory (not script files only), for example application data or settings files with a different extension than .py.

3.7.5.8.2 #ESCRIPT - Select Active Script

#ESCRIPT - Select Active Script Set command selects the name of the script that will be executed by the AT#ESCRIPT= Easy Script interpreter at the start-up. The script will be executed at start[<script_name>] up only if the DTR line is found LOW during initial start-up (that is: COM is not open on a PC), otherwise the Easy Script interpreter will not execute and the module supporting the Python extension will behave normally answering only to AT commands on the serial port. Parameter: <script-name> - file name, string type (max 16 chars, case sensitive). Note: all script files must have .py extension. Note: The <script_name> must match with a file name written with the #WSCRIPT in order to have it run. Note: the command does not check whether the script <script_name> does exist in the NVM of the module supporting the Python extension or not. If the file <script_name> is not present at the start-up then the Script Interpreter will not execute. Read command reports the name of the script, as a quoted string, that will be executed by the Easy Script interpreter at the start-up. AT#ESCRIPT="First.py " OK Script First.py will be executed at the next start-ups if DTR is found LOW.

AT#ESCRIPT? Example

3.7.5.8.3 #RSCRIPT - Read Script

#RSCRIPT - Read Script Execution command reports the content of script file <script_name>. AT#RSCRIPT= [<script_name>] Parameter: <script-name> - file name, string type (max 16 chars, case sensitive).

page 597 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

#RSCRIPT - Read Script The device responds to the command with the prompt '<<<', followed by the script file text. Note: if the file <script_name> was saved with the hidden attribute, then an empty file is reported with the OK result code. Example Note: If the file <script_name> is not present an error code is reported. AT#RSCRIPT="First.py " hereafter receive the prompt; then the script is displayed, immediately after the prompt <<<import MDM MDM.send('AT\r',10) Ans=MDM.receive(20) OK Note Executable scripts files must have .py extension.

3.7.5.8.4 #LSCRIPT - List Script Names

#LSCRIPT - List Script Names Execution command reports the list of script files names currently saved into AT#LSCRIPT the NVM and the available free NVM memory in the format: [#LSCRIPT: <script_name1>,<size1> [<CR><LF>#LSCRIPT: <script_namen>,<sizen>]] <CR><LF>#LSCRIPT: free bytes: <free_NVM> where: <script-namen> - file name, quoted string type (max 16 chars, case sensitive) <sizen> - size of script in bytes <free_NVM> - size of available NVM memory in bytes Test command returns OK result code. AT#LSCRIPT? #LSCRIPT: First.py,51 #LSCRIPT: Second.py,178 #LSCRIPT: Third.py,95 #LSCRIPT: free bytes: 20000 OK

AT#LSCRIPT=? Example

page 598 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3.7.5.8.5 #DSCRIPT - Delete Script

#DSCRIPT - Delete Script Execution command deletes a script file from NVM memory. AT#DSCRIPT= [<script_name>] Parameter: <script_name> - name of the script file to delete, string type (max 16 chars, case sensitive) Example Note: if the file <script_name> is not present an error code is reported. AT#DSCRIPT="Third.py" OK

3.7.5.8.6 #REBOOT - Reboot

#REBOOT - Reboot Execution command reboots immediately the unit. AT#REBOOT It can be used to reboot the system after a remote update of the script in order to have the new one running. AT#REBOOT . Module Reboots This command does not return result codes.

Example Note

3.7.5.8.7 #CMUXSCR - CMUX Script Enable

#CMUXSCR - CMUX Script Enable Set command enables/disables the use of CMUX interface since the start of AT#CMUXSCR= a Python script and specifies the DTE speed at which the device sends and <enable>,[<rate>] receives CMUX frames (used to fix the DTE-DCE interface speed). Parameters: <enable> - enables/disables CMUX script. 0 - disables CMUX script (factory default) 1 - enables CMUX script <rate> 300 1200 2400 4800 9600 19200 38400 57600

page 599 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

#CMUXSCR - CMUX Script Enable 115200 (default) If <rate> is omitted the value is unchanged <enable> and <rate> values are saved in NVM Read command returns the current value of #CMUXSCRIPT parameters in the format: #CMUXSCRIPT: <enable>,<rate> Test command reports the range for the parameters <enable> and <rate>

AT#CMUXSCR ?

AT#CMUXSCR =?

page 600 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3.7.5.9 GPS AT Commands Set

3.7.5.9.1 $GPSP - GPS controller power management
$GPSP - GPS controller power management Execution command allows to manage power-up or down of the GPS AT$GPSP=<status> controller Parameter: <status> 0 - GPS controller is powered down 1 - GPS controller is powered up (default) Note: for the GPS product (GE863-GPS): if the GPS controller is powered down while camera or VAUX pin is enabled theyll both also be also powered off. Read command reports return the current status Test command returns the range of values accepted (0-1)

AT$GPSP? AT$GPSP=? Example Note

AT$GPSP=0 OK
If a camera is used with the module and it is powered on, the command will be not executed due to the fact the supply voltage is in common between the 2 devices.

3.7.5.9.2

$GPSR - GPS Reset

$GPSR - GPS Reset AT$GPSR=<reset type>

page 601 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3.7.5.9.3 $GPSD - GPS Device Type Set

AT$GPSD? AT$GPSD=? Example AT$GPSD=0 Note

3.7.5.9.4 $GPSSW - GPS Software Version

$GPSSW - GPS Software Version Execution command provides GPS Module software version in the AT$GPSSW format: $GPSSW: <sw version> Example

AT$GPSSW $GPSSW: GSW3.1.1_3.1.00.07-C23P1.00 OK

3.7.5.9.5 $GPSAT GPS Antenna Type Definition

$GPSAT Configure GPS Antenna Type Set command selects the GPS antenna used. AT$GPSAT=<type> Parameter:

page 602 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

AT$GPSAT=1 OK
AT$GPSSAV must be executed to save this configuration If set to 0 the Antenna current and Voltage readout are not available. Refer to the HW user guide for the compatible GPS antennas

3.7.5.9.6 $GPSAV GPS Antenna Supply Voltage Readout

$GPSAV GPS Antenna Readout Voltage Read command returns the measured GPS antennas supply voltage in AT$GPSAV? mV AT$GPSAV? AT$GPSAV?

$GPSAV:3800 OK
Note Not available if antenna Type set to 0

3.7.5.9.7 $GPSAI GPS Antenna Current Readout

AT$GPSAI? $GPSAI:040,0 OK
(1

Note

Available only if antenna protection is activated (see $GPSAP)

page 603 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3.7.5.9.8 $GPSAP GPS Antenna Protection

AT$GPSAP?

AT$GPSAP=? Example

page 604 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3.7.5.9.9

$GPSNMUN Unsolicited NMEA Data Configuration

$GPSNMUN Unsolicited NMEA Data Configuration AT$GPSNMUN=<enable> Set command permits to activate an Unsolicited streaming of GPS data [,<GGA>,<GLL>,<GSA>,< (in NMEA format) through the standard GSM serial port (AT) and defines which NMEA sentences will be available GSV>,<RMC>,<VTG >](1 Parameters: <enable> 0 - NMEA data stream de-activated (default) 1 - NMEA data stream activated 2 - NMEA data stream activated with the following unsolicited response syntax: <NMEA SENTENCE> <CR> 3 - dedicated NMEA data stream; it is not possible to send AT commands; with the escape sequence +++ the user can return to command mode <GGA> - Global Positioning System Fix Data 0 - disable 1 - enable <GLL> - Geographical Position - Latitude/Longitude 0 - disable 1 - enable <GSA> - GPS DOP and Active Satellites 0 - disable 1 - enable <GSV> - GPS Satellites in View 0 - disable 1 - enable <RMC> - recommended Minimum Specific GPS Data 0 - disable 1 - enable <VTG> - Course Over Ground and Ground Speed 0 - disable 1 - enable DEFAULT: <0,0,0,0,0,0> The unsolicited response sintax for <enable>=1 is: $GPSNMUN: <CR> <NMEA SENTENCE> <CR> Note: If all parameters are omitted then the behaviour of Set command is the same as Read command Read command returns whether the unsolicited GPS NMEA data streaming is currently enabled or not, along with the NMEA sentences availability status, in the format:

AT$GPSNMUN?

page 605 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

$GPSNMUN Unsolicited NMEA Data Configuration $GPSNMUN:<enable>,<GGA>,<GLL>,<GSA>,<GSV>,<RMC>,<VTG > Test command returns the supported range of values for parameters <enable>, <GGA>,<GLL>,<GSA>,<GSV>,<RMC>,<VTG >

AT$GPSNMUN=? Example

AT$GPSNMUN=1,0,0,1,0,0,0 OK
These sets the GSA as available sentence in the unsolicited message

AT$GPSNMUN=0 OK
Turn-off the unsolicited mode

AT$GPSNMUN? $GPSNMUN: 1,0,0,1,0,0,0 OK

Give the current frame selected (GSA)

The unsolicited message will be: $GPSNMUN: $GPGSA,A,3,23,20,24,07,13,04,02,,,,,,2.4,1.6,1.8* 3C

3.7.5.9.10

$GPSACP Get Acquired Position

page 606 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

$GPSACP - Get Acquired position information Values: dd (degrees) 00 to 90 mm.mmmm (minutes) 00,0000 to 59.9999 N/S: North / South <longitude> - dddmm.mmmm E/W (referred to GGA sentence) Values: ddd (degrees) 00 to 180 mm.mmmm (minutes) 00,0000 to 59.9999 E/W: East / West <hdop> - x.x - Horizontal Diluition of Precision (referred to GGA sentence) <altitude> - xxxx.x Altitude - mean-sea-level (geoid) in meters (referred to GGA sentence) <fix> - referred to GSA sentence 1 - Invalid Fix 2 - 2D fix 3 - 3D fix <cog> - ddd.mm - Course over Ground (degrees, True) (referred to VTG sentence) Values: ddd: 000 to 360 degrees mm 00 to 59 minutes <spkm> - xxxx.x Speed over ground (Km/hr) (referred to VTG sentence) <spkn> - xxxx.x- Speed over ground (knots) (referred to VTG sentence) <date> - ddmmyy Date of Fix (referred to RMC sentence) Values: dd (day) 01 to 31 mm (month) 01 to 12 yy (year) 00 to 99 (2000 to 2099) <nsat> - nn - Total number of satellites in view (referred to GSV sentence) Example AT$GPSACP $GPSACP:080220,4542.82691N,01344.26820E,259.07,3,2.1 ,0.1,0.0,0.0,270705,09 OK

3.7.5.9.11

$GPSSAV Save GPS Parameters Configuration

$GPSSAV Save GPS Parameters Execution command saves the current configuration in the non volatile AT$GPSSAV EEPROM memory of the module.

page 607 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

$GPSSAV Save GPS Parameters Example AT$GPSSAV

OK
Note The module must be restarted to use the new configuration

3.7.5.9.12

$GPSRST Restore to Default GPS Parameters

page 608 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3.7.5.10
3.7.5.10.1

SAP AT Commands Set

#RSEN Remote Sim Enable

#RSEN Remote SIM Enable Set command is used to enable/disable the remote SIM Feature. AT#RSEN = <mode>, [<Role>] Parameters: <mode> 0 - Disable 1 - Enable <Role> 0 - Remote Sim Client ( Default ) 1 Remote Sim Server ( Unsupported ) Note: If the module has a SIM inserted, when it receive the enable Command: - Terminate all pending call - De-register from the actual network - De-initialize the current SIM. Note: The OK message is not returned until this procedure is not completed. Note: The Remote Sim Protocol is enabled only on the Serial Port Instance where this command is executed. If other instance already started the SAP the latest receive an error. Note: Command return Error if requested on a non multiplexed Interface Return the Enable status of Remote Sim Feature Test command returns all supported values of Remote Sim Enable Command

AT#RSEN? AT#RSEN=?

3.7.5.10.2

#RSM: Remote Sim message (Unsolicited)

#RSM: Remote Sim Message This Message is generated by the module every time it need to access AT#RSM: <CmdSeq>, <CmdId>,[<DataLen>],[ the remote SIM. It is automatically enabled as soon as the Remote Sim Feature is Enabled and displayed only on the serial port dedicated to <Data>] the SAP. Parameters:

page 609 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

<CmdSeq> A sequential number from 0 to 65535 incremented for every unsolicited message sent. It is reset to 0 at the first SAP enable <CmdId> Optional field, it is used only with some specific command Look at Table Command on chapter 5 <DataLen> Optional field, it is used only with some specific command Number of Bytes trasmited with Data Field <Data> Optional field, it is used only with some specific command Data field format in Hexadecimal

3.7.5.10.3

AT#RSM Remote Sim message Command

#RSM Remote Sim Message This command is used to answer to request generated by the module AT#RSM=<CmdSeq>, <CmdId>,[<DataLen>],[ with the unsolicited message. <Data>] Parameters: <CmdSeq> A sequential number from 0 to 65535, shall be the same of the Request we are answering <CmdId> Look at Table Command on chapter 5

<DataLen> Optional field, it is used only with some specific command Number of Bytes trasmited with Data Field <Data> Optional field, it is used only with some specific command Data field format in Hexadecimal AT#RSM? AT#RSM=? Not supported Test command returns all supported values of Remote Sim message Command

page 610 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

3.7.5.10.4

AT#RSS Remote Sim Status Command

#RSS: Remote Sim Status This command is used to inform the Remote SIM client of the status of AT#RSS=<Status> the SIM <Status> 0 Not Inserted 1 Inserted 2 De-inserted AT#RSS? AT#RSS=? Not supported Test command returns all supported values of Remote Sim Status Command

page 611 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

4 List of acronyms
ARFCN AT BA BCCH CA CBM CBS CCM CLIR CTS CUG DCD DCE DCS DGPS DNS DSR DTE DTMF DTR GGA GLL GLONASS GMT GNSS GPRS GPS GSA GSM GSV HDLC HDOP IMEI IMSI IP IRA IWF Absolute Radio Frequency Channel Number Attention command BCCH Allocation Broadcast Control Channel Cell Allocation Cell Broadcast Message Cell Broadcast Service Current Call Meter Calling Line Identification Restriction Clear To Send Closed User Group Data Carrier Detect Data Communication Equipment Digital Cellular System Differential GPS, the use of GPS measurements, which are differentially corrected Domain Name System Server Data Set Ready Data Terminal Equipment Dual Tone Multi Fraquency Data Terminal Ready GPS Fix data Geographic Position Latitude/Longitude Global positioning system maintained by the Russian Space Forces

Greenwich Mean Time

Any single or combined satellite navigation system (GPS, GLONASS and combined GPS/GLONASS) Global Packet Radio Service Global Positioning System GPS DOP and Active satellites Global System Mobile GPS satellites in view High Level Data Link Control Horizontal Dilution of Precision International Mobile Equipment Identity International Mobile Subscriber Identity Internet Protocol International Reference Alphabet Interworking Function

page 612 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

MO MT NMEA NVM PCS PDP PDU PIN PPP PUK RLP RMC RTS SAP SCA SMS SMSC SMTP TA TCP TE UDP USSD UTC VDOP VTG WAAS

Mobile Originated Mobile Terminal National Marine Electronics Association Non Volatile Memory Personal Communication Service Packet Data Protocol Packet Data Unit Personal Identification Number Point to Point Protocol Pin Unblocking Code Radio Link Protocol Recommended minimum Specific data Request To Send SIM Access Profile Service Center Address Short Message Service Short Message Service Center Simple Mail Transport Protocol Terminal Adapter Transmission Control Protocol Terminal Equipment User Datagram Protocol Unstructured Supplementary Service Data Coordinated Universal Time Vertical dilution of precision Course over ground and ground speed Wide Area Augmentation System

page 613 of 614

AT Commands Reference Guide

80000ST10025a Rev. 0 - 04/08/06

5 Document Change Log

Revision ISSUE #0 Date 04/08/06 Changes Initial release

page 614 of 614

SIM Cards Personalization
No ratings yet
SIM Cards Personalization
35 pages
TimeProvider 2700
0% (1)
TimeProvider 2700
394 pages
Practical Programming in TCL and TK
No ratings yet
Practical Programming in TCL and TK
455 pages
Writing A Parser From Wire To Window
No ratings yet
Writing A Parser From Wire To Window
43 pages
GSM Association Ir32 - pt1
No ratings yet
GSM Association Ir32 - pt1
165 pages
Telit at Commands Reference Guide r10
No ratings yet
Telit at Commands Reference Guide r10
604 pages
AT Commands PDF
No ratings yet
AT Commands PDF
198 pages
Simcom Sim5320 Atc en v1.23 PDF
No ratings yet
Simcom Sim5320 Atc en v1.23 PDF
498 pages
BRKSEC-3020 Troubleshooting ASA Firewalls
No ratings yet
BRKSEC-3020 Troubleshooting ASA Firewalls
135 pages
Vmware Vcenter Installation Guide
No ratings yet
Vmware Vcenter Installation Guide
36 pages
Knowledsharing - Session - PCN Domain
No ratings yet
Knowledsharing - Session - PCN Domain
20 pages
Session 1 Session Fundamentals of NP
No ratings yet
Session 1 Session Fundamentals of NP
17 pages
9 The Sed Editor: Mauro Jaskelioff
No ratings yet
9 The Sed Editor: Mauro Jaskelioff
40 pages
Scripting Languages: Gluing Together Other Programs, ..
No ratings yet
Scripting Languages: Gluing Together Other Programs, ..
27 pages
Learn PyParsing Library
No ratings yet
Learn PyParsing Library
48 pages
Lab 4 (OSPF-Slides) PDF
No ratings yet
Lab 4 (OSPF-Slides) PDF
18 pages
APG40 Quick Command Reference
No ratings yet
APG40 Quick Command Reference
3 pages
Advances in Eigrp: 111 RST-2310 9636 - 05 - 2004 - c1
No ratings yet
Advances in Eigrp: 111 RST-2310 9636 - 05 - 2004 - c1
96 pages
Sharp Pcap
No ratings yet
Sharp Pcap
21 pages
RADVISION Understanding SIP Servers PDF
No ratings yet
RADVISION Understanding SIP Servers PDF
32 pages
Ss7trace PDF
No ratings yet
Ss7trace PDF
21 pages
OWO300070 WCDMA Paging Problem Analysis ISSUE 1.00
No ratings yet
OWO300070 WCDMA Paging Problem Analysis ISSUE 1.00
81 pages
E WinFIOL 6 4 Users Guide
100% (1)
E WinFIOL 6 4 Users Guide
87 pages
Apg43, Gep Apub, Repair
50% (2)
Apg43, Gep Apub, Repair
8 pages
Wireshark Slides
100% (1)
Wireshark Slides
17 pages
M M M M M M M M M M M M M M
No ratings yet
M M M M M M M M M M M M M M
26 pages
Diameter Protocol
No ratings yet
Diameter Protocol
122 pages
At Command Set For Nokia GSM and WCDMA Products v1 2 en
No ratings yet
At Command Set For Nokia GSM and WCDMA Products v1 2 en
111 pages
Socidoc - Us Ericsson Mss Kpi Formulae
No ratings yet
Socidoc - Us Ericsson Mss Kpi Formulae
13 pages
LTE L13 Troubleshooting: 03816-LZU1089109 Rev A
No ratings yet
LTE L13 Troubleshooting: 03816-LZU1089109 Rev A
11 pages
GSM Voice Mail Service TDM Call PDF
No ratings yet
GSM Voice Mail Service TDM Call PDF
68 pages
Banglalink Operation & Maintenance (O&M) by Kaisar
No ratings yet
Banglalink Operation & Maintenance (O&M) by Kaisar
60 pages
Commissioning and Configuration
No ratings yet
Commissioning and Configuration
28 pages
APG40 I - C Course Notes
100% (1)
APG40 I - C Course Notes
31 pages
The Sy Interface - Between PCRF and OCS - LTE and BEYOND - Tech-Blog On 4G - LTE and Beyond.
No ratings yet
The Sy Interface - Between PCRF and OCS - LTE and BEYOND - Tech-Blog On 4G - LTE and Beyond.
6 pages
Ingress Gateway: Base Config For Ingress GW
No ratings yet
Ingress Gateway: Base Config For Ingress GW
5 pages
01 CN65301EN86GLA0 System Architecture
No ratings yet
01 CN65301EN86GLA0 System Architecture
28 pages
1508 NPM Integration-Guide PDF
100% (1)
1508 NPM Integration-Guide PDF
27 pages
Mobile Communications Chapter 7: Wireless Lans: Slides by Jochen Schiller With Modifications by Emmanuel Agu
No ratings yet
Mobile Communications Chapter 7: Wireless Lans: Slides by Jochen Schiller With Modifications by Emmanuel Agu
65 pages
D02 - Combs - Intro To Writing Wireshark Packet Dissectors
No ratings yet
D02 - Combs - Intro To Writing Wireshark Packet Dissectors
51 pages
Monetizing Mobile Data:: Top 10 Pricing and Charging Innovations
No ratings yet
Monetizing Mobile Data:: Top 10 Pricing and Charging Innovations
9 pages
GSM R As A Global Standard
No ratings yet
GSM R As A Global Standard
31 pages
Megaco h248 Slide
No ratings yet
Megaco h248 Slide
32 pages
Packet Through The Linux Network Stack
No ratings yet
Packet Through The Linux Network Stack
32 pages
Nokia Access SBC Datasheet
No ratings yet
Nokia Access SBC Datasheet
6 pages
3g Umts Terminating Callssssss
No ratings yet
3g Umts Terminating Callssssss
27 pages
Audiocodes Mediant 800 MSBG
No ratings yet
Audiocodes Mediant 800 MSBG
47 pages
NFV Testing Best Practices
No ratings yet
NFV Testing Best Practices
18 pages
2 Diameter Gy Interface Specification
No ratings yet
2 Diameter Gy Interface Specification
43 pages
IP Multimedia Subsystem IMS A Complete Guide
From Everand
IP Multimedia Subsystem IMS A Complete Guide
Gerardus Blokdyk
No ratings yet
Voice over LTE Standard Requirements
From Everand
Voice over LTE Standard Requirements
Gerardus Blokdyk
3/5 (1)
Drive testing The Ultimate Step-By-Step Guide
From Everand
Drive testing The Ultimate Step-By-Step Guide
Gerardus Blokdyk
No ratings yet
Diameter Protocol A Complete Guide
From Everand
Diameter Protocol A Complete Guide
Gerardus Blokdyk
No ratings yet
Telit at Commands Reference Guide
No ratings yet
Telit at Commands Reference Guide
604 pages
Telit at Commands Reference Guide r13
No ratings yet
Telit at Commands Reference Guide r13
565 pages
Telit at Commands Reference Guide r9
No ratings yet
Telit at Commands Reference Guide r9
589 pages
Telit at Commands Reference Guide r6
No ratings yet
Telit at Commands Reference Guide r6
571 pages
Telit at Commands Reference Guide r20
No ratings yet
Telit at Commands Reference Guide r20
653 pages
Guia de Referencia Comandos AT
No ratings yet
Guia de Referencia Comandos AT
717 pages
Telit at Commands Reference Guide r16
No ratings yet
Telit at Commands Reference Guide r16
616 pages